UC-NRLF 


B  3  ma  517 


^^: 


LIBRARY   OF    Till: 


MI«,l1MI»WJIIMHWHI|liT« 


University  of  California, 


ciRCUi  -'.  .  ,  y.  ,,•    P K  1-V' 


I 


Return  in  twa  weekf  i  or  a  week  ))efore  the  end  ojf  ^hg  .'term. 


XAyCn^' 


"X^  /3^^-/^ 


Digitized  by  tine  Internet  Arciiive 

in  2008  witii  funding  from 

IVIicrosoft  Corporation 


littp://www.arcliive.org/details/examinatiliarvardOOIeigricli 


HARVARD 


EXAMINATION  PAPERS 


COLLECTED  AND  ARRANGED 


R.  r.   LEIGHTON,  A.M., 

KASTEB  MELROSE  HIGH  SCHOOL. 


SIXTH    EDITION. 


BOSTON: 
GINN     AND     HEATH. 

1877. 


v^^' 


^'^ 


Entered  according  to  Act  of  Congress,  in  the  year  1873, 

BY    R.    F.    Li:iGHTON, 

in  the  Office  of  the  Librarian  of  Congress,  at  Washington. 


University  Press  :  Welch,  Bigelow,  &  Co., 
Cambridge. 


PEEFAOE 


The  following  questions  make  a  complete  set  of  the 
Examination  Papers  (except  on  the  subject  of  Geometry) 
which  have  been  used  for  admission  to  Harvard  College 
since  1860.  No  papers  on  Geometry  are  given  previous 
to  1866,  as  the  requisites  for  admission  to  that  department 
were  changed  in  that  year.  The  .papers  on  Trigonometry 
previous  to  1871  are  for  examination  for  advanced  stand- 
ing ;  since  then,  for  admission  to  Course  II. 

These  papers  will  furnish  an  excellent  series  of  ques- 
tions on  Modern,  Physical,  and  Ancient  Geography ;  Gre- 
cian and  Eoman  History ;  Arithmetic  and  Algebra ;  Plane 
and  Solid  Geometry ;  Logarithms  and  Trigonometry ;  Latin 
and  Greek  Grammar  and  Composition ;  Physics  and  Me- 
chanics. They  have  been  collected  and  published  in  this 
form  for  the  convenience  of  teachers  and  classes  in  high 
schools,  and  especially  for  pupils  preparing  for  college. 

The  papers  for  admission  used  hereafter,  at  the  annual 
examinations  in  June  and  September,  will  be  added  every 
year  to  this  volume. 

^Ieleose,  lylASS.,  March,  1873. 


NOTE. 

In  the  Harvard  University  Catalogue,  published  by  C.  W. 
Sever,  Cambridge,  a  full  collection  of  examination  papers  may 
be  found,  comprising  not  only  the  papers  set  for  Admission  to 
College,  but  also  nearly  all  the  final  examination  papers  given 
in  the  several  Courses  of  Instruction  in  the  College,  the  papers 
given  in  the  Divinity,  Law,  and  Medical  Schools,  those  set  for 
Admission  to  the  Lawrence  Scientific  School,  and  those  used  at 
the  Preliminary  Examinations  for  Women.  These  make  about 
160  pages  of  close  type  each  year.  The  price  of  the  Catalogue 
is,  in  paper  50  cts.,  in  cloth  75  cts. 


OON'TENTS. 


History  and  Geography 3 

Modern  and  Physical  Geography.  22,  196,  216,  251,  258,  282,  308 
Greek  Composition       ....  27,  197,  219,  246,  259,  283 

Greek  Grammar       .        .        .         .40,  199,  219,  245,  260,  284,  311 

Greek  Prose 197,  220,  247,  261,  285,  312 

Greek  Poetry 198,  222,  263,  287,  315 

Latin  Composition        ...  63,  201,  223,  238,  265,  289,  317 

Latin  Grammar  .  .  ^  .  .85,  202,  224,  237,  265,  289,  318 
Latin    ,....,..       203-207,  225,  228,  239 

French 109,  252,  279,  303,  329 

German 304,  330 

Arithmetic Ill,  208,  229,  248,  272,  297,  323 

Algebra 134,  209,  230,  249,  273,  298,  324 

Advanced  Algebra 157,  210,  256,  274,  299,  325 

Plane  Geometry  .  .  .  162,  211,  214,  232,  250,  274,  300,  326 
Solid  Geometry  ....  172,  212,  232,  255,  275,  300,  326 
Analytic  Geometry  .  .  .  176,  213,  233,  254,  276,  301,  327 
Logarithms  and  Trigonometry       .        .        .        .178,  208,  229,  302 

Physics 188,  307,  331,  332 

Chemistry  and  Physics 306,  331 

Physics  and  Astronomy 307,  332 

Mechanics 190 

Ancient  History  and  Geography     .        .         195,  216,  257,  281,  308 

English  Composition 215,  235,  278,  302,  329 

Plane  Trigonometry 234,  253,  277,  328 

Botany 279,  307,  332 


APPENDIX. 

Requisites  for  Admission  to  Harvard  College        .        .     335 


EXAMINATION   PAPERS. 


HISTORY  AND  GEOGRAPHY. 

I. 

1.  Mention  the  principal  nations  that  flourished  before 
the  Greeks.  2.  What  was  the  extent  of  Greece  as  com- 
pared with  the  territories  of  those  nations  ?  3.  What  were 
the  earliest  governments  among  the  Greeks  ?  Mention  the 
other  forms  of  government  which  were  afterwards  adopted. 

4.  Mention    the    principal    periods    in   Grecian   history. 

5.  Give  some  account  of  Lycurgus ;  of  Solon.  6.  Men- 
tion the  principal  events  in  the  Persian  wars ;  mention 
some  of  the  most  distinguished  persons  engaged  in  them. 
7.  What  causes  led  to  the  Peloponnesian  War  ?  Mention 
the  principal  events  ;  the  principal  persons  ;  the  duration ; 
the  result  of  this  war.  8.  State  what  you  know  of  the 
condition  of  Greece  in  the  period  following  the  Pelopon- 
nesian War.  9.  State  what  you  know  of  the  history  of 
Thebes.  10.  State  briefly  what  you  know  of  the  relations 
between  Macedonia  and  Grecee  in  the  time  of  Philip  and 
Alexander.  11.  When,  and  by  whom,  was  Greece  sub- 
jected to  Eome  ?  12.  Give  some  account  of  the  foundation 
of  Eome,  and  its  first  form  of  government.  13.  What  revo- 
lution put  an  end  to  the  first  government  ?  and  what  gov- 
ernment  succeeded   it  ?     14  Mention  some  of  the   early 


4  EXAMINATION    PAPERS. 

Italian  conquests  of  the  Eomans.  15.  State  some  of  the 
principal  events  in  the  Punic  wars,  and  what  was  their 
conclusion.  16.  State  what  you  know  of  Catiline ;  at  what 
period  he  lived  ;  what  political  transactions  he  was  engaged 
in ;  who  were  his  most  distinguished  contemporaries  ;  what 
became  of  him.  17.  Give  some  account  of  the  leaders  in 
the  Civil  Wars.  18.  Mention  the  circumstances  of  the  death 
of  Julius  Caesar.  19.  What  events  followed  his  death  ? 
How,  and  by  whom,  were  the  civil  conflicts  composed  ? 

XL 

1.  Name  the  following  persons  in  proper  historical  order 
and  mention  something  that  is  recorded  of  each  :  Codrus, 
riaminius,  Lysander,  Mardonius,  Marius,  Pyrrhus,  Regulus, 
Socrates,  Themistocles.  2.  State  briefly  the  origin  of  the 
First  Punic  War.  3.  Give  some  account  of  Pericles,  and 
what  he  did  for  Athens.  4.  Wliat  famous  battles  were 
foucrht  in  Boeotia  ?  5.  Give  some  account  of  Hannibal. 
6.  Who  was  Cleopatra  ?  7.  Describe  the  battle  of  Pharsa- 
lia  ?  8.  Name  the  first  six  Caesars.  9.  What  is  meant  by 
the  Heroic  Age  ? 

III. 

1.  Name  the  following  persons  in  proper  historical  order, 
mentioning  to  what  nation  each  belonged,  and  for  what  he 
was  noted  :  Aristides,  Cincinnatus,  Draco,  Epaminondas, 
Fabius,  Pericles,  Pompey,  Solon,  Sylla,  Trajan.  2.  Name 
the  three  persons  whom  you  consider  most  noted  in  Gre- 
cian history ;  and  state  very  briefly  what  each  did.  3. 
Three  in  Roman  history,  in  like  manner.  4.  What  was 
the  occasion  of  the  First  Persian  War  ?  5.  Describe  the 
battle  of  Marathon  ;  of  Arbela.  6.  Who  were  the  kings 
of  Rome  ?     7.  State  all  you  know  of  Jugurtha. 


HISTORY   AND    GEOGRAPHY.  5 

IV. 

1.  Give  an  account  of  the  first  invasion  of  Greece  by  the 
Persians.  Tell  when  it  occurred,  what  was  the  cause  of 
it,  what  forces  were  employed,  both  of  ships  and  men, 
what  generals  were  engaged,  and  every  other  particular 
you  remember.  2.  Describe  the  Second  Punic  War  in  the 
same  way.  3.  Xame  "  the  twelve  Csesars  "  in  the  order  of 
their  reigns.  4.  In  what  year  was  Julius  assassinated  ? 
5.  'V\^ien  did  Constantine  become  emperor  ? 

V. 

1.  What  were  the  principal  countries  known  to  the  an- 
cients ?  2.  Describe  the  situation  of  Palestine  ;  of  Phoeni- 
cia ;  of  Egypt.  3.  What  were  the  principal  divisions  of 
Asia  Minor  ?  By  whom  w^as  Asia  Minor  colonized  ?  4.  De- 
scribe the  situation  of  Greece ;  mention  some  of  the  most 
important  mountains,  rivers,  plains,  gulfs,  seas.  5.  Men- 
tion the  principal  divisions  of  Greece  ;  give  the  names  and 
situation  of  the  most  celebrated  cities.  6.  What  countries 
were  comprised  in  Greece  proper  ?  in  Peloponnesus  ? 
What  were  the  principal  Greek  islands  ?  7.  Describe  the 
situation  of  Italy.  What  countries  were  comprised  in 
Italy  proper  ?  8.  Where  was  Eome  ?  on  what  hills  was  it 
built  ?  Mention  some. of  the  other  principal  cities  of  Italy ; 
the  principal  islands.  9.  Describe  the  Mediterranean  Sea ; 
its  shape  ;  its  extent.  Mention  the  principal  ancient  na- 
tions that  inhabited  its  shores. 

VI. 

1.  Describe  Sicily.  2.  What  were  the  principal  cities 
of  Greece  ?  3.  What  countries  in  Africa  ?  4.  What  riv- 
ers in  Cisalpine  Gaul  ?     5.  Where  was  Illyricum  ?     Area- 


6  --  EXAMINATION   PAPERS. 

dia  ?  the  river  Thermoclon  ?  6.  Draw,  on  half  a  page,  an 
outline  map  of  Greece,  Macedonia,  Thrace,  and  Asia  Minor, 
especially  of  their  sea-coasts ;  or,  if  you  cannot  draw,  name 
the  seas  of  the  ancient  world,  and  all  the  islands  in  each 
of  them. 

VII. 

1.  Describe  Egypt.  2.  What  were  the  principal  cities 
of  Asia  Minor,  and  for  what  was  each  noted  ?  3-.  What 
mountains  in  and  around  Thessaly  ?  What  in  Peloponne- 
sus ?  4.  Where  was  Colchis  ?  Mount  Ararat  ?  the  river 
Strymon  ?  Tyre  ?  5.  Draw  an  outline  of  the  coasts  of  the 
Mediterranean  and  Adriatic  Seas,  with  the  principal  isl- 
ands ;  and  give  the  ancient  names  of  the  countries  and 
rivers  in  the  regions  now  occupied  by  Italy,  Spain  and 
Portugal,  France,  and  Great  Britain. 

VIII. 

1.  Where  was  Colchis  ?  2.  Name  the  countries  of  Greece 
proper.  3.  What  mountains  in  Boeotia  ?  4.  AVhat  was 
its  capital  ?  5.  What  other  noted  places  in  Boeotia  ?  6. 
Draw  a  map  about  two  inches  in  breadth  representing  the 
Peloponnesus,  with  the  divisions  and  cities  marked.  7.  De- 
scribe Spain.     8.  What  was  the  former  name  of  Saragossa  ? 

9.  What  river  between  Italy  proper  and  Cisalpine  Gaul  ? 

10.  What  Eoman  roads  do  you  remember  ? 

IX. 

1.  What  mountain  ranges  enclose  the  Mississippi  Val- 
ley ?  Describe  the  Mississippi  Eiver  and  its  tributaries, 
giving  the  source  and  direction  of  each.  2.  Describe 
Chesapeake  Bay  and  the  rivers  which  run  into  it.     3.  De- 


HISTORY  AND   GEO( 


scribe  the  Alps.  Give  the  name,  course,  and  exit  of  each 
of  the  great  rivers  which  rise  in  them.  4.  State  the 
divisions,  in  the  order  of  their  situation,  belonging  to  the 
Peloponnesus,  with  the  position  of  five  principal  towns. 
5.  Give  the  history  and  geography  of  the  battle  of  Mara- 
thon. 6.  Who  was  (or  were)  victorious,  and  over  whom, 
at  (1)  Salamis  ;  (2)  Platsea ;  (3)  Mantinea  ;  (4)  Chaeronea  ; 

(5)  Arbela ;  (6)  the  Caudine  Forks  ;  (7)  Zama ;  (8)  Acti- 
um  ?  7.  Name  the  principal  events  in  the  life  of  Julius 
Csesar,  and  such  dates  as  you  can  call  to  mind.  8.  Name 
the  Twelve  Csesars,  so  called.  Also  the  Five  Good  Empe- 
rors, sometimes  so  called.  9.  Themistocles.  10.  Describe 
the  administration  and  policy  of  Pericles.  11.  Give  an 
account  of  the  Athenian  expedition  to  Sicily. 

X. 

1.  Athens  and  Sparta ;  compare  and  contrast  them.  2. 
The  death  of  Socrates.  3.  Give  the  position  of  the  follow- 
ing places,  and  tell  what  has  made  them  famous  :  (1)  Mara- 
thon ;  (2)  Salamis;  (3)  Platsea;  (4)  Mantinea;  (5)  Arbela; 

(6)  Chaeronea ;  (7)  Pydna.  4.  Who  gained  and  who  lost  the 
battles  fought  at  the  following  places :  (1)  Cannae  ?  (2)  Zama  ? 
(3)  Pharsalia  ?  (4)  Philippi  ?  (5)  Actium  ?  5.  Greenwich 
is  in  longitude  0°,  and  in  north  latitude  51J° :  what  are  the 
longitude  and  latitude  of  the  spot  on  the  earth's  surface 
opposite,  or  antipodal,  to  Greenwich  ?  6.  Describe  or  bound 
the  basin  of  the  Mississippi  River.  7.  The  institutions 
of  Lycurgus  and  the  laws  of  Solon.  8.  The  chief  ties 
which  bound  together  the  Grecian  world.  9.  Epaminondas. 
10,  Give  the  chief  rivers  of  France,  with  their  ancient 
uames. 


8  EXAMINATION  PAPERS. 

XL 

1.  Give  the  general  course  of  (1)  the  Mle ;  (2)  the 
Ehine;  (3)  the  Danube  ;  (4)  the  Elbe ;  (5)  the  Volga;  (6) 
the  St.  Lawrence ;  (7)  the  Susquehanna ;  (8)  the  Amazon. 
2.  (1)  What  number  of  degrees  represent  the  greatest  pos- 
sible latitude  ?  (2)  The  greatest  possible  longitude  ?  (3) 
Except  at  the  equator,  which  is  the  greater,  a  degree  of  lati- 
tude or  a  degree  of  longitude  ?  (4)  Give,  in  degrees,  the 
width  of  the  torrid  zone.  (5)  Which  way  from  the  north 
pole  are  London  and  New  York?  (6)  What  island  near 
Africa  is  crossed  by  the  Tropic  of  Capricorn  ?  3.  Which 
of  the  Mediterranean  islands  preserve  substantially  their 
ancient  names  ?  4.  What  are  the  modern  names  of  (1) 
Lugdunum?  (2)  Massilia  ?  (3)  Eboracum  ?  (4)  Eubcea  ? 
(5)  Corcyra  ?  (6)  the  Sequana  ?  (7)  the  Iberus  ?  (8)  the  Padus  ? 
5.  (1)  Platsea;  (2)  Sphacteria;  (3)  Syracuse;  (4)  ^gos- 
potami :  give  the  geographical  situation  of  these  places,  and 
say  (in  a  sentence  or  two  for  each)  what  occurred  there  in  the 
Peloponnesian  War.  6.  Where,  and  over  whom,  did  Alex- 
ander the  Great  gain  his  greatest  victories,  and  what  were 
the  general  results  of  his  conquests  ?  7.  Wliich  took  place 
first,  (1)  the  fall  of  Carthage  or  the  captivity  of  Jugurtha  ? 
(2)  the  battle  of  Actium  or  the  battle  of  Pliilippi  ?  (3) 
the  death  of  Pompey  or  the  death  of  Caesar  ?  (4)  the  death 
of  Antony  or  the  death  of  Cicero  ?  (5)  the  fall  of  Corinth 
or  the  fall  of  Jerusalem  ?  8.  Describe  the  city  of  Athens. 
9.  Contrast  the  empire,  government,  and  policy  of  Athens 
with  those  of  Sparta,  giving  such  instances  and  illustrations 
as  may  occur  to  you. 

XII. 

1.  (1)  What  are  the  principal  river  basins  of  France  ? 
(2)  Give  the  general  course  of  the  rivers.     (3)  Through 


HISTORY   AND   GEOGRAPHY.  9 

what  waters  must  you  pass  in  going  from  London  to  Can- 
ton ?  2.  The  latitude  of  Boston  is  about  42°  K  ;  its  longi- 
tude is  about  71°  W.  (1)  What  city  in  Europe  has  nearly 
the  same  latitude  ?  (2)  and  what  are  the  latitude  and  longi- 
tude of  the  point  opposite,  or  antipodal,  to  Boston  ?  3.  Point 
out  the  principal  divisions,  rivers,  and  mountains  of  Ancient 
Italy,  by  means  of  an  outline  map,  or  not,  as  you  please. 
4.  Where  is  (1)  Mount  Athos  ?  (2)  Thermopylse  ?  (3)  Arte- 
misium  ?  (4)  Salamis  ?  (5)  Plataea  ?  (6)  Mycale  ?  With  the 
geography  of  each  place,  mention  some  event  connected 
with  the  history  of  the  place.  5.  Name  the  important  bat- 
tles in  the  Second  Punic  War.  6.  Give  a  particular  account 
of  the  legislation  of  Lycurgus,  Solon,  and  Cleisthenes. 

XIII. 

1.  Which  way  from  Athens  to  (1)  Corinth ;  to  (2)  Mara- 
thon ;  to  (3)  Delos ;  to  (4)  Thermopylse  ;  to  (5)  the  Helles- 
pont ;  to  (6)  Crete :  from  Eome  to  (7)  Carthage ;  to  (8) 
Carthago  Nova;  to  (9)  Cannse;  to  (10)  Neapolis ;  to  (11) 
Tarentum;  to  (12)  Verona  ;  to  (13)  Massilia ;  to  (14)  Lug- 
dunum ;  to  (15)  the  Baleares  ;  to  (16)  Gades  ?  2.  Three 
statesmen :  (1)  Themistocles  ;  (2)  Pericles  ;  (3)  Epaminon- 
das.  3.  The  expedition  of  Cyrus  the  Younger,  and  the 
retreat  of  the  Ten  Thousand.  4.  The  chief  events  in  the 
life  of  Julius  Caesar.  5.  The  rivers  of  Virginia,  —  describe 
them.  6.  The  principal  English  colonies ;  name  and  situ- 
ation. 7.  Give  a  brief  account  of  the  reforms  of  Cleis- 
thenes. 8.  The  Persian  invasions,  and  the  principal  battles 
in  each,  —  a  short  sketch.  9.  After  these  invasions  the  war 
languished  for  several  years,  until  it  was  finally  closed  by 
the  Peace  of  Cimon :  what  can  you  relate  of  the  times  of 
that  peace  ?  Compare  the  Peace  of  Cimon  with  that  of 
Antalcidas,  statins  the  time  and  circumstances  of  the  lat- 


10  EXAMINATION  PAPERS. 

ter.  10.  Compare  Athens  and  Sparta.  What  were  the 
causes  and  results  of  the  Peloponnesian  War  ?  11.  Give 
some  account  of  PhiHp  of  Macedon  and  of  Alexander,  and 
compare  the  two.  12.  The  geographical  position  and  con- 
figuration of  Greece. 

XIV. 

1.  Give  a  sketch  of  the  life  of  Themistocles.  2.  De- 
scribe the  battle  of  Platsea.  3.  Describe  the  administra- 
tion of  Pericles,  and  illustrate  it  by  events.  4.  Write 
an  account  of  the  Sicilian  expedition.  5.  Give  the  geo- 
graphical position  of  Byzantium,  Dyrrachium,  Aquileia, 
Tarentum,  Saguntum,  Cannae,  Massilia,  Eboracum.  6. 
What  is  the  difference  between  a  parallel  and  a  meridian  ? 
How  far,  in  degrees,  is  each  polar  circle  from  its  pole  ? 
What  is  the  greatest  possible  latitude  ?  longitude  ?  7.  The 
basin  of  a  river  is  the  entire  area  or  territory  watered  or 
drained  by  the  river  and  all  its  branches  :  what  European 
states  lie,  wholly  or  in  part,  in  the  basin  of  the  Ehine,  and 
what  States  of  our  Union  are,  wholly  or  in  part,  in  the 
basin  of  the  Mississippi  ?  8.  Name  a  fact  in  the  history  of 
each  of  the  following  places,  and  give  the  situation  of  each : 
Marathon,  Salamis,  Plataea,  Mantinea,  Chaeronea,  Arbela, 
Cannae,  Syracuse,  Zama,  Pharsalia,  Philippi,  Actium.  9. 
What  most  notable  service  was  rendered  to  his  country 
by  Leonidas,  Thrasybulus,  Marius,  Demosthenes,  Cicero  ? 

XV. 

1.  Where  were  Corinth,  Thessalonica,  Philippi,  Ephesus, 
Sardis  ?  2.  Four  important  ancient  battles  :  two  from  Gre- 
cian and  two  from  Eoman  history.  Name  the  victorious 
and  the  vanquished  party,  and  show  the  importance  of  the 
battles.     3.  The  expedition  of  the  Younger  Cyrus  against 


HISTORY  AND   GEOGRAPHY.  11 

Persia,  and  that  of  Alexander.  4.  The  position  of  the  Alps 
and  the  Apennines  ;  the  rivers  that  rise  in  them.  5.  Any 
four  English  colonies  ;  the  chief  Spanish  colony  ;  the  great 
French  dependency  in  Africa.  To  what  power  do  the 
Azores  belong  ?  6.  Where  are  Batavia,  Van  Diemen's 
Land,  New  Orleans,  San  Francisco  ?  What  historical  infer- 
ences do  you  draw  from  their  names  ?  7.  The  statesman- 
ship of  Themis tocles.  8.  The  Athenian  power  at  the 
beginning  and  at  the  end  of  the  Peloponnesian  War.  9. 
The  Athenian  and  the  Spartan  polity,  character,  influence. 

XVI. 

1.  Give  the  latitude  of  the  tropics  and  of  the  polar 
circles.  What  makes  them  good  boundaries  for  zones  ? 
Define  arctic  and  antarctic  according  to  their  derivation. 
2.  The  longitude  of  St.  Petersburg  is  30°  east  from  Green- 
wich :  give  the  longitude  of  two  places,  one  120°  east,  and 
the  other  120°  west,  from  St.  Petersburg.  3.  What  is 
meant  in  geography  by  watershed  and  hasin  ?  What  is  the 
relation  of  the  Po  to  the  Alps  and  Apennines,  and  of  the 
Mississippi  to  the  Eocky  Mountains  and  Alleghanies  ? 
4.  Point  out  four  towns  in  this  country  named  after  foreign 
towns,  and  give  the  situation  of  the  former  and  of  the 
latter.  5.  Candia  :  its  situation  and  ancient  name.  Mont 
Blanc :  in  what  country  is  it  ?  6.  Waterloo,  Sebastopol, 
Gettysburg,  Sadowa:  where?  7.  Saguntum,  the  Trebia, 
Lake  Trasimenus,  Cannae,  Zama :  geographically  and  his- 
torically. 8.  The  Eubicon,  Pharsalia,  Philippi,  Actium : 
geographically  and  historically.  9.  The  Acropolis  of 
Athens.  10.  Where  is  Syracuse  ?  Give  an  account  of  the 
failure  of  the  Athenian  expedition  to  Sicily.  11.  What 
revolutions  took  place  in  the  government  of  Athens  be- 
tween 477  and  403  B.  C.  ?     By  whom  were  they  effected  ? 


12  EXAMINATION  PAPERS. 

12.  The  character  of  Cimon.  13.  Give  the  history  of 
Plataea.  14.  In  what  year  of  the  Peloponnesian  War  was 
the  battle  of  Amphipolis  ?  What  were  its  consequences  ? 
Who  was  the  victor  ?     Where  was  Amphipolis  ? 

XVII. 

1.  Themistocles,  Pericles,  Thrasybulus.  Wliat,  in  hrief, 
did  these  men  severally  do  for  Athens,  and  when  ?  2. 
Give  the  situation  of  Marathon,  Thermopylae,  Salamis, 
Sphacteria,  Syracuse,  JEgos-potami,  Leuctra,  Arbela ;  and 
tell  who  won  and  who  lost  there.  3.  Give  the  position  of 
the  cities  (or  some  of  them)  to  which  St.  Paul's  Epistles 
were  directly  sent.  4.  With  what  seas  are  the  mountains  of 
Switzerland  connected  by  rivers  ?  5.  Which  of  the  United 
States  lie  in  the  basin  of  the  Mississippi  Eiver  ?  6.  Name 
and  place  three  of  the  highest  mountains  in  the  world. 
Knowing  the  height  of  a  mountain  in  feet,  with  what 
divisor  will  you  reduce  the  height  to  miles  ?  7.  The  sculp- 
tor Pheidias  (Phidias).  8.  The  first  meeting  of  the  Pelo- 
ponnesian Confederacy  at  Sparta  (B.  C.  432)  just  before 
the  great  war.  9.  The  Eoman  Comitia.  10.  Julius  Csesar 
in  Spain. 

XYIII. 

1.  Bound  the  hasin  of  the  Po,  of  the  Mississippi,  of  the 
St.  Lawrence.  2.  Name  the  chief  rivers  of  Ancient  Gaul 
and  Modern  France.  Is  France  larger  or  smaller  than 
Transalpine  Gaul  ?  What  are  the  two  principal  rivers  that 
rise  in  the  Alps  ?  Where  is  Mont  Blanc  ?  3.  Where  is  the 
source  of  the  Danube  ?  of  the  Volga  ?  of  the  Ganges  ?  of  the 
Amazon  ?  4.  Describe  the  route  of  the  Ten  Thousand,  or 
lay  it  down  on  a  map.  5.  Leonidas,  Pausanias,  Lysander. 
6.  Pliarsalia,  Philippi,  Actium :  geographically  and  histor- 


HISTORY  AND   GEOGRAPHY.  13 

ically.  7.  Supply  the  two  names  left  blank  in  the  follow- 
ing passage  from  the  Oration  for  the  Manilian  Law :  "  Non 
dicam  duas  urbes  potentissimas,  Carthaginem  et  Numan- 

tiam  ab   eodem  ■ esse  deletas ;  non  commemorabo 

nuper  ita  vobis  patribusqiie  esse  visum,  ut  in  uno 

spes  imperii  poneretur,  ut  idem  cum  Jugurtha,  idem  cum 
Cimhris,  idem  cum  Teutonis  bellum  administraret."  Who 
was  Jugurtha  ?  Where  was  ISTumantia  ?  8.  Compare 
Athens  with  Sparta.     9.  Pericles :  the  man  and  his  policy. 

XIX. 

1.  From  Caesar :  "  Gallos  ab  Aquitanis  Garumna  flumen, 
a  Belgis  Matrona  et  Sequana  dividit."  "Aquitania  a  Ga- 
rumna flumine  ad  Pyrenceos  montes  et  eam  partem  Oceani, 
quse  est  ad  Hispaniain,  pertinet."  Translate  these  passages. 
Bound  Aquitania,  describing  geographical  positions  (where 
names  are  in  italics),  and  giving  modern  names.  (You 
may,  if  you  choose,  substitute  a  map  for  the  clescri2otion) 
2.  From  Caesar :  "  Undique  loci  natura  Helvetii  continentur; 
una  ex  parte  flumine  Rlieno,  qui  agrum  Helvetium  a  Ger- 
manis  dividit ;  altera  ex  parte  montc  Jura  altissimo,  qui  est 
inter  Sequanos  et  Helvetios  :  tertia  lacu  Lemanno  et  flumine 
Rhodano  qui  Provinciam  nostram  ab  Helvetiis  dividit." 
Deal  with  this  as  with  the  preceding.     3.  From  Virgil : 

(1)  "  Quin  Decios  Drusosque  procul,  ssevumque  securi 

Adspice  Torquatum,  et  referentem  signa  Camillum :  " 

(2)  "  Quis  te,  magne  Cato,  taciturn,  aut  te,  Cosse,  relinquat? 

Quis  Gracchi  genus,  aut  geminos,  duo  fulmina  belli, 
Scipiadas,  cladem  Libyse  ?  " 

Translate  and  explain.  4.  Cicero  enumerates  the  wars  in 
which  Pompems  had  distinguished  himself ;  among  them, 
bellum  " Hispaniense"  bellum  "  servile!'  bellum  "  navale." 


14  EXA]\nNATION  PAPERS. 

Explain.  5.  The  expedition  of  the  younger  Cyrus  against 
Persia,  and  that  of  Alexander :  compare  them.  6.  De- 
scribe Athens.  7.  Name  in  proper  order  the  chief  events 
of  the  Peloponnesian  War,  giving  the  geographical  posi- 
tions. 

XX. 

1.  Where  were  Corinth,  Thebes,  Ephesus,  Tarentum, 
Massilia,  Saguntum  ?  Where  were  the  Pyrensei  Montes  ? 
What  sea  on  the  east  of  Grsecia?  What  large  islands 
near  Italia  ?  What  large  gulf  in  the  south  of  Italia  ? 
Name  the  chief  rivers  of  Hispania.  2.  Cicero  enumer- 
ates the  wars  in  which  Pom;peius  had  distinguished  him- 
self; among  them  bellum  " Hispaniense;'  bellum  "servile;* 
bellum  "  navale!'  Explain.  3.  Three  important  battles 
in  Grecian  history ;  —  name  the  victorious  and  the  van- 
quished party,  and  show  the  importance  of  the  battles. 
4.  The  expedition  of  Cyrus  the  Younger  against  Persia. 
6.  The  siege  of  Syracuse.  6.  The  Athenian  power  at  the 
beginning,  and  at  the  end,  of  the  Peloponnesian  War.  How 
long  did  the  war  last  ?  7.  The  first  secession  of  the  Plebs  : 
date,  cause,  and  result.  8.  The  important  battles  of  the 
Second  Punic  War ;  the  commanders  and  victors  in  each. 
9.  The  Gracchi,  and  their  attempts  at  reform. 

XXI. 

1.  From  Csesar :  "  Extremum  oppidum  Allobrogum  est 
proximumque  Helvetiorum  finibus,  Geneva!'  "  A  lacu 
Lernunno,  qui  in  flumen  Rlwdanum  influit,  ad  montem  Ju- 
ram  fossam  perduxit."  "  Flumen  est  Arar,  quod  per  fines 
^duorum  et  Sequanorum  in  Rlwdanum  influit,  incredibili 
lenitate,  ita  ut  oculis,  in  utram  partem  fluat,  judicari  non  pos- 
sit."     Translate  these  passages.     Describe  the  geographical 


HISTORY   AND   GEOGRAPHY.  15 

situation  of  the  places,  etc.,  italicized,  and  give  the  modern 
names.  What  important  town  is  at  the  junction  of  what 
were  the  Ehodanus  and  the  Arar  ?  2.  From  Cicero : 
"  Pompeius  nondum  tempestivo  ad  navigandum  mari  Sici- 
Ham  adiit,  Africam  exploravit ;  inde  Sarcliniam  cum  classe 
venit.  Inde  cum  se  in  Italiam  recepisset,  c^-wai^s  Hispaniis 
at  Gallia  Cisalpina  prsesidiis  ac  navibus  confirmata,  missis 
item  in  oram  Illyrici  Maris  et  in  Acliaiam  omnemque 
Grseciam  navibus,  Italise  duo  maria  maximis  classibus 
firmissimisque  prsesidiis  adornavit :  ipse  autem,  ut  a  Brun- 
disio  profectus  est,  undequinquagesimo  die  totam  ad  imperi- 
um  popuK  Romani  Ciliciam  adjunxit."  Give  a  translation 
and  a  geographical  description.  3.  Where  were  Argos, 
Sparta,  Salamis,  Mt.  Olympus,  Mt.  Ida,  Sardis  ?  What 
gulfs  are  separated  by  the  Isthmus  of  Corinth  ?  Name  the 
chief  rivers  of  Gallia,  giving  both  ancient  and  modern 
names.  4.  Marathon,  Thermopylae,  Platsea,  —  geographi- 
cally and  historically.  5.  Athens  in  the  time  of  Pericles, 
6.  The  Sicilian  expedition.  7.  Epaminondas,  and  the  su- 
premacy of  Thebes.  8.  Themistocles  and  Aristides.  9. 
Philip  of  Macedon,  and  the  battle  of  Chaeronea. 

XXII. 

1.  "  Sit  Scipio  ille  clarus,  cujus  consilio  atque  virtute 
Hannibal  in  Africam  redire  atque  Italia  decedere  coactus 
est ;  ornetur  alter  eximia  laude  Africanus,  qui  duas  urbes 
huic  imperio  infestissimas,  Carthaginem  ISTumantiamque, 
delevit ;  habeatur  vir  egregius  Paulus  iUe,  cujus  currum 
rex  potentissimus  quondam  et  nobihssimus  Perses  honesta- 
vit ;  sit  eeterna  gloria  Marius,  qui  bis  Italiam  obsidione  et 
metu  servitutis  liberavit ;  anteponatur  omnibus  Pompeius, 
cujus  res  gestae  atque  virtutes  iisdem  quibus  solis  cursus  re- 
gionibus  ac  terminis  continentur."     Explain  this  passage 


16  EXAMINATION   PAPERS. 

from  Cicero  by  brief  notes,  without  M^iting  a  translation  of 
it.  2.  From  what  places,  etc.,  did  the  Bosporani,  the  Cyziceni, 
the  Cretenses,  the  Ehodii,  mentioned  by  Cicero,  respectively 
derive  their  names  ?  Where  were  those  places  ?  Where 
were  Brundisium,  Caieta,  Cilicia  ?  3.  Give  the  divisions 
of  the  Peloponnesus,  with  their  relative  position,  and 
name  a  place  in  each.  Connect  historically  Mantinea 
with  Leuctra  in  Boeotia.  4.  What,  and  where,  were  the 
chief  settlements  made  outside  of  Greece  by  Greeks  ?  De- 
scribe the  great  Sicilian  expedition.  5.  Point  out  and 
describe  the  main  causes  of  the  growth  and  decline  of  the 
Athenian  power.  6.  What  were  the  relations  at  different 
times  between  the  Persian  kings  and  the  Greeks  ? 

XXIII. 

1.  Give  a  brief  account  of  Caesar's  campaign  against 
the  Helvetii.  Fix  the  position  of  the  following :  Lacus 
Lemanus,  the  PJiodanus,  the  Allobroges,  the  Arar,  Geneva. 
What  part  did  the  Allobroges  play  in  the  Catilinarian 
conspiracy  ?  2.  "  Inde  cum  se  in  Italiam  [Pompeius]  rece- 
pisset,  duahus  Hispaniis  et  Gallia  Cisaljnna  prsesidiis  ac 
navibus  confirmata,  missis  item  in  oram  Illyrici  Maris  et  in 
Achaiam  omnemque  Grseciam  navibus,  Italise  duo  maria 
maximis  classibus  firmissimisque  prsesidiis  adornavit ;  ipse 
autem,  ut  a  Brundisio  profectus  est,  undequinquagesimo 
die  totam  ad  imperium  populi  Komani  Ciliciam  adjunxit." 
Fix  the  position  of  the  italicized  provinces,  towns,  etc., 
without  translating  the  passage.  3.  Corinth,  Pliilippi, 
Antioch,  Sardis,  Ephesus,  Smyrna,  —  where  situated  ?  4. 
Name  the  chief  battles  in  which  Greeks  and  Persians  were 
engaged  between  5U0  and  300  B.  C.  Fix  the  positions, 
give  the  dates,  and  show  the  importance  of  the  several 
battles.     5.  Name  some  of  the  cliief  islands  belonging  to 


HISTORY   AND    GEOGRAPHY.  17 

Greeks  or  settled  by  Greeks,  and  point  out  tlie  situation 
of  eacli.  6.  The  conquest  of  Greece  by  the  Eomans.  "Why 
were  the  Bomans  more  successful  than  the  Persians  had 
been  ?  7.  Themistocles  and  Pericles.  8.  Pausanias  and 
Ly  Sander. 

XXIV. 

1.  "  Interfectus  est  propter  quasdam  seditionum  suspi- 
ciones   C.   Gracchus!'      (Cicero.)      Translate   and   explain. 

2.  "  Etenim  recordamini,  Quirites,  omnes  civiles  dissensioncs, 
neque  (solum)  eas  quas  audistis,  sed  et  has  quas  vosmetipsi 
meministis  et  vidistis."     (Cicero.)     Translate  and  explain. 

3.  "  Majores  vestri  cum  AntiocJio,  cum  Pliilippo,  cumFcenis 
bella  gesserunt."  (Cicero.)  Translate  and  explain.  4.  Brun- 
disium,  Caieta,  Ostia,  Gallia  Cisalpina,  Samos,  Cilicia,  Pon- 
tus  (the  country).  (Cicero.)  Give  the  position  of  each. 
5.  "  Classes  eeratas,  Acticc  bella, 

Cernere  erat ;  totumque  instructo  Marte  videres 
Pervere  Leucatcn  (auroque),  effulgere  fluctus. 

Bcgina  in  mediis  patrio  (vocat)  agmina  sistro, 
Xecduni  etiam  geminos  a  tergo  respicit  angues!'  (Yirgil.) 
Translate  and  explain.  6.  Olympia  and  the  Olympic 
Games.  The  Olympiads.  7.  Describe  the  battle  of  Mara- 
thon and  the  battle  of  Salamis.  8.  The  character,  policy, 
and  works  of  Pericles.  9.  Xame  the  principal  events 
which  mark  the  decline  and  fall  of  the  Athenian  power. 
10.  The  most  brilliant  period  and  the  most  noted  men  in 
the  history  of  Thebes.  Mention  tiuo  battles,  give  the  geo- 
graphical site  of  each,  and  date  one  of  them.  11.  Demos- 
thenes. 12.  Alexander's  empire,  and  the  kingdoms  into 
which  it  broke  up.     Date  his  death. 


18  EXAMINATION   PAPERS. 

XXV. 

1.  "  Haec  (sc.  Italia)  genus  acre  virum,  Marsosque,  pubem- 

que  Sabellam, 
Adsuetumqiie  malo  Ligurem,  Volscosque  venitos 
Extulit ;  haec  Decios,  Marios,  magnosque  Camillos, 
Scipiadas  duros  bello,  et  te,  maxime  Csesar."     (Virgil.) 

2.  "  Nos,  quorum  majores  Antioclmm  regem  classe  Persenque 
superarunt,  omnibusque  navalibus  pugnis  Carthaginienses 
....  vicerunt,  ii  nullo  in  loco  jam  prsedonibus  pares  esse 
poteramus."  (Cicero.)  (Ii  may  be  rendered,  imperfectly, 
by  even  we.)  3.  "  Ego  enim  sic  existimo :  Maximo,  MarcellOj 
Scipioni,  Mario,  et  ceteris  magnis  imperatoribus,  non  solum 
propter  virtutem,  sed  etiam  propter  fortunam,  ssepius  im- 
peria  mandata  atque  exercitus  esse  commissos."  (Cicero.) 
With  this  passage,  take  the  following  from  Virgil:  — 

"  Tu  Maximus  ille  es, 
Unus  qui  nobis  cunctando  restituis  rem." 
4  Describe  the  city  of  Athens.  5.  Name  and  describe 
some  important  places  and  events  which  are  associated 
with  the  rivalry  between  Athens  and  Sparta.  6.  What 
were  the  causes  of  the  fall  of  the  Athenian  power  ?  7.  The 
first  Darius  and  the  last  Darius :  how  were  they  con- 
nected with  Grecian  history  ?  8.  JSTame  some  of  the  Greek 
islands,  and  give  their  situation,  with  anything  memorable 
in  their  history.  9.  The  rise  and  fall  of  the  Achaean 
League.  10.  What  Eomans  gained  great  victories  over 
Greeks  ?  when,  and  where  ?  11.  Name  the  sections  or 
provinces  of  the  Peloponnesus,  and  point  out  places  of 
historical  importance.     (Draw  a  map,  if  you  choose.) 


HISTORY  AND   GEOGRAPHY.  19 

XXYI. 

1.   By  a  single  map  (or  otherwise)  illustrate  the  follow- 
ing quotations  from  Caesar,  without  writing  a  translation 
of  them :     Gallos  ab  Aquitanis  Garumna  flumen,  a  Belgis 
Matrona  et  Sequana  dividit.  —  Sequanos  a  Provincia  nostra 
Rhodanus  dividit.  —  Extremum  oppidum  AUobrogum  est 
proximumque  Helvetiorum  finibus  Geneva.     Ex  eo  oppido 
pons  ad  Helvetios  pertinet.     Give  the  modern  names  of 
the  rivers.     2.  By  means  of  a  map,  or  a  description  in 
words,  show  the  situation,  relatively  to  Rome,  of  the  Italian 
districts  named  in  the  following  passage  from  one  of  Cice- 
ro's orations  against  Catiline,  without  writing  a  translation 
of  the  passage :  Video,  cui  Apulia  sit  attributa,  qui  habeat 
Etruriam,  qui  agrum  Picenum,  qui  Gallicum,  qui  sibi  has 
urbanas   insidias   caedis  atque  incendiorum   depoposcerit. 
3.  Write  explanatory  notes  on  the  following  lines  from 
the  prophecy  of  Anchises  in  the  sixth  book  of  the  Aeneid : 
Ille  triumphata  Capitolia  ad  alta  Corintho 
Victor  aget  currum  caesis  insignis  Achivis, 
Eruet  ille  Argos  Agamemnoniasque  Mycenas, 
Ipsumque  Aeaciden,  genus  armipotentis  Achilli, 
Ultus  avos  Trojae  templa  et  temerata  Minervae. 


4.  Name  (and  date,  as  far 
as  you  can)  the  chief  occa- 
sions which  brought  Greeks 
into  contact  with  Persians. 
Give  the  situation  of  places: 
5.  Themistocles  and  Aris- 
tides.  6.  The  causes  and 
results  of  the  Peloponnesian 
War.        7.     What     objects 


4.  The  Aryan  settlement 
of  Europe.  5.  Forms  of  gov- 
ernment in  Greece.  6.  Phil- 
ip an^  Alexander ;  the  results 
of  tlie  conquests  of  the  latter. 
7;  The  increase  of  the  do- 
minion of  Rome  during  and 
in  consequence  of  the  Punic 
Wars.        8.    The     Claudian, 


20 


EXAMINATION   PAPERS. 


would  an  Athenian  be  most 
likely  to  point  out  to  a  stran- 
ger visiting  Athens  ?  De- 
scribe some  of  them.  8. 
Name  some  turning-points  or 
critical  periods  in  the  history 
of  Athens.  What  made  them 
such? 


Flavian,  and  "  Good  "  emper- 
ors. Name  them,  and  give 
some  account  of  one  emperor 
from  each  class.  9.  Dio- 
cletian and  Constantine. 


XXYII. 

1.  Cicero  mentions,  in  his  account  of  the  depredations 
of  the  pirates,  Cnidus,  Colophon,  Samos,  Misenum.  Where 
were  they  ?  2.  In  what  part  of  Gaul  was  the  territory 
of  the  Aedui  ?  that  of  the  Sequani  ?  that  of  the  Arverni  ? 
that  of  the  Treviri  ?  Describe  the  course  of  the  Ehodanus, 
the  Arar,  and  the  Ehenus,  and  give  the  modern  names  of 
these  rivers.  3.  Write  explanatory  notes  on  the  follow- 
ing lines  from  the  third  book  of  the  Aeneid :  — 

Linquimus  Ortygiae  portus,  pelagoque  volamus. 
Bacchatamque  jugis  Naxon  viridemque  Donusam, 
Olearon,  niveamque  Paron,  sparsasque  per  aequor 
Cycladas,  et  crebris  legimus  freta  consita  terris. 
Nauticus  exoritur  vario  certamine  clamor  ; 
Hortantur  socii,  Cretam  proavosque  petamus. 
4.    Name   several   of    the!      4.  Compare  the  geograph- 
rivers  or  mountains  in  Greece  ical  character  of  Greece  with 
which  are  noted  in  mythol- !  that  of  Italy.     5.  B.  C.  490, 
ogy   or   history.       5.    Name  480,  431-404,  334-323:  to 
some  places  of  historical  in-  what  events  in  the   history 
terest   in  the   Peloponnesus,  of    Greece    do    these    dates 
and  give  the  position  of  each,  i  point  ?      6.  The  relations  of 


HISTORY   AND   GEOGRAPHY. 


21 


6.  Represent  by  a  map,  or 
describe  otherwise,  the  course 
of  the  expedition  of  Cyrus 
the  Younger,  and  of  that  of 
Alexander  of  Macedon.  7. 
The  Eoman  Conquest  of 
Greece.  8.  B.  C.  490,  480, 
431  -  404,  334  -  323  :  to 
what  events  in  the  history 
of  Greece  do  these  dates 
point  ?  9.  Give  the  situa- 
tion of  each  of  the  following 
places,  and  connect  an  event 
with  each  :  Marathon,  Ther- 
mopylae, Plataea,  Leuctra, 
Syracuse,  Chaeronea. 


the  Italian  States  to  Eome. 

7.  The    Eoman    civil  wars. 

8.  The  extent  of  the  Eoman 
Empire.  9.  The  English 
conquest  of  Britain. 


22  EXAMINATION  PAPERS. 


MODERN  AND   PHYSICAL  GEOGRAPHY. 

I. 

1.  Give  a  physical  description  of  Italy.  2.  Define  pla- 
teau, delta,  stejyjje,  light,  lagoon,  glacier.  What  is  the  jirojih 
of  a  country  ?  3.  How  many  degrees  apart  from  each 
other  are  the  two  polar  circles  ?  What  is  the  breadth  (in 
degrees)  of  the  torrid  zone  ?  ^\^iat  is  the  shortest  dis- 
tance in  degrees  of  longitude  between  Madras  (80°  E.  from 
Greenwich)  and  San  Francisco  (122|-''  W.)  ?  4.  Describe 
the  chief  physical  features  of  the  State  in  Avhich  you  live. 
6.  Describe  the  Andes,  and  one  of  the  three  great  river 
systems  of  South  America.  6.  JS^ame  the  rivers  connected 
with  the  lakes  of  Switzerland  and  of  Northern  Italy,  and 
give  their  source,  course,  and  end.  7.  The  Yosges,  the 
Jura,  the  Carpathians  ;  Mt.  Everest,  Mt.  Chimborazo,  Mont 
Blanc,  Monte  Eosa,  Mt.  St.  Elias.  Give  their  position. 
8.  To  what  powers  belong  the  Azores,  Corsica,  Malta,  Heli- 
goland, Algeria,  Batavia,  Manilla,  Sydney,  Havana  ?  9. 
Constantinople,  Alexandria,  Gibraltar,  JSTew  York,  Xew 
Orleans,  Hamburg,  —  show  the  convenience  or  importance 
of  the  position  of  each. 

II. 

1.  What  is  meant  by  the  terms  "latitude"  and  "longi- 
tude "  ?  2.  Give  the  approximate  longitude,  reckoned  from 
the  meridian  of  Greenwich,  of  London ;  New  York  ;  Cape 
Horn ;  the  Cape  of  Good  Hope  ;  Melbourne  ;  Shanghai ;  tlie 
Sandwich  Islands.  3.  Name  and  give  the  position,  with 
reference  to  the  various  countries,  of  the  principal  moun- 


MODERN  AND  PHYSICAL  GEOGRAPHY.  23 

tain  chains  of  Europe.  4.  Name  and  give  the  position  and 
direction  of  the  principal  mountain  ranges  of  North  and 
South  America.  5.  Describe  the  principal  rivers  of  Nortli 
America,  giving  an  approximate  statement  of  the  ]30sition 
of  their  sources,  the  direction  in  which  tliey  run,  and  their 
lengths.  6.  Describe  the  principal  rivers  of  Europe,  in 
the  manner  indicated  in  the  preceding  question.  7.  Name 
the  principal  islands  of  the  East  Indies,  and  state  to  what 
political  powers  they  belong.  8.  Name  the  West  India 
Islands,  and  state  to  what  powers  they  belong.  9.  Describe 
the  position  of  France  with  reference  to  the  adjacent  coun- 
tries, rivers,  mountains,  and  seas.  10.  What  are  the  advan- 
tages of  London  with  regard  to  its  geographical  position  ? 
of  St.  Louis  ?  of  Chicago  ?  of  San  Francisco  ?  11.  What 
are  the  principal  exports  of  England  ?  of  the  United 
States  ?  of  Piussia  ?  of  Central  America  ?  12.  State  ap- 
proximately the  population  of  the  most  important  states  of 
Europe. 

in. 

1.  Where  is  Manilla  ?  Through  what  waters  and  across 
what  countries  would  you  pass  in  travelling  from  ]\Ianilla 
to  New  York,  (a)  entirely  by  water,  (h)  partly  by  water  and 
partly  by  land  ?  2.  Explain  what  is  meant  by  latitude 
and  longitude.  What  is  the  longitude  of  the  point  in  the 
northern  hemisphere  directly  opposite  Washington  ?  (As- 
sume longitude  of  Washington  77°  W.)  What  is  the  lati- 
tude and  longitude  of  the  point  in  the  southern  hemisphere 
directly  opposite  Cambridge  ?  The  latitude  of  Cambridge 
is  42°  23'  N,  the  longitude  71°  7'  W.  3.  Mention  the  dif- 
ferent bodies  of  water  surrounding  the  British  Islands,  and 
the  rivers  flowing  into  each.  4.  Give  as  precisely  as  you 
can  the  position  of   the  following  mountains,  and  state, 


24 /v   ,    .,    r   .  J>EXAMINATION  PAPERS. 

where  possible,  to  what  range  each  belongs  :  —  Washington ; 
St.  Elias  ;  Hecla  ;  Elburz  ;  Pike's  Peak  ;  Dwalagiri ;  Chim- 
borazo ;  Shasta ;  Orizaba.  5.  Enumerate  the  States  and 
Territories  through  or  by  which  the  Mississippi,  Missouri, 
and  Ohio  Eivers  flow.  6.  State  the  principal  conditions 
which  determine  the  head  of  navigation  on  a  river.  Name 
the  town  or  city  at  the  head  of  navigation  on  two  rivers 
in  the  United  States,  and  on  one  in  Europe.  7.  State 
what  you  know  about  the  Gulf  Stream. 

lY. 

1.  State  as  precisely  as  you  can  where  the  following  rivers 
rise  and  empty,  their  general  directions,  and  the  countries 
or  states  which  they  cross  or  bound  :  —  Amazon  ;  Ehine ; 
Connecticut ;  Volga  ;  Indus  ;  Ohio  ;  Obi ;  St.  Lawrence. 
2.  Explain  the  terms  latitude  and  longitude.  Given  the 
lonsjitude  of  Melbourne  as  145°  E.  when  referred  to  Green- 
wich,  what  would  be  its  longitude  when  referred  to  Wash- 
ington ?  (Washington  lies  77°  west  of  Greenwich.)  3.  De- 
scribe the  coast  of  Asia  from  Behring's  Strait  to  the  Strait 
of  Malacca,  mentioning  the  peninsulas,  the  seas,  the  mouths 
of  important  rivers,  and  the  islands  lying  near  the  main- 
land. (Draw  a  map  comprising  these  particulars,  if  you 
prefer.)  4.  What  is  meant  by  the  snoiu  line  ?  Name  some 
countries  in  which  the  snow  line  is  very  high.  5.  Mention 
the  principal  islands  in  the  Atlantic  Ocean,  and  state  to 
what  political  power  each  belongs.  6.  Bound  France,  and 
give  the  name  and  position  of  four  of  its  chief  cities. 
7.  Name  and  give  the  position  of  the  principal  mountain 
ranges  of  North  and  South  America.  8.  Bound  Pennsyl- 
vania. What  mountains  cross  the  State  ?  What  are  its 
principal  rivers  ?  How  does  it  rank  with  the  other  States 
as  to  area  ?  as  to  population  ? 


MODERN  AND   PHYSICAL 


V. 

1.  What  is  the  breadth  of  the  north  temperate  zone  in 
degrees  ?  in  miles  ?  2.  What  is  the  length  of  the  longest 
day  at  the  North  Pole  ?  at  the  Arctic  Circle  ?  at  the  Equa- 
tor ?  Account  for  the  differences.  3.  What  countries  of 
South  America  are  on  the  Pacific  coast  ?  Which  one  has 
no  coast  line  ?  4.  Through-  what  waters  would  a  vessel 
pass  in  sailing  from  Sevastopol  to  St.  Petersburg  ?  5.  In 
what  zone  does  Australia  principally  lie?  What  is  the 
chief  river  of  Australia  ?  What  gulf  on  the  north  ?  What 
important  islands  and  groups  of  islands  to  the  north  and 
east  ?  6.  Give  the  position  of  the  following  cities  as  pre- 
cisely as  you  can,  naming  in  all  cases  the  river  or  other 
body  of  water  on  or  near  which  the  city  lies: — Cayenne, 
Constantinople,  Detroit,  Lyons,  Madras,  Omaha,  Palermo, 
Para,  Sitka,  Zanzibar.  7.  Bound  Illinois.  What  is  its  cap- 
ital ?  Give  the  name  and  position  of  three  other  important 
cities.  What  are  its  chief  rivers,  and  in  what  direction  do 
they  flow  ?  8.  Upon  what  three  circumstances  is  the  cli- 
mate of  any  region  chiefly  dependent  ?  9.  To  what  states 
or  countries  would  you  go  for  caoutchouc  ?  coffee  ?  olives  ? 
opium  ?  pepper  ?  rice  ?  silk  ?  sugar  ?  tapioca  ?  turpentine  ? 
10.  Write  what  you  can  about  coral  islands  and  reefs. 

VI. 

1.  What  is  meant  by  the  relief  of  a  country  ?  the  'pro- 
file ?  What  are  the  principal  features  of  relief  in  North 
America  ?  2.  Bound  the  three  principal  river  basins  of 
South  America.  3.  In  what  direction  are  the  Bahamas 
from  the  Bermudas  ?  the  Azores  from  Oporto  ?  Honolulu 
from  San  Francisco  ?  Pekin  from  Yedo  ?     4.   Through  or 


26  EXAMINATION  PAPERS. 

near  what  countries,  islands,  important  cities,  and  bodies 
of  water  does  the  Tropic  of  Cancer  pass  ?  5.  Name  and 
give  the  situation  of  the  English  colonies  in  Africa.  6. 
Bound  Italy.  What  is  its  largest  city  ?  Name  its  princi- 
pal mountains  and  rivers.  If  there  is  any  tiling  peculiar 
about  any  of  the  rivers,  mention  and  explain  it.  7.  Where 
are  the  following  gulfs  and  bays :  —  Finland,  Bothnia, 
Aden,  Bengal,  Lyons,  Chesapeake  ?  Name  the  important 
rivers,  if  any,  which  empty  into  each.  8.  "VVliat  are  tho 
principal  productions  and  exports  of  Eussia  ?  France  ? 
Cuba  ?  Japan  ?  Peru  ?  9.  How  do  the  forms  of  govern-, 
ment  of  the  five  principal  nations  of  Europe  differ  ?  10. 
Write  what  you  can  about  the  trade  winds. 


GEEEK  COMPOSITION.  27 


GEEEK    COMPOSITION. 


1.  "What  then  ?  When  ^  the  Athenians  and  my  [fellow] 
citizens  ^  come,^  let  iis  summon  ^  this  man  also,  that  we 
may  consult  ^  together.^  2.  Cyrus  said,  "  If  you  go  ''  now, 
when  ^  shall  you  be  at  home  ?  "  ^  3.  0  my  country !  ^^  0 
that  all  who  inhabit  ^^  thee  would  love  thee  as  I  now  do  ! 
4.  Not  many  days  after  this,  Chares  ^^  came  from  Athens 
with  ^3  a  few  ^*  ships ;  and  immediately  the  Lacedaemoni- 
ans and  Athenians  fought  a  naval  battle. ^^  The  Lacedae- 
monians were  victorious,^^  under  the  lead  ^^  of  Hegesandri- 
das.^^ 

1.  ineihav.  2.  TTokirqs.  3.  cpxofiai.  4.  KaXeco.  5.  o^ju/SovXevo 
(mid.).  6.  Koivfj.  7.  etfxt.  8.  Trore.  9.  oiW.  10.  irarpis. 
11.  oIk€<o.  12.  Xaprjs.  13.  e;(CDi'.  14.  oXiyos.  15.  vau^ap^eoj. 
16.    PiKao).      17.   ^ycojxai  (gen.  absol.).      18.   'Hyrjaapdpldas. 

IL 

1.  After  these  things,  Pericles  rose,^  and  thus  spoke. 
2.  Do  not  obey  ^  these  most  wicked  men.  3.  On  the  next  ^ 
day  he  gave  them  what  he  promised.^  4.  All  the  Greeks 
happened  ^  to  be  doing  this.  5.  Many  fear  lest  these  things 
should  happen^  while  Philip  is  king."^  6,  If  these  things 
were  true,^  it  would  be  still  more  terrible.^ 

1.  dviaTrjiii.  2.  Treidco.  3.  vaTepatos.  4.  vmcx^^opaL.  5.  Tvy 
xdvco'  with  the  participle.  6.  yiyvop.ai.  7.  genitive  absolute. 
8.    dXT]6Tj5-      9.    deivos. 


28  EXAMINATION  PAPERS. 

III. 

1.  Any  one  might  justly^  praise ^  him,  not  only  for^ 
these  things,  but  for  what  he  did  about  *  the  same  time.^ 
2.  If  you  do  ^  what  I  just  ^  now  told  ^  you,  you  will  have 
all  things  which  any  one  could  wish.^  3.  0  that  ^^  these 
things  had  happened  ^^  as  we  wished !  ^  But  since  ^^  we 
were  unfortunate,^^  let  us  do  what  the  wisest  of  us  shall 
command. ^^  4.  If  these  men  had  not  perished,^^  the  city 
would  have  been  saved  ^^  and  we  should  now  be  free.^'' 

1.   dLKaias.      2.    irraivia.     3.    IttL     4.  irepi     5.   ;!^poi/oy.     6.   Troteoj. 

7.     apri.        8.     <f)pd^a).        9.     ^ovXofxai.  10.     eWe.        11.     y'lyvopai. 

12.    67rei.       13.  aTvxr]^.       14.   iceXevca.  15.   tzTToXXv/it.       16.    crco^o). 
17.    iXivdepos. 

TV. 

1.  If  I  appear  ^  to  be  \\Trong  ^  I  will  pay  ^  the  penalty. 
2.  If  you  should  turn  ^  from  evils,  you  would  quickly  ^  be- 
come ^  better.  3.  I  fear ''  lest  we  have  forgotten  ^  the  road  ^ 
home.^^  4.  If  Philip  had  had  this  opinion,^^  —  that  it  is 
difficult  ^2  to  fight  ^^  with  the  Athenians,  —  he  would  have 
done  ^*  no  one  of  the  tilings  which  he  has  done. 

1.  BoKeco.  2.  dbiKeto.  3.  dUrjv  bovvai.  4.  dirorpeTtofiai.  5.  cv 
rdxei.  6.  yiyvopai.  7.  fieiSco.  8.  iirCkavOavop-ai.  9.  oSo'r.  10. 
oiKoSe.      11.   yvd)p.r].      12.    p^aXeTTOS.      13.   TroXf/Aeco.      14.   npdo-aa. 

V. 

1,  Those  who  w^ere  looking' ^  on  feared  ^  lest  their  friends  ^ 
should  suffer*  anything.  2.  They  all  said^  that  the  king^ 
had  sent  "^  them,  and  that  they  wished  ^  to  make  an  alli- 
ance ^  with  Cyrus.  3.  If  another  shall  come  ^^  in  his  own 
name,^^  him    ye  will  receive.^^     4   When    this  had  hap- 


GREEK   COMPOSITION.  29 

pened,^^  all  believed  ^^  that  an  assembly  ^^  would  be  sum- 
moned.^^ 

1.  Beaofiat  (partic).  2.  (})o^eofjLai.  3.  (J^lXos.  4.  Trdaxto.  5. 
Xeyo)  with  on.  6.  ^aaiKevs.  7.  7re/i:ra).  8.  (Soi/Xoixai.  9.  crt'/x- 
fxaxeco.  10.  epxofiai.  11.  ouojjLa.  12.  Xafx^dvco.  13.  yi'yi/o/iat. 
14,   oio/xat.      15.   eKKXtjcia.      16.   oruyicaXe'a). 

VI. 

1.  You  would  be  approved/  should  you  appear  ^  not  to 
do  those  things  which  you  would  blame  ^  others  for  doing. 
2.  Swear  *  by  no  ^  god  for  the  sake  of  ^  money,  not  even  ^ 
if  you  are  not  about ^  to  violate^  your  faith.^^  3.  The 
king  11  said  ^^  that  the  messenger  ^^  was  not  then  present/* 
and  that,  if  he  had  been,  these  things  would  not  have  oc- 
curred.!^ 4.  Would  that  I  had  ^^  the  wings  ^^  of  an  eagle,i^ 
that  leaving  ^^  the  earth  ^o  I  might  be  numbered  ^^  among  ^ 
the  stars !  -^ 

1.  elSoKineo).  2.  (fiaipoiiat.  3.  ciriTLfjLdco.  4.  ofivvfii.  5.  firjbeis 
or  ouSei'y '?  6.  ci/eKo.  7.  /Lij;Se.  8.  fieXXetv.  9.  irapa^aiveiv.  10. 
niaTis.  11.  ^aaiXevs.  12.  Xeyeii/  with  or<.  13.  ayyeXoy.  14. 
ndpeiiJii.  15.  yLyvo[xai.  16.  e;(fti'.  17.  TTTcpov.  18.  aeroy.  19. 
XetVcD.      20.   y^.      21.    dpi6peoi.      22.    eV.      23.   aarpov. 

VII. 

1.  I  tried  1  to  show^  him  that^  he  thought*  he  was 
wise,  but  ^  was  not.  2.  He  says  ^  that  these  things  hap- 
pened ^  while  Cyrus  ^^  was  king.  ^  3.  Let  no  one  believe  ^ 
that  I  now  fear  ^^  lest  our  state  ^^  be  ruined.^^  4.  If  these 
men  were  not  unjust,i^  they  would  not  have  condemned  i* 
these  generals  ^^  to  death.^^  5.  He  burned  i"  the  vessels/^ 
that  Cyrus  ^^  might  not  pass  over.^*^ 

1.    Treipdofiau      2.    dfUvvfii.       3.    or*.       4.    otopit    (with    infin.). 


30  EXAillNATION  PAPERS. 

5.  de  (with  preceding  fiev).  6.  (prjixi  (with  infin.).  7.  yiyvofiat. 
8.  participle  of  ^aaikevco.  9.  vofxiCco  (with  infin.).  10.  (po^^o- 
fiat.  11.  TTo'Xt?.  ]2.  dnoWv/xi  (2d  aor.  mid.).  13,  aSt/ceco. 
14.  KaTayiyvcocrKco.  15.  a-Tparrjyos.  16.  Bavaros.  17.  /caraAcdcD. 
18.   TrXoIoj/.      19.   Ki>os.      20.   dia^aiva. 

VIIT. 

1.  The  king  ^  is  chosen  ^  in  order  that  those  who  choose  ^ 
him  may  be  benefited  ^  by  *  him.  2.  They  said  ^  that  Cy- 
rus ^  was  dead,"^  and  that  Ariseus  ^  would  flee.^  3.  If  he  had 
been  here,^^  would  he  have  overlooked  ^^  these  things,  or 
have  punished ^2  these  impious ^^  men?  4.  May  we  desire^* 
only^^  those  things  which  we  shall  rejoice  ^^  to  have  ac- 
quired.^^  5.  Before ^^  he  came,^^  the  ships ^^  happened^ 
to  have  gone  ^  to  Caria  ^^  to  summon  ^^  assistance.^ 

1.   ^aaiKevs.      2.   alpea.      3.   eu  TrpdrreLv.      4,    8id.      5.  Xcyta  (ort). 

6.  Kvpos.  7.  6vr](TKa).  8.  ^Apialos.  9.  (f>evya>.  10.  irapeipi.  11. 
Trfpiopdoj. 


levff.      ^.   aipea>.      6.    eu  irpaTreiv.      4,    Ota.      0.   Acyta  (orty. 
7.    6vr](TKa).      8.   ^Apialos.      9.    (f>evya>.      10.   irapeipi.     11. 

..  .^.  J 12.     KoXd^o).      13.    dcrc^r)S.       14.    (7n6vp.e(0.       15.    ^^aipto. 

16.    KeKTTjpat.      17.   fiovov.      18.   TrpiV.      19.   epx^p-ai.     20.    ravs.      21. 
Ti;'y;(di/co.      22.    ot^ofiai.      23.   Kapia.      24.   TreptayyeAXo)  (participle). 

25.     /3077^€ll». 

IX. 

1.  All  of  them  fear  ^  lest  they  may  be  compelled  ^  to  do 
many  ^  things  which  now  they  do  not  wish  ^  to  do.  2.  0 
that  ^  this  man  had  had  ^  strength  ^  equal  ^  to  his  mind.  ^ 
3.  They  called  in^^  physicians  ^^  when  they  were  sick,^^ 
that  they  might  not  die.^^  4.  He  showed  ^*  that  he  was 
ready  ^^  to  fight  ^^  if  any  one  should  come  out.^^ 

1.    (polSeofxai.      2.  dfayfcd^o).      3.  ttoXu?.       4.    ^ouXo^ai.      5.    tWf. 

6.     e;)(Ci).       7.    poipt].  8.     icroy.       9.  yvoipri.       10.     TvapaKoKfa.       11. 

larpos.      12.    voaeo)  (partic).       13.  d7ro^j^/70-K&>.       14.    d/jXco)    (with 

OTt).      15.   £Tot/xof.  16.   fidxofxai.  17.   €^€p)(opai. 


GEEEK   COMPOSITION.  ^ 

X. 

1.  He  said  ^  that  he  had  come  ^  that  he  might  see  ^  both 
what  was  doing  and  what  had  been  done.  2.  I  told  him 
that,  if  these  things  had  been  true,*  this  would  not  have 
happened.^  3.  Would  that  he  were  alive  ;  '^  for  he  would 
not  fear  ^  these  dangers  ^  as  you  do.  4.  Do  you  wish  ^  me 
to  come  ?  2  Tell  ^  him  not  to  fear  ^  me,  tliinking  ^^  I  shall 
be  angry.ii 

1.  Xeyo).  2.  €p)(Ofjiac.  3.  opdco.  4.  oiXrjdfj^.  5.  yiyvoyiai.  6. 
^ovkoixai.  7.  ^d(o.  8.  (po^ovixai.  9.  Kivdvuos.  10.  o'iofxai.  11. 
;(a\67raiVa). 

XL 

1.  It  is  said  ^  that  the  king  ^  sent  them  away,^  fearing  * 
lest  they  should  perish^  by  remaining.^  2.  Athens,''  al- 
though it  was  ^  great  ^  before,^^  then  became  ^^  greater,  hav- 
ing been  freed  ^^  from  tyrants.  ^^  3.  Who  of  all  the  Greeks 
would  not  justly^*  have  hated ^^  us,  if  we  had  fled^^  and 
had  left  i''  our  city  to  the  barbarians  ?  ^^  4.  Call  ^^  no  one 
.happy  2^  before  2^  he  is  dead.-^ 

1.  Xe'yco.  2.  fiaa-iXevs.  3.  aTroTrefXTra).  4.  (fio^eofxai.  5.  oTrdX- 
Xv/Ltt.  6.  /ie'i/o).  7.  'Adrjvai.  8.  Participle  of  et/it.  9.  /xeya?. 
10.  Tipiv.  11.  yiyvofxai.  12.  aTraXXao-o-o).  13.  rvpavvos.  14. 
SiKaicos.  15.  pLaico.  IG.  (pevyco.  17.  KaraXetVcD.  18.  ^ap^apos. 
19.    fcaXeo).      20.    oXjStos.      21.   TrptV.      22.    TeXeurdco. 

XII. 

1.  Wish  ^  to  be  a  friend  ^  of  the  powerful,^  in  order  that 
you  may  not  suffer  punishment*  if  you  act  unjustly.^  2. 
We  fear  ^  lest,^  if  we  do  ^  this,  we  shall  miss  ^  at  once  ^® 
what  we  have  gained  ^^  and  what  we  hope  ^^  to  gain.  3. 
The  messenger  ^^  came  ^*  to  announce  ^^  that  the  city  had 


32  EXAMINATION  PAPERS. 

been  taken,^^  but  that  the  citizens  ^^  were  hidden  ^^  near  ^^ 
the  sea.2<^  4  Would  ^i  that  he  had  died  ^  in  his  youth,^^ 
for  2^  lie  now  would  be  happy.^'^ 

1.  ^ovXoixai.  2.  (fiiXos.  3.  to  he  2^oiverful,  bvvaadai.  4.  6i- 
KTyi/  SoCi/at.  5.  aSi^eiJ/.  6.  (po^ovjiai.  7.  /:i;7.  8.  TvpaTTco.  9. 
duapravcd.  10.  a/ia.  11.  Ti'"y;(aj/a).  12.  eXntCfo.  13.*  ayyeXoy. 
14.  epp(Ofiai.  15.  ayyeXXo).  16.  aXiaKOfjLai.  17.  ttoXlttjs.  18. 
KpviTTco.  19.  Trapd.  20.  ^aXarra.  21.  €t^e.  22.  d7ro6ur]o-Ka>. 
23.  a  young  man,  veavia-Kos.      24.    cVei.      25.   evdaijMav. 

XIII. 

1.  I  trust  ^  that  these  things  which  you  have  heard  ^  are- 
true.^  2.  Who  would  not  wish"^  to  leave  his  country,^ 
when  such  base  ^  men  are  in  power  ?  ^  3.  The  same  men 
were  present  ^  when  these  things  happened.^  4.  He  said  ^^ 
that,  although  he  was  ^^  a  god,  he  wished  *  to  die.^ 

1.  TrtoTCuo).  2.  aKovo).  3.  aXrj^j;?.  4.  (Boi/Xofiai.  5.  Trarpls. 
6.  TTOvripos.  7.  Kparea  (partic).  8.  Trdpetfii.  9.  yiyvofiat.  10. 
etn-oi*.      11.   participle.      12.   dnodprjaKa)* 

XIV. 

1.  After  these  things,  a  battle  ^  having  taken  place,^  the 
Greeks  were  victorious.^  2.  The  king  himself  came  as 
quickly  *  as  possible  ^  with  the  army.^  3.  The  same  general  "^ 
commanded  ^  the  army  in  both  ^  the  battles.  4.  Many  of 
the  children  ^^  whom  he  saw  feared  ^^  lest  they  should  be 
taken.^2  5  jf  these  things  had  been  true,^^  it  would  have 
been  still  ^^  more  terrible.^^ 


1.    p-dx")-       2.    yiyvop.ai.       3.    viKdoi.      4.    raxV'      5.    eo?. 
vpLa.       7.    arpaTTjyos.      8.    fiyeop.ai.       9.    dpL(j)6T(pos.      10.    i 
o^eofiai.      12.    Xa/x/3dj/ci).      13,   dXrjdrjS'      14.    ert.       15.   de 


GREEK   COMPOSITION.  33 

XV. 

1.  I  told  1  him  that  you  all  ^  were  my  ^  friends.*  2.  He 
acts  ^  thus  ^  that  he  may  not  seem  ^  to  wrong  ^  the  state.^ 

3.  If  he  had  been  just/^  this  would  not  have  happened.^i 

4.  Do  you  think  ^^  they  will  flee  ^^  when  ^^  they  see  ^^  us  ? 

1.  Xeyo).  2.  7ra9.  3.  possessive  dative.  4.  <^iXos.  5.  Trpar- 
TCi).  6.  ourcoy.  7.  doKeco.  8.  aSt/ceoj.  9.  TrdXtj.  10.  ^iKaios. 
11.   yiyvojjiai.      12.    or/xat.       13.    cjievyoo.      14.    orai/.       15.    opao). 

XVI. 

1,  They  came^  in  order  to  destroy  ^  their  ^  enemies.* 
2.  If  you  should  say  ^  this,  he  would  be  angry.^  3.  The 
men  '^  reported  ^  that  they  had  seen  ^  no  one.^^  4  He  de- 
clares ^^  that  he  expects  ^^  to  die.^^ 

1.  epxofiai.  2.  dnoWvfXL.  3.  article.  4.  ixBpos.  5.  Xeyo). 
6.  ;(nXe7rati'a).  7.  aJ'jyp.  8.  aTrayyeXXa).  9.  opdco,  10.  ovdels. 
11.   aTTo^alvco.      12.    ot/zat.       13.    OufjcrKS). 

XVII. 

1.  While  ^  Alexander  ^  was  ^  in  the  country  ^  of  the  Uxii,* 
his  horse  Bucephalus  ^  w^as  ^  once  ^  missing.^ 

1.  participle.  2.  'AXe^ai/Spos.  3.  x'^P^-  4*  O^'l^ot-  «^-  ^o"" 
Ke<^aXaff.      6.   ylyvoyLai.      7.    OUlit.      8.    d(f)avr]S' 

2.  Accordingly/  he  proclaimed  ^  through  ^  the  country 
that  he  would  kill*  all  the  Uxii,  unless  they  brought^  him 
back  his  horse. 

1.    ovv.      2.   7rpoKr]pvTTa.      3.    dvd.      4.    diroKT^lvcxi.      5.    aTrayco. 

3.  And  such^  fear^  of  the  king  had^  the  barbarians, 
that*  Bucephalus  was  sent^  back  directly^  upon'^  the 
proclamation.^ 

1.  Toaoa-be.  2.  (po^os.  3.  use  elfxi  4.  coore.  5.  aTTOTre/xTTCB. 
6.    €vdvS.       7.    €771.       8.    KTjpvyfJLa. 


34  EXAMINATION  PAPERS. 

XVITL 

1.  Did  not  Homer  ^  call  ^  Agamemnon  ^  shepherd  *  of  the 
people,^  because  a  general  ^  ought  "^  to  take  care  ^  that  his 
soldiers  ^  be  both  ^^  safe  ^^  and  ^^  prosperous  ?  ^^ 

1.  "OfJLtjpos.  2.  7rpo(Tayop€vco.  3.  'Ayafxefivcov.  4.  ttoiixtjv.  5.  Xaos. 
6.  aTpaTT]y6s.  7.  fiei.  8.  eTTt/icXto/xat.  9.  (XTpaTicoTijs*  10.  re 
icat.      11.   o-oiff.      12.    evbaipcov. 

2.  For  ^  you  know  2  that  generals  are  chosen  ^  to  be  au- 
thors *  of  prosjoerity  ^  to  those  who  chose  them. 

1.   yap.      2.    otSa.      3.    alpiop.aL.      4.    aiVioy.      5.   (vdatfiouia, 

3.  It  seems  ^  to  me,  therefore/-^  that  Agamemnon  would 
not  have  been  applauded  ^  by  Homer,  had  he  not  been  ex- 
cellent *  in  this  particular.^ 

1.   doKfca.      2.   ovv.      3.  enatveco.      4.   from  dyados.      5.   omit. 

XIX. 

1.  As^  Xenophon 2  w^as ^  sacrificing,^  a  messenger*  ar- 
rived^ from  Mantinea,^  announcing"^  that  his  son ^  Gryl- 
lus  ^  was  dead.^o 

1.  omit.  2.  S€V0(})5)V.  3.  6va.  4.  ayyeXos.  5.  tJk(o.  6. 
MaiTtVeta.      7.   Xeyw.      8.   vios.      9.    FpvXXo?.       10.    to  die,  OvrjaKO). 

2.  Then^  he^  laid^  aside  the  garland,*  but^  continued^ to 
sacrifice. 

1.  KaL  2.  cKflvos.  3.  aTTOTidepai.  4.  areipavos.  5.  de  pre- 
ceded by  fxev.      6.    SiareXco). 

3.  But  when  ^  the  messenger  had  added  ^  this  ^  also,*  that 
he  had  died  victorious,^  Xenophon  put  ^  the  garland  on  ^ 
again.'^ 

1.  eVei.  2.  TTpoaTiBrjut.  3.  eKelvos.  4.  <ca(.  5.  i/udo}  (parti- 
ciple).     6.   iiriTiBeiiai..      7.  TraXti'. 


GREEK  COMPOSITION.  35 

XX. 

1.  Tliemistocles  1  saicl^  that  the  tropliies^  of  Miltiades^ 
woke  ^  him  from  his  sleep.^ 

1.  QefXKTTOKXrjs.      2.    Xeyco.      3.    rpoTraiou.      4.    MikTiddrjs.      5.    dvi- 

O-TIJfJLl.         6.     VTTUOS. 

2.  Do  not  hasten  ^  to  he  ^  rich,^  lest  thou  speedily  ^  be- 
come ^  poor/5 

1.   o-TreuSco.      2.   TrXovreo).      3.   ra^v.      4.   yiyvonai.      5.   7rein]s. 

3.  If  he  shall  slay^  his^  enemy ,^  he  will  pollute*  his 
hand.^ 

1.   diroKTelva.     2.  possess,  genit.     3.   ixOpos.     4.  fttatW     5. 

4  A  report  ^  was  spread  ^  abroad  ^  that  the  allies  ^  had 
revolted  *  from  the  city.^ 

1.   Xoyos.      2.   diaaireipQ}.      3.    avpiiaxos.      4.  d(j)i(TTr]iit.      5.  ttoXi;. 

XXI. 

1.  It  became^  evident,^  that^  the  Greeks  strongly* 
feared  ^  lest  he  should  become  a  tyrant.^  2.  The  god,  as  it 
seems/  often ^  rejoices^  in  making ^^  the  small  great,  and^^ 
the  gi'eat  small.  3.  The  Thebans  after  this  raised  ^^  a  tro- 
phy,^^  and  gave  up^*  the  dead^^  under  truce.^^  4.  He 
replied,^''  that  he  was  not  marching  "^^  that  ^^  he  might  do 
wrong  2^  to  any,  but  that  he  might  assist  ^^  those  who  were 
wronged.22 

1.  yiyvoiiai.  2.  S^Xoy.  3.  oti.  4.  t(r;(upa)p.  5.  ^o/Se'o/int. 
a.  Tvpavvos.  7.  eoiKa.  8,  iroWaKis.  9.  x^'*-?^-  1^-  p^irticiple  of 
«oif(».  11.  bi  (with  preceding  /ueV).  12.  to-rT^/xi.  13.  rponaiov. 
14.  dTToSiSoj/xai.  15.  pcKpos.  16.  v7ro<T7roi/8os.  17.  diroKpluopLai. 
18.  arpaTevofiai.  19.  tva.  20.  dfii/ceo).  21.  /So/y^ew.  22.  parti- 
ciple. 


36  EXAMINATION  PAPERS. 

XXII. 

1.  He  thought  ^  that  he  needed  ^  friends  ^  for  this  pur- 
pose,'* that  he  might  have  helpers.^  2.  0  that^  I  had 
as  great '  power  ^  as  ^  tliese  kings  now  have  !  3.  They  were 
not  able  ^^  to  prevent  ^^  Philip  from  passing  through.^^  4 
They  announced  ^^  that  they  should  treat  ^*  all  these  as 
enemies.  ^^ 

1,  oiojxai  (w.  infin.).  2.  deofxai.  3.  (piXos.  4.  evcKa.  5.  avvep- 
yos.  6.  eWe.  7.  toctovtos.  8.  Bvpafiis.  9.  oa-os.  10.  diiva/xat. 
11.  KcoXuco.  12.  Trapepxofiai  (aor.).  13.  irpoayopevco  (ort).  14, 
Xpdofxat  {lise).      15.   TTokepios. 

XXIII. 

1.  The  king  said  that  whoever  killed  ^  the  man  should 
rule 2  the  whole  city.  2.  They  feared^  that  the  ariny  would 
bring  ^  aid  to  the  inhabitants,^  for  they  perceived  ^  that  the 
citizens  were  not  despondent.'^  3.  The  eagle  ^  remained 
until  ^  evening  ^^  came  ^^  on  ;  and,  terrified  ^^  by  the  sight,^^ 
we  came  to  the  soothsayers^^  to  make^^  communication 
about  ^^  the  omen.^^  4.  He  hoped  ^^  that  he  should  die  ^^ 
that  day ,2*^  that  he  might  be  released  ^^  from  his  chains.^^ 

5.  Take  2^  this  soldier,  aud  keep^^  him  until  ^  I  come^^  with^^ 
the  king's  army.  6.  Do  not  inflict  ^^  misery  ^  on  me  who 
am  miserable  ^^  already .^^ 

1.     a7T0KT€LV(0.        2.     opX<^-         3.     CJiO^OVlMai.        4.     ^0T]6€(0.        5.     ivOlK€(0. 

6.  aladavopai.  7.  ddv/JLeco.  8.  derof.  9.  eois.  10.  iairfpa.  11. 
€7Tiyiyvofiai.  12.  cKiiXr)(Ta(o.  13.  o\//^ir.  14.  /xairt?.  15.  /coti/dct). 
IG.  TTf/Ji.  17.  ^floi/.  18.  iXni^oj.  19.  dno6vr](TKai.  20.  fjixfpa. 
21.  Xvo).  22.  decrfj-os.  23.  Xap^dvo).  24.  crcb^ci).  25.  €p\op.au 
26.   e;(w.      27.   TrposTidrjpi.      28.   i/ocroff.      29.   j/oaeo).      30.   ^dy. 


GREEK   COMPOSITION.  37 

XXIV. 

1.  They  say  that  when  animals  ^  were  endowed  ^  with 
voices,  the  sheep  ^  said  to  her  master  ^  :  "  You  do  ^  a  curi- 
ous ^  thing,'''  because  ^  to  us  who  provide  ^  you  wool  ^^  and 
lambs  ^^  you  give  nothing  that  we  don't  take-^^  from^*^ 
the  earth,^*  while  ^^  to  the  dog  ^^  you  give  ^''  [-some-']  of  the 
food^^  you  have  yourself."  And  that  the  dog,  who  had 
been  listening,^^  said  :  "  But  I  am  your  preserver,^^  so  that 
you  are  not  carried ^^  off  by  wolves;^  since,^^  if  I  should 
not  guard  ^  you,  you  could  not  feed,^^  through-fear  ^^  of 
death."  27 

1.  ((oov.  2.  cjicovrjcis.  3.  off.  4.  dea-norrjs.  5.  rroUco.  6. 
Gavixaa-Tos.      7.    omit.      8,    because   you  =  relat.    pronoun.      9. 

napex(o.       10.    epiop.       11.    apves   (plural).       12.    Xafx^duo).       13.    ex. 

14.  yrj.  15.  de.  16.  kvcov.  17.  fxeradidcifii.  18.  crt7-os.  19. 
aKovco.  20.  crco^oj.  21.  apna^co.  22.  \vkos.  23.  ineL  24.  0u- 
Xarro).      25.   veponat.      26.      ^o^ovjxat.      27.   aTToXXviii. 

XXV. 

1.  He  was  brought  up  ^  at  ^  the  court  ^  of  the  king  ^ ;  so 
that,^  while  ^  a  boy ,7  he  used  to  converse^  with  the  best  ^  of 
the  Persians.^^  2.  Would  that  he  had  given  ^^  me  what  he 
promised  ^2  to  give  him  !  3.  Old  men^^  say  that  life^*  is 
burdensome  ^^  to  them  ;  but  if  death  ^^  comes  ^^  near,^^  no- 
body wants  ^^  to  die.2<^ 

1.  Traidevco.  2.  cVi.  3.  6vpa  (plural).  4.  ^aariXevs.  5.  aare. 
6.  Participle  of  elixL  7.  naU.  8.  diakeyofxat.  9.  dyaOos.  10. 
Heparjs.        11.    StScojut.        12.    vTnaxv^op.ai.        13.    yepcov.        14.    ^aeo. 

15.  ^apvs.  16.  Gacaros.  17.  epxpixai.  18.  TrXrjaioi/.  19.  ^oiJ- 
Xo/xa(.      20.   dnodvfjO'Ka. 


^3B^,.    .     _.  EXAMINATION  PAPERS. 

XXYI. 

1.  Seuthes  asked,  "  Would  you  be  willing,  Episthenes, 
to  die  for  this  boy  ?  "  And  he  said,  holding  up  his  hands, 
"  Strike,  if  the  boy  commands  you  to  strike."  2.  He  feared 
that  the  men  from  the  mountains  would  not  make  war 
with  the  Greeks. 

N.  B.  —  The  sentences  below  need  correction :  write  out 
corrected  forms  for  them  with  a  right  translation. 

3.  El  ovdcLS  epxoixai  ha  aKovoi  efie,  ovdcis  (TO(j)a>T€pos  elcriv. 

4.  *Avi(TTT](rav  oi  'EXkrjues  Kat  elnov  top  nais  els  rco  rroXeois  rovra 


€ivai. 


5.  And  Xenophon,  on  arriving,  said  to  Seuthes,  that  the 
men  were  friendly,  and  would  have  sent  mercenaries  if  he 
had  asked  it. 

XXVII. 

1.  The  general  with  all  his  soldiers  sailed  away  from  the 
island,  thinking  that  Cimon  had  come  from  Athens  with 
twenty-seven  ships.  2.  The  gods  know  well  what  it  is  best 
for  man  to  have :  to  some  they  give  much  gold,  to  others  a 
beautiful  body,  to  others  neither  of  these  gifts.  3.  (Write 
the  following  sentence  in  a  collected  form,  with  the  ac- 
cents.) 

Tap  cdojaa  iiiavTos  avrovs  iva  raKavTov  Be  oi  dvdpcoTroi  eiravaovTM 
fiaxovres. 

XXVIII. 

And  immediately  these  soldiers  came  back  and  informed 
Xenophon  that  the  enemy  in  great  numbers  had  occupied  the 
heights  before  Cleonymus  had  been  able  to  lead  his  horsemen 
into  the  village.     Then  Xenophon  said  that  if  it  seemed  best  to 


GREEK   COMPOSITION.    ^^^^P^^  R'Ji^B- 

the  other  generals,  he  himself  would  march  with  his  own  men 
against  the  barbarians,  that  they  might  not  attack  the  Greeks 
with  their  whole  force. 

XXIX. 

Xenophon,  the  Athenian,  fearing  that,  if  he  should  leave 
Chirisophus  and  proceed  by  himself  to  attack  the  enemy,  the 
barbarians  would  easily  master  the  rest  of  the  Grecian  force 
before  he  could  send  them  assistance,  said  that  if  the  gods  were 
willing  to  save  them,  they  could  save  them  where  they  were ; 
but  if  not,  that  it  was  fitting  that  they  should  remain  and  suf- 
fer whatever  the  gods  appointed  until  death  came. 


EXAMINATION  PAPERS. 


GEEEK  GRAMMAR. 

L 

1.  Decline  3a\a(Taa,7r\6os,  and  \ecov  throughout^  and  yv^  in  the 
singular.  Explain  the  Accent  of  the  oblique  cases  of  yv'^. 
2.  Decline  the  Adjective  /xeXas.  Compare  (rax^pcov  and  aocfios, 
and  give  the  rules.  Compare  fxtyas.  3.  Decline  ovtos  and  e/xav- 
Tov.  4.  Give  the  rule  for  the  Augment  of  verbs  compounded 
with  a  preposition.  Give  the  Imperfect  Indicative  Active  of 
imypa^a  and  Treptypac^o.  5.  Give  the  rules  for  the  formation  of 
the  Future  Active.  Inflect  the  Future  Indicative  Active  of 
dyyeXXoj.  6.  Give  the  Second  Aorist  Indicative  (Active,  Passive, 
and  Middle)  of  XeiVo).  Inflect  the  Present  Optative  Active  of 
Tipao).  7.  Give  a  synopsis  of  the  Second  Aorist  Active  of  ridrjfxi, 
and  inflect  the  Imperative.  8.  Mention  any  classes  of  verbs 
which  are  followed  by  the  Genitive.  How  is  the  Agent  ex- 
pressed after  verbals  in  -reos  1  9.  Ko'/xai  Xaplreaaiv  opLoiai  (hair 
resembling  that  of  the  Graces) :  Explain  the  Dative  Xapireo-a-iv. 
10.  What  constructions  follow  iva  and  ottcos  to  denote  a  purposed 
When  is  each  construction  used]  11.  Divide  the  following 
verses  into  feet,  and  name  the  feet :  — 

Xaipere,    KiQpvKes,    At6s  dyyeXoi  7)5^  Kai  avdpCjv, 
^Aaaov  It-  ovtI  /xol  vfi/xes  iwaiTioi,   dXX'  ' Aya/i^fipcov. 

II. 

1.  Decline  the  Nouns  fiova-a  and  relxos.  Explain  the  change 
of  accent  in  p.ova-a  where  it  is  not  the  same  as  in  the  Nominative 
Singular.  What  nouns  in  a  of  the  first  declension  have  as  in  the 
Genitive  Singular?  2.  Decline  the  Adjective  xap'"s  in  the  Sin- 
gular. 3.  Decline  the  Pronouns  av  and  ovtos.  4.  What  are  the 
syllahic  and  temporal  augments  respectively  %  AVhat  is  tlie  or- 
dinary   reduplication,    and   what   is    the   Attic    reduplication] 


GREEK   GRAMMAR.  41 

6.  Conjugate  the  Verbs  rp/jSco,  dyyeXXw,  and  ypa^co.  Inflect  the 
Perfect  Indicative  Passive  of  ypa(poi,  and  explain  the  euphonic 
changes  which  the  root  ypacj)-  undergoes  in  that  tense.  6.  How 
is  the  Future  Active  of  a  iiquid  verb  formed  %  7.  Give  a  synop- 
sis of  the  Present  and  Second  Aorist  Active  of  tarrjixi,  and  inflect 
those  tenses  in  the  Indicative.  8.  What  is  the  difference  be- 
tween 6  ao(f)6s  avrjp  and  6  avrjp  crocjios  *?  What  does  dvrjp  6  aocpSs 
mean  *?  What  do  avro?  6  durjp  and  6  avros  dufjp  mean  1  9.  In  the 
phrase  e/c  toiit<ov  cov  Xeyei,  explain  the  case  of  hv.  10.  In  depend- 
ent clauses,  which  tenses  of  the  Indicative  are  followed  by  the 
Subjunctive,  and  which  by  the  Optative  ?  11.  Translate  Xa^^ai/ft 
iavTov  aroipos  oov,  and  explain  the  use  of  Xauddva  with  the  parti- 
ciple. 

III. 

1.  Which  consonants  are  called  labials,  which  Unguals,  and 
which  palatals  ?  Explain  Syncope  and  Crasis,  and  give  an  ex- 
ample of  each.  2.  Define  an  Enclitic.  Give  the  Enclitics 
which  you  remember.  3.  Decline  the  Nouns  fMoiiaa  and  Trpdyfia. 
Give  the  rule  for  the  accent  of  the  Genitive  Plural  of  each. 
4.  Compare  dXrjBrjs,  dyaOos,  and  kokos.  5.  Decline  oSe  in  the  Sin- 
gular, and  oaTLs  in  the  Plural.  6.  Explain  the  Attic  Hecluplica- 
tion,  and  give  an  example.  How  are  verbs  beginning  with  a 
diphthong  augmented'?  Give  the  Imperfect  and  First  Aorist 
Active  of  aiVeo).  7.  Inflect  the  First  Aorist  Middle  Indicative 
of  /SovXeuo),  and  the  Second  Aorist  Passive  Optative  of  XetVco. 
8.  Give  a  synopsis  of  the  Second  Aorist  Middle  of  Ti6r]p.i  through 
all  the  moods,  and  inflect  the  Indicative.  9.  Where  are  evpot, 
evpfjo-oi,  and  evpeOeirj  formed,  and  from  what  verb?  10.  What 
cases  follow  Verbs  of  accusing,  prosecuting,  and  convicting  ?  If 
these  verbs  are  compounded  with  Kara,  what  construction  fol- 
lows them  1  11.  Translate  e/c  tovtcov  liv  Xeyet,  and  oXx^rai  ov  eiSes 
avhpa.  Explain  the  attraction  in  each  case.  12.  Explain  the 
Genitive  Absolute.     When  is  the  Accusative  Absolute  used] 

Sophomore  Questions.  —  1.  Translate  EiTrei/  on  tovto  noiolt], 


42  EXAMINATION  PAPERS. 

Eirrev  on  tovto  troir^aoi,  Elnev  on  tovto  Troi^creuv,  and  E?7rej'  on 
TovTo  TToijjo-et,  —  and  explain  the  difference,  wherever  that  is 
not  made  clear  by  the  translation.  2.  Translate  c/SovXero  tovto 
iroirjo-ai,  and  €07;  tovto  iroirja-ai,  —  and  explain  the  force  of  the 
Aorist  Infinitive  in  each  case.  3.  Explain  the  difference  be- 
tween the  Optative  and  the  Secondary  Tenses  of  the  Indicative 
in  expressions  of  a  wish.     Give  an  example  of  each. 

IV. 

1.  Explain  the  terms  Metathesis,  Epenthesis,  Syncope,  and 
give  examples  of  each.  2.  Give  the  general  rules  for  accenting 
the  Penult  of  Greek  words.  3.  Decline  TiKa>vrjs  and  €0yc©y,  and 
state  what  nouns  are  indeclinable.  4.  Compare  the  Adjectives 
fiekas  and  r]hvs )  the  Adverbs  iiaKa  and  vvKTap.  5.  Give  the 
numeral  Adverbs  as  far  as  dcKaKis,  and  write  in  full  the  Plural 
of  the  Article.  6.  Give  the  Imperfect  of  Trepiylyvofxai  and  dve^a>, 
also  the  Perfect  Indicative  of  Tpi^co,  with  the  rule  for  its  forma- 
tion. 7.  Inflect  the  Present  Optative  Active  of  rifido),  and  the 
Imperfect  of  ndrjpi.  Give  the  Imperative  of  elfii,  and  the  Pres- 
ent Indicative  of  (^tj/xi.  8.  Translate  the  words  n-X^^et  olnep 
diKaCovai,  and  give  the  rule  for  the  use  of  the  Relative. 
9.  What  case  follows  verbs  of  tasting,  and  what  cases  follow 
causatives  of  this  class  1  10.  Explain  the  use  of  the  Infinitive 
after  verbs  of  saying,  thinking,  etc.,  and  give  an  example. 

Sophomore  Questions.  —  1.  What  tenses  can  be  used  to 
express  a  customary  action,  and  what  is  the  general  rule  for 
introducing  quotations'?  2.  Translate  irpo  "EWtjvos  ov8e  elvai 
TOVTO  TO  ovopa  doKel,  and  explain  the  Infinitive.  3.  Explain  in 
full  the  use  of  wcpeXov  in  the  expression  of  a  wish,  and  illustrate 
by  examples. 

V. 

1.  What  consonants  are  called  labials,  what  Unguals,  and 
"what  palatals  ?  Explain  iV  movable,  and  give  an  example. 
2.  Accent  the  following  Nouns,  yvcofiat,  yvcofiav,  ypa>fxais  (from 


GEEEK   GRAMMAR.  43 

Nom.  yvmjxr])  ;  TraiBos,  naiba,  770180)1/,  rraicriv  (from  nais)  ',  and  the 
following  Verbs,  jBovXevei,  jSouXeuot,  ^ovT^evcraa-Oai,  iXdeiv,  (Xdcov. 
3.  Decline  the  Noun  BaXaaa-a,  and  the  Adjective  ^aptfts.  4.  Cotti- 
pare  koKos,  acocjipcov,  and  tj^vs.  5.  Decline  the  Relative  os  in  the 
Singular^  and  o^ros  in  the  Plural.  6.  How  is  the  Future  Passive 
formed  1  —  give  an  example  (from  ^ovXeiKo).  How  is  the  Future 
Active  of  a  liquid  Verb  formed  1  7.  Give  a  synopsis  of  the 
Second  Aorist  Passive  of  X^iiroi,  and  inflect  the  Subjunctive  of 
that  tense.  Inflect  the  Aorist  Imperative  Active  of  ^ovXevco,  and 
the  Present  Optative  Active  of  fi/Sw/it.  8.  Where  are  ^ov\evdfj, 
^ovXevdrjuai,  and  rkrpiy^rai  made  ?  Explain  the  euphonic  change 
introduced  in  forming  rerpL-^ai.  9.  What  is  the  difference  be- 
tween ^ovKeva-ai  and  ^ovXevaai  1  —  between  '^arqcra  and  €crTr]u  1 
10.  Translate  ^ovXea-de  elvai  (To^ol,  and  ^ovXeaOe  TovTovs  yevea-Oai 
(To(})o{,s.  Explain  the  case  of  the  Adjective  in  each.  11.  Trans- 
late /LieXei  cot  TovTcav,  and  explain  the  cases  of  the  Pronouns. 
12.  Describe  the  Iambic  Trimeter  Acatalectic.  What  is  a 
Trochee,  a  Pyrrhic,  an  Anapaest,  and  a  Cretic  ? 

Sophomore  Questions.  —  1.  In  what  constructions  can  the 
Future  Optative  be  used  1     Give  an  example  of  its  correct  use. 

2.  What  constructions  are  regularly  used  in  dependent  clauses 
after  Verbs   signifying   to   strive,   to   take   care,   to   effect,   etc.*? 

3.  What  is  the  meaning  of  each  tense  of  the  Infinitive  after  a 
verb  of  saying  or  thinking  ?  How  are  the  tenses  that  are  want- 
ing in  the  Infinitive  supplied  %  Give  an  example  of  each  tense, 
using  (l>r]fil  and  jroieo). 

VI. 

1.  What  Nouns  of  the  first  declension  have  the  ending  a  of 
the  Nominative  Singular  short  ?  2.  Give  the  contracted  forms 
with  the  Accents  of  the  Noun  TrXow  (Nom.  Dual),  of  the  Adjective 
avTinvoos,  of  the  Verb  e'xpaev,  and  state  the  rule  or  exception  to 
which  the  Accent  of  each  is  to  be  referred.  3.  Decline  the 
Noun  fxvaa.  The  Noun  Qa>s.  The  Adjective  noXvs.  4.  Into 
■what  eight  classes  are  Pronouns  divided?     Give  examples  of 


44  EXAIVIINATION  PAPERS. 

each  in  the  Dative  Phiral.  5.  What  is  the  Greek  for  the  nu- 
meral Three  (cardinal),  Third  (ordinal),  Thrice,  One  Thirds 
6.  Decline  efs ;  rpels.  7.  What  is  the  Plnperfect  Active  of 
aye/pco  %  The  Aorist  Active  of  St'So/xt  %  The  Future  Perfect  Pas- 
sive of  ^^uTTTQi  1  How  is  the  last  formed "?  8.  Give  a  synopsis 
of  the  Second  Perfect  of  XetVo).  Inflect  the  Future  Optative 
Active  of  ayytXXco,  the  Present  Optative  Passive  of  Tifiau>,  the 
Present  Subjunctive  Active  of  SiScu/zt.  9.  Where  is  the  form  rjs 
from  et/ii  made  1  Inflect  the  Second  Aorist  Middle  of  tlBtjjxi  and 
the  Second  Pluperfect  of  EIAQ.  10.  Explain  Attraction  in  Rela- 
tive Sentences,  and  illustrate  by  example.  11.  Mention  any 
constructions  you  remember  in  which  the  Dative  may  be  used 
to  take  the  place  of  the  Genitive  or  Accusative,  with  or  without 
Prepositions.  12.  What  cases  can  be  used  after  the  following 
Prepositions  :  afKpi,  dvd,  did,  np6s,  Imp  1 

Sophomore  Questions.  —  1.  Give  an  example  of  the  use  of 
the  Imperfect  Infinitive.  2.  Explain  with  examples  the  use  of 
the  Secondary  Tenses  of  the  Indicative  in  final  clauses  after  iva, 
o)s,  etc.  3.  The  difference  in  meaning  between  ov  fir/  and  ixfj  ov  1 
Give  examples  of  the  correct  use  of  each.  4.  What  Tense  of 
the  Infinitive  is  regularly  employed  after  fieXXety  'i  What  other 
Tenses  may  take  its  place  1 

VII. 

1.  What  consonants  are  called  mutes,  and  how  are  they 
divided  into  smooth,  middle,  and  7^02ir/h  ?  When  is  a  syllable 
called  pure  ?  2.  Accent  the  following  Nouns  :  BdXaa-o-av,  BoKacr- 
trai,  OdXaao-cov  (from  6d\acra-a)  \  alcovos,  alcovcov  (from  aloDv)  ;  and  the 
following  Verbs :  ilBovXevov,  jBovXevooa-iv,  Xirreiv,  Xineo-Oai,  XtTrcoi/.  Give 
the  rule  for  the  last  three.  3.  Decline  the  Adjective  d^ios.  4. 
Compare  a^ms,  ttoXv?,  and  fieyas.  Give  the  rule  for  comparing  a^ios. 
5.  Give  the  Genitive  Singular  (in  all  genders)  of  the  following 
pronouns  :  e'-yo),  avros,  ckcIuos,  oItos,  tis,  t\s,  os,  and  oaris.  6.  Give 
a  synopsis  of  the  Aorist  Middle  of  /SouXeuo),  and  inflect  the  Op- 
tative.    Give  a  synopsis  of  the  Second  Aorist  Middle  of  XftVo, 


GREEK   GRAMMAR.  45 

and  inflect  the  Imperative.  7.  Where  are  XiVwo-ti',  'KiTrwa-iv, 
\nre2ev,  and  Xitttjo-oivto  made?  In  what  places  is  br^Xol  found? 
Where  are  la-Tua-av,  la-raaBai,  and  OiLTo  made,  and  from  what 
Verbs  1  Inflect  the  Present  Imperative  Passive  of  to-Trjfit. 
8.  Translate  tXaOev  iavTov  a-ocpus  0)1/,  and  explain  the  use  of  the 
Participle.  Mention  any  other  Verbs  which  take  a  Participle 
in  a  similar  way.  9.  Which  is  more  correct,  0oi3oD/iat  fxr]  tXdoi,  or 
(po^ovfiai  fXTj  'iXdrj  1  Give  the  reason  for  your  answer.  Translate 
ovK  av  yevoiTo  tovto,  and  fit]  ykvovro  tovto.  Explain  the  construc- 
tion in  each. 

Sophomore  Questions.  —  1.  Translate  (po^ovfxai  fifj  tovto  ttoi^, 
and  (po^oiifiai  fxf)  TOVTO  not  el,  and  explain  the  diff'erence  in  mean- 
ing. 2.  Translate  eiTrev  on  tovto  TTOLol,  eiTTCv  on  tovto  noirjactev, 
clirep  oTi  tovto  Troina-oi,  and  (f)T]al  tovto  iroirja-ai.  Explain  the 
tense  of  noieay  used  in  each.  3.  What  two  meanings  can  ovk 
fjdet  (from  oUa)  6  tc  noirjo-eiev  have  1  Explain  the  use  of  the 
Optative  in  each. 

VIII. 

1.  What  is  Crasis?  Give  the  contracted  forms  of  koX  av,  koL 
oXvop.  2.  Decline  eh.  Accent  ^ejSovXevfievos^  laras,  ideiv.  Give 
the  rales  for  the  accentuation  of  these  words.  3.  Decline 
Tpir]pr)s,  Ix^vs.  4.  Decline  evyeoas,  noXvs.  Compare  a-ocpos  and 
dXrjdfjs.  5.  Decline  qvtos  and  ovtos.  6.  Give  a  synopsis  of  the 
Aorist  Passive  of  ^ovXevco,  and  inflect  the  Subjunctive.  Inflect 
the  Future  Middle  of  dyyeXXco.  7.  Inflect  the  Optative  Passive 
of  Tifxo).  Mention  all  the  places  in  which  the  form  TtfiacrBe  is 
found.  8.  Translate  ovbev  av  TTpd^aiy!  av,  wv  ov  o-ol  (plXov.  Ex- 
plain Trpa^ain*  and  av.  9.  Translate  rjXdev  tva  to.  yeyev-qpkva  tdoi. 
Explain  the  Optative.  Et  tXOoi,  TavT  av  tdoi.:  d  TJXde,TavT  av  eidev. 
Translate,  and  explain  the  difference. 

Sophomore  Questions.  —  1.  Translate  tI  fiov  Xaj3d>v  eKTeivas 
fvdvs,  tva  TavTa  firjiroTe  iTrolrjaa,  and  explain  the  construction  of 
€Troir]a-a.      2.    Translate  eWe  enoiei,  e'ide  noioi. 


46  EXAMINATION  PAPERS. 

IX. 

1.  Explain  the  terms  Contraction,  Crasis,  and  Elision.  Give  an 
exam]3le  of  Elision.  2.  Accent  the  fcllowiiig  words  :  Oakao-a-av, 
BoKaorcrai,  6a\acr(rcov,  BaXaacrais  (from  OaXaacra)  )  d^icOy  d^LOi,  and 
d^icov  (from  a^Los) ;  ^ovXevoi,  jSovXevouTai,  and  jdovkevoLTo.  Give  the 
rules  for  the  three  verbs.  3.  Decline  the  Noun  Xecov  and  the 
Participle  la-rds.  4.  Compare  x^P^^^^^  V^^^>  fieyas,  and  noXvs. 
5.  Decline  the  Numeral  eh  and  the  Pronoun  oStos.  6.  How  do 
you  form  the  Future  Passive  and  the  Future  Middle  ?  What  is 
the  Future  Active  of  ayyeXXo),  and  by  what  rule  is  it  formed"? 
7.  Inflect  the  Imperfect  Passive  of  ^ovXevco,  and  the  Imperfect 
Active  of  dldcoixi.  Give  a  sT/nojJsis  of  the  Present  Tense  of  elfxi, 
and  inflect  the  Optative.  8.  Where  are  the  following  verbs 
made  :  ^ovXevadra,  /SouXcv^fij;,  ^ovXevBrjTco,  and  ^fxev,  ^fxev,  co-Tat  1 
9.  How  are  the  gender,  number,  and  case  of  a  Relative  Pronoun 
determined?  Give  an  example.  10.  Translate  l^dvai  k^  hv 
exofiev,  and  explain  the  case  of  the  Relative.  Translate  trvv  ^ 
exeis  fium/xfi,  and  explain  the  position  of  BwdfxcL  and  the  case  of 
^.  11.  Explain  the  Genitive  and  the  Accusative  Absolute,  and 
give  an  example  of  each. 

Sophomore  Questions.  —  1.  Explain  the  division  of  tenses 
mto  primary  and  secondary.  How  is  the  construction  of  a  de- 
pendent sentence  affected  by  this  principle  %  2.  What  time  is 
denoted  by  the  Aorist  Infinitive  1     Give  examples,  nsing  ikOciv. 

3.  Translate    eiVfv  6ti  tovto  iroioi,  elnep  oTi,  TovTo  7roir)(r€iev,   and 
eiTrev  on  tovto  Troirjaoi,  and  explain  the  difference  in  meaning. 

4.  Describe  the  Iambic  Trimeter  Acatalectic.    What  are  the  four 
feet  of  two  syllables  1 

X. 

1.  Accent  the  following  words,  and  give  the  rules  for  the  ac- 
centuation you  adopt: — Tideti,  (payetv,  \al3ov,  laravTo,  irpoo-cixov,  I3r]. 
2.  Decline  *Epfxeas,  vrja-os,  veoos,  Kepas,  TlepLKkeris.  3.  Give  the  Ac- 
cusative of  IxOvs,  vavs,  ^ovs,  yiyas,  ^coKparrjs,  fiaaiXevs.  4.  Decline 
^avxos,   deiKPVs,   idpis.      5.    Compare  KaXos,  fieaos,  fxiKpos,    npca-fivs. 


GREEK   GRAMMAR.  47 

6.  Decline  ot5,  os.  7.  Give  the  ordinals  from  one  to  ten  inclu- 
sive. Decline  bvo.  8.  Give  the  synopsis  of  the  Second  Perfect 
of  XftVo).  Inflect  the  Second  Aorist  Active  and  the  Second  Ao- 
rist  Passive  of  the  same  verb.  9.  Give  the  Perfect  of  ofxwfxi. 
Explain  the  Angment.  Give  the  Pluperfect  of  nepiypaclico.  10. 
Inflect  the  Present  Optative,  Active,  and  Passive  of  drjXa).  11. 
What  is  the  construction  after  verbs  of  accusing  1  After  verbs 
of  taking  away  1  After  verbs  denoting  fulness  and  want  1  12. 
Translate  ideXa  ^p^o-^at  oh  ^'x^is,  and  explain  the  construction  of 

T 

OLS. 

Sophomore  Questions.  —  1.  Allien  do  the  Present  and  Aorist 
Infinitive  retain  their  time  1  What  is  the  rale  for  the  time  of 
Participles  1  2.  How  is  an  indefinite  general  relative  sentence 
expressed  after  primary  and  after  secondary  tenses  1  3.  How  do 
you  express  a  wish  referring  to  the  Past?  To  the  Present?  To 
the  Future?  4.  In  what  case  do  you  put  the  object  after  verbals? 
How^  do  you  express  the  a^ent  after  the  same  class  of  words  ? 

XL 

1.  What  consonants  are  called  Uqriidsl  What  are  the  mictes, 
and  how  are  they  divided  into  smooth,  middle,  and  rough 
mutes  ?  2.  Explain  the  following  euphonic  changes  :  that  of 
the  root  Xfy-  in  eXex^l^  ^^^  XeXfKTai,  that  of  the  root  X^ltt-  in 
XeXetufxai  and  iXelcfidrju,  and  that  of  Treid-  in  TreVftcr/xai.  3.  Accent 
the  following  words  :   yvaixr^v,  yvo3iJ.ni,  yvcDfioov  (from  yvwfxri)  ;   TToXfcoy 

and  TToXft?  (from  ttoXis)  ;  ovtlvos  and  ouo-nvas  (from  ocrus) ;  and 
/3ovXfvei,  ^ovXevoi,  and  jSovXevcofxat  (from  /3ouXei'co).  Give  the  rules 
for  the  three  verbs.  4.  Decline  the  Nouns  do^a  and  Trpay/ia,  and 
the  Pronouns  iya  and  ovtos.  Give  the  Accusative  Singular  and 
the  Accusative  Plural  of  the  Relative  o?.  5.  Inflect  the  Future 
Indicative  Active  and  the  Aorist  Subjunctive  Active  of  ISovXevco. 
Give  a  synopsis  of  the  Indicative  Passive  of  jSovXeJto,  and  inflect 
the  Aorist.  6.  Give  a  synopsis  of  the  Second  Aorist  Passive  of 
XeiTTQ),  and  inflect  the  Subjunctive.     7.  Give  a  synopsis  of  the 


48  EXAMNATION  PAPERS. 

Second  Aorist  Active  of  dtdccfii,  and  inflect  the  Indicative  and 
Subjunctive.  8.  In  what  voice,  mood,  and  tense  are  the  follow- 
ing verbs  :    eSea-av,  IdTavat,  'taxri,  Ikvai,  and   rjdeaav  *?      9.    How   doeS 

the  Enclitic  tIs  diifer  from  rls'l  Translate  duoveis  n;  and  ri 
aKoveis ;  what  is  the  difference  between  rj  avrq  nuXis,  —  avrrj  f) 
TToXiy,  — and  avTT}  fj  TToXts'?  10.  Explain  the  distinction  between 
Primary  and  Secondary  Tenses.  Explain  the  terms  protasis  and 
apodosis,  and  give  an  example  of  each.  11.  What  are  the 
Spondee,  the  Trochee,  the  Iambus,  the  Dactyl,  and  the  Ana- 
pest  ]  What  is  the  composition  of  Dactylic  Hexameter  (He- 
roic), and  that  of  the  Elegiac  Pentameter '? 

Sophomore  Questions.  —  1.  Translate  ^mov  on  'iXBoi, — el  eXBoi, 
i5oi  av  TovTo,  —  and  oTrore  eXOoi,  tovto  irroUi.  Explain  the  time 
to  which  cX^oi  refers  in  each  case.  2.  When  are  Iva,  o7ro>y,  &c., 
followed  by  the  Subjunctive,  when  by  the  Optative,  and  when 
by  the  past  tenses  of  the  Indicative  ?  After  what  class  of  verbs 
is  oTTGjff  with  the  Future  Indicative  most  frequently  used  ^ 
3.  Describe  the  Iambic  Trimeter  Acatalectic,  stating  all  the 
substitutions  allowed,  and  showing  how  the  Comic  Trimeter 
differs  from  the  Tragic. 

XII. 

1.  Divide  the  consonants  of  the  Greek  alphabet  into  labials, 
Unguals,  and  palatals.  What  change  does  v  undergo  when  it 
precedes  a  labial,  lingual,  or  liquid'?  2.  Accent  the  following 
words,  and  give  the  rule  for  each  :  Xcyorrat,  rifirja-ai,  oIkoi,  ov9  from 
ovas.  3.  Decline  the  Nouns  ohia,  vecos,  and  ua-rv,  and  the  Pro- 
nouns iya  and  o(TTLs.  4.  Give  the  synopsis  of  the  Aorist  Passive 
of  ^ovXevco  in  all  the  Moods,  and  inflect  the  Participle.  Inflect 
the  Perfect  Imperative  Passive.  5.  Give  a  synopsis  of  the 
Second  Aorist  Passive  of  XeiVco,  and  inflect  the  Subjunctive. 
6.  Inflect  the  Present  Optative  Passive  of  Tifxco,  Ictttijxi,  and 
St'SwjMt.  7.  Give  a  synopsis  of  the  Present  of  riOrjyn,  and  inflect 
the  Second  Aorist  Subjunctive  Active.  8.  Explain  the  apparent 
irregularity  in  the  syntax  of  the  following  sentences :  Trdpeifu 


GREEK  GRAMMAR.  49 

iya>  Ka\  ovtos,  ravra  iyivero,  to  (XTpdrevna  fidxovrai.  9.  Translate 
Oi   dyadol   uudpanoi,  dyaBoi  ol  avdpccTTOi,  and  ol  dyaBol  tu>v  dv6pa>Tra>v, 

and  explain  the  Genitive.  10.  Translate  TrenTreL  roi/s  dv6pd>- 
TTOvs  and  7re'/i7ret   rSiv  dvOpoairoav,    ^ovXevoiv  TLp-drai,  and  6  ^ovXevcov 

Tip-CLTai. 

Sophomore  Questions.  —  1.  Translate  el  errpa^e  koXcos  eax^v 

and  et  eVpa^e  koXcos  av  eax^v.  Translate  61  irpaTTei  KoXcos  e;tei  and 
eau   npdTTTj    KoXoys   e'xei.       2.    Translate    (f)o^ovp.at    pq    ylyv^rai    and 

cfjojSovpai  prj  ov  yiyvr]Tai.  If  the  leading  verb  in  these  cases  were 
secondary,  what  would  be  the  form  of  the  dependent  verbs'? 
3.  Give  examples  of  the  use  of  the  Infinitive  in  Indirect  Quota- 
tion to  express  an  action  which  is  past,  present,  or  future  with 
respect  to  the  leading  verb. 

XIII. 
1.  Write  more  correctly  ear  onas,  —  ott'  ov, — ovk  u/xel?,  and 
explain  the  principle.  What  is  iV  movable  ?  —  give  an  ex- 
ample of  its  use.  2.  Explain  the  terms  oxytone,  harytone,  peri- 
spomenon.  Give  the  general  rule  for  the  accent  of  Nouns. 
Accent  povcrqs^  povaav,  povaav,  povcrai,  povaais.''  3.  Decline  the 
Substantive  X/coi/,  and  the  Adjective  oXtjBtjs.  Compare  a^ios, 
dyaOos,  KaKos,  and  fieyas.     4.  Decline  €ya>,  and  the  Numeral  els. 

5.  Give  a  synopsis  (through  all  the  moods)  of  the  Aorist  Passive 
of  ^ovXevco,  and  inflect  the  Optative.  Give  a  synopsis  of  the 
Second  Aorist   Middle   of   TiOrjpi,   and   inflect   the   Imperative. 

6.  Give  the  voice,  mood,  and  tense  of  ymaxnv,  Xiiroia-iv,  ^ovXeva-ai, 
and  /SouXevo-ai.  7.  Give  the  rule  for  the  formation  of  the  Per- 
fect Passive,  the  Future  Passive,  and  the  Future  Active.  What 
is  the  Future  Active  of  fiivo)  and  of  ayy/XXw  ]  8.  What  are  the 
two  kinds  of  Augment,  and  when  is  each  used  %  Give  an  ex- 
ample of  each.  What  is  the  ordinary  Reduplication,  and  what 
is  the  Attic  Reduplication  %  9.  Inflect  the  Imperative  Active  of 
Tt/iOG),  giving  both  the  uncontracted  and  the  contracted  forms. 
Inflect  the  Present  Indicative  Active  of  ttXcq)  in  the  same  way. 

Sophomore  Questions.  —  1.  Explain  the  three  uses  of  the 
*  From  ixovaa. 


50  EXAMINATION   PAPERS. 

Present  Infinitive,  and  the  Uvo  uses  of  the  Aorist  Infinitive ;  and 
give  an  example  of  each,  using  iroulv  and  7roii}o-ai.  2.  How 
many  meanings  can  '4<^r]  ttouIv  av  tovto  and  tc^t)  Trot^aai  av  tovto 
have  ?  Explain  each  use  of  the  Infinitive.  3.  Show  the  differ- 
ence between  a  Jinal  clause  and  an  object  clause  after  oTras,  and 
give  examples.  4.  In  what  cases  is  the  Subjunctive  used  in 
Protasis,  and  what  is  the  corresponding  construction  in  Relative 
Sentences  1     Give  an  example  of  each.     5.  Translate  elnev  on 

TOVTO    TTOtOlT],  CLTTeV  OTl  TOVTO    170  Lr](T  €  LCV,  flTTei'  OTL  TOVTO    TTOIT)-' 

croi,  —  elirev  ort  tovto  TroiTjaeLep  civ,  and  explain  each  tense  of 
the  Optative. 

XIV, 

1.  Decline  the  Nouns  yvafXTj  and  Te7xos.  Explain  the  chango 
of  accent  where  it  is  not  the  same  as  in  the  Nominative  Singular. 
2.  Decline  the  Adjective  a^ios  in  the  Singular.  Compare  fjdvs, 
TToXvs,  and  x«pi'fts.  3.  Decline  the  Pronouns  cyco  and  ovtos. 
4.  Give  the  principal  parts  of  aKovco,  XofjilBdvco,  and  dnoypdcpa). 
Inflect  the  Aorist  Indicative  Middle  of  ^ovXevo),  and  give  a 
synopsis  of  that  tense  through  all  the  moods.  5.  Give  a 
synopsis  of  the  tenses  of  the  Indicative  Active  of  laTtjiii  (in  the 
first  person).  Give  a  synopsis  of  the  Second  Aorist  Active  of 
didcofii,  and  inflect  the  Optative.  6.  Inflect  the  Perfect  Indicative 
Passive  XeXet/i/xat  (from  XcIttco),  and  explain  the  euphonic  changes 
which  the  root  Xenr-  undergoes  in  that  tense.  7.  What  is  the 
difference  between  6  avTos  dprjp  and  6  dvrjp  aurosl  8.  In  the 
phrase  ck  tovtcov  cav  Xeyei,  explain  the  case  of  av,  and  give  the 
rule.  9.  What  are  Enclitics,  and  what  are  Proclitics^  Give 
examples  of  each  in  connection  with  other  words.  10.  What 
are  the  feet  consisting  of  two  syllables  1  Give  the  quantity  of 
each. 

Sophomore  Questions.  —  1.  To  what  time  does  the  Aorist 
Optative  refer  in  each  of  its  uses  1  Give  an  example  of  each, 
using  noieco.  2.  Give  the  general  rule  for  indirect  quotation 
after  6Vt  or  cbs,  and  examples.     3.  Translate  d  /SovXoiro,  to  Or 


GREEK   GRAMMAR.  51 

irroUi,  and  el  /SovXotro,  toxjt  av  iroiolrj,  and  explain  the  two  uses 
of  the  Optative.  4.  Which  is  more  correct,  firj  tovto  TroiTja-rjs 
or  jx^  TOVTO  iToir)(Tov1  Explaiu  the  reason,  and  give  the  rule  for 
Prohibitions. 

XV. 

1.  Write  more  correctly  eaTi  ot,  ovtcos  <T(f)6Bpa,  iriixXeKfiai,  iv^a- 
PTjs.  What  are  Tuxetv,  dUrj,  ye,  called  with  respect  to  accent? 
2.  W^ite  the  Genitive  and  Accusative  Singular  of  the  nouns 
Xapd,  do^a,  Te\a>vT]s,  Ocas.  Decline  ^aaikevs  in  the  Singular,  and 
Telxos  in  the  Plural  number.  3.  Write  the  Dative  Singular  and 
Plural  of  the  Adjective  x"pi"?  and  of  the  Participle  dibovs  in  all 
genders.  Compare  the  Adjectives  ttoXvs,  a-efxvos,  raxts.  4.  De- 
cline ovTos  and  the  interrogative  tls.  5.  Inflect  the  Future 
Middle  Indicative  of  dyyiXkco,  and  the  Imperative  Active  of 
Tifiao).  6.  Give  a  synopsis  (through  all  the  moods)  of  the  Second 
Aorist  Active  of  'laTtjui,  of  the  Present  Middle  of  Ti6i]fiL,  and  the 
Perfect  Passive  of  ^ovXevco.  7.  State  the  tense,  mood,  voice,  and 
Present  Indicative  of  the  following  verbal  forms,  yevoio,  a-Trja-ai, 
eOero,  ^ovXevcrov,  e(pi\et..  8.  Translate  ttjv  avrfju  yvafirju  (opinion) 
Tjijuu  exova-Lv,  and  explain  the  case  of  fiyiiv. 

Sophomore  Questions.  —  1.  Translate  iav  ^ovXrjTai,  iroiel  tovto, 
and  eav  ^ovXrjTai,  TToirjo-ei.  tovto,  and  explain  the  two  uses  of  the 
Subjunctive.  2.  Translate  (})aa\u  rjfxas  iXOelv,  and  KeXevova-iv  rjfMas 
eXdelv,  and  explain  the  two  uses  of  the  Infinitive.  3.  What  is 
the  rule  for  mood  and  tense  in  indirect  quotations  with  6tl  or 
CO?  after  verbs  of  saying.  Give  examples.  4.  How  is  a  purpose 
expressed  in  Greek,  and  how  a  result  1 .   Give  examples. 

XVI. 

1.  Explain  the  form  of  the  preposition  in  ecj)  Ifxiv.  "What 
must  be  the  quantity  of  tho  a  in  o-c5/za,  and  why  ?  When  is  a 
word  called  barytone  ?  Accent  x«P«^  ^s  Genitive  Singular 
and  as  Accusative  Plural  from  x^P"--  2.  Write  the  Genitive 
and  Accusative  Singular  of  the  Nouns  oIklu,  fiovaa,   and  the 


52  EXAMINATION   PAPERS. 

Genitive  and  Vocative  Singular  of  a-rpaTiaTrjs.  Decline  IxSvs  in 
the  Singular  and  veois  in  the  Plural  number.  3.  Decline  the 
Adjectives  ak-qdrjs,  Tjdioiv.  Compare  [xiKpos,  fxeXas,  ao^os.  4.  De- 
cline av,  ovTos,  and  the  Masculine  Singular  of  ooris.  5.  Give  a 
synopsis  of  the  Future  Active  of  fievco,  of  the  Second  Aorist 
Active  of  TiOrjixL,  and  of  the  Present  Middle  of  didcofii.  6.  Inflect 
the  Imperfect  Middle  of  ^iXeco,  and  the  Aorist  Middle  Indicative 
of  ^ovXevoo.  7.  State  the  tense,  mood,  voice,  and  Present  In- 
dicative First  Singular  of  the  following  verbal  forms  :  Xmo),  voyno)^ 
drixj/ai,  taroi.  8.  Translate  ttjv  avrrjv  yvafirju  (opinion)  rjijup  e'xov- 
a-tv,  and  explain  the  case  of  tjijuv. 

Sophomore  Questions.  —  1.  When  is  the  subject  of  the  In- 
finitive Mood  regularly  omitted  1  When  does  the  Aorist  Infini- 
tive refer  to  past  time  relatively  1  When  does  ort  or  a>s  take 
the  Optative  Moodi  —  give  examples.  2.  By  what  mood  and 
tense  is  a  supposition  referring  to  past  time,  and  represented 
as  contrary  to  fact,  expressed  ]  Give  an  example.  3.  Trans- 
late ^\dsv  Iva  'ibrj.  What  might  be  substituted  for  %,  and 
which  would  be  the  more  regular  form? 

XYII. 

1.  Define  an  Enclitic.  Give  the  Enclitics  which  you  remem- 
ber. State  the  quantity  of  the  a  in  the  following  words,  and 
give  the  rules  :  bo^a  (Nom.  Sing.),  bo^as  (Ace),  iXnibas.  What 
must  be  the  quantity  of  the  a  in  awfia,  and  why  1  2.  Decline 
the  Nouns  npayfia,  X^P^i  y^^i  ^^^^^  "^  "the  Singular,  and  rpirjprjs, 
aarv,  in  the  Plural.  What  exceptions  to  the  usual  rules  for 
Accent  occur  among  the  forms  here  required  1  ^  3.  Decline  the 
Pronouns  ovto?  and  oanr.  Decline  in  the  Singular  the  Parti- 
ciple ^elBovXevKois  and  the  Adjective  yXvKvs.  Compare  yXvKvs  and 
^bvs,  and  decHne  the  Comparative  of  the  latter  in  the  Plural. 
4.  Inflect  the  Imperfect  Active  and  the  Present  Optative  Middle 
of  Tifxdco,  writing  both  uncontracted  and  contracted  forms.  Give 
synopses  of  the  Aorist  Active,  ^liddlc,  and  Passive  of  ^ovXeva 


GREEK   GRAMMAR.  63 

through  all  the  moods.  5.  \Miere  are  ayyiKa,  earo),  arS),  eXvaco, 
\r](li6co,  formed  (i.  e.  tense,  mood,  voice),  and  from  what  verbs  1 
Inflect  the  first  and  the  last.  6.  Translate  ^  avrr]  yvvrj,  —  avrt] 
ij  yvvTjf  —  T]  yvvT}  avrfj,  writing  the  Greek  with  the  English. 

Sophomore  Questions.  —  1.  Translate  ecfirj  tovto  TroiTJa-ai,  and 
€(f)rj  TovTo  TTotrjoreLv.  Substitute  eiirev  on  for  €(j)Tj,  and  make  the 
requisite  changes  in  Troi^aai  and  noirja-eiv.  2.  Translate  SarLs  av 
tXdr],  o-^eTM, —  ocTTis  ^X0€v,  eldev  av.  To  what  kind  of  sentences 
are  these  relative  clauses  analogous  ?  Explain  the  two  uses  of 
the  adverb  av  illustrated  above.  3.  How  is  a  Purpose  expressed 
in  Greek?  How  a  Wish  referring  to  Future  Time?  How  a 
Prohibition  in  the  Second  Person? 

XVIII. 

1.  "Write  more  correctly  Ba^X"?,  TeVpi/SjUat,  vvkt  oXrjv,  ourcos  iftrjcri. 
What  is  Crasis  ?  Give  an  example.  Mark  the  quantity  of  the 
final  syllables  in  the  following  words  :  bo^a  (Nom.  Sing.),  bo^a 
(Nom.  Dual),  Kpiras  (Ace.  PL),  \iixivas  (Ace.  PL),  XuVa?  (Part.). 
2.  Decline  the  Xouns  Ueparj^,  ttoXis,  re^xos,  Kepas,  in  the  Singular, 
and  /Sao-tXev?,  dvwyecov,  in  the  Plural.  3.  Decline  the  Pronouns 
ov  (t)  and  Tis.  Decline  the  Numeral  eh,  and  in  the  Plural  the 
Adjectives  nas  and  npaos.  What  exceptions  to  the  regular  rules 
for  Accent  occur  among  the  forms  here  required  1  4.  Compare 
o-co^pcov,  raXay,  ayaOos,  and  decline  one  of  the  Comparatives  of 
the  last  in  the  Plural.  5.  Inflect  the  Present  Optative  Active 
of  Tijxaa>,  and  the  Imperfect  Middle  of  S/Soo/ii.  Give  synopses 
of  the  Future  Middle  of  KreiVco,  and  of  the  Second  Aorist  Ac- 
tive of  riOrjixL  through  all  the  m.oods.  6.  Where  are  XLiroi,  XiirS), 
eXS),  eX(o,  eKpivco,  formed  (i.  e.  tense,  mood,  voice),  and  from  what 
verbs  1     Give  synopses  of  the  first  and  last. 

Sophomore  Questions.  —  1.  Translate  ecfyrj  kqXws  av  tt pd^ai  in 
two  ways,  showing  what  two  forms  in  Direct  Discourse  are  here 
represented.  2.  Translate  Xe'yet  idv  du^r}  alra,  —  Xe^ei  iav  86^rj 
avTa,  and  explain  the  two  uses  of  the  Subjunctive.     3.  Trans- 


54  EXAMNATION  PAPERS. 

late  oa-Tis  et^eu,  ixapn  uv,  and  explain  the  meaning  of  the  relative 
sentence.  What  would  be  the  meaning,  if  the  verbs  were 
changed  to  the  Optative  of  the  same  tense  1  What  negative 
particle  would  be  proper  with  the  first  verb  ]  Describe  two 
classes  of  Kelative  Sentences. 

XIX.. 

1.  Give  an  example  of  Elision.  In  what  words  does  the  ac^ 
cent  of  the  elided  vowel  disappear  with  the  vowel  ]  What  is 
the  word  re  called  with  respect  to  accent?  Give  the  other 
words  of  the  same  sort.  Write  nvos  after  av6pi>T7ov  with  the 
accents  properly  disposed.  W>ite  re  after  aSi^a.  2.  Decline 
ttoKl^,  2Kvdqs,  oiKia,  oareov  in  the  Singular,  and  o-vkou,  veois,  6a)Sj 
rpi^prjs  in  the  Dual  and  Plural.  Give  the  Genitive,  Dative,  and 
Accusative  in  all  genders  and  numbers  of  a^ios,  yXvKvs,  of  the 
Present  Active  Participle  of  tcT-njui,  and  of  the  Perfect  Active 
Participle  of  ^ovXevoy  (or  Trauco).  3.  Compare  aocpos,  Toikas,  dXrjdrjs, 
TToXvs.  Decline  the  Comparative  of  fiiyas.  Form  an  adverb  from 
fjdvs,  and  compare  it.  Decline  av  in  the  Dual  and  Plural  and 
ovTos  in  the  Singular.  Give  the  Cardinal  Numerals  as  far  as 
twelve.  4.  Give  synopses  (through  all  the  moods)  of  the  Aorist 
Middle  and  Aorist  Passive  of  /SouXeuw  (or  ttovco),  and  inflect  the 
Imperative.  Give  synopses  of  the  Perfect  Passive  of  irXeKco  and 
the  Present  Active  of  didcopL.  Inflect  the  Perfect  Passive  Indic- 
ative of  TrXeVo)  and  the  Imperfect  Passive  of  Ttpdco.  5.  Where 
are  p€va>,  enavaco,  XtTrco,  crrco,  i'o),  and  eSi'Sca  formed  (i.  e.  tense, 
mood,  voice),  and  from  what  verbs'? 

SoFHOMORE  Questions.  —  1.  AVhat  is  the  construction  in 
Object  Clauses  after  verbs  of  striving  ?  How  do  such  clauses 
differ  from  Pure  Fiual  Clauses  %  What  is  a  General  Supposition  % 
How  arc  General  Suppositions  expressed  1  How  are  Prohibitions 
in  the  Second  and  Third  Persons  expressed  in  Greek?  Trans- 
late '4^q  boiacLv  el  hvvaiTo,  and  state  what  form  the  last  three 
words  would  have  in  the  Direct  Discourse. 


GREEK   GRAMMAR.  55 

XX. 

1.  Give  an  example  of  Crasis.  When  does  Iota  become  sub- 
script in  Crasis  1  Write  re  after  Kepas  with  the  accents  properly 
disposed.  Write  elfxi  after  Kvpos.  What  is  o)?  called  with  re- 
spect to  accent  ]  2.  Decline  ^aaiXevs,  dea7r6rr]s,  x^P"i  Kepas  in  the 
Singular,  and  dvcayeoav,  Ix^vs,  ciarv  in  the  Dual  and  Plural.  Give 
the  Genitive,  Dative,  and  Accusative,  in  all  genders  and  numbers, 
of  xaptfts  and  dXrjdrjs,  of  the  Second  Aorist  iVctive  Participle  of 
di^copi,  and  of  the  Perfect  Active  Participle  of  ^ovXevco  (or  navco). 
3.  Compare  a^Los,  peXas,  aaxfjpcov,  peyas.  Decline  the  Comparative 
of  T)8vs.  Form  an  adverb  from  raxvs,  and  compare  it.  Decline 
eyco,  6(TTts,  ovTos  in  the  Dual  and  Plural.  4.  Give  synopses 
(through  all  the  moods)  of  the  Aorist  Middle  of  QovXevco  and 
the  Present  Passive  of  TLpdco  and  laTrjpi.  Inflect  the  Future 
Optative  Active  of  dyyeWco  and  the  Perfect  Passive  Indicative 

of  rpi^oi.      5.    Where  are  etSoi,  ecrro),  eiravaa),  ico,  Xittco,   Xittoj,    eTipSf, 

and  idl8(o  formed  (i.  e.  tense,  mood,  voice),  and  from  what  verbs'? 
Sophomore  Questions.  —  1.  Translate  el  tovto  Troielu  dvmTai, 
noiel,  and  idu  tovto  iroielv  dvi^rjTai,  iroLel,  and  explain  the  two  sorts 
of  Conditional  Sentences.  How  would  the  latter  be  written  if 
TTOiet  were  changed  to  eiroUi  1  Describe  two  classes  of  Relative 
Sentences.  2.  What  is  the  construction  in  Greek  after  verbs  of 
fearing  ?  after  verbs  of  hindering  ?  Give  the  general  rule  for 
the  Indirect  Quotation  of  compound  sentences  after  ort  or  as. 
Translate  x'^^^'^^^  eupelu  and  (prjalv  evpelv,  and  explain  the  two 
distinct  uses  of  the  Infinitive. 


XXL 

1.  Decline  KpiTrjs,  ttoXis,  and  the  Singular  of  v^o-os.  Explain 
the  accent  of  the  Nominative  and  Genitive  Singular  and  the 
Nominative  Plural  of  vrjaos.  2.  Decline  the  Adjective  xp^(^^°s 
in  the  Singular  of  all  genders,  and  nds  in  the  Plural.  Compare 
i'o(pos,  r]8vs,  and  piyas ;  and  the  Adverb  aocpcbs.     3.   Decline  the 

3  D 


56  EXAMINATION   PAPERS. 

Pronouns  eyco  and  crv  in  the  Plural,  —  ol  in  all  numbers,  and 
ovTos  in  the  Plural.  Explain  the  accent  of  oXbe  and  oXaTicn. 
4.  Give  a  synopsis  of  the  Future  and  Aorist  Middle  of  ^ovXeva 
(in  all  the  moods),  and  inflect  the  Optative  of  each.  Give  a 
synopsis  of  the  Second  Aorist  Passive  of  'XeiTra,  and  inflect  the 
Subjunctive.  Inflect  the  Perfect  Passive  Indicative  of  XeiVo), 
and  explain  the  euphonic  changes.  5.  Give  a  synopsis  of  the 
Second  Aorist  Active  of  fit'Sco/ti,  and  of  the  Second  Aorist 
Middle  of  Tidrjfii,  and  inflect  the  Indicative  of  each.  6.  Trans- 
late eK  Ta>v  TToKecov  Siv  krvyxavev  i'xoiu,  and  explain  the  case  of  S)V 
and  the  construction  of  excop.  7.  Give  rules  for  the  position 
of  the  Article,  (1)  with  a  noun  and  an  adjective,  (2)  with  a 
noun  and  a  demonstrative  pronoun,  (3)  with  avTos.  Give  an 
example  of  each,  and  translate  it.  8.  Give  the  names  and  mark 
the  quantity  of  the  feet  of  two  syllables. 

Sophomore  Questions.  —  1 .  Explain  the  ordinary  difference 
between  the  Subjunctive  and  the  Future  Indicative  after  ottco?, 
and  give  an  example  of  each.  2.  Translate  d  hvvaiTo,  tovto 
inoiei,  and  ei  dvvaiTo,  tovt  au  ttoloit],  and  explain  the  two  uses  of 
the  Optative.  Explain  the  two  corresponding  uses  of  the  Sub- 
junctive, and  give  examples.  3.  What  various  constructions 
follow  TTpiul  give  examples.  Is  tovto  Troirja-o)  rrplv  av  eXdco  or 
TOVTO  iroLTjaoi  %p\u  eXOelv  more  correct  *?  —  and  why  1 

XXII. 

1.  "What  consonants  are  called  liquids  ?  How  are  myites 
divided  into  labial,  palatal,  and  Ihigual  mutes'?  2.  Form  the 
Future  of  rpi'/So),  ypdcfxo,  and  tt€i6(o,  and  explain  the  euphonic 
changes  which  are  made  before  the  ending  -o-co.  3.  Inflect  the 
Perfect  Passive  (rerpt/x/xai)  of  Tpl^co,  and  explain  the  euphonic 
changes  made  in  adding  the  endings  -pat,  -<rai,  -rat,  -a-6ou,  and 
-a6e  to  the  stem  Tpt/3-.  4.  Decline  the  Nouns  tto'Xittjs  and  vrjaos 
in  the  Singular,  and  Xecav  and  I3aai\evs  in  the  Dual  and  Plural. 
Give  the  Accusative  Singular  of  epts,  cXiris,  noXis,  and  vavs ;  and 


GREEK   GRAMMAR.  .  57 

give  a  rule  for  each  case.  5.  Decline  the  Pronouns  <tv  and  oqti^. 
6.  Give  a  synopsis  (through  all  the  moods  and  participles)  of 
the  Future  Passive  of  Xyoj  (or  ^ovXevco).  Give  a  synopsis  of 
the  Second  Aorist  Middle  of  Xeinco,  and  inflect  the  Indicative 
and  Imperative.  7.  Give  a  synopsis  of  the  Second  Aorist  Mid- 
dle of  TiOqyiL,  and  inflect  the  Optative.  Give  the  Principal  Parts 
of  i'o-r^/zi  and  bibajjxi.  8.  What  is  the  diff"erence  between  the  use 
of  the  Article  in  Attic  Greek  and  in  Homer  %  Give  a  rule  for 
the  position  of  the  article  with  adjectives  and  with  demonstrative 
pronouns,  and  give  an  example  of  each.  9.  Which  tenses  of  the 
Indicative  are  primary  ?  and  which  are  secondary  (or  historical)'\ 
How  does  this  distinction  often  aff'ect  the  mood  of  a  dependent 
verb  1  10.  What  is  the  difference  betw^een  the  Imperfect  and  Ao- 
rist Indicative?  and  between  the  Present  and  Aorist  Subjunctive] 
Sophomore  Questions.  —  1.  Explain  the  principle  o^  Indirect 
Quotations,  as  regards  both  the  leading  and  the  dependent  verbs. 
When  can  the  Subjunctive  be  used  in  Indirect  Questions  in 
Greek  1  Give  an  example.  2,  Explain  the  analogy  between 
relative  sentences  and  conditional  sentences,  and  give  examples. 
3.  What  form  of  the  Infinitive  construction  can  follow  verbs 
denoting  hindrance  or  prevention  (like  eipyco,  to  prevent)  1  Give 
examples. 

XXIII. 

1.  Correct  the  form  yeypacjifiai,  and  form  the  Second  and  Third 
Persons  Singular  of  it.  Perform  the  operations  of  Crasis  and 
Elision  on  the  words  fifjTe  6  durjp.  2.  Decline  in  the  Singular 
6aKa(T(Ta,  deanoTT]?,  6pi^,  and  aarv,  and  in  the  Plural  Tpirjprjs. 
3.  Decline  the  Pronouns  av  in  all  numbers,  otros  and  oa-ns  in 
the  Singular.  Decline  rjdvs  in  the  Plural.  Compare  a-otjyos,  fieXas, 
KaKos,  and  padtos.  4.  Inflect  the  Aorist  Subjunctive  Passive  of 
TijLtdo),  the  Present  Indicative  of  eifj.i,  the  Second  Perfect  oida  in 
the  Indicative.  5.  Write  the  Perfect  of  qkovo),  the  Future  and 
Aorist  of  SiSw/ii,  the  Second  Aorist  of  iKpavddvco  and  of  dnodvrj- 
a-K(Of  —  all  in  the  Active   Voice,     6.    How  do  6  dvr]p  dyaOos  and 


58  .        EXAMINATION  PAPERS. 

6  ayaBos  avrjp  differ  in  i^epiring^  How  is  a  Wish  refemng  to 
future  time -expr^a^d*';*?:  Write  out  the  scheme  of  the  Dac- 
tyhc  Hexameter  Verse. 

Sophomore  Questions.  —  1.  What  is  the  difference  in  mean- 
ing between  i^aaiXevov  and  i^aaiXevaa '?  Give  the  different  con- 
structions in  use  after  tm  in  Final  Clauses.  How  do  Final  and 
Object  Clauses  differ  in  meaning  1  2.  How  do  ei  nuas  iSoi,  ovdeu 
aif  eiTToi  and  et  Ttms  'idoi,  ovdev  eXeyev  differ  in  sense  and  grammar  ] 
What  form  of  Direct  Discourse  is  represented  by  eXeyev  oti 
ypdyj/eiev  *?  How  do  you  express  a  Wish  referring  to  past  time  1 
Write  out  the  scheme  of  the  Iambic  Trimeter  Acatalectic. 

XXIV. 

1.  Explain  Elision  and  Crasis;  give  examples  in  inl  ir^pco  and 
Koi  avTos.  2.  What  are  Enclitics  1  Correct  the  accent  of  ovtos 
eariu,  Tifxai  re,  Tifxwv  re,  tovtov  ye.  3.  Decline  the  Nouns  vrjaoSy 
Xeo)!/,  and  IdaaiXcCs  throughout,  and  dvrjp  in  the  Singular.  4.  De- 
cline the  Adjective  yXvKvs.  Compare  aepvos,  o^vs,  and  dXT]6rjs. 
5.  Give  the  synopsis  of  the  Future  Passive  of  Xvco  (or  ^ovXevco) 
through  all  the  moods,  and  inflect  the  Indicative.  Inflect  the 
Present  Indicative  Passive  of  BrjXoco  (in  the  contract  form).  In 
what  places  in  this  verb  is  the  form  dr]Xo7  found  1  6.  Give  the 
synopsis  of  the  Second  Aorist  Middle  of  ridqui  in  all  the  moods, 
and  inflect  the  Optative.  Inflect  the  Imperfect  of  e'/x*  (^^  ff^)- 
7.  State  briefly  the  distinction  in  the  uses  of  the  adverb  nV 

Sophomore  Questions.  —  1.  Explain  the  analogy  between  the 
expression  of  a  Wish  and  of  a  Condition.  What  are  the  con- 
structions which  may  follow  expressions  denoting  hindrance  ? 
What  are  the  two  uses  of  an  Aorist  Infinitive  1  Translate 
"  He  does  this  v/henever  he  pleases,"  and  "  He  did  this  when- 
ever he  pleased."  2.  What  are  the  differences  between  the 
Homeric  use  of  the  Article  and  the  Attic  use  %  3.  What  varie- 
ties of  verse  are  measured  by  Dipodiesi  Explain  the  substi- 
tutions in  the  Iambic  Dipody.  How  does  the  Trochaic  Dipody 
differ  from  this '? 


1.  Write  down  the  smooth  mutes^Ss^^cM&H^wtoi^^'Per- 
form  Crasis  and  Elision  on  firjre  6  duqp.  2.  J^''orm^ffe  Accusative 
Plural  of  Ti/jLT],  Vocative  Singular  of  TroXiTrjs,  entire  Singular 
uncontracted  and  contracted  of  oareov,  Singular  in  all  cases  of 
^ao-iXevs,  Nominative  Plural  and  Genitive  Plural  of  awfia  and 
TToXty.  3.  Decline  dXrjOrjs  in  the  Singular.  Compare  ayados  and 
Koxpos.  Decline  av  in  all  its  numbers,  and  oans  in  Masculine 
Singular.  4.  Form  the  Second  Person  Singular,  Aorist  Impera- 
tive Middle  of  ^ovXevco.  Form  the  First  Person  Singular  of 
XvQj  in  Aorist  Optative  Passive,  of  cf)€vy(o  in  Second  Aorist  Sub- 
junctive Active,  of  XeiTTcD  in  2d  Aorist  Indie.  Middle.  Form  the 
Second  Person  Singular  of  TiOTjfii  in  Second  Aorist  Indicative 
Middle.  Inflect  ef/xt  (/  go)  in  the  Present  Indicative.  Write 
out  the  Principal  Parts  of  ytyvoiaKco  and  iK5i8u3fxt.  5.  How  is 
the  Article  used  in  Homer  1     What  is  the  difference  between 

KaXos   6   TTfuff    and    6    koXos   naU  *?    2o<^a)rfpo?    eVrtt/   J7    eyco  ;    express 

this  by  changing  e-yco  into  an  oblique  case.  What  constructions 
are  used  in  Final  Clauses  1  How  do  you  express  a  General 
Supposition  in  present  and  in  past  time"?  What  is  a  Dactyl, 
an  Iambus,  a  Trochee,  an  Anapaest '? 

Sophomore  Questions.  —  1.  Explain  the  use  of  Iva  with 
the  past  tenses  of  the  Indicative.  Explain  the  Accusative  in 
fiaxrjv  viKCLv.  Express  "that  man"  in  Greek  prose.  What  con- 
structions are  allowed  with  verbals  in  -tIos,  -tIov  %  What  tenses 
and  moods  are  used  to  express  Prohibition  1  Write  out  the 
Bcheme  of  the  Iambic  Trimeter  Acatalectic  both  of  Tragedy 
and  of  Comedy,  naming  the  feet  employed. 


XXVI. 

1.  State  the  general  principle  for  the  Accent  of  Verbs,  with 
such  exceptions  as  you  remember.  2.  Decline  the  Nouns  MoGo-a, 
Tsixph  ^^d  OvycLTTjp )   the  Singular  of  ^Xe'i//",  and  the  Plural  of 


60  EXAmNATION  PAPERS. 

\€Q>v.  3.  Decline  the  Pronouns  av  and  t\s,  and  the  Numeral  eh. 
4.  Compare  raxvs,  alaxpos,  and  kukos,  and  decline  one  of  the 
Comparatives  of  the  last  in  the  Plural.  5.  Inflect  the  Present 
Optative  Middle  of  ri[Mdco,  and  the  Imperfect  Middle  of  ri%t. 
Give  a  synopsis  of  the  Present  Active  of  drjXoco,  and  of  the 
Aorist  Passive  of  larrjixt.  6.  If  in  the  sentence  epxerm  Iva  rfju 
•Kokiv  %  the  first  verb  should  be  changed  to  ^Xi^ev,  how  would 
you  construct  the  dependent  verb  ^  7.  Translate  into  Greek 
the  following  :  /  saw  those  ivho  were  present,  and  I  say  that  I 
have  seen  them. 

SoPHOMOKE  Questions.  —  1.  Translate  'i4>r)  koKcos  av  Trpd^ai  in 
two  ways,  showing  what  two  forms  in  Direct  Discourse  are  rep- 
resented. 2.  Translate  oo-tls  eldcp,  e^apj?  av,  and  explain  the 
meaning  of  the  relative  sentence.  What  negative  particle 
would  be  proper  with  the  first  verb  1  3.  Under  what  circum- 
stances is  a  secondary  tense  of  the  Indicative  used  in  a  Final 
Clause  after  ha  1 


XXYII. 

1.  Give  the  accusative,  singular  and  2^^ural,  of  Mova-a,  oiKia, 
X<^po,  9.nd  TifjLT).  Decline  v^aos  in  the  singular,  and  Aecoy  in  the 
2olural.  2.  Decline  the  adjective  yXvKvs  in  the  singular,  and 
ixiyas  in  the  plural.  Compare  Koicpos,  o^vs,  aXrjdrjs,  and  r]8vs.  3. 
How  is  the  Future  Indicative  Active  of  a  liquid  verb  formed  1 
Give  an  example,  and  inflect  it  through  all  the  numbers  and 
persons.  4.  Give  the  principal  parts  of  ypa(f)co,  Xafx^avco,  and 
cfiepco.  5.  Inflect  the  Imperfect  Active  of  io-ttjixi,  and  the  2d 
Aorist  Optative  Active  of  TiOrjixi.  6.  What  is  a  stem  in  grammar  1 
In  XeXeiju/zat  and  in  ipplcpdat,  point  out  the  stem  and  the  other 
parts  of  each  word  ;  also  explain  all  the  euphonic  changes  made 
in  any  of  the  parts.  7.  Translate  noXkol  ra>v  ^ovXofxeviov  eivai 
aocjicov,  and  explain  the  case  of  o-o^coi/.  Translate  6  ipos  tov  raXat- 
TTcopou  /Stos,  and  explain  the  genitive.  Explain  the  Accusative  in 
nXrjyrjv  TVTTTd.      8.    Translate  iav  Xrj   vvp,   irore  earai  oIkoi,   and   jfv 


GREEK   GRAMMAR.  61 

lyyvi  eXdr]  Bdvaros,  olbeh  /SovXerat  6uf]aKeiv,  and  explain  the  sub- 
junctive in  each  case.  Translate  <pr]a\v  iXdelu  and  (BovXeTai.  ^XOeii/, 
and  explain  the  tejise  of  iXOelu  in  each.  9.  What  is  a  trochee,  a 
tribrach,  an  anapaest,  a  cretic  1  Explain  the  terms  catalectic, 
dipody,  dimeter.  How  many  feet  are  there  in  a  trochaic  dime- 
ter, and  how  many  in  a  dactylic  dimeter "?  10.  Why  is  r]X6^v  Iva 
Ujj  more  correct  than  epx^rai  Iva  Xdoil  How  is  Ut]  to  be  ex- 
plained 1  Translate  into  Greek  :  the//  took  care  (eVi/ieXeo/nat)  that 
this  should  be  done  (ylyvoixai),  and  explain  the  construction  used 
in  the  dependent  clause.  11.  What  is  the  diiference  between 
Xprjv  are  tovto  Troielv  and  XPU  ^^  tovto  irotelu  1  Express  in  Greek  : 
0  that  this  had  happened,  0  that  this  might  happeji,  and  0  that 
this  ivere  true ;  and  explain  the  verbal  form  used  in  each  case. 
1 2.  What  is  an  ana2?aistic  dimeter  acatalectic,  —  an  anapoestic 
tetrameter  catalectic,  —  an  anapoestic  system  ?  What  is  an  elegiac 
distich  ? 

XXVIII. 

1.  Decline  the  nouns  i/^o-o?  in  the  Singular,  Xicav  in  the  Dual 
and  Plural,  and  ^aaiXevs  in  all  numbers.  Explain  the  accent  of 
vrjaos  and  Xecov  wherever  it  varies  from  that  of  the  Nominative 
Singular.  2.  Decline  the  Pronouns  otJ  in  all  numbers  and  oaris 
in  the  Plural.  Explain  the  accents  of  the  Genitive  and  Dative 
Plural  of  oa-Tis.  3.  In  what  two  principal  ways  are  adjectives 
compared  by  change  of  termination  ?  Give  examples  of  each. 
Compare  koko'?,  dyaOos,  dXrjdris,  and  fxeyas.  4.  Give  the  principal 
parts  of  TrXe'/co),  Xafx^dvco,  didcofxL,  and  La-Tr]fML.  5.  Inflect  the  Aorist 
Optative  Passive  of  Xv'to,  the  Aorist  Imperative  Passive  of  Xvo,' 
the  Imperfect  Passive  of  tarrjui,  and  the  Second  Aorist  Optative 
Middle  of  tIOtjixl.  6.  Explain  the  euphonic  changes  which  occur 
in  the  following  forms  :  —  Xvovcri,  XeXeijUjuai  (Xenr-),  doiis  (8ovt-),  vv$ 
(vvKT-),   TTfTreiKa   (TT€id-),    rkdvKa    (dv-),    iridrju   {6e-).       7.    When   any 

forms  of  the  substantive  pronoun  of  the  Third  Person  (ov,  ol, 
o-(f)cov,  &c.)  are  used  in  Attic  prose,  what  is  their  peculiar  force  1 


62  EXAMINATION  PAPERS. 

Give  an  example.  8.  Give  examples  containing  the  correct 
use  of  the  Genitive  Absolute  and  of  the  Accusative  Absolute. 
When  is  the  latter  regularly  used  1  9.  Translate  into  Greek  : 
If  these  had  been  good  men,  they  would  not  have  suffered  (Trao-xco), 
and  explain  the  construction  used.  10.  What  is  a  trochee,  a 
spondee,  an  iambus,  and  an  anapsest  ?  What  is  ccesura  in  verse, 
and  where  does  this  generally  occur  in  the  heroic  hexameter  ] 
11.  How  are  object  clauses  with  oVcos  after  verbs  like  o-kottcco  dis- 
tinguished, in  construction  and  in  meaning,  from  final  clauses  ] 
Give  an  example  of  each.  When  do  final  clauses  admit  the 
Indicative?  12.  Distinguish  the  Infinitive  in  Indirect  Dis- 
course from  its  use  in  other  constructions.  Show,  by  an  exam- 
ple, how  the  Imperfect  is  expressed  in  the  Infinitive.  What 
two  meanings  can  e^?;  tovto  av  iroi^o-aL  have  1  Explain  the  prin- 
ciple in  each  case.  13.  What  is  thc»  difference  between  an 
Iambic  Dipody  and  an  Iambic  Dimeter  ?  What  substitutions 
for  the  Iambus  are  allowed  in  an  Iambic  Dipody  1  what  for  the 
Trochee  in  a  Trochaic  Dipody  1    Explain  an  Anapaestic-  System, 


LATIN   COMPOSITION.  63 


LATIN    COMPOSITION. 

I. 

1.  Demaratus,  the  father  of  King  Tarquin,!  fled  2  from 
Corinth  to  Tarquinii. 

1.  Tarquinius.     2.  Fugio,  fugere. 

2.  I  do  not  think  ^  that  immortality  2  is  to  be  despised  ^ 
by  a  mortal.* 

1.  Arlitror,  arhitrari.  2.  Immortalitas.  3,  Contemno, 
contemnere.     4.  Mortalis,  -e. 

3.  Theophrastus  is^  said  to  have  accused  2  Nature,  be- 
cause ^  she  had  given  a  long  life  to  crows,*  and  so  ^  short  ^  a 
life  to  men. 

1.  Dico,  dicere.  2.  Accuso,  accusare.  3.  Quod.  4.  Cor- 
nix.     5.  Tarn.     6.  Exiguits. 

4.  Ignorance  ^  of  future  2  evils  ^  is  more  useful  *  than 
knowledge^  [of  them^]. 

1.  Ignoratio.  2.  Futurus.  3.  Malum.  4.  Z7^^7z5. 
5.  Scientia.     6.  Omit. 

5.  Do  you  not  know  ^  what  2  sort  of  men  you  charge  ^ 
with  crime  ?  * 

1.  Intdligo.  2.  AVhat  sort  of=2"i6«^2S.  3.  Arguo,aTguere. 
4.  Seel  us. 

6.  If  death  ^  ^vere  feared,2  Brutus  would  not  have  fallen  ^ 
in  battle,*  and  the  Decii  w^ould  not  have  exposed  ^  them- 
selves to  the  wea]3ons  ^  of  the  enemy. 

1,  Ifors.  2.  Timeo,  timer e.  3.  Concido,  concidere. 
4.  Prcdium.     5.  Ohjicio,  objicere.     6.   Tehcm. 


64  EXAMINATION  PAPERS. 

11. 

1.  Pompey  was  the  first  Eoman  who  subdued  ^  the  Jews.^ 
By  right  ^  of  conquest  *  he  entered  ^  their  Temple. 

1.  Devmco,  -ere.  2.  Juclceus.  3.  Jus.  4.  Victoria. 
5.  Intro,  -are. 

2.  They  say  ^  that  Timotheus,  a  distinguished  ^  man  at 
Athens,^  when  ^  he  had  dined  ^  at  ^  Plato's  ^  and  had  been 
greatly  ^  gratified  ^  with  the  entertainment/^  and  had  seen 
him  the-next-day/^  said :  ^^  "  Your  dinners  ^^  are  pleasant  ^* 
not  only  at-the-time,^^  but  also  the-day-after."  ^^ 

1.  Fero,ferre.  2.  Claries.  3.  Athena^, -arum.  4,  Ctcm. 
5.  (7ce?io,  -a're.  6.  Ajmd.  7.  P/a^o,  -o^iz's.  8.  Admoclum. 
9.  Dclecto,-are.  10.  Convivium.  11.  Postr idle.  12.  Dico. 
13.  (7te7ic6.  14.  Jucundus.  15.  /?i  pra^sentia.  16.  Fostero 
die. 

3.  Yerres  als©  ^  ordered  ^  the  silver  ^  tables  ^  to  be  carried- 
aw^ay  ^  from  ^  all  the  shrines.'' 

1.  Idem.    2.  Juhco,-ere.    3.  Argenteus,-a, -iim.   4.  Meiisa, 

5.  Anfero.     6.  i^e.     7.  Deluhrum. 

III. 

1.  The  next  ^  day  he  calls  ^  the  leaders  of  the  forces  ^ 
together,  and  tells  ^  them  that  no  city  is  more  hostile  ^  to 
the  Greeks  than  the  royal  ^  (city)  of  the  old  kings. 

1.  Fosternis.  2.  Convocarc  =  e^iil  together.  3.  CopicB. 
4.  Bocere.     5.  Infest  us.     6.  Begins. 

2.  If  we  gi'ant  ^  that  the  gods  exist,^  and  that  the  universe  ^ 
is  ruled ^  by  their  mind,  I  do  not  see  why^  I  should^  say 
there  is  no  divination.'^ 

1.   Conccdo.     2.  Esse.     3.  Mundns.     4.  Bcgere.      5.   Cur. 

6.  I  say  there  is  no  =  nego  esse.     7.  Divinatio. 


LATIN   COMPOSITION.  65 

3.  There  is  not^  one  of  you  who  has  not  often  ^  heard  ^ 
how  ^  Syracuse  ^  was  taken  by  Marcellus. 

1.  'Not  one  =  nemo.  2.  Scepe.  3.  Audire.  4.  Quemadmo- 
dum.     5.  Syr ac  usee. 

4  Demaratus,  tlie  father  of  our  King  Tarquin,  fled^  from 
Corinth,^  because^  he  could  not  bear^  the  tyrant  ^  Cypselus, 
to  Tarquinii,  and  there  ^  established  "^  his  fortunes.^ 

1.  Fugere.  2.  Corinthus.  3.  Quod.  4.  Fevre.  5.  Ty- 
rannus.     6.  Ihi     7.  Constituere.     8.  Fortuna. 


lY. 

1.  They  say  ^  that  the  death  of  his  son  was  ^  announced 
to  Anaxagoras  [as  he  was  ^]  discoursing  *  among  ^  his  friends  ^ 
on  ^  the  nature  of  things,  and  that  no  ^  answer  was  given  by 
him  except^  that  he  begot ^  him  mortal  A  glorious ^° 
speech  ^^  in  ^^  truth,  and  worthy  ^^  of  being  uttered  ^^  by  so 
great  a  man. 

1.  TradcTC.  2.  Nuntiare.  3.  Omit.  4.  Disserere. 
5.  Inter.  6.  Familiaris.  1.  Be.  8.  Literally,  nothing 
else  (7^^7i^7  aliiid)  w^as  answered  {resijondere)  except  (?^^s^). 
9.  Gignere.  10.  Prceclarus.  11.  Foa.\  12.  Fern  13.  i)^;^- 
?zws.     14.  Einitterc. 

2.  How^  much  wiser  ^  Xenophon  [acted2],  who,  when  he 
was  engaged-in-sacred-rights,3  and  heard  that  his  elder  ^ 
son  had  fallen  ^  in  battle,^  merely  '  laid-down^  the  garland  ^ 
from  10  his  head :  but  ii  when  he  heard  that  he  had  fallen 
fighting  12  bravely  ,12  he  put  i^  the  garland  on  his  head  again.i^ 

1.  Sapienter.  2.  Omit.  3.  Sacra  peragere.  4.  3fajor 
natu.  6.  Cadcre.  6.  Prcelium.  7.  Tantum.  8.  Dejmiere. 
9.  Corona.  10.  F.  11.  Vero.  12.  Pugnare.  13.  Fortiter. 
14.  Put  on  :^  2wipo7i(3re  with  dative.     15.  Rursus. 

3* 


66  .  EXAMINATION  PAPERS. 

V. 

1.  There  is  need^  of  magistrates,^  without^  whose  wis- 
dom ^  and  care  ^  the  state  ^  cannot ''  exist.^ 

1.  Ojncs.       2.    Magistratus.       3.  Sine.       4.    Prudeyitia. 

5.  Diligeiitia.     6.  Civitas.     7.  'With,  posse.     8.  Esse. 

2.  Do  you  see  ^  how  ^  the  furies  ^  harass  *  the  impious,^ 
and  never  ^  suffer  ^  them  to-stand-still  ?  ^ 

1.   Video.     2.    ?7^^.      3.   Furia.     4.   ^^tYc.      6.   Impms. 

6.  With  WTi^'z^am.     7.  Patior.     8.  Consisto. 

3.  Since  ^  solitude  ^  and  a  life  ^  without  friends  ^  is  full  ^ 
of  snares  ^  and  fear/  reason  ^  admonishes  ^  us  to  contract  ^^ 
friendships.^^ 

1.  Cum.  2.  Solitudo.  3.  Fi^^a.  4.  Amicus.  5.  Plenus. 
6.  Insidicc.  7.  Metus.  8.  Eatio.  9.  Moneo.  10.  C'c^/i- 
j?aro.     11.  Amicitia. 

4.  We  favor ^  thee;  we  wish^  thee  to  enjoy ^  thy 
virtue.* 

1.  Faveo.     2.  Cupio.     3.  Fruor.     4.   Virtus. 

5.  Lucilius  used  ^  to  say  ^  that  he  wished  ^  those  things 
which  he  wrote  *  to  be  read  ^  neither  by  the  very  unlearned  ^ 
nor  the  very  learned. 

1.  Solco.  2.  'Dico.  3.  Fo/o.  4.  Scribo.  5.  Ze_^o. 
6.  Indoctus. 

6.  The  decemvirate  ^  and  his  colleagues  ^  had  completely  ^ 
changed*  Fabius,  —  a  man  formerly^  excellent^  both  in 
peace  '^  and  in  war.^ 

1.  Decemviratus.  2.  Collega.  3.  Plane.  4.  J/?t^o. 
5.  O/im.     6.  Fgregius.     7.  With  domus.     8.  Militia. 


LATIN   COMPOSITION.  67 

VI. 

1.  Let  us  consider,^  first,^  whether  the  universe  ^  is  gov- 
erned ^  by  the  foresight  ^  of  the  gods ;  ^  secondly/  whether 
they  provide  ^  for  the  welfare  ^  of  man.^^ 

1.  Video.  2.  Primitm.  3.  Mitndus.  4.  Bego.  5.  Pro- 
mdcntia.  6.  Dcus.  7.  Dcinde.  8.  Consulo.  9.  Bes.  10. 
Humanus. 

2.  Neoptolemus  would  never  ^  have  been  able  ^  to  take  ^ 
Troy,  if  he  had  been  willing^  to  listen^  to  Lycomedes,  in^ 
whose  household  he  had  been  brought  "^  up. 

1.  Nunqicam.  2.  Possum.  3.  Caper e.  4.  Volo.  5. 
Audio.     6.  Apud.     7.  JSd^cco. 

3.  When  ^  the  enemy  ^  saw  ^  that  the  damages,*  which 
they  had  hoped^^  could  ^  not  be  repaired  ^  for  a  long  ^  time,^ 
had  been  so  ^^  repaired  by  the  toil  ^^  of  a  few  ^^  days  ^^  that 
there  was  no  opportunity  ^^  left  ^^  for  a  sally ,^^  they  were- 
eager^^  for  the  original  ^^  terms  ^^  of  capitulation.^*^ 

1.  Uhi.  2.  Hostis.  3.  Video.  4.  Is.  5.  Spew. 
6.  Possum.  7.  Rcficio.  8.  Longus.  9.  Sp)atium.  10.  /^a. 
11.  Lahor.  12.  Paucus.  13.  i^zcs.  14.  Locus.  15.  i^e- 
linquo.  16.  Erwptio.  17.  Rccurro.  18.  /c^em.  19.  (7o?i- 
c?^Y^■o.     20.  Deditio. 

4.  If  he  is  about  to  come  ^  to  Eome  without  ^  violence,^ 
you  may  ^  properly  *  remain  ^  at  home ;  ^  but  ^  if  he  is  about 
to  give  ^  up  the  city  ^  to  be  plundered,io  I  fear  ^^  that  Dola- 
bella  himself  ^2  can^^  not  fully  ^*  protect  ^^  us. 

1.    Vc7iio.  2.  Modeste.     3.  Possum.     4.  Eecte.  5.  Sum. 

6.    Domiis.  7.    /S'm.      8.    i)o.      9.     ^7r5s.      10.  Diripio. 

11.    Fcreor.  12.  J^^se.     13.  Possum.     14.  /S'az^is.  15.  Pro- 
sum. 


68  EXAMINATION  PAPERS. 

VII. 

1.  When  ^  I  was  on  ^  (my)  Tusculan-estate,^  and  ^Yanted  * 
to  use  ^  certain^  books  ^  out^  of  the  library^  of  Lucullus,  I 
went  ^^  to  his  villa,^^  to  take  ^^  them  thence  ^^  myseK,^*  as  ^^ 
I  used  1^  to. 

1.  Cum.  2.  In.  3.  Tusculanum.  4.  Velle.  5.  Uti. 
6.  Qiticlam.  7.  Liher.  8.  -fi'.  9.  Bibliotheca.  10.  Fe- 
nw'^.  11.  F^Y/cf.  12.  Promere.  13.  /nrZe.  14.  ips^. 
15.   ?7^f.     16.  /So/cm 

2.  You  know-not,^  madman,^  what  power  ^  virtue  *  has ;  ^ 
you  use  ^  the  name  ^  only  ^  of  virtue,  you  know  not  how  ^ 
powerfuP^  virtue  itself  ^^  is. 

1.  Ncscire.  2.  Insaniis.  3.  Vis.  4.  Virtus.  5.  Halere. 
6.  Usurpare.  7.  Nomcn.  8.  Tantum.  9.  gza'd  10.  To 
be  powerful,  valere.     11.  J^^se. 

3.  What  can  ^  you  say  ^  in  ^  your  defence  *  which  they 
have  not  said  ? 

1.  Possum.     2.  Dicere.     3.  7?i.     4.  Defensio. 

4.  You  are  sorry  ^  for  others,^  for  yourself^  you  are 
neither^  sorry  nor*  ashamed.^ 

1.  Miscrct     2.  Alius.     3.  Tu.     4.  Ncc.     5.  Pudet 

5.  The  tyrant^  Dionysius,  expelled ^  from  Syracuse,^ 
taught  4  boys  ^  at  Corinth.^ 

1.  Tyrannus.  2.  Expdlo.  3.  Syr acusce, -arum.  4.  Docere. 
5.  Pztcr.     6.    Corintlius. 

6.  This  state  ^  has  not  produced  ^  any  ^  men  more  illus- 
trious *  in  glory  ^  than  Africanus,  Loelius,  and  Furius. 

1.   Civitas.     2.  Ferre.     3.   IZlhis.     4.  Clarus.     5.  Gloria. 


LATIN  COMPOSITION.  69 

YIII. 

1.  Let  us  so^  live 2  as  always^  to  think*  that  an  ac- 
count ^  must  be  rendered  ^  by  us. 

1.  Ita.  2.  Vivere.  3.  Semper.  4.  Arhitrari.  5.  Ratio. 
6.  Beddere. 

2.  Would-that  ^  I  could  ^  as  ^  easily  *  discover  ^  the  trutli^ 
as  refute  ^  the  falsehood.^ 

1.  Utinain.  2.  Posse.  3.  Tarn.  4.  Facile.  5.  Invenire. 
6.    Fenis.     7.  Convincere.     8.  Falsus. 

3.  He  exhorted  ^  his  friends  ^  not  to  be-wanting  ^  to  the 
common*  safety.^ 

1.  Hortari.  2.  Amicus.  3.  Deesse.  4.  Communis. 
5.  Salus. 

4.  After  ^  Porapey  had  learned  ^  what  had  been  done  ^  at 
Corfinium,  he  set-out  *  with  two  legions  ^  from  Luceria,  and 
in  five  days^  arrived-at''  Brundisium. 

1.  Posteaquam.  2.  Rcjpcrire.  3.  Gerere.  4.  Proficisci. 
5.  Ze(/zo.     6.  i)z€S.     7.  Pervenire. 

5.  When  ^  by  the  supreme-authority  ^  of  one  man  there- 
was^  no-longer*  a  field ^  in  public-life^  for  wisdom^  or^ 
personal-influence,^  I  surrendered  ^^  myself  neither  ^^  to  my 
sorrows,^^  by  which  I  should  have  been  overwhelmed  ^^  if- 
I-had-not  ^*  resisted  ^^  them,  nor  ^^  to  pleasure  ^^  unworthy  ^-^ 
of  a  scholar. ^^ 

1.  Quum.  2.  Dominatus.  3.  -E'sse.  4.  iVb?i  /am. 
5.  Locus.  6.  Pes  puhlica.  7.  Consilium.  8.  ^i^^.  9.  ^i<:c- 
toritas.  10.  Dedere.  11.  iVec.  12.  Angor.  13.  Conficere. 
14.  iVisi  15.  Resistere.  16.  Voluntas.  17.  Indignus. 
18.  Doctus  homo. 


70  EXAMINATION  PAPERS. 

IX. 

1.  I  find  ^  that  Plato  came  ^  to  Tarentum  in  the  consul- 
ship 3  of  Camillus  and  Claudius. 

1.  Be;perire.  2.  Venire.  3.  Express  this  by  the  word 
consul. 

2.  The  plays  ^  of  ^  Livius  are  not  worthy  ^  of  being  read  * 
a  second  ^  time. 

1.    Fabida.       2.    Livianus  =  of  Livius.       3.    Dignus. 

4.  Legere.     5.  Iterum. 

3.  The  Sicilians  ^  sometimes  ^  make  ^  a  month  *  longer  ^ 
by  one  ^  day  "^  or  two  ^  days. 

1.  Siculus.      2.  Nonnunquam.      3.    Facere.      4.    Mensis. 

5.  Longus.     6.   C/?^^is.     7.  -D^es.      8.  Biduum.     Write  out 
the  rule  for  the  case  of  dies. 

4.  The  Stoics^  think ^  it  does  not^  concern*  men^  to 
know  ^  what  is  going  to  happen."^ 

1.  Stoiciis.  2.  Existimare.  3.  Niliil.  4.  Interesse. 
5.  Homo.     6.  /S'czVe.     7.  -£'sse. 

5.  There  were  [some^]  who  on  this  day  accused^  the 
king  ^  of  rashness,*  the  consul  ^  of  inefficiency.^ 

1.  Omit.  2.  Accusare.  3.  Bex.  4.  Temeritas.  5.  (7o?i- 
SiiZ.     6.  Segnitia. 

6.  I  am  afraid  ^  that  I  cannot  ^  grant  ^  that.* 

1.   Vereri.     2.  Possum.     3.  Concedere.    4.  iZ/e. 

I  X. 

1.  When  ISTasica  had  come  ^  to  the  poet  ^  Ennius,  and 
the  maid  ^  had  told  *  him  ^  Ennius  was  not  at  home,^  Nasica 
knew  ^  that  she  had  said  so  ^  at  her  master's  ^  couimand,^^ 
and  that  he  was  within.^^ 


LATIN  COMPOSITION.  71 

1.  Venire.  2.  Poeta.  3.  Ancilla.  4.  Dicere.  5.  7s 
(dative).  6.  Domus.  7.  Sentire.  8.  Omit.  9.  Dominus. 
10.  t/w.ssw  (abl.).     11.  Intus. 

2.  A  few  ^  days  ^  after ,3  when  Ennius  had  come  to  Nasica 
and  asked  *  for  him,  Nasica  bawls  ^  out  that  he  is  not  at 
home. 

1.  Paucus.  2.  Dies.  3.  Post  4.  Queer  ere  (with  the 
accusative).     5.  Exclamare. 

3.  Then  quoth ^  Ennius  :  What  ?2  Do  I  not  recognize^ 
your  *  voice  ?  ^ 

1.  Inquit.     2.  §2^^d     3.  Cognoscere.     4.  TV-m-s.     5.   FocJC. 

4.  Hereupon  ^  Nasica :  You  are  a  shameless  ^  fellow :  ^ 
when  I  asked  for  you  I  believed  *  your  maid  (when  ^  she 
said)  that  you  were  not  at  home.  Do  you  not  believe  my- 
own-self  ?^ 

1.  Hie.  2.  Impudens.  3.  Homo.  4.  Credere  (with 
dative).     5.  Omit.     6.  My-own-self,  ego  ijjse. 

XL 

1.  This^  edict 2  having  been  published,^  there  was*  no^ 
state  ^  which  ^  did  not  send  ^  a  part  ^  of  its  ^^  Senate  ^^  to 
Cordova/2  no  ^  Roman  citizen  ^^  who  '^  did  not  come  ^^  to 
the  meeting  at  ^^  the  day.^^ 

1.  Literally,  which,  q^ci.  2.  Edictum.  3.  Pervidgare. 
4.  ^sse.  5.  Nullus.  6.  Civitas.  7.  Which  —  not  or  who 
—  not,  quin.  8.  Mittere.  9.  Pars.  10.  Omit.  11.  /Sewa- 
tus.  12.  Corduha.  13.  C'lms.  14.  Convenire.  15.  ^c?. 
16.  i)z>s. 

2.  Nothing  ^  is  more  praiseworthy,^  nothing  more  worthy^ 
of  a  great  *  and  illustrious  ^  man,^  than  clemency.'^ 


72  EXAMINATION   PAPERS. 

1.  Nihil.  2.  Laudabilis.  3.  Dignus.  4.  Magnus. 
5.  Prccclarus.     6.    F^V.     7.  Clementia. 

3.  Don't  ^  you  know  ^  what  ^  sort  of  dead  *  men  you  are 
accusing  ^  of  the  worst  ^  crime  ?  ^ 

1.    Noniie.      2.    Litelligei^e.      3.    What   sort   of,    qualis. 

4.  Mortuus.     5.  Arguere.     6.  Sumiiius.     7.  Scelus. 

4.  For  many^  ages^  the  name^  of  the  Pythagoreans* 
was^  in  such  high  repute,  that^  no  others'^  seemed^  learned.^ 

1.  Multus.      2.  Scemlum.      3.  Nomen.      4.  Pythagoreus. 

5.  To  be  in  such  high  repute,  s^'c  vigere.     6.   Z7i(.     7.  Alius. 
8.    Videri.     9.  Dodus. 

XII. 

1.  Tn-the-mean-time  ^  the  Eomans,^  the  Scipios  ^  being 
sent  *  to  Spain,^  first  ^  drove  ^  the  Carthaginians  ^  from  the 
province,^  afterwards  ^^  carried  ^^  on  serious  ^^  wars  ^^  with  ^^ 
the  Spaniards  ^^  themselves.^^ 

1.  Interea.  2.  Romanus.  3.  Scipio,-onis.  4.  Mittere. 
5.  Hispania.  6.  Primo.  7.  Exiodlere.  8.  Pcenus.  9.  Pro- 
mncia.  10.  Postea.  11.  Gerere.  12.  Gravis.  13.  Belliom. 
14.  C-i^m.     15.  Hispanus.     16.  ipse. 

2.  A\nhile  ^  these  ^  things  were  carried  ^  on  in  Asia,  all  ^* 
Greece*  had  rushed^  to  ^  arms/  in  the  hope^  of  regaining^ 
liberty,^^  following ^^  the  authority  ^^  of  the  Lacedemonians.^^ 

1.  i)2i??i.  2.  ffic.  3.  Gerere.  4.  Grmcia.  5.  Concur- 
rere.  6.  ^rZ.  7.  Arma.  8.  aS^cs.  9.  Pecuperare, 
10.  Lihertas.  11.  AS'c^m  (perfect  participle).  \2.  Auctoritas. 
13.  Lacedcemonius.     14.  Omnis. 

3.  When^  Eegulus  had  come ^  to  Eome,^  he  set*  forth 
his  instructions^  in  the  Senate;^  but^  he  said^  it  was^ 
not^  expedient  1^  for  the  captives"  to  be  restored ;^2  for 


LATIN   COMPOSITION.  73 

tliat  they  ^3  -^ere  young  ^*  men  and  good  ^^  leaders/^  that  he 
(Eegulus)  was  enfeebled  ^^  by  age.^^ 

1.  Cum.  2.  Venire.  3.  Roma.  4.  Exponere.  5.  Man- 
datum.      6.    Senatus.      7.    >S'ec^.      8.    To    say  not,   negare. 

9.  ^sse.  10,  Utilis.  11.  Captivus.  12.  Redder e.  13.  ///e. 
14.  Adolescens.  15.  Bonus.  16.  i^zta?.  17.  Coyifectus. 
18.  Senectus. 

XIII. 

1.  Phormio  the  ^  Peripatetic,^  when  ^  Hannibal,*  expelled^ 
from  Carthage,^  had  come^  to  Ephesus,^  is  said^  to  have 
talked  ^^  some^^  hours  ^^  about  ^^  the  duty^*  of  a  com- 
mander.^^ 

1.  Ille.  2.  Peripateticus.  3.  Cum.  4.  Hannibal,  -halis, 
5.  JSxpellere.  6.  Karthago,  -aginis.  7.  Venire.  8.  Eplie- 
sus,  -esi.  9.  JDicere.  10.  Zoqui.  11.  Aliquot.  12.  Hora, 
-rce..     13.  i)6.     14.  Officium.     15.  Imperator. 

2.  Then,i  when  the^  rest  who  had  heard  ^  him  were 
greatly*  charmed,^  they  inquired^  of^  Hannibal  what  he^ 
thought  ^  of  ^^  that  ^^  philosopher. ^^  Hannibal  is  said  ^^  to 
have  answered,^*  that  he  had  often  ^^  seen  ^^  many  ^^  crazy  ^^ 
old^^  men,  [but^O]  nobody  ^i  who  22  was  more^^  crazy  ^^  than 
Phormio. 

1.  Turn.  2.  Cceteri.  3.  Audire.  4.  Vehementer. 
5.  Delectare.     6.  Qucerere.     7.  ^6.     8.  ipse.      9.  Judicare. 

10.  Z>g.  11.  7//e.  12.  Philosophus.  13.  i^erm  14.  i^e- 
spondere.  15.  >Ste^e.  16.  Videre.  17.  Multus.  18.  i)e- 
/tV?xs,  -a,  -2^m.  19.  iS'^Tie^.  20.  Omit.  21.  Nemo.  22.  §^t^. 
23.  Ilagis.     24.  I  am  crazy  (by  the  verb)  deliro,  delirare. 

XIV. 

1.  If  the  Gauls  ^  had  attacked  ^  the  town^  that  night,* 
they  would  have  taken  ^  it  easily,^  since  ^  no  one  supposed  ^ 
that  an  enemy  ^  was-at-hand.^'^ 


74  EXAMNATION  PAPERS. 

1.  Gallus,  2.  O^jpugno.  3.  Oppidum.  4.  N'ox. 
6.  Capio.  6.  Facile.  7.  Quum.  8.  Pi^^o.  9.  Hostis. 
10.  Adsum. 

2.  For  three-days,^  however,^  they  waited  ^  to  see  *  what 
the  consul  would  do,^  who  was  himself  enroUing-troops  ^  at 
Ariminum,  and  had  ordered  ^  Nero  to  cross  ^  the  Po,^  and 
hinder  ^°  the  enemy  from  ravaging  ^^  the  country.^^ 

1.  Triduum.  2.  Tamen.  3.  Exspecto.  4.  Omit.  5.  Facio. 
6.  Delectum  haheo.  7.  Impero.  8.  Transeo.  9.  Fadus. 
10.  Frohiheo.     11.  Fopulor.     12.  ^^e?'. 

3.  After  ^  the  leader  ^  of  the  Gauls  saw  ^  that  the  Eomans 
would-not  *  risk  ^  a  battle,^  he  repented  ^  of  his  own  inac- 
tivity,^ for  9  he  remembered  ^^  the  counsels  ^^  of  his  father,^^ 
who  had  feared  ^^  that  his  son^*  would  not  be  bold  ^^  enough,^^ 
and  had  warned  ^''  him  not  to  lose  ^^  a  single  day. 

1.  Fosteaquam.  2.  Z)?^^.  3.  Video.  4.  iVb^o.  5.  (7om- 
wiY^o.  6.  Frcelium.  7.  Fcenitet.  8.  Inertia.  9.  Fnim. 
10.  Memini.  11.  Consilium.  12.  Fater.  13.  Metuo. 
14.   i^^7w^5.      15.   Audax.     16.   /S'a^is.      17.   Moneo.      18. 

XV. 

1.  The  next^  day^  I  was  summoned^  by  Pansa  to 
Bononia.'*  When  ^  I  was  on  ^  the  way,^  it  was  announced  ^ 
to  me  that  he  was  dead.^ 

1.  Fosterus.     2.  i>2C5.     3.  Arcesso.     4.  First  declension, 

5.  Cum.     6.  /ti.     7.  Iter.     8.  Nuntio.     9.  Morior. 

2.  You  ♦(plural)  seem^  to  me  not^  even^  to-day*  to 
know  ^  what  ^  a  crime  ^  you  have  dared  ^  against  ^  me. 

1.    Videor.     2.  iVe.      3.    Quidem.      4.   Hodie.      5.   aScw. 

6.  Interrogative.     7.  Facinus.     8.  Audeo.     9.  /ti. 


LATIN   COMPOSITION.  75 

3.  This  man,  if^  lie  had  been  blessed  ^  with  a  longer  ^ 
life,'*  would  have  been  much^  more  illustrious^  than  his 
brother/  in  peace  ^  and  in  war.^ 

1.  Si  2.  Contingo  ;  literally,  "  if  a  longer  life  had  fallen 
to  him."     3.  Longus.      4.  J^ias.      5.  MiUtus.      6.    Clarus. 

7.  Frater.     8.  With  domus,     9.  Militia. 

4.  The  consul,  afraid  ^  of  being  surrounded,^  sent^ 
cavalry  *  to  take  ^  possession  of  the  hills.^ 

1.  Vereor  (perfect  participle).  2.  Circumvenio.  3.  Prce- 
mitto.  4.  Eqites.  5.  Occupo.  By  what  constructions  may 
the  purpose  be  given  ?     6.  Collis. 

XYI. 

1.  Marcellus,  with^  a  small ^  body^  of  horse,*  fought^ 
[the  enemy  ^]  and  killed^  the  king^  of  the  Gauls,^  Virido- 
marus  by  name,^^  with  his  ^^  own  hand.^ 

1.  Cum.  2.  Parvus.  3.  Manus.  4.  Eques  (plural). 
5.  Dimicare.  6.  Omit.  7.  Occidere.  8.  Bex.  9.  Gallus. 
10.  Nomen.     11.  aSzm^s. 

2.  In  the  ninth  ^  year  ^  after  ^  the  banishment  *  of  the 
kings,^  when  ^  the  son-in-law  ^  of  Tarquinius  had  collected  ^ 
a  huge  ^  army  ^^  to  ^^  avenge  the  wrong  ^^  done  ^^  his  father- 
in-law,^*  a  new  ^^  office^^  was  created  i''  at  Eome. 

1.  JVomcs.  2.  Annus.  3.  Posi^.  4.  Exadus  (literally, 
after  the  kings  expelled).     5.  Bex.      6.  Cum.      7.    Gener. 

8.  Colligcre.  9.  Ingens.  10.  Exercitus.  11.  ^cZ  with 
gerundive  of  vindicare.  12.  Injuria.  13.  Simply  the 
objective  genitive :  literally,  "  wrong  of  his."  14.  /Sbcer. 
15.  Novus.     16.  Dignitas.     17.  Creare. 

3.  At^  present  I  wiU  merely  ^  ask^  this,*  whether  ^  tliis 
branch-of-literature  ^  is  deservedly  ^  suspected  ^  by  ^  you. 


76  EXAMINATION  PAPEES. 

1.  Nunc.  2.  Tantum.  3.  Queerer e.  4.  Illud.  5.  Ne 
(enclitic).  6.  Genus  scribendi.  7.  Merito.  8.  Suspectus. 
9.  Dative. 

XVII. 

1.  The  nintli^  year^  after ^  the  expulsion*  of  the  kings,^ 
when^  the  son-in-law^  of  Tarquin^  had^  collected  an  im- 
mense ^^  army,^^  a  new  ^^  dignity  ^^  was  ^^  created  at  Eome, 
which  is  ^^  called  the  dictatorship/^  —  greater  ^^  than  the 
consulship.^^ 

1.  Nonus.  2.  Annus.  3.  Post.  4.  Literally,  "  kings  ex- 
pelled": exigo.  5.  Bex.  6.  Cum.  7.  Gener.  8.  Tarqui- 
nius.  9.  Colligo.  10.  Ingens.  11.  Exercitus.  12.  Novus. 
13.  Dignitas.  14.  C?'eo.  15.  Appello.  16.  Dictatura. 
17.  Magnus.     18.  Consulatus. 

2.  Do  you  suppose  ^  that  men  ^  who  are  ^  said  to  *  predict- 
the-future  can  ^  tell-you  ^  whether  "^  the  ^  moon  uses  ^  her  ^^ 
own  light  ^^  or  ^^  that  "^  of  the  sun  ?  ^^ 

1.  Censeo.  2.  /s;  literally, "  those."  3.  Dico.  4.  Pre- 
dict-the-future  :  divino.  5.  Possum.  6.  Tell-you  :  respon- 
ded. 7.  Omit.  8.  X'?ma.  9.  Utor.  10.  iS'i^i^s.  11. 
Lumen.     12.  ^^z,.     13.  aSio/. 

3.  It  was  a  glorious  ^  sentiment  ^  and  worthy  ^  of  being 
uttered  *  by  that  ^  great  man.^ 

1.  Prceclarus.  2.  Foa?,  3.  Dignus.  4.  Emitto.  5.  That 
great :  tantus.     6.    Fzr. 

XVITI. 

1.  When  ^  Balbus  had  ^  said  this,^  then  *  Cotta  said,  with- 
a-smile,^  "  You  are  ^  late,  Balbus,  in  telling  me  what  to  de- 
fend ;  ^  for  ^  while  ^  you  were  discussing  ^^  I  was  myself 
pondering  ^^  what  to  say  in  ^^  reply,  and  ^^  not  so-much  ^* 


LATIN   COMPOSITION.  77 

for-the-purpose-of ^^  refuting ^^  you  as  of  finding-out^''  the- 
things  ^^  which  I  did  not  ^^  understand."  ^^ 

1.  Cum.  2.  Dico.  3.  Eelative.  4.  Turn.  5.  Arrideo 
(present  participle).  6.  I  am  late  in  telling,  sero  prcecipio. 
7.  Defendo.  8.  Enim.  9.  Ablative  absolute.  10.  Disputo. 
11.  Mecum  meditor.  12.  In  reply,  contra.  13.  Neque. 
14.  So  much — as,  ^a??^  —  quam.  15.  Causa.  16.  Refello. 
17.  Bequiro.     18.  With  ^s.     19.  Minus.     20.  Intelligo. 

XIX. 

1.  I  do  not  care  ^  how  ''^  rich  ^  Gyges  is.* 

1.  Express  with  refert.     2.  Quam.     3.  Dives.     4.  -Esse. 

2.  Who  ^  more  ^  illustrious  in  Greece  ^  than  *  Themisto- 
cles  ?  who  ^  when  ^  he  had  ^  been  driven  into  exile  ^  did  ^  not 
do  harm  to  his  thankless  ^^  country,^^  but  did  ^^  the  same  ^^ 
that  Coriolanus  had  ^^  done  twenty  ^^  years  ^^  before. ^^ 

1.  Quis.     2.  Clarus.     3.  Grcecia.     4.  Write  in  two  ways. 

5.  Gm.  6.  Cum.  7.  Expelhre.  8.  Exilium.  9.  Do 
harm  to,  Injuriam  ferre  with  dative.  10.  Ingratus. 
11.  Patria.  12.  Facere.  13.  /cZem.  14.  Viginti.  15. 
Annus.     16.  ^^i^fg. 

3.  In  the  first  ^  of  the  spring  ^  the  consul  came^  to 
Ephesus,  and,  having  *  received  the  troops  ^  from  ^  Scipio,  he 
held  ^  a  speech  ^  in-presence-of  ^  the  soldiers,^"  in  ^^  which, 
after  ^^  extolling  their  bra  very  ,^^  he  exhorted  ^^  them  to  ^^ 
undertake  a  new  ^®  war  ^^  with  ^^  the  Gauls,  who  had  ^^  [as 
he  said  ^^]  helped  Antiochus  with  ^^  auxiliaries.^^ 

1.  Primus.     2.  Fer.     3.  Venire.     4.  Accipere.     5.  Copice. 

6.  ^.  7.  Habere.  8.  Contio.  9.  Apud.  10.  i/^7es. 
11.  Omit.  12.  Collaudare  (ablative  absolute).  13.  Virtus. 
14.  AdJiortari.  15.  Suscipere  with  a<i  and  gerundive.  16. 
Novus.    17.  Bellum.    18.  Ci^/Tz..    19.  Juvare.    20.  Auxilium. 


78  EXAMINATION  PAPERS, 

XX. 

1.  The  plays ^  of  Livius  are  not  worth '^  reading^  mor©- 
than-once.* 

1.  Fahida.     2.  Dignus.     3.  Leg  ere.     4  Iterum. 

2.  What  ^  style-of-speaking  ^  was  ^  in  vogue  in  those  * 
times  ^  can^  best  ^  be  ^  learned  from  ^  the  works  ^^  of  Thucy- 
dides.^^ 

1.  Qui.  2.  Dicendi  genus.  3.  Vigere.  4.  ZJ/e.  5.  :7^em- 
pus.  6.  Posse.  7.  Maxime.  8.  Intelligere.  9.  -fi'a;. 
10.  Scriptum.     11.  Tliucydides  (genitive  -c?^). 

3.  When  ^  I  had  ^  been  engaged  a-couple-of-years  ^  in  * 
law  ^  cases,  and  my  name  ^  was  very-well-known  -^  in  the 
forum,  I  went  ^  away  from  Eome.  When  ^  I  had  ^  come  to 
Athens/^  I  stayed  ^^  six  months  ^^  with  ^^  Antiochus,  and  re- 
newed ^^  the  study  ^^  of  philosophy  ^®  under  "  this  teacher.^* 

1.  Ciim.  2.  Versari.  3.  Biennium.  4.  /?i.  5.  Causa. 
6.  Nomen.  7.  Jam  celebratum.  8.  Proficisci.  9.  Venire. 
10.  Athence.  11.  ^sse.  12.  Mensis.  13.  (7?^m.  14.  Pmo- 
^•are.  15.  Studium.  16.  Philosophia.  17.  Omit.  18.  i>oc- 
^or  (ablative  absolute). 

XXI. 

1.  When^  PauUus,  to  whom  the  war^  with^  Parses* 
had-been-allotted,^  had  ^  gone  home/  that  ^  very  ^  day  ^^  he 
noticed  ^^  that  his  little  ^^  daughter  Tertiawas  low-spirited.^^ 

1.  Cum.  2.  Bellum.  3.  Cum.  4.  Ferses  (genitive  «?). 
5.  To  be  allotted,  obtingere  (active).  6.  Bedire.  7.  Domus. 
8.  /s.  9.  T^^se.  10.  Dies.  11.  Animadvertere.  12.  Di- 
minutive oi  filia.     13.  Tristicidus. 

2.  "What^  is  the  matter," 2  said 3  he,  "my  Tertia?" 
"  Why  1  are  you  sad  ? "  *  «  My  father,"  ^  said  she,  "  Persa 
is  6  dead." 


LATIN   COMPOSITION.  79 

1.  Q"did,  2.  Omit.  3.  Inquit.  4.  Tristis.  5.  Pater, 
6.  Perire. 

3.  Tlien  ^  the-father^  embraced  ^  the  girl  *  tenderly  ^  and 
said,  "  I  ^  accept  the  omen^  my  daughter." 

Now  ^  this  ^  Persa  was  a  puppy /"^  which  had  ^^  died. 

1.  Turn.  2.  The  father,  ille.  3.  Complecti.  4.  Puella. 
5.  Comparative  of  adverb  ar^e.      6.   Accipere.      7.    Omeii. 

8.  Autem.     9.  /s.     10.  Catdlus.     11.  ifori 

XXII. 

1.  Plato,  when  ^  he  was  ^  provoked  with  a  slave  ^  of*  his, 
bade  ^  him  doff^  his  tunic  ^  forthwith  ^  and  hold^  out  his 
Bhoulders  ^^  to  the  scourge,"  intending  ^^  to  beat  him  him- 
self ^^  with  his  own  hand.^'' 

1.  Cum.  2.  Irasci  with  dative.  3.  Servus.  4.  Of  his  = 
suus.      5.    Jubere.      6.    Ponere.      7.    Tunica.      8.    Statim. 

9.  Hold  out  =j9ro?&erg.  10.  Scapuloe, -arum.  11.  Ve7'ber, 
-is,  plural.  12.  Future  participle  of  ccedere.  13.  Ipse, 
14.  Manus. 

2.  "Wlien  ^  he  was-aware  ^  that  he  was  provoked,  he  kept  ^ 
his  hand  suspended,*  just-as  ^  he  had  raised  ^  it,  and  stood  ^ 
like  ^  one  ^  about  to  strike.^^ 

1.  Postquam.  2.  IntelUgere.  3.  Detinere.  4.  Suspen- 
dere.  5.  >S'2C?6^.  6.  Tollere.  7.  /S'^are.  8.  Similis. 
9.  Omit.     10.  C«JcZcr6. 

3.  Being-asked  ^  then  ^  by  a  friend  ^  who  had  happened  * 
in  what  ^  he  was-about :  ^  "  I  am  exacting  ^  penalty,"  ^  said 
he,  "  from  ^  a  passionate  ^^  man."  " 

1.  Interrogare.  2.  Deinde.  3.  Amicus.  4.  Happened 
in  ■=.  forte  intervenire.  5.  ^za's.  6.  Agere.  7.  Exigere. 
8.  Poena,  plural.     9.  .46.     10.  Iracundus.     11.  Homo. 


80     >,:! j"^  :  EXAMINATION  PAPERS. 

XXIII. 

1.  While^  this  ^  was  ^  done  at  Yeii/  meantime  ^  the 
citadel  ^  at  Kome  was  in  great  ^  danger.^ 

1.  Dum.  2.  Hie  (neuter  plural).  3.  Agere.  4.  Veii, 
Veiorum.  5.  Interim.  6.  Arx.  7.  Ingens.  8.  Perieu- 
lum. 

2.  For  ^  the  Gauls,^  having  ^  observed  a  human  *  track,^ 
climbed-up  ^  to  the  top '''  in  a  glimmering  ^  night  ^  in  such  ^^ 
silence  "  that  ^2  they  not  ^^  only  escaped-the-notice-of  ^^  the 
guards/^  but  ^^  did  not-even  ^^  rouse  ^^  the  dogs/^  —  a 
creature  ^^  on-the-alert  ^^  for  ^^  noises  ^^  at  night.^^ 

1.  Namque.      2.  Gallus.      3.  Notare  (ablative  absolute). 

4.  Humamis.'  5.  Vestigium.  6.  Evader e.  7.  Summits j 
neuter.  8.  SuUustris.  9.  iVoa;.  10.  Tantus.  11.  /S'^Ye^i- 
^mm.  12.  f/?^.  13.  iVoTi  solum.  14.  Fallere.  15.  Custos. 
16.  >Sed  17.  iVe  —  quidem.  18.  Exciiare.  19.  Canis. 
20.  Animal.  21.  Sollicitus.  22.  -4^.  23.  Stre;pitus. 
24.  Nocturnus. 

XXIV. 

1.  Death  ^  alone  ^  confesses  ^  how  puny  ^  are  the  bodies  ^ 
of  men.^ 

1.  ifors.  2.  >S'ote.  3.  Fateor.  4.  Quantidus.  5.  (Tbr- 
jpiiscidum.     6.  Homo. 

2.  There  ^  is  nothing*^  better^  than  agriculture,*  nothing 
sweeter,^  nothing  worthier  ^  of  a  free  ^  man. 

1.    Omit.       2.    iV^7^^7.       3.     Bonus.       4.    Agricidtura. 

5.  JDidcis.     6.  Dignus.     7.  Ziber. 

3.  When  ^  Livius  Salinator  was  ^  going  out  of  the  city  ^ 
to  *  carry  on  war  ^  against  ^  Hasdrubal,  Fabius  advising  ^ 
him  to  ascertain  ^  the  strength  ^  of  the  enemy  ^*^  first/^  he 


LATIN   COMPOSITI 


answered  ^^  that  he  would  not  let  ^^  a  chance  ^^  for  fighting  ^^ 


pass.^^ 

1.  Cum.  2.  Egrecli  (with  ablative).  3.  Urhs.  4  Gerere. 
5.    Belhiin.      6.    Adversus.      7.    Moneo,  ablative  absolute. 

8.  Agnoscere.  9.  F^s  (plural).  10.  Host  is.  11.  Prius. 
12.  Besjjondeo.  13.  Omitto.  14.  Occasio.  15.  Fugno 
(genitive  of  gerund). 

XXV. 

1.  During  ^  these  events,^  horsemen  ^  had  been  sent  *  to 
Alba,  to^  transport^  the  populace^  to  Eome.  Then  le- 
gions^ were  brought  ^  for  the-purpose^  of  destroying  ^^  the 
city. 

2.  When  these  ^  entered  ^^  the  gates/^  there  was  not  that 
commotion ^^  such^'*  as  is  apt^^  to  belong-to^®  captured" 
cities,  when,  on-the-capture  ^^  of  the  citadel  ^^  by  force,^*' 
the  rush  ^^  of  armed  ^^  men  ^  through  the  city  confounds  '^ 
all  things ; 

3.  but  a  sad  ^^  silence  ^^  so  enchained  ^^  the  minds  ^^  of 
all,  that,  forgetting  ^^  what  to  leave,^^  what  to  take  ^^  with 
them,  they  stood  ^^  on  the  thresholds,^^  or  wandered  ^^ 
through  their  homes.^ 

1.  Inter.  2.  Omit.  3.  Eqiics.  4  Mitto.  5.  Express 
by  a  relative  clause.     6.  Traduco.     7.  Midtitudo.     8.  Legio. 

9.  Ducoi  10.  Dirito.  11.  Intro.  12.  Porta.  13.  Tic- 
midtus.  14  Qualis.  15.  aS'o/co.  16.  Expressed  by  the 
case  of  "cities."  17.  Cajpio.  18.  Express  by  a  passive 
verb.  19.  Arx.  20.  Vis.  21.  Cnrsus.  22.  Armo. 
23.  if^sceo.  24.  ^r^s^^s.  25.  Silentmm.  26.  Z^e^^o. 
27.  Animus.  28.  Ohliviscor.  29.  Belinqiio.  30.  i^<3ro. 
31.  /S'i^o.     32.  Limen.     33.  Pervagor.     34.  Domus. 


82  EXAMINATION   PAPERS. 

XXVI. 

1.  Wlienever^  the  spring ^  had-set-in,^  Verres  devoted* 
himself  to  journeyings,^  in  which  he  showed^  himself  so- 
very  ^  energetic  ^  that  nobody  ^.  ever  ^"  saw  ^^  him  sitting  ^ 
on  ^^  a  horse.^* 

1.  Cum.  2.  Ver.  3.  Cmpit  esse.  4.  Do.  5.  /^er. 
6.  Frceheo.  7.  ?7s^we  eo.  8.  Impiger.  9.  Nemo.  10.  t^Ti- 
^2t<xm.     11.    FifZco.     12.  /S'f^c^eo.     13.  In.     14.  Equus. 

2.  For  he  used  to  ride^  in  a  sedan  and  eight,  in  which 
there  was  a  cushion  ^  stuffed  ^  with  rose-leaves.*  Moreover,^ 
he  had  ^  one  ''  garland  ^  on  his  ^  head/^  another  ^^  on  his  ^ 
neck,^ ^  and  ever-and-anon  ^^  he  gave  ^*  his  nose  a  little-net  ^^ 
of  the  finest  ^^  of  thread/^  with  tiny  ^^  meshes/^  full  ^o  of 
rose-leaves. 

1.  To  ride  in  a  sedan  and  &i^i,  Lectica  octoplioro  ferri. 

2.  Pulvimis.  3.  Farcio.  4.  J?osa  (singular).  5.  Aittem. 
6.  Haheo.  7.  ^J^i/^s.  8.  Corona.  9.  Omit.  10.  Caput. 
11.  ^Z^er.  12.  Collnm.  13.  Identidem.  14.  ^c?  ?i<x?'65 
sihi  admovere.  15.  Beticidum.  16.  Tennis.  17.  Zi7ium. 
18.  Minutus.     19.  Macula.     20.  Plenus. 

XXVII. 

1.  Nasica  when^  he  had  come  to  Ennius's^  and  the  girl^ 
had  told  him  that  Ennius  was  not  at  home,  was  aware* 
that  she  had  said  it  at  her  master's^  order,^  and  that  he  was 
at  home.  A  few"^  days  after  when^  Ennius  had  come  to^ 
Nasica's,  Nasica  cries  out^  that  he  is  not  at  home.  Then^ 
Ennius:  "What!  don't  I  know^^  your  voice  ?"^i  Here- 
upon'2  ISTasica:  "You  are  a  shameless^^  fellow;^*  I  be- 
lieved ^^  your  girl,  don't  you  believe  me  ? " 

1.  Cum.     2.  Come    to    Ennius's,    venire    ad    Ennium. 

3.  Ancilla.    4.  Se^itio.     5.  Dominus.     6.  Jussic  (ablative). 


LATIN   COMPOSITION.  83 

7.  Paucits.    8.  Exclamo.    9.  Turn.    10.  Cognosco.    11.  Vox. 
12.  Z^i'c.     13.  Injpudens.     14.  Homo.     15.  Credo. 

2.  It  was  more^  important ^  for  the  Athenians  to  have 
solid ^  roofs*  on^  their ^  houses'^  than  the  loveliest^  ivory ^ 
statue ^^  of  Minerva.  Still^^  I  would  rather  be  Phidias ^^ 
than  the  best  possible  ^^  carpenter.^* 

1.  Plus.  2.  It  is  important,  interest.  3.  Firmus. 
4.  Tectum.  5.  In.  6.  Omit.  7.  Domieilium.  8.  Pidcher 
(superlative).  9.  "  Of  ivory,"  ex  and  ebur.  10.  Signum. 
11.  Tamen.  12.  Phidias,  Phidioe.  13.  Fe^  with  superla- 
tive of  tonus.     14.  Fahcr  tignarius. 

XXYIII. 

1,  At  the  same^  time^  King  Attains,  having  gone^  from 
Thebes*  to  Pergamus,  dies^  in  his  seventy-second  year,^ 
after ^  reigning^  four-and-forty  years.  To  this  man  fortune^ 
had  given  no  claim  ^*^  but^^  wealth ^^  toward  ^^  the  hope^*  of 
the  throne. ^^ 

1.  Idem.  2.  Tempus.  3.  Proficiscor.  4.  Thehce,  The- 
harum.  5.  Morior.  6.  Annus.  7.  Cu7n  (hterally,  "  when 
he  had  reigned  ").  8.  Regno.  9.  Fortuna.  10.  Xo  claim, 
nihil.  11.  Prcetcr.  12.  Divitice.  13.  Ad.  14.  SjJcs. 
15.  Regnum. 

2.  By  usingi  this^  at  once^  economically*  and^  in  prince- 
ly style ^  he  brought  it  to  pass^  that  he  seemed^  not  unwor- 
thy^ of  the  throne.  Then,^  after  the  Gauls  were  conquered^*' 
in  a  single  ^^  battle,^^  he  assumed  ^^  the  name^*  of  King.^^ 

1.  Utor.  2.  Eefers  to  divitice.  3.  At  once  .  .  and,  si- 
mid  .  .  simul.  4.  Prudentcr.  5.  In  princely  style,  7nag- 
mfice.     6.  Bring  it  to  pass,  efficio.     7.    Videor.     8.  Indig- 


84  EXAMINATION  PAPERS. 

nus.      9.   Deinde.     10.    Viiico.     11.    Unus.     12.   Frodium. 

13.  Adscisco.     14.  Nomen.     15.  Begins,  -a,  -um. 

3.  He  ruled  1  his  subjects ^  with  perfect^  justice,*  he 
showed^  unparalleled^  fidelity^  to  his  allies,^  he  was  cour- 
teous^ to  wife^^  and  children/^  —  four  he  left^^  surviving,^^ 
—  gentle^*  and  generous ^^  to  friends.-^^ 

1.  Bcgo.  2.  Biius,  -a,  -um.  3.  Sunijna.  4.  Justitia. 
5.  Prcesto.  6.  Unicus.  7.  Fides.  8.  Socius.  9.  Comis. 
10.   Uxor.    11.  Liheri.    12.  Belinqiio.    13.  Superstes,  -stitis, 

14.  if^^^5.     15.  Munificus.     16.  Amicus. 


LATIN   GRAMMAR.  85 


LATIN    GEAMMAR. 

I. 

1.  Decline  career,  cleus,  areus,  dies,  giving  tlie  gender  of 
each,  with  the  rule  for  it,  and  marking  the  quantities  of 
penultimate  and  final  syllables  in  all  the  cases. 

2.  Give  the  gender  of  via,  gladiiis,  Tiberis,  with  the  rule 
for  each.  Give  Ablative  singular  of  sedile,  turris  ;  Genitive 
plural  of  mr,  pater,  hostis,  equa. 

3.  Decline  alter,  alacer,  iste.  Compare  gracilis,  inf erics, 
ingens,  malus ;  compare  jprope,  and  the  adverbs  formed 
from  acer,  alius. 

4.  Give  principal  parts  of  pono,  sedeo,  domo,  mncio. 
Give  Future  Active  Participle  and  Future  Passive  Participle 
of  pono,  and  Pluperfect  Active  Second  Person  Plural  of 
sedeo,  marking  the  quantities  of  all  the  syllables  of  both 
verbs.     Inflect  the  Present  Indicative  of  eo  ;  of  nolo. 

5.  Name  some  classes  of  verbs  followed  by  the  Genitive, 
by  the  Dative,  by  the  Ablative,  by  two  Accusatives.  Give 
some  of  the  rules  for  the  Subjunctive  after  Eelative  Pro- 
nouns ;  for  its  use  after  Particles.  How  is  not  expressed 
with  the  Imperative  ?     How  is  a  Wish  expressed  ? 

II 

1.  Before  what  vowels  have  g  and  c  a  soft  sound  ? 
"What  is  the  gender  of  Januarius  ?  of  Corinthus  ?  of  Aquilo  ? 
Give  the  rule  for  each.  What  is  an  Epicene  Noun  ? 
What  words  are  naturally  neuter  ?  What  is  Declension  ? 
What  are  some  of  the  general  rules  for  Declension  ?  Which 
apply  to  all  nouns  ? 


86  EXAMINATION  PAPERS. 

2.  Decline  dea,  Penelope,  vir,  vis,  harhiton,  sedile.  When 
does  the  Nominative  plural  of  the  third  declension  end  in 
-m  ?  Give  the  three  general  rules  for  gender  in  nouns  of 
the  third  declension.  What  is  the  gender  of  tellus,  legio, 
arundo,  amnis  ?  Give  the  rule  for  each.  Decline  damns, 
hos,  Vergilius.  What  are  the  Heterogeneous  Nouns,  and 
Heteroclites  ?  Give  some  examples  of  each.  Give  the 
rule  for  the  derivation  of  Patronymics ;  of  Diminutives. 
What  do  the  terminations  -ium,  -arium,  -He,  in  nouns 
denote  ? 

3.  Decline  alius,  quisquam,  ho.  Give  the  rules  for  com- 
paring adverbs.  What  is  a  Gerund  ?  a  Gerundive  ?  a 
Supine  ?  a  Participle  ?  Give  the  synopsis  of  possum  in  the 
Third  Person  Singular  throughout  the  verb.  Inflect  the 
Imperatives,  Active  and  Passive,  of  moneo,  amo,  capio,  audio. 
What  are  Irregular  Verba  ?  Give  the  list  of  them.  What 
compounds  oifacio  have/c^  in  the  passive  ?  How  do  you 
form  Frequentative  Verbs  ?  how  Inceptives  ?  how  Inten- 
sives  ?     How  are  adverbs  fo^rmed  from  adjectives  ? 

4.  What  does  ultimus  mean  ?  What  do  hie  and  Hie 
mean  when  used  together  ?  Explain  all  the  uses  of  suus 
which  you  know.  When  is  the  Nominative  of  the  Third 
Person  wanting  ?  Translate  in  two  ways,  "  A  w^oman  of 
remarkable  beauty  "  {femina,  maximus,  pulchritudo).  Ex- 
plain the  Genitive, — ^j'^-^VZze  ejus  diei.  How  do  you  translate 
the  name  of  a  town  to  which  motion  proceeds  ?  How  from 
which  ?  How  the  name  of  a  town  where  an  event  occurs  ? 
How  in  each  case  if  the  name  of  the  place  is  not  the 
name  of  a  town  ? 

5.  Tell  all  the  ways  in  which  a  voluntary  agent  can  be 
translated.  Translate,  "  We  pity  (miseret)  them."  When 
is  the  Passive  Voice  followed  by  the  Accusative  of  the 


LATIN   GRAMMAR.  87 

tiling  ?  What  is  Synecdoche  ?  How  do  you  translate 
expressions  denoting  time  how  long,  and  time  at  which 
something  happens  ?  What  cases  follow  potior,  ficlo,  doceo, 
'pdo,  juvat,  voco  ?  Wliat  two  different  Ablative  construc- 
tions may  follow  a  comparative  ?  In  what  senses  does  ut 
take  the  Subjunctive  ?  in  what  the  Indicative  ?  What  con- 
struction follows  prmsqua7n,  quin,  cum  ?  Mention  four 
cases  of  a  Subjunctive  after  qui. 

6.  Tell  all  the  ways  you  know  of  translating  a  clause 
denoting  a  purpose  into  Latin.  When  is  the  Infinitive 
used  without  a  subject  ?  State  the  use  of  the  Genitive, 
Dative,  Accusative,  and  Ablative  of  Gerunds.  What  is  the 
general  order  of  words  in  a  Latin  sentence  ? 

7.  Give  the  rules  for  Increment  in  nouns  and  verbs. 
When  do  two  consonants  lengthen  the  preceding  vowel  ? 
Give  the  general  rules  for  the  quantity  of  final  syllables. 

IIL 

1.  Decline  honos.  What  is  its  gender  ?  Why  ?  Is  this 
gender  natural  or  grammatical,  and  what  is  the  difference 
between  these  two  classes  of  genders  ?  Mention  some 
classes  of  nouns  which  are  masculine  from  their  signifi- 
cation. Some  which  are  feminine.  How  do  neuter  nouns 
of  the  third  declension  end  ?  Decline  any  one  you  think 
of.     How  do  you  distinguish  the  declensions  of  nouns  ? 

2.  Decline  duo.  Decline  levior.  Of  what  degree  of 
comparison  is  it?  Give  the  other  degrees  of  comparison 
of  the  same  word.  Compare  magnus.  Mention  other  ad- 
jectives which  are  irregular  in  their  comparison. 

3.  Decline  iim.  Give  all  genders  of  the  ISTominative 
singular  of  quis.     Of  the  Interrogative  qui.    Decline  siqiois. 

4.  What  is  an  Irregular  Verb  ?     Give  a  synopsis  of  the 


88  EXAMINATION  PAPERS. 

verb  esse.  Write  out  the  Present  tense  of  this  verb  in  all 
modes  and  persons.  How  do  you  distinguish  the  conju- 
gations ?  What  are  the  principal  stems  of  verbs  ?  Give 
the  terminations  of  the  First  Person  Indicative  of  a  verb  of 
the  third  conjugation  in  all  the  tenses.  What  is  a  Fre- 
quentative Verb  ? 

5.  What  is  the  Increment  of  a  verb?  What  is  the 
quantity  of  verbal  increments  ?  What  is  the  general  rule 
for  the  quantity  of  the  increments  of  nouns  ? 

IV. 

1.  Give  the  three  general  rules  for  the  gender  of  nouns 
of  the  third  declension.  Gender  and  rule  for  Boreas,  manus, 
res,  virtus. 

2.  Decline  the  following  nouns,  marking  the  quantities 
of  the  penultimate  and  final  syllables  in  all  the  cases: 
imago,  domus,  poema,  respuhlica,  juvenis. 

3.  Decline  tu,  iiierque,  aliquis,  hrevior.  Compare  cle- 
mens,  par,  diu.  What  does  the  termination  -He  in  nouns 
denote  ?  -lentus  in 'adjectives  ? 

4.  Give  principal  parts  of  juvo,  resisto,  spondeo,  liaiirio, 
marking  the  quantities  of  all  the  syllables  in  all  the  forms. 
Inflect  the  Perfect  Active  Indicative  of  resisto,  Imperative 
Active  and  Passive  of  lumrio.  Give  the  synopsis  of  fio  in 
the  present  stem. 

5.  Give  several  cases  of  nouns  which  follow  the  verb 
sum,  and  the  rules  for  them.  What  cases  follow  utor,  re- 
corder, parco,  poenitet  ?  What  cases  do  the  prepositions 
super,  prce,  inter,  govern  respectively  ?  How  is  a  Purpose 
expressed  ? 

V. 
1.  Decline  the  following  nouns,  marking  the  quantity  of 


LATIN   GRAMMAR.  89 

the  penultimate  and  final  syllables  through  all  the  cases  : 
ala,  genius,  pars,  conclave,  acus,  cedes.  Give  the  gender  of 
each  noun,  with  rule  for  it. 

2.  Decline  the  adjectives  acer  andfaciHs;  the  pronouns 
quiclam  and  uter.  CoTn^Sive  ccce7%  fcccilis,felix,  malus.  Form 
adverbs  from  pulcher  and  prndens,  and  compare  them. 
How  do  you  express  in  Latin  jive,  fifth,  and  five  times  ? 

3.  Give  the  principal  parts  of  the  following  verbs,  marking 
the  quantity  of  all  the  syllables  :  sto,  torqiteo,  caclo,  ca:clo, 
cedo,  ordior.  '  Inflect  the  Perfect  Subjunctive  Active  of 
cedo,  and  the  Present  Imperative  Passive  of  ordior,  mark- 
ing the  quantities  throughout. 

4.  What  case  or  cases  follow  pudet,  fungor,  prcesum, 
doceo  ?  Translate  into  Latin :  1.  He  asked  (rogo)  him 
whether  {num)  Caius  had  come  (yenio).  2.  He  said  {clico) 
that  Caius  would  come.  3.  He  orders  {impero)  Caius  to 
come.  4.  He  was  hindered  {impedio)  by  Caius  from  {quo- 
minus)  coming.  5.  He  was  waiting  {ppperior)  until  [diiifri) 
Caius  should  come.  6.  No  one  {nemo)  waited  who  was 
able  {possum)  to  come.  7.  If  he  had  waited,  I  should  not 
have  come.  8.  Would  that  {utinam)  Caius  w^ould  come. 
9.  Do  not  come,  Caius. 

VI. 

1.  Decline  virtus,  clomus,  p)ucr,  calcar,  giving  the  gender 
of  each  with  the  rule  for  it,  and  marking  the  quantity  of  the 
penultimate  and  final  syllables  in  all  the  cases. 

2.  Give  the  gender  of  juvenis,  canon,  ratio,  flos,  with  the 
rule  for  each.  Give  the  Ablative  singular  of  Anchises,  aper, 
tribus  ;  Genitive  plural  of  nubes,  respuilica,  mater. 

3.  Decline  piger,  gravior,  ambo,  quisque.  Compare  frugi, 
humilis,  and  the  adverbs  formed  from  acer,  durus. 


90  EXAMINATION   PAPERS. 

4.  Give  the  principal  parts  of  veto,  lacesso,  pendo,  pendeo, 
sepelio,  mentior.  Mark  the  quantity  of  all  the  syllables 
of  the  verbal  forms  adjuvare  (from  adjuvo),  tetenderitis 
(from  tendo),  and  give  all  the  voices,  moods,  tenses,  num- 
bers, and  persons  in  which  they  may  be  found.  Inflect  the 
Future  Perfect  Indicative  Passive  of  moneo,  marking  the 
quantity  of  all  the  syllables. 

5.  Translate  into  Latin  in  as  many  ways  as  you  are  able : 

1.  He  sent  (initto)  men  to  seek  {p)eto)  an  oracle  (praculum)^ 

2.  He  heard  {audio)  that  Caius  had  fled  {fugio).  3.  He 
feared  (timco)  that  Caius  had  fled.  4.  He  was  angry  {iras- 
coT)  that  Caius  had  fled.  What  cases  follow  the  prepo- 
sitions prce,  suh,  inter,  respectively  ?  Give  the  rules  which 
you  remember  for  the  Dative  after  verbs. 

VII. 

1.  Decline  filia,  vesper,  navis,  nemus,  domus  ;  mark  the 
quantity  of  the  penultimate  and  final  syllables  through  all 
the  cases ;  give  the  gender  of  each  noun,  with  the  rule. 
Give  the  rules  for  the  formation  of  the  Genitive  plural  of 
the  third  declension.  How  are  the  Diminutives  formed 
from  nouns  ? 

2.  Decline  crudelis,  unus,  duo,  idem,  aliquis ;  compare 
crudelis,  facilis,  superus,  vetus.  What  are  the  meanings 
respectively  of  the  terminations  -osus  {e.g.  vinosus),  -His 
(e.  g.  mohilis),  ~ax  {e.  g.  fallax)  ?  Give  the  Latin  for  a  hun- 
dred, two  hundred,  and  so  on  to  nine  huridred  inclusive. 
Mark  the  quantity  of  the  penultimate  and  final  syllables 
in  all  the  Latin  words  given  in  this  section. 

8.  Give  the  principal  parts  of  juvo,  veho,  sentio,  ceTiseo, 
ccedo,  audeo.  Inflect  tile  Present  Subjunctive  Passive  of 
juvo  ;  the  Perfect  Subjunctive  Active  of  veho  ;  the  Future 


LATIN   GRAMMAR.  91 

Indicative  Passive  of  ccedo ;  the  Imperfect  Subjunctive 
Active  of  volo.  Mark  the  quantity  of  the  penultimate  and 
final  syllables. 

4.  What  case  or  cases  respectively  follow  the  verbs 
vendo,  dono,  pcenitet,  rogo,  solvo,  condemno  ?  Translate  into 
Latin  :  He  orders  (impero)  Caius  to  be  present  (adsum). 
He  feared  {metuo)  that  Caius  was  not  present.  He  sent 
(mitto)  Caius  to  be  present.  He  was  angry  (irascor)  be- 
cause (quod)  Caius  was  present.  He  is  happy  (heatus) 
provided  {dummodo)  Caius  is  present.  He  did  not  know 
(nescid)  on  what  day  (dies)  Caius  was  present.  Wliere 
may  the  csesural  pause  occur  in  the  dactylic  hexameter  ? 

VIII. 

1.  Decline  the  following  nouns,  giving  the  gender  of  each 
with  the  rule,  and  marking  the  quantity  of  the  penultimate 
and  final  syllables  in  all  the  cases  :  vir,  Boreas,  imago, 
murmur,  fides,  rus,  portus. 

2.  What  is  denoted  by  the  terminations  -mentum  (e.  g. 
documentum  from  doceo),  -or  (e.  g.  fautor  from  faveo),  -idus 
(e.  g.  calidus  from  caleo)  ?  Compare  dexter,  frugi,  sacer, 
juvenis,  merito,  and  the  adverbs  from  alacer  and  cege7\ 

3.  Decline  integer,  alius,  dispar,  plus,  marking  the  quan- 
tity as  in  section  one.     Decline  iste,  meus,  q^ddain. 

4.  Mark  the  quantity  of  all  the  syllables  of  the  verbal 
forms  in  this  section  (4).  Give  the  principal  parts  of  the 
following  verbs:  amhio,  sto,  maneo,  arcesso.^  Give  a  sy- 
nopsis oifio  in  the  present  stem.  Inflect  the  Future  Perfect 
Indicative,  Active  and  Passive,  of  ca^do.  In  what  places 
can  capere  be  found  ?  In  what  places  venimus,  and  how 
distinguished  by  difference  of  quantity  ? 

5.  By  what  cases  may  sum  be  followed  ?     Translate  :  He 


92  EXAMINATION  PAPERS. 

knew  (scio)  that  Caius  was  coming  (venio).  He  begged 
(pro)  Caius  to  come.  He  feared  (timeo)  that  Caius  would 
not  come.  He  sent  {mitto)  men  to  hinder  (ohsto)  Caius 
from  coming.  Explain  the  use  of  ille,  is,  hie,  iste,  ipse,  sui. 
Give  some  of  the  rules  for  the  case  of  a  noun  referrincr 

o 

to  the  same  person  or  thing  as  a  preceding  noun. 

IX. 

1.  Decline  Annius,  radix,  fons,  flos,  exemplar,  manus. 
Give  the  gender  of  each,  with  the  rule.  Give  the  rules 
for  the  formation  of  the  Ablative  singular  of  the  third  de- 
clension. What  are  the  meanings  of  the  endings  -mentum 
(e.  g.  impedimenta),  -hidum  {e.  g.  pabulum),  -tor  (e.  g.  doc- 
tor),  -etitm  (e.  g.  rosetum)  ? 

2.  Decline  alacer,  sitp>p)lex,  iste,  qualis,  icnusqicisqice. 
Compare  a^ger,  suavis,  dives.  What  is  the  Latin  for  four, 
forty,  four  hundred,  fourth,  fortieth,  four  hundredth  ?  What 
is  the  significance  of  the  ending  -ax  (e.  g.  ferax)  ?  -cundus 
{e.  g.  vereeundus)  ? 

3.  Give  the  principal  parts  of  cupio,  cuho,  tego,  foveo, 
vincio,  veho.  Inflect  the  Future  Indicative  of  redco  and 
morior ;  and  the  Present  Subjunctive  of  susp)icor  and  malo. 

4.  Give  all  the  rules  for  the  construction  of  names  of 
towns.  W^hat  classes  of  verbs  in  Latin  are  constructed 
with  the  Genitive  case  ?  Wliat  classes  with  the  Ablative  ? 
What  is  the  difference  of  meaning  between  the  Imperfect 
and  Pluperfect  tenses  of  the  Subjunctive  in  Conditional 
Sentences  ?  How  are  clauses  in  English  introduced  by 
that  to  be  translated  into  Latin  ?  What  is  the  difference 
between  nc  and  ut  non  ?  Write  down  the  following  words 
in  four  columns,  and  mark  the  quantity  of  every  syllable : 
fieri,  arhores,  hahere,  desinit,  flebat,  venerunt,  eveho,  lahorat, 


LATIN   GRAMMAR.  93 

improhus,  dederint,  perhrevis,  diei,  vidrices,  congredi,  nomen, 
dedccori,  cupidine,  auditur,  iioii,  ahstulerunt,  peritus,  7xqui- 
reres,  dirutus,  maritimus. 

X. 

^  1.  Decline  locus,  sol,  vis,  mare,  motus.  Give  the  gender 
of  each  with  the  rule.  What  classes  of  nouns  of  the 
third  declension  form  their  Genitive  plural  in  -ium. 

2.  Decline  ^der.  Give  the  Ablative  singular  and  Geni- 
tive plural  of  celeber,  crudclis,  supplex.  Compare  cams, 
hnmilis,  p)aTvus.  Form  adverbs  from  ceger  and  crudelis, 
and  compare  them.  Give,  in  Latin,  the  multiples  of  ten 
from  twenty  to  one  hundred  inclusive.     Decline  cdiquis. 

3.  Give  the  principal  parts  of  vcrto,  veto,  gatcdeo,  vincio, 
vinco.  Inflect  the  singular  of  the  Present  Subjunctive 
Active  of  vcrto  and  veto ;  of  the  Future  Indicative  Pas- 
sive of  vincio ;  and  of  the  Imperfect  Subjunctive  of  co. 

4.  What  Latin  prepositions  are  followed  by  the  Ablative 
case  ?  By  what  case  are  in  and  suh  followed  ?  With  what 
case  or  cases  are  the  following  verbs  respectively  con- 
structed :  impero,  pudet,  docco,  obliviscor,  ignosco  .?  What 
do  litinam  aclsit  and  utinarii  adessct  respectively  mean  ? 
Give  the  rules  for  the  Subjunctive  mood  in  the  following 
sentences  :  1.  Nemo  est  qui  te  non  metuat.  2.  Fortis  est  qui 
te  non  metuat.  3.  Dicit  adesse  hominem  qui  te  non  metuat. 
Write  out  the  following  words,  and  mark  the  quantity  of 
all  the  syllables :  transituros,  susttdit,  oceanus,  congredi, 
virorum,  reducit,  tradiderint,  mare,  Ccesare,  ruina,  humilis, 
victrices,  acceperas,  Jiostilis,  ratus,  nemini,  tenebris,  religiice, 
nominee,  reqiciris,  grccviora,  distrahit,  antiqiius,  mentititr. 

XL 

1.  Decline    triumvir,  crinis,  dies,  cuhile,  imago,  domus. 


94  EXAMINATION  PAPERS. 

Give  the  gender  of  each  noun,  with  the  rule.  Oive  the 
rules  for  the  formation  of  the  Genitive  plural  of  the  third 
declension.  Give  the  meaning  of  the  terminations  -He  {e.  g. 
caprile),  -mm  {e.  g.  collegium). 

2.  Decline  totus,  dulcis,  j^tlus,  quisquam.  Compare  cajjax, 
nequam,  pauper.  Give  the  Latin  for  ten  and  multiples  of 
ten  as  far  as  one  hundred.  Form  adjectives  from  Boma, 
Athence,  civis. 

3.  Give  the  principal  parts  of  depromo,  jaceo,  mrto,  or- 
dior,  jacio,  spondeo.  Inflect  the  Perfect  Subjunctive  Pas- 
sive of  audeo ;  the  Imperfect  Subjunctive  of  fio ;  the 
Present  Subjunctive  Passive  of  domo ;  the  Imperative  of 
ordior. 

4  Give  the  rules  for  the  cases  that  follow  the  verbs 
potior,  pudet,  doceo,  egeo,  ignosco.  Mention  the  various 
constructions  by  which  a  Purpose  may  be  expressed  in 
Latin.  Give  the  rules  for  the  use  of  the  Subjunctive  in 
Eelative  Clauses.  When  is  a  Dactylic  Hexameter  called 
Spondaic  ? 

XIL 

1.  Decline  Lucius,  puppis,  manus,  hos,  Septemher,  giving 
the  gender  of  each  noun  with  the  rule,  and  marking  the 
quantities  of  the  final  syllables  throughout  the  declension 
of  the  first  three.  Give  the  rules  for  the  genders  of  the 
following  nouns :  os,  sermo,  lapis,  dies,  exemplar. 

2.  Decline  acer,  par,  fortis,  idem.  Compare  similis, 
pulcher,  parvus.  What  are  the  meanings  of  the  termina- 
tions -lentus  (e.  g.  opulentus),  -ax  (e.  g.  minax),  -His  (e.  g. 
humilis)  ?  Give  the  Latin  for  eleven,  nineteen,  seventy-six  ; 
seven,  fourteenth,  twenty-fifth. 

3.  Give  the  principal  parts  of    Icedo,   sero,  seco,    ccedo, 


LATIN   GRAMMAR.  95 

gaudeo,  each.  Inflect  the  Present  Subjunctive  Active  of 
Icedo ;  the  Future  Passive  of  sero  ;  the  Imperative  Passive 
of  ccedo. 

4.  What  case  or  cases  follow  the  following  verbs  respec- 
tively :  condemno,  celo,  poenitet,  pareo,  interest  ?  Write  in 
Latin  "  at  Cannse  " ;  "  to  Cannae  " ;  "  from  Cannse  "  ;  "  at 
Eome."  Translate  :  1.  Si  Csesar  adest,  Isetor.  2.  Si  adsit, 
laeter.  3.  Si  adesset,  Isetarer.  4.  Si  adfuisset,  Isetatus 
essem.     5.  Si  adfuerit,  Isetabor. 

XIIL 

1.  Write  down  the  following  words  and  mark  the  quan- 
tity of  the  penult,  giving  the  rules  of  prosody :  tempora, 
responderunt,  dederint^  discedo,  iniquus,  oceanus,  remanet, 
egi,  impedit,  manus,  hrevis,  cervices,  protulit,  nolite,  vectigal. 

2.  Meaning  of  termination  -etum  in  rosetum  ?  Of  -olus 
in  filiolus  ?     Of  -ax  in  loqiiax  ?   Of  -mentum  in  tegmentum  ? 

3.  Write  the  Perfects  and  Supines  of  diligo,  reperio,  ma- 
neo,  perfundo,  indidgeo,  cedo,  ccedo,  each,  moveo,  cognoseo. 

4.  Compare  aeer,  bene,  magnus,  similis,  gravis. 

5.  Give  the  Present  Subjunctive  and  Future  Indicative 
Third  Person  Singular  of  sum,  cerno,  eo,  mah,  caveo,  venio. 

6.  Decline  sedile,  f metres,  liomo,  vir,  ingeniiim,  melior. 

7.  Decline  aliquis,  alter,  ipse. 

8.  What  is  the  Latin  for  five?  Yov fifth?  For  five 
times  ?  For  fifty  ?  fiftieth  ?  fifty  times  ?  Write  in  Latin  : 
One  man  in  every  ten. 

XIV. 

1.  Give  the  gender  of  each  of  the  following  nouns,  and 
the  rule  for  it :  pax,  pactio,  manus,  munus,  salus,  ager,  pes. 

2.  Decline  the  following  nouns,  marking  the  quantity  of 


96  EXAMINATION  PAPERS. 

the  penultimate  and  final  syllables  in  each  form :  films,  iter, 
domus,  dies.  Give  the  rules  for  the  formation  of  the  Abla- 
tive singular  and  Genitive  plural  of  tlie  third  declension. 

3.  Decline  solus,  for  tis,  idem,  qiiidam.  Compare  in  gens, 
siniilis,  sacer.  Give  the  meanings  of  the  following  endings 
of  nouns  and  adjectives :  -ida  {cornicula),  -iimi  (^ministe- 
rium),  -etum  (saxetum),  -icius  {imtricius). 

4.  Give  the  principal  parts  of  the  verbs  fundo,  veto,  rerto, 
voveo,  sancio,  ccedo.  Give  the  Third  Person  Singular  of  the 
Present  Subjunctive  Active,  and  of  the  Future  Indicative 
Passive  of  veto,  verto,  and  sancio.  Inflect  the  Imperfect 
Subjunctive  Passive  of  facio,  and  the  Future  Indicative 
Active  of  transco. 

5.  By  what  cases  respectively  are  these  words  followed : 
occurro,  condeinno,  suh,  fruor,  noceo  ? 

XV. 

1.  Decline  ^ocma,  domus,  turris,  Baioe,  marking  the  quan- 
tity of  all  penultimate  and  final  syllables.  Give  the  gender 
of  each  and  the  rule.  Write  the  Vocative  singular  and 
the  Dative  and  Accusative  plural  of  dea,  genius,  loeus. 

2.  State  the  significance  of  the  terminations  in  vclii- 
cidiim,  orator,  virtus,  docilis.  Give  the  word  ^from  which 
each  is  derived,  and  the  rule  for  the  quantity  of  the  penult. 
Translate  istic,  istuc,  istinc.  What  kind  of  a  verb  is  cito  ? 
Account  for  the  quantity  of  its  penultimate  vowel.  Give 
the  principal  parts  of  tono,  ijotior,  vivo,  fido,  vincio,  and 
faveo. 

3.  What  case  or  cases  follow  similis,  fungor,  rccordor,  in, 
inter,  interest?  What  classes  of  verbs  are  followed  by 
both  Genitive  and  Accusative  ?  AVhat  two  constructions 
may  follow  circumdo  ? 


LATIN    GKAMMAR.  97 

4.  Give  the  rules  for  the  Subjunctive  after  lU,  ittinam, 
cum,  duTTiy  and  quod  (because).  What  is  the  meaning  of 
quominus,  and  after  what  expressions  is  it  used  ?  When 
may  an  Infinitive  with  its  Subject  Accusative  stand  inde- 
pendent in  a  sentence  ?  When  may  the  Subject  of  an  In- 
finitive be  in  the  ^Nominative  ? 

XVI. 

1.  Decline  deus,  alius,  tu,  siquis,  and  audax,  marking 
the  quantity  of  penultimate  and  final  syllables.  Compare 
audax,  midtus,  and  ncquam.  Compare  adverbs  formed 
from  aicdax,  tonus,  miser,  and  lionorijicus.  Give  the  rules 
for  the  gender  oi  formido,  caput,  ixtx,  fas,  and  Tiberis. 

2.  Inflect  the  Future  Indicative  and  Present  Subjunctive 
of  teneo,  gcro,  sto,  and  fio,  marking  the  quantity  of  all  the 
syllables.  Give  the  Infinitives  of  tollo  and  scribo.  Give 
all  the  Participles  of  haurio  and  orior.  Give  the  principal 
parts  of  uro,  vendo,  ixtro,  'pario,  parco,  memiui,  and  nan- 
ciscor. 

3.  AMiat  case  or  cases  follow  fido,  juhco,  memini,  prce- 
sum,  existimo,  2?oenitet,  contra,  clam,  and  the  interjection 
0  ?  By  what  two  cases  may  price  or  value  be  expressed, 
and  when  is  one  used  and  when  the  other  ?  What  case 
follows  the  comparative  when  quam  is  omitted  ?  When  is 
it  necessary  that  quam  be  expressed  ?  Give  five  important 
rules  for  the  Ablative  without  a  preposition  after  verbs. 

4.  When  is  ut  omitted  before  the  Subjunctive  ?  Give 
the  rules  for  the  Subjunctive  in  Pelative  Clauses.  Trans- 
late into  Latin,  "  The  plan  of  setting  the  city  on  fire/'  using 
first  the  Gerund  and  then  the  Gerundive.  Plan,  consilium. 
To  set  on  fire,  inflammare. 


98  EXAMINATION  PAPERS. 

XYII. 

1.  Decline  together  frater  meus.  Also  decline  in  the 
singular,  with  the  proper  gender  of  the  adjective  annexed, 
710X  (iinus),  fides  {Punicus),  mare  (^iterque),  Orion  (nimhosus), 
marking  the  quantity  of  penultimate  and  final  syllables. 
Decline  in  the  plural,  marking  the  quantities  in  the  same 
way,  ensis  (pugnax),  2^0Ttus  (tutus),  finis  (extremios),  mos 
(vetus).  Give  the  rule  for  the  gender  of  each  of  the  above 
nouns.  What  is  an  Epicene  Noun  ?  Give  the  significance 
of  the  terminations  -ax  in  (pugnax),  -osus  in  (nimhosus), 
also  of  -urio  in  (esicrio),  and  -sco  in  (rubesco).  Form  an 
abstract  noun  from  solus.  Compare  fugnax,  extremus, 
vetus.     Compare  adverbs  formed  from  carus,  malus,  similis. 

2.  Give  the  principal  parts  of  reperio,  o7rlior,  cupio, 
circumdo,  aufero,  tango,  arcesso,  marking  the  quantity  of 
the  penult.  Inflect  (marking  the  quantity  of  the  penult) 
the  Future  Active  Singular  of  maneo  and  venio  ;  and  the 
plural  of  the  Present  Subjunctive  Passive  of  facio  and 
peto.  Give  all  the  Infinitives  and  Participles  of  purge, 
pergo,  morior  ;  and  inflect  the  Imperative  Active  of  dico. 

3.  What  case  or  cases  follow  oh,  occurro,  moneo,  gaudeo, 
irascor,  suh,  pudet,  pro,  prceditus  ?  Give  the  rules  for 
verbs  which  govern  two  Accusatives.  In  what  ways  may 
the  agent  be  expressed  ?  State  in  what  ways  the  construc- 
tion of  names  of  towns  differs  from  that  of  other  names 
of  places.  Give  all  the  rules  for  the  Subjunctive,  denoting 
either  purpose  or  result ;  after  quasi  and  priusquam  ;  in 
the  Indirect  Discourse. 

XVIII. 

1.  Decline  together  in  the  singular  Jih^rc?/s  TuUius  Cicero 
senex.     In   the   same  way  dechne  (both  in  singidar  and 


LATIN   GRAMMAR.  99 

plural)  with  the  adjective  annexed  in  the  proper  gender, 
dies  {fastus),  flumen  (aureus) ;  in  the  plural :  arma  (victrix), 
dea  (immortcdis).  Mark  the  quantity  of  all  the  vowels  in 
the  above  nouns  and  adjectives.  State  the  significance  of 
the  terminations  -men  in  {fluinen),  -eus  in  {aureus),  trix 
in  (victrix)  What  classes  of  words  of  the  tliird  declension 
form  the  Ablative  in  -i  only  ? 

2.  Give  the  principal  parts  of  adjuvo,  nolo,  venio,  pads- 
car,  spe7mo,  foveo,  mordeo,  scindo,  marking  the  quantity  of 
the  penultimate  vowel.  Give  the  synopsis  of  mordeo  and 
jpaciscor  ;  give  all  the  Infinitives  and  Participles ;  and  inflect 
the  Imperatives. 

3.  Give  all  the  rules  you  remember  for  verbs  that  govern 
the  Dative.  State  the  case  or  cases  by  which  the  price, 
the  source,  time  when,  and  place  where  (including  names 
of  towns),  are  expressed,  and  give  the  rules.  Give  the 
rule  for  the  Subjunctive  in  the  following  sentences :  Quid 
enim,  Catilina,  est  quod  te  jam  in  hac  urbe  delectare  possit  ? 
Nunc  ego  mea  video  quid  intersit.  Supplicatio  decreta  est 
his  verbis  quod  urbem  incendiis  liberassem.  C.  Sulpicium 
misi  qui  ex  sedibus  Cethegi,  si  quid  telorum  esset,  efferret. 
0  fortunate  adolescens  qui  Homerum  prseconem  inveneris. 

XIX. 

1.  Decline  in  the  singular:  fades,  idem,  ovile,  sidus, 
filius.  DecHne  in  the  plural :  fortus,  dea,  navis.  Write  the 
gender  over  the  nouns  (rules  not  required),  and  mark  the 
quantity  of  all  penultimate  and  final  syllables.  1.  Give 
the  significance  of  the  terminations  -He  in  ovile  ;  -men  in 
gestamen.  2.  Form  an  abstract  noun  from  felix;  from 
ceger.  3.  Form  a  noun  denoting  the  masculine  agent  from 
adjuvo,  and  a  frequentative  verb  from  deo,  and  account  for 


100  EXAMINATION  PAPERS. 

the  quantity   of  their   penultimate  vowels.     4.  Compare 
humilis,  juvenis,  and  adverbs  formed  from  fdix  and  ceger, 

2.  1.  Give  the  principal  parts  of  caclo,  cccdo,  tono,  re- 
perio,  curro,  pasco,  paeiscor,  marking  the  quantity  of  the 
penult.  2.  Give  all  the  Infinitives  and  Participles  of  abeo, 
ulciscor  ;  the  Present  Indicative  of  fio  ;  the  Future  Indica- 
tive Active  and  the  Present  Subjunctive  Passive  of  munio, 
with  the  quantity  of  all  the  penults. 

3.  1.  What  case  or  cases  follow  super,  tenus,  recordor, 
fruor,  similis  ?  2.  Give  the  principal  parts  of  parco  and 
confido,  and  the  case  that  follows  each.  3.  Give  the  rules 
for  the  two  cases  after  p)udct,  d.o,  doceo,  moneo.  4.  Give 
the  Latin  for  ''at  home,"  "at  Carthage,"  "from  Carthage," 
"  from  Italy,"  "  to  Athens."  Tu  discessu  ceterorum  nostra 
tamen,  qui  remansissemus  csede  te  contentum  esse  dicebas. 
5.  Give  the  rules  for  discessu  and  ccede.  What  is  the 
antecedent  of  qui? 

4.  1.  Give  the  rules  for  the  Subjunctive  after  duiii,  cum^ 
quominus.  2.  Would  ne  or  ut  non  follow  o-estat  and  moneo, 
respectively  ?  Why  ?  Statuisti  quo  quemque  proficisci 
placeret,  ....  dixisti  paululum  tibi  esse  etiam  nunc 
morte,  quod  ego  viverem.  Reperti  sunt  duo  equites  Ro- 
mani  qui  te  ista  cura  liberarent,  Idoneus  est  qui  impetret 
quem  legatum  velit.  Exclusi  eos  quos  tu  ad  me  salutatum 
miseras.  3.  Explain  the  Subjunctives  in  the  above  sen- 
tences ;  the  tense  of  impetret.  4.  Give  the  rule  for  scdu- 
tectum. 

XX.  ^ 

1.  Decline  soror,  vir,  vis,  vidnus,  animal.  Give  the 
gender  of  each  of  these  nouns,  with  the  rule.  Mark  the 
quantity  of  all  the  penultimate  and  final  syllables  you  write 
in  this  section.  Give  the  Genitive  plural  of  gens  and  Jiostis, 
with  the  rules. 


LATIN   GRAMMAR.  101 

2.  Decline  sacer,  acer,  alius.  Compare  similis,  s^iperuSy 
parvus,  juvenis.  Form  and  compare  adverbs  from  aceVy 
alius.  Decline  idem,  tu,  and  aliquis.  Give  the  Latin 
numerals  for  sixty,  seventy,  eighty,  six  hundred,  seven  hundred, 
eight  liundred. 

3.  Give  the  principal  parts  of  vinco,  vincio,  spondeo, 
domo,  lacesso,  cxdo,  audco.  All  the  Participles  and  In- 
finitives of  adipiscor  and  fero.  The  Second  Person  Singular 
of  the  Future  Indicative  and  of  the  Imperfect  Subjunctive 
of  audeo,  audio,  fugio,  eo,  p^ossum,  volo.  Mark  all  penul- 
timate and  final  syllables  you  write  in  this  section. 

4.  How  is  price  or  value  expressed  in  Latin  ?  time  in 
which  ?  place  where  ?  Wliat  case  or  cases  follow  the  verbs 
miseret,  oUiviscor,  ignosco,fungor,  rogo,  respectively  ? 

5.  AVhat  is  a  Spondee  ?  an  Iambus  ?  What  is  an  Heroic 
Hexameter  ? 

XXL 

1.  Decline  mare,  pignus,  cor,  fructus.  Give  the  gender 
of  these  nouns,  with  the  rules.  Mark  the  quantity  of  any 
increments  that  occur  in  their  declension. 

2.  Compare  humilis,  niger,  makes.  Give  the  synopsis  of 
morior  and  gaudeo.  Give  the  Second  Person  of  the  Future 
Indicative,  and  of  the  Present,  Imperfect,  and  Perfect  Sub- 
junctive of  spero^fero,  volo,  in  the  Active  Voice.  The  same 
oifacio  and  audio  in  the  Passive.  Give  the  principal  parts 
oi  fateor,  tono,  pdo,  vincio,  colo,  tango. 

3.  Compare  diu.  Form  and  compare  an  adverb  from 
hrevis.  What  are  the  meanings  of  the  terminations  of 
copiosus,  civilis,  audacia,  victrix  ?  What  cases  follow  infero, 
pcenitet,  parco,  careo,  fruor,  tenax,  fretus,  in,  ante,  super  ? 

4.  How  is  the  place  to  which,  the  price,,  the  agent  of 
a  Passive  verb  expressed  in  Latin  ? 


102  EXAMINATION  PAPERS. 

5.  How  is  a  condition  contrary  to  the  fact  expressed  in 
Latin  ?  State  one  case  in  which  a  Eelative  Clause  requires 
the  Subjunctive.  One  case  where  the  Subjunctive  is  used 
in  Principal  Clauses.  What  is  a  Gerundive  ?  Give  an 
example. 

XXII. 

1.  Decline  Penelope,  mons,  cuhile,  and  give  the  gender 
with  the  rules.  Mark  the  quantity  of  penults  and  final 
syllables  of  the  above  words.  Decline  uterque.  Decline 
acer,  and  compare  it.  Torm  an  adverb  from  it,  and  com- 
pare it. 

2.  Compare  senex  and  munificus.  Give  the  derivation 
of  filiolits,  documentum,  queixetwn,  audax,  capesso,  and  the 
meaning  of  the  terminations.  Give  all  the  Participles  and 
Infinitives  of  vereor  and  ccedo,  and  mark  the  quantity  of 
the  penults.  Inflect  the  Imperative  of  fero,  ordior,  nolo, 
fateoT.  Give  the  Present  and  Imperfect  Subjunctive  First 
Person  Singular  of  adjuvo,  eo,  soleo,  Sindf  ugio,  marking  the 
quantity  of  the  penults.  Give  the  principal  parts  of  pario, 
pareo,  paro,  reddo,  redeo,  sitrgo,  and  of  the  compound  of  ah 
and  few. 

3.  What  case  or  cases  follow  refert,  irascor,  circiimdo  ? 
How  do  the  constructions  of  names  of  towns  differ  from 
those  of  other  words  ?  -How  is  the  degree  of  difference  ex- 
pressed in  Latin  ?  How  the  agent  by  the  participle  in  -dm  ? 
What  construction  is  used  after  verbs  of  Saying  ?  Verbs 
of  Fearing  ?  How  may  a  Purpose  be  expressed  ?  How 
does  a  Gerund  resemble  a  noun  ?  How  does  it  resemble  a 
verb  ?     How  does  the  Gerundive  differ  from  it  ? 

XXIIL 
1.  Decline  Jilius,  pectus,  manus,  animal.     Give  the  gen- 


LATIN   GRAMMAR.  103 

ders  and  mark  the  quantity  of  all  penultimate  and  final 
syllables.  Give  the  gender  and  the  Ablative  singular  and 
Genitive  plural  of  imago,  mons,  vis,  turris,  sedile.  Decline 
capccx,  ccger,  and  the  comparative  of  miser.  Compare  facilis, 
acer,  and  an  adverb  formed  from  piger.     Decline  iiterque. 

2.  Give  the  First  Person  of  the  Future  Indicative,  and  all 
tenses  of  the  Subjunctive  of  possum,  pario,  sono,  vereor,  eo, 
soleo.  Mark  quantities  of  penults.  Give  the  Infinitives 
and  Participles,  Active  and  Passive,  of  sjpondeo,  morior, 
paro,  qucero,  queror,  adipiscor. 

3.  Explain  the  force  of  the  derivative  terminations  in 
longitudo,  tenax,  vehiculum,  Friamides,  clamito,  vinolentuSy 
filiolus. 

4.  What  is  the  construction  in  Latin  of  the  place  in. 
which  (including  names  of  towns)  ?  the  price  or  value  ?  the 
degree  or  measure  of  difference  between  objects  compared  ? 
the  agent  in  the  Passive  Voice  ?  What  case  or  cases  follow 
credo,  pudet,  fungor,  refert,  aptus,  avidus,  dignus,  in,  pro, 
propter,  doceo,  condemno,  circumdo  ? 

5.  How  is  a  future  condition  with  its  conclusion  ex- 
pressed ?  How  a  condition  contrary  to  fact  ?  How  an  object 
clause  after  a  verb  of  Fearing  ;  of  Commanding  ;  of  Saying  ? 
Translate  cave  eas  and  explain  the  peculiarity.  When  can 
you  use  the  Gerundive  for  the  Gerund  ?  Give  an  example 
of  each.     Give  an  example  of  the  use  of  the  Supine. 

XXIV. 

1.  Decline  the  following  words,  and  give  their  genders 
respectively :  omts,  collis,  salus,  gradus.  Decline  felix,  qui- 
dam,  senex.  Compare  parvus,  heneficus.  Form  and  com- 
pare an  adverb  from  acer. 

2.  Give  a  synopsis  of  mordeo,  scio,  in  the  Active  Voice, 


104  EXAMINATION   PAPERS. 

and  of  liortoT,  orior,  folliceor,   nolo.     Give   the   priDcipal 
parts  of  'paro,  pario,  jparco,  ulciscor,  pango,  tollo. 

3.  What  are  the  meanings  of  the  derivative  terminations 
in  acritudo,  clamito,  vinculum,  loarvulus  ? 

4.  What  case  or  cases  follow  nioneo,  prosiim,  rogo,  in, 
prceter  ?  What  is  the  force  of  mim  in  a  question  ?  of  ne  ? 
Explain  the  mood  and  tense  of  mansisset  in,  "  Mansissetque 
utinam  fortuna."  Explain  the  mood  of  esset  and  the  case  of 
fronde  in  "  iS"os  delubra  miseri,  qiiibus  nltimns  esset  ille  dies 
velamus  fronde."  Explain  the  mood  oi  p)olliceantur  in  "  Ad 
eum  legati  veniunt,  qui  poUiceantur  obsides  dare."  With 
what  other  constructions  could  the  same  idea  be  expressed  ? 
What  is  the  use  of  the  supine  in  -um  ?  in  -u  1  Explain  con- 
struction of  Usui  and  fore  in  "  Magno  sibi  usui  fore  arbitra- 
batur."  Describe  the  feet  of  two  syllables.  Mark  the 
quantity  of  the  penults  and  last  syllables  in  the  above 
extracts. 

XXV. 

Translate  the  following^  extract:  — 

Imitatus  est  homo  Eomanus  veterem  ilium  Socratem, 
qui  cum  omnium  sapientissimus  esset  sanctissimeque  vixis- 
set,  ita  in  judicio  capitis  pro  se  ipse  dixit,  ut  non  supplex  aut 
reus  sed  magister  aut  dominus  videretur  esse  judicum  ;  quin 
etiam  cum  ei  scriptam  orationem  disertissimus  orator  Lysias 
attulisset,  quam  si  ei  videretur  edisceret  ut  ea  pro  se  in 
judicio  uteretur,  non  invitus  legit  et  commode  scriptam  esse 
dixit. 

Decline  xctercm,  magister,  jndicum,  ei. 

Compare  invitus,  sanctissime. 

Give  the  principal  parts  oi  imitatus,  vixisset,  aitulisset, 
edisceret,  utcrctur. 

Give  all  the  Participles  and  Infinitives  of  scriptam  esse. 


LATIN   GRAMMAR.  105 

WImt  are  the  derivations  of  Romanus,  orationem,  orator, 
and  the  meaning  of  the  derivative  terminations  in  each  ? 

What  is  the  construction  (i.  e.  where  are  they  made  and 
why)  of  omnium,  se,  videretur  (in  each  of  the  two  cases), 
edisceret,  ea,  scriptam  esse,  ei  (first  one),  attulisset  ? 

What  are  the  principal  rules  for  the  change  from  Direct 
Discourse  to  Indkect  ? 

XXVI. 

Translate :  — 

Sin  autem  quis  requirit,  quae  causa  nos  impulerit,  ut  hsec 
tani  sero  literis  mandaremus,  nihil  est,  quod  expedire  tarn 
facile  possimus.  Nam,  cum  otio  langueremus,  et  is  esset 
reipublicse  status,  ut  eam  unius  consilio  atque  cura  gubernari 
necesse  esset ;  primum,  ipsius  reipublic?e  causa,  philoso- 
phiam  nostris  hominibus  explicandam  putavi,  magni  existi- 
mans  interesse  ad  decus  et  ad  laudem  civitatis,  res  tarn 
graves  tamque  prseclaras  Latinis  etiam  literis  contineri. 
Eoque  me  minus  instituti  mei  poenitet,  quod  facile  sentio, 
quam  multomm  non  modo  discendi,  sed  etiam  scribendi, 
studia  commoverim.  Complures  enim,  Greecis  iustitutioni- 
bus  eruditi,  ea,  quae  didicerant,  cum  civibus  suis  communi- 
care  non  poterant,  quod  ilia,  quae  a  Graecis  accepissent, 
Latine  dici  posse  diffiderent.  Quo  in  genere  tantum  pro- 
fecisse  videmur,  ut  a  Graecis  ne  verborum  quidem  copia 
vinceremur. 

Decline  civihus,  decus,  status,  quis,  graves. 
.Compare  minus,  graves. 

Give  the  principal  parts.  Active  and  Passive  (if  any),  of 
requirit,  imiDidcrit,  sentio,  diffiderent,  eruditi,  vinceremur. 

Give  the  synopsis  of  didicerant,  commoverim,  pcenitet. 

Explain  construction  (where  made  and  why)  of  possimus, 
esset,  hominibus,  magni,  me,  instituti,  scribendi,  cojnmoveiHm, 
diffiderent. 


106  EXAMINATION   PAPERS. 

XXVII. 

Translate  (omit  any  words  you  do  not  remember,  but 
give  their  construction) :  — 

P.  Scipionem,  Marce  fili,  cum,  qui  primus  Africanus  ap- 
pellatus  est,  dicere  solitum  scripsit  Cato,  qui  fuit  eius  fere 
eequalis,  numquam  se  minus  otiosum  esse  quam  cum  otio- 
sus,  nee  minus  solum  quam  cum  solus  esset :  magnifica 
vero  vox  et  magno  viro  ac  sapiente  digna ;  quae  declarat 
ilium  et  in  otio  de  negotiis  cogitare  et  in  solitudine  secum 
loqui  solitum,  ut  neque  cessaret  umquam  et  interdum  con- 
loquio  alterius  non  egeret;  ita  duse  res,  quae  languorem 
adferunt  ceteris,  ilium  acuebant,  otium  et  solitudo.  Vel- 
lem  nobis  hoc  idem  vere  dicere  liceret. 

1.  {a)  Give  the  principal  parts  of  the  verbs  from  which 
come  the  forms  solitum,  scripsit,  loqui,  egeret,  acuebant,  liceret , 
vellem.  (h)  Give  the  Present,  Imj)erfect,  and  Perfect  Sub- 
junctive, and  all  the  participles  of  the  same  verbs,  (c)  Mark 
the  quantity  of  each  penult  in  the  forms  you  have  given. 

2.  Decline  cequalis,  solus,  viro,  idem. 

3.  Compare  primus,  minus,  vere. 

4.  Account  for  mood  and  tense  of  dicere,  solitum;  esset, 
cessaret,  vellem,  liceret. 

5.  Account  for  case  of  eius,  vox,  viro,  otio,  conloquio,  nobis, 
ceteris. 

6.  Explain  derivation  of  mqualis,  otiosus,  magnifica,  ne- 
gotiis, solitudine,  cessaret,  conloquio,  acuebant. 

7.  Mark  the  feet  and  quantities  and  explain  the  metre 
of  the  following  lines  :  — 

Cetera  labuntur  celeri  caelestia  motu 

Cum  caeloque  simul  noctesque  diesque  feruntur. 


LATIN    GRAMMAR.  107 

XXVIII„ 

Translate :  — 

M.  Atilius  Eegulus,  cum  consul  iterum  in  Africa  ex  in- 
sidiis  captus  esset  duce  Xanthippe  Lacedcemonio,  impera- 
tore  autem  patre  Hannibalis  Hamilcare,  iuratus  missus  est 
ad  senatum,  ut,  nisi  redditi  essent  Pcenis  captivi  nobiles 
quidam,  rediret  ipse  Karthaginem.  Is  cum  Eomam  venis- 
set,  utilitatis  speciem  videbat,  sed  eam,  ut  res  declarat,  fal- 
sam  judicavit ;  quae  erat  talis :  manere  in  patria,  esse 
domui  suae  cum  uxore,  cum  liberis,  quam  calamitatem  ac- 
cepisset  in  bello,  communem  fortunee  bellicse  judicantem 
tenere  consularis  dignitatis  gradum.  Quis  hsec  negat  esse 
utilia  ?  quem  censes  ?  magnitudo  animi  et  fortitudo  negat. 
Num  locupletiores  quseris  auctores  ? 

Decline  together  Atilius  Begidus ;  captivi  nobiles  qui- 
dam  ;  speciem  falsam. 

Give  principal  parts  of  the  verbs  from  which  come  red- 
diti essent,  rediret,  manere,  quazris. 

Give  the  Present  and  Perfect  Subjunctive  (1st  Person) 
and  all  the  participles  of  the  above  verbs,  and  inflect  the 
Future  Indicative. 

Mark  the  quantity  of  the  penults  and  last  syllables  of 
all  the  Latin  words  you  have  written. 

Explain  the  derivation  and  force  of  derivative  ending  of 
the  words  auctores,  nohiles,  utilitatis,  consularis,  utilia,  fcd- 
sam,  hellicce. 

"What  is  the  stem  and  what  the  root  of  magiiitudo  t  An- 
alyze the  word  by  derivation  as  far  as  you  can.  Do  you 
know  any  other  words  in  Latin  or  other  languages  from  the 
same  root  ? 

Explain  construction  of  Poenis,  duce,  Bomam,  domui,  for- 
tunoe. 


108  EXAMINATION  PAPERS. 

Explain  mood  of  redcUti  essent,  recliret,  manere,  accepisset. 
Mark  the  quantities  and  divide  into  feet  the  following 
lines.     What  verse  and  metre  are  they  ? 

Quodcumque  attigerit,  siqua  est  studiosa  sinistri 

Ad  vitium  mores  instruet  inde  suos. 


FRENCH.  109 


FEENCH. 

I. 

I.  Chaeles  XII.  eprouva  ce  que  la  prospdrite  a  de  plus 
gi^and  et  ce  que  I'adversite  a  de  plus  cruel,  sans  avoir  ete 
amolli  par  I'une  iii  ebranle  par  1' autre.  Presque  toutes 
ses'  actions,  jusqu'a  celles  de  sa  vie  privee,  ont  ete  bien  au 
dela  du  vraisemblable.  C'est  peut-^iYQ  le  seul  de  tous  les 
hommes,  et  jusqu'ici  le  seul  de  tous  les  rois,  qui  ait  vecu 
sans  iaiblesse ;  il  a  porte  toutes  les  vertus  des  heros  a  un 
exces  ou  elles  sont  aussi  dangereuses  que  les  vices  opposes. 

II.  II  a  ete  le  premier  qui  ait  eu  Tambition  d'etre  con- 
querant  sans  avoir  I'envie  d'agrandir  ses  Etats ;  il  voulait 
gagner  des  empires  pour  les  donner.  Sa  passion  pour  la 
gloire,  pour  la  guerre,  et  pour  la  vengeance,  Tempecha  d'etre 
bon  politique,  qualite  sans  laqueUe  on  n'a  jamais  vu  de  con- 
querant.  Avant  la  bataille  et  apres  la  victoire,  il  n'avait 
que  de  la  modestie ;  apres  la  defaite,  que  de  la  fermete  ; 
dur  pour  les  autres  comme  pour  lui-meme,  comptant  pour 
rien  la  peine  et  la  vie  de  ses  sujets  aussi  bien  que  la  sienne : 
liomme  unique  plutot  que  grand  liomme,  admirable  plutot 
qu'a  imiter.  Sa  vie  doit  apprendre  aux  rois  combien  un 
gouvernement  pacifique  et  heureux  est  au-dessus  de  tant  de 
gloire. 

III.  Charles  XII.  etait  d'une  taille  avantageuse  et  no- 
ble ;  il  avait  un  beau  front,  de  grands  yeux  bleus  remplis 
de  douceur,  un  nez  bien  form^,  mais  le  bas  du  visage  desa- 
greable,  trop  souvent  defigure  par  un  rire  frequent  qui  ne 
partait  que  des  levres ;  presque  point  de  barbe  ni  de  che- 


110  EXAMINATION  PAPERS. 

veux :  il  parlait  tres-peu,  et  ne  repondait  souvent  que  par 
ce  rire  dont  il  avait  pris  I'habitude.  On  observait  a  sa 
table  "iin  silence  profond.  II  avait  conserve  dans  I'inflexi- 
bilite  de  son  caractere  cette  timidite  qu'on  nomme  mau- 
vaise  honte ;  il  eut  ete  embarrasse  dans  une  conversation, 
parce  que,  s'dtant  donne  tout  entier  aux  travaux  et  a  la 
guerre,  il  n' avait  jamais  connu  la  societe.  —  VoltaiPiE. 

1.  Translate  II.  and  III.  of  the  above. 

2.  State  mood  and  tense  of  italicized  verbs  in  I.,  and 
give  them  in  full. 

3.  Give  the  principal  tenses  of  devoir,  connaitre,  appren- 
dre,  vivre.  (Thus,  Infin.,  etre ;  Pres.  Part.,  etant ;  Past 
Part.,  ete  ;  Pres.  Ind.,/^  suis ;  Tiet,  je  fus.) 

4.  Using  mostly  the  words  of  I.,  translate  into  French  : 
(a)  Charles  has  lived  in  adversity,  (h)  This  man  is  dan- 
gerous, (c)  All  heroes  have  not  lived  in  the  greatest  pros- 
perity, (d)  Have  you  re-read  (relu)  what  you  have  writ- 
ten (ecrit)  ? 


ARITHMETIC.  Ill 


AEITHMETIO. 

I. 

1.  Eeduce  f,  ^q,  ^,  and  -^-^  to  their  Least  Common  De- 
nominator. 

2.  Divide  ^^  by  42.    Divide  J  of  if  by  ^j  of  ff . 

3.  Eeduce    ^  ^f  s^pf  s  to  its  simplest  form. 

4.  Eeduce  gV  ^^  ^  gallon  to  the  fraction  of  a  gill. 

5.  Add  ^,  |,  and  ^^^  of  f . 

6.  How  long  must  $  133  be  on  interest  (simple)  at  7  per 
cent  to  gain  $  32,585  ? 

7.  What  is  the  compound  interest  on  S  1,000  for  3  years 
at  7  per  cent  (interest  payable  annually)  ? 

8.  What  is  the  cube  of  J  ?  of  .006  ? 

9.  Divide  46.08  by  1,000.     Divide  1.096641  by  15.21. 

10.  What  is  the  square  root  of  104.8576  ? 

11.  What  is  a  Circulating  Decimal  ?     Give  an  example 
of  a  Circulating  Decimal. 

12.  What  are  Duodecimals  ? 

II, 

1.  Find  the  Greatest  Common  Divisor  of  48  and  130. 

2.  Eeduce  ^,  f,  -^^^  ^^^  ii  to  their  Least  Common  De- 
nominator. 

3.  What  part  of  ^  is  J  ? 

4.  Subtract  15^  from  18|. 


112  EXAMINATION  PAPERS. 

5.  Divide  1|-  by  1|-.     Multiply  the  same. 

6.  Divide  1  of  f  of  21  by  g. 

7.  Write  1-3^2  ^^^  ^tV  "^  ^  decimal  form.  Give  the 
division  in  decimals  of  the  first  by  the  second. 

8.  Divide  .09  by  .0016.     Multiply  them. 

9.  Divide  876.196  by  2.12.  If  the  decimal  point  were 
moved,  in  the  first,  two  places  to  the  left,  and,  in  the  second, 
one  place  to  the  right,  how  many  times  greater  or  less 
would  the  quotient  be  ? 

10.  Find  the  square  root  of  49.2804. 

11.  What  is  the  fourth  power  of  2  ?  of  0.2  ?  of  .02  ? 

12.  If  a  man  travels  64  rods  in  .05  of  an  hour,  how  many 
minutes  will  it  take  him  to  go  a  mile  ? 

13.  Find  the  simple  interest  on  $1,000  for  1  yr.  2 
mos.  and  12  ds. 

14.  How  many  feet,  board  measure,  in  a  plank  12  ft. 
4  in.  long,  2  ft.  3  in.  wide,  and  4  in.  thick?  (Multi- 
plication of  Duodecimals.) 

III. 

1.  What  is  the  Least  Common  Multiple  of  20,  24,  and 
36? 

2.  Add  |,  i,  2^\,  and  3-/^. 

3.  Multiply  48  by  f^.     Divide  j%\  by  j\. 

4.  Eeduce    - — r?-^ — -  to  its  simplest  form. 

5.  Eeduce  J  of  a  bushel  to  the  fraction  of  a  pint. 

6.  Reduce  5  yds.  2  ft.  6  in.  to  the  decimal  of  a  rod, 
long  measure. 

7.  Multiply  34.27  by  60,000.     Divide  10634.16  by  .4506. 


AEITHMETIC.  113 

8.  At  what  rate  per  cent  must  S  370  be  put  on  interest 
to  gain  S  55.50  in  three  years  ? 

9.  What  is  the  amount  of  825  for  3  yrs.  5  mos.  at 
compound  interest  ? 

10.  What  is  the  third  power  of  30  ?  of  .03  ? 

11.  What  is  the  square  root  of  104.8576  ? 

12.  What  are  the  contents  of  a  granite  block  that  is  8 
ft.  9  in.  long,  3  ft.  2  in.  wide,  and  2  ft.  5  in.  thick  ?  (Multi- 
plication of  Duodecimals.) 

lY. 

1.  Wliat  is  the  Greatest  Common  Divisior  of  1181  and 
2741  ? 

2.  Eeduce  |,  -f^,  and  -^j  ^^  ^  Common  Denominator. 

3.  Divide  I  of  If  by  3-\  of  If. 

4.  Add  li  |,  and  -f^  of  f . 

5.  Eeduce  -||  of  a  gallon  to  quarts,  pints,  etc. 

6.  Multiply  4  lbs.  8  oz.  16  dwt.  20  gr.  by  72. 

7.  Find  the  interest  on  S  76.72  from  April  18,  1852,  to 
January  26,  1855,  at  6  per  cent. 

8.  What  principal  at  6  per  cent  will  amount  to 
$  360,585  in  16  months  ? 

9.  Multiply  .427  by  345. 

10.  Divide  87.69  by  47,  also  by  .47. 

11.  Wliat  is  the  square  root  of  747.4756  ? 

12.  Give  an  example  of  a  Continued  Fraction. 

V. 

1.  Name  all  the  Prime  numbers  in  the  series  of  numbers 
between   1   and  30  inclusive  ;   resolve  all  the  Composite 


114  EXAMINATION   PAPERS. 

nTinfbe>rsAnto  their  Prime  Factors ;  and  name  all  tlie  perfect 
squares,  cubes,  and  other  powers  in  the  same  series. 

2.  From  f  of  f  take  l  of  |. 

3.  Divide  ^  X  721  by  f  of  |  of  9f . 

4.  Eeduce  9  rds.  1  ft.  and  6  in.  to  the  fraction  of  a  furlong. 

5.  Multiply  8.764  by  40.015. 

6.  What  is  the  square  of  11  ?  of  .11  ? 

7.  Divide  769.428  by  200  ;  by  .00002. 

8.  Transform  the  Infinite  Decimal  .216  into  its  equiva- 
lent Vulgar  Fraction. 

9.  What  quantity  of  boards  will  be  required  to  lay  a  floor 
14  ft.  8'  3"  in  length  and  13  ft.  6'  9"  in  width  ?  (Multiplica- 
tion of  Duodecimals.) 

10.  Find  the  square  root  of  4.190209. 

11.  Find  the  interest  on  $76.72  from  April  18,  1852,  fco 
January  26,  1855,  at  6  per  cent. 

12.  If  %  50  gain  $  5.60  in  3  yrs.  6  mos.,  at  simple  in- 
terest, what  is  the  rate  per  cent  ? 

13.  Give  an  example  of  a  Continued  Fraction. 

VI. 

1.  What  are  the  Prime  Factors  of  360  ? 

2.  What  part  of  a  mile  is  one  inch  ? 

97 

3.  Eeduce    ^f  to  a  Simple  Fraction. 

4.  Add  -|  of  a  pound,  |  of  a  shilling,  and  f  of  a  penny 
together. 

6.  What  is  the  product  of  f  of  ^^  of  15,  and  l|  of  llf  ? 

6.  Divide  100  by  4|. 

'    7.  What  is  the  square  of  10.01  ? 


ARITHMETIC. 

8.  Divide  .1  by  .0001.     Divide  10  b;; 

9.  Eeduce  3^2  ^0  a  decimal.    Keduce  y|-q  to  a  Circulating 
Decimal. 

10.  What  is  the  interest  on  $  1461.75  for  4  yrs.  9  mos. 
at  8  per  cent  ? 

11.  The   interest    on    $437.21   for   9   yrs.    9   mos.    is 
$127,884  :  what  is  the  rate  of  interest  ? 

12.  Find  the  square  root  of  4.426816. 

VII. 

1.  What  is  the  Least  Common  Multiple  of  21,  36,  50, 
and  64  ? 

2.  Add  together  |,  Jf,  and  -^^^  and  from  their  sum  sub- 
tract ^^5". 

3.  Multiply  I  by  ^3  of  2i. 

4.  Eeduce  y\  of  a  furlong  to  inches. 

5.  Multiply  200.043  by  2.021. 

6.  Divide  9.00081  by  900 ;  4004004  by  .002 ;  .000624 
by  324. 

7.  What  are  the  contents  of  a  granite  block  12  ft.  2'  3" 
long,  6  ft.  8'  9"  wide,  and  4  ft.  9'  2"  thick  ? 

8.  What  is  the  amount  of  $  5216.75  from  January  21, 
1860,  to  July  3,  1863,  at  8  per  cent,  compound  interest  ? 

9.  Find  the  cube  of  10.1 ;  of  1.01. 

10.  Find  the  square  root  of  49.87604. 

11.  Define  a  Circulating  Decimal  and  give  an  example. 
What  is  a  Continued  Fraction  ? 

12.  What  is  the  difference  between  an  Arithmetical  and 
a  Geometrical  Progression  ? 


116  EXAMINATION  PAPERS. 

VIII. 

1.  What  is  a  Prime  Number  ?  Find  the  Prime  Factors 
of  4800. 

2.  What  Prime  Factors  compose  the  Greatest  Common 
Divisor  and  the  Least  Common  Multiple  of  several 
numbers  ?  Find  the  Greatest  Common  Divisor  and  the 
Least  Common  Multiple  of  84,  126,  and  140. 

3.  From  |  of  -^^  subtract  -^-^  of  11 

9Jl 

4.  Divide  ^%  of  ^i-  of  3i  by  j^- 

5.  Give  the  rule  for  pointing  off  in  the  multiplication  of 
decimals,  and  explain  the  reason. 

6.  Multiply  0.0400268  by  0.260075. 

7.  Divide  0.011825369  by  5.884.  What  is  the  quotient 
of  118253690  by  the  same  divisor  ? 

8.  Eeduce  2-20"  ^°  ^  Circulating  Decimal.  Verify  the 
result  by  reducing  it  back  to  a  Vulgar  Fraction. 

9.  Eeduce  0.845  of  a  mile  to  furlongs,  rods,  feet,  and 
inches. 

10.  The  interest  on  $  127.50  from  June  26,  1798,  to  May 
8,  1802,  was  $36,975  :  calculate  the  rate  of  interest. 

11.  Find  the  square  root  of  7.333264. 

12.  Find  the  cube  root  of  96702.579. 

13.  If  6  men  can  build  20  feet  of  a  stone-wall  in  10 
days,  how  many  men  can  build  360  feet  of  the  same  waU 
in  90  days  ? 

IX. 

1.  Reduce  10917  to  the  product  of  its  Prime  Factors. 

2.  Find  the  Greatest  Common  Divisor  of  720,  336,  and 
1736  ;  Least  Common  Denominator  of  f  |,  -^^  gV 


ARITHMETIC.  117 

3.  Trom  36^%  take  |. 

4  Multiply  I  of  ^3_  of  41  by  2^§i|-    What  part  of  || 

yards  is  ^  of  an  incli  ? 

5.  Give  the  rule  for  pointing  off  in  multiplication  of 
decimals,  and  explain  its  reason. 

6.  Reduce  0.0007648267  to  a  Vulgar  Fraction. 

7.  The  product  of  three  numbers  =  70.04597 ;  two  of 
them  equal  3.91  and  3.0005  respectively.     Find  the  third. 

8.  Eeduce  the  Infinite  Decimal  0.81247  to  a  Vulgar 
Fraction. 

9.  Find  the  amount  of  $1000  for  2  yrs.  2  mos.  12 
ds.,  compound  interest,  at  6  per  cent,  payable  annually. 

10.  Find  the  square  root  of  39.037504. 

11.  Find  the  cube  root  of  0.000000148877. 

12.  Find  the  third  power  of  3  ;  of  0.3  ;  of  0.003. 

13.  If  a  family  of  9  persons  spends  $  305  in  4  months, 
how  many  dollars  will  maintain  it  8  months,  if  5  persons 
more  were  added  to  the  family  ?  Multiply  10  ft.  3'  2"  by 
6  ft.  7'  8". 

X. 

1.  "What  is  a  Prime  Number  ?  When  are  two  numbers 
prime  to  each  other  ?  "What  Prime  Factors  compose  the 
Greatest  Common  Di^dsor  and  the  Least  Common  ]\iultiple 
of  several  numbers  ?  Find  the  Greatest  Common  Divisor 
and  Least  Common  Multiple  of  156,  234,  and  260. 

2.  From  -^^  of  If  subtract  ^^  of  -^q  ;  reduce  the  answer 
to  its  lowest  terms,  and  reduce  it  to  a  decimal. 

3.  Divide  Jgi  of  ^5  of  If  by  ||qL- 


118  EXAMINATION   PAPERS. 

4.  Eeduce  -J||4^  to  its  lowest  terms.  Eeduce  ^q,  l| ,  ■^^, 
^^,  and  g^Q  to  their  Least  Common  Denominator,  add  them, 
and  reduce  the  sum  to  its  simplest  form. 

5.  Multiply  6.4  by  1.5.  Multiply  0.64  by  0.15.  Divide 
701.5  by  2.806.  Divide  0.7015  by  280.6.  Eeduce  the  last 
answer  to  its  lowest  terms  as  a  Vulgar  Fraction. 

6.  The  number  209.069673692836  is  composed  of  three 
factors,  of  which  two  are  20083.6  and  0.260075.  Find  the 
third  factor. 

7.  State  the  rule  for  pointing  off  in  the  multiplication  of 
decimals,  and  give  its  reason. 

8.  Eeduce  the  Infinite  Decimal  0.0136  to  its  lowest  terms 
as  a  Vulgar  Fraction,  and  verify  the  result  by  reducing 
back  to  a  decimal 

9.  Calculate  the  date  at  which  a  sum  of  $  450,  which  was 
put  at  simple  interest  at  8  per  cent,  December  30,  1797, 
amounted  to  $  642.30. 

10.  Eeduce  6  fur.  30  r.  6  ft.  7J  in.  to  the  decimal  of  a 
mile. 

11.  Divide  5  cwt.  12  lbs.  4  oz.  by  7.  Multiply  2  ft.  3'  7" 
by  9ft.  5'  11".  Eeduce  £17  9s.  3d.  to  Federal  money, 
taking  4  s.  6d.  =  $l. 

12.  Find  the  proportion  in  which  sugars  worth  5  cents 
and  8  cents  a  pound  must  be  taken  to  form  a  mixture  worth 
6|  cents  a  pound. 

13.  How  many  digits  compose  the  3d  power  of  a  number 
containing  two  digits  ?  AVhat  is  the  reason  of  your 
answer  ?  What  is  the  third  power  of  3  ?  of  0.3  ?  of  0.03  ? 
of  30? 

14.  Find  the  cube  root  of  39512.447416. 

15.  Find  the  square  root  of  13  to  five  places  of  decimals. 


ARITHMETIC.  119 

16.  If  3  men  can  build  a  wall  60  feet  long,  8  feet 
high,  and  3  feet  thick,  in  64  days  of  9  hours,  how  many 
days  of  8  hours  will  20  men  require  to  build  a  wall  400 
feet  long,  9  feet  high,  and  5  feet  thick  ? 

XI. 

1.  Which  of  the  numbers  5,  9,  13,  18,  21,  25,  are  Prime 
Numbers  ?  and  which  of  them  are  prime  to  the  number  10  ? 

2.  Find  the  Greatest  Common  Divisor  and  the  Least 
Common  Multiple  of  630,  840,  and  2772. 

3.  From  |  of  1 1  subtract  -^-^  of  2| ;  reduce  the  answer  to 
its  lowest  terms  ;  and  reduce  it  to  a  decimal 

4.  Divide  If  of  j\  X  13|  by  j^. 

5.  Multiply  76000  by  1.05.  Multiply  0.076  by  0.0105. 
Divide  2926.5  by  0.3902.  Divide  29.265  by  390.2.  Ee- 
duce  the  last  answer  to  its  lowest  terms  as  a  Vulgar  Fraction. 

6.  Reduce  to  their  lowest  terms  as  Vulgar  Fractions  the 
Infinite  or  Circulating  Decimals  0.27, 0.0127, 0.0027, 0,0027. 

7.  Calculate  the  date  at  which  a  sum  of  $234,  which  was 
put  at  simple  interest  at  9  per  cent,  October  25,  1798, 
amounted  to  $  351. 

8.  Pteduce  6  fur.  30  r.  6  ft.  7|  in.  to  the  decimal  of  a  mile. 

9.  Find  the  cube  root  of  9358  to  two  places  of  decimals. 

10.  If  6  men  can  build  a  waU  80  feet  long,  10  feet 
high,  and  9  feet  thick,  in  100  days  of  9  hours,  how  many 
days  of  10  hours  will  be  required  by  15  men  to  build  a 
wall  200  feet  long,  9  feet  high,  and  5  feet  thick  ? 

XIL 

1.  Find  the  Greatest  Common  Divisor  and  Least  Com- 
mon Multiple  of  144  and  780. 


120  EXAMINATION  PAPEES. 

2.  Pteduce  J,  f ,  -^^,  and  \l  to  their  Least  Common  De- 
nominator. 

3.  What  part  of  |-  is  |  ? 

4.  Subtract  15J  from  18|. 

5.  Divide  IJ-  by  1|-.     Multiply  the  two  together. 

6.  Divide  ^  of  f  of  21  by  ^. 

7.  "Write  l^j  and  2313  in  a  decimal  form.  Give  the 
division  in  decimals  of  the  first  by  the  second. 

8.  Divide  .09  by  .0016.     Multiply  them. 

9.  Divide  876.196  by  2.12.  If  the  decimal  point  were 
moved,  in  the  first,  two  places  to  the  left,  and,  in  the 
second,  one  place  to  the  right,  how  many  times  greater  or 
less  would  the  quotient  be  ? 

10.  Find  the  cube  root  of  51  to  three  places  of  decimals. 

11.  Eeduce  to  their  lowest  terms  as  Vulgar  Fractions  the 
Infinite  or  Circulating  Decimals,  0.2343,0.002343, 0.012343, 
0.002343. 

12.  If  a  man  travel  64  rods  in  .05  of  an  hour,  how  many 
minutes  will  it  take  him  to  go  a  mile  ? 

13.  Find  the  simple  interest  on  $1000  for  6  yrs.  4 
mos.  and  15  ds.  at  8  per  cent. 

14.  How  many  feet,  board  measure,  in  a  plank  12  ft.  4 
in.  long,  2  ft.  3  in.  wide^  and  4  in.  thick  ? 

XIII. 

1.  Eeduce  f  |f f^  to  its  lowest  terms. 

2.  Eeduce  r^^,  l|-,  -^^,  ■^^,  and  ^-^  to  their  Least  Common 
Denominator ;  add  them,  and  reduce  the  result  to  a  deci- 
mal form. 


ARITHMETIC.  121 

3.  Divide  3^  of  y^  of  S^,  by  "^  "^^gi^^.  Simplify,  and  re- 
duce to  lowest  terms  by  cancelling. 

4  Multiply  37900000  by  2.005.  Multiply  0.0379  by 
0.2005.  Write  the  numbers  37900000  and  0.0379  in 
words. 

5.  Divide  1909.14  by  0.02708.  Divide  190.914  by 
27080. 

6.  Eeduce  to  their  lowest  terms  as  Vulgar  Fractions  the 
Infinite  or  Circulating  Decimals,  O.OOSi,  O.OOSi,  O.lOSi, 
0.108. 

7.  Find  the  simple  interest  on  $1000  for  5  yrs.  4 
mos.  and  15  ds.  at  20  per  cent.  To  how  much  •will 
$  1000  amount  in  4  years,  at  compound  interest,  at  20  per 
cent? 

8.  Eeduce  5  fur.  33  r.  9  ft.  10|  in.  to  the  decimal  of  a 
mile.  Eeduce  £  17  8  s.  9  d.  to  Federal  money,  taking  4  s, 
6d.  =  Sl. 

9.  Multiply  2  ft.  3'  7"  by  9  ft.  5'  11". 

10.  Find  the  cube  root  of  77869  to  three  places  of 
decimals.  Find  the  square  root  of  0.5  to  five  places  of 
decimals. 

XIV. 

1.  Eeduce  -g-lli^  to  its  lowest  term.  What  is  a  Prime 
number  ?  When  are  two  numbers  said  to  be  prime  to  each 
other  ? 

2.  Find  the  value  of  -^  —  6  +  ^  +  ff  ~t~  iV  '  ^^^  reduce 
the  result  to  its  loAvest  terms,  and  also  to  a  decimal  form. 

3.  From  3  J  subtract  f-^  of  |^  of  If^  -H^.  Simplify 
by  cancelling. 


122  EXAMINATION  PAPERS. 

4  Multiply  2.708  by  0.007005.  Wliat  is  the  product 
of  2.708  by  70050000  ?  Write  the  numbers  0.007005  and 
70050000  in  words. 

5.  Divide  283891.3  by  0.07084.  What  is  the  quotient 
of  2.838913  divided  by  708.4  ? 

6.  From  1  sq.  rd.  5  sq.  ft.  subtract  7  sq.  yd.  139  sq.  in. 
Divide  £  32  16  s.  3  d.  by  7. 

7.  Eeduce  44920.9025  hours  to  years  (of  365  days), 
days,  hours,  minutes,  and  seconds. 

8.  Find  the  cube  root  of  0.61  to  five  places  of  decimals. 
Find  the  square  root  of  79000  to  three  places  of  decimals. 

9.  Reduce  to  their  lowest  terms  as  Vulgar  Fractions  the 
Infinite  or  Circulating  Decimals  0.00054  and  0.20054. 
Add  0.03  to  0.462,  expressing  the  result  as  an  Infinite  or 
Circulating  Decimal. 

10.  A  certain  sum  of  money  was  put  at  simple  interest 
at  9  per  cent,  December  21,  1790.  At  what  date  did  it 
become  tripled  ? 

XV. 

1.  What  is  the  Greatest  Common  Divisor  of  two  num- 
bers ?  of  4760  and  3432  ? 

31 

2.  Subtract  |  of  f  from  |  of  jf,  add  to  the  remainder  -f^, 

divide  the  result  by  6|,  and  change  the  quotient  to  a  deci- 
riial. 

3.  Divide  0.000647808  by  6.72.  Write  the  quotient  in 
words. 

4.  I  owe  three  notes  bearing  interest  from  date  :  the  first, 
dated  June  1,  1866,  is  for  $450.00;  the  second,  dated  Dec. 
17,  1866,  is  for  $750.00;  the  third,  dated  March  15,  1867, 


ARITHMETIC.  123 

is  for  $600.00.     I  wish  to  substitute  for  these  a  single  note 
for  $  1800.00:  what  should  be  the  date  of  it  ? 

5.  Find  the  square  root  of  0.9. 

6.  Find  the  cube  root  of  751089.429. 

7.  Find  the  cube  of  4  ;  of  0.4 ;  of  0.0004. 

8.  A  sum  of  money  was  put  at  interest,  at  7-5;^  per  cent, 
October  30,  1866 :  at  what  date  will  it  be  tripled  ?  (A 
year  =  365  days.) 

9.  If  4  men  dig  a  trench  84  feet  long  and  5  feet  wide  in 
3  days  of  8  hours  each,  how  many  men  can  dig  a  trench 
420  feet  long  and  3  feet  wide  in  4  days  of  9  hours  each  ? 

10.  How  many  feet,  board  measure,  in  a  plank  12  ft.  4 
in.  long,  2  ft.  5  in.  wide  at  one  end,  2  ft.  1  in.  wide  at  the 
other,  and  4  in.  thick  ? 

11.  In.  what  proportion  shall  sugars  worth  7  and  12  cents 
a  pound  be  taken  to  form  a  mixture  worth  9J  cents  a 
pound  ? 

XVI. 

1.  What  is  the  Least  Common  Multiple  of  two  or  more 
numbers  ?  of  48,  98,  21,  and  27  ? 

2.  Add  7r|-  and  z|;  divide    the    result    by   7if,   and 

'-'10  •'S 

change  the  quotient  to  a  decimal. 

3.  A  certain  bank  declares  a  semiannual  dividend  of  4 
per  cent :  what  can  I  afford  to  pay  for  its  shares  if  I  wish 
to  get  6  per  cent  a  year  for  my  money  ? 

4.  Eeduce  .445  of  an  acre  to  rods,  feet,  and  inches. 

5.  Divide  0.0018891  by  3.75.  Write  the  quotient  in 
\7ords. 

6.  Find  the  cube  root  of  748613.312  ;  of  0.27. 


124  EXAMINATION  PAPERS. 

7.  Find  the  square  of  0.9;  of  three  millionths.  Write 
the  results  in  words. 

8.  How  many  feet,  board  measure,  in  a  plank  16  ft.  4  in. 
long,  1  ft.  7  in.  wide,  and  4|-  in.  thick  ? 

9.  A,  B,  and  C  hire  a  pasture  for  $  92.  A  pastures  6 
horses  for  8  weeks,  B  12  oxen  for  10  weeks,  and  C  50  cows 
for  12  weeks.  Now,  if  5  cows  are  reckoned  as  3  oxen,  and 
3  oxen  as  2  horses,  how  much  shall  each  man  pay  ? 

10.  If  496  men,  in  5  days  of  12  h.  6  m.  each,  dig  a  trench 
of  9  degrees  of  hardness,  465  feet  long,  3|  feet  wide,  and  4|- 
feet  dee]3,  how  many  men  will  be  required  to  dig  a  trench 
2  degrees  of  hardness,  168|-  feet  long,  7 J  feet  wide,  and  2|- 
feet  deep,  in  22  days  of  9  hours  each  ? 

XVII 

1.  What  is  the  Least  Common  Multiple  of  two  or  more 
numbers  ?  What  is  the  Least  Common  Multiple  of  3150 
and  2310  ? 

2.  From  ^  of  If  take  ^,  add  to  the  remainder  |,  and 
divide  the  result  by  6f . 

3.  Divide  0.00091471  by  9.43.  Write  the  quotient  in 
words. 

4.  How  many  yards  of  carpet  which  is  |  of  a  yard  wide 
does  it  require  to  cover  a  floor  17  feet  long  and  16  feet  6 
inches  wide  ? 

5.  Eeduce  0.758762  acres  to  square  rods,  square  feet,  etc. 

6.  Find  the  square  root  of  0.002539  to  five  places  of  deci- 
mals. 

7.  Find  the  cube  root  of  0.15  to  three  places  of  decimals. 

8.  What  is  the  interest  of  $875.26  from  October  10, 
1866,  to  July  10,  1868,  at  7j\  per  cent  ? 


ARITHMETIC.  125 

9.  One  metre  (in  Long  Measure)  =  39.37  inches.  Ex- 
press one  foot  in  the  metric  system,  both  in  Long  Measure 
and  in  Square  Measure. 

XVIII. 

1.  Find  the  Greatest  Common  Divisor  and  the  Least 
Common  Multiple  of  340200,  583200,  and  2268000. 

2.  From  ^-^  of  2|-  subtract  the  product  of  0.075  and  1^, 
and  divide  the  remainder  by  12.  Eeduce  the  result  to  its 
lowest  terms  as  a  Vulgar  Fraction,  and  also  to  a  decimal 
form. 

3.  Divide  10  times  T-J  of  ^  of  ^^~^\  by  If 

4.  Divide  189695.4  by  2.708.  AYhat  is  the  quotient  of 
0.01896954  divided  by  2.708  ?  Write  the  latter  quotient 
in  words. 

5.  Eeduce  to  their  lowest  terms  as  Vulgar  Fractions  the 
Infinite  or  Circulating  Decimals  0.0036  and  0.0136.  Add 
0.07  to  0.382,  expressing  the  result  as  an  Infinite  or  Circu- 
lating Decimal. 

6.  A  certain  square  field  contains  38.75  acres.  Compute 
the  length  of  one  side  of  the  field  in  metres.  Given  one 
square  metre  =  1550  square  inches. 

7.  The  sum  £  46  6  s.  8  d.  was  put  at  interest  at  4  per  cent 
on  the  20th  June,  1868.  Eequired  the  amount  on  the  5th 
May,  1875. 

8.  Find  the  cubic  root  of  77869  to  three  places  of  decimals. 

9.  At  what  rate  of  compound  interest  will  S  2500  amount 
in  3  years  to  S  4320  ?    At  what  rate  of  simple  interest  ? 

XIX. 

1.  Eeduce  -xWoVTrr  ^^  i^   lowest  terms.     What   is   a 


126  EXAMINATION  PAPERS. 

Prime  Number  ?  When  are  two  numbers  said  to  be  prime 
to  each  other  ?  Eeduce  the  numerator  and  denominator  of 
the  above  fraction  to  their  Prime  Factors. 

2.  From  5J  subtract  ^^^  ^_3_  of  |i  of  4l\ 

3.  Divide  33368949.63  by  0.007253.  Wliat  is  the 
quotient  of  3336.894963  by  72530  ?  What  is  the  third 
power  of  0.1  ?  of  100  ?     AYrite  these  answers  in  words. 

4.  Find  the  cube  root  of  0.0093  to  five  places  of  decimals. 
Find  the  square  root  of  531.5  to  three  places  of  decimals. 

5.  Eeduce  to  their  lowest  terms  as  vulgar  fractions  the 
Infinite  or  Circulating  Decimals  0.225,  0.00225,  and 
0.25225.     Eeduce  I-  to  a  Circulating  Decimal. 

6.  From  1  sq.  rod  5  sq.  ft.  subtract  7  sq.  yd.  139  sq.  in. 

7.  Find  the  amount  of  £  50  12  s.  5  ds.  at  simple  interest 
at  8  per  cent,  at  the  end  of  5  yrs.  2  mos.  and  3  ds. 

8.  One  metre  =  39.37  inches.  Compute  from  this  datum 
the  value  of  4  miles  in  kilometres. 

XX. 

1.  Divide  two  thousand  five  hundred  one  and  four  tenths 
by  four  thousand  one  hundred  twenty-five  ten  millionths. 
Divide  1.29136109  by  184.3,  and  write  the  quotient  in 
words. 

2.  How  do  you  divide  one  Vulgar  Fraction  by  another  ? 
Give  the  rule  and  the  reason  of  the  rule.  Illustrate  by 
an  example. 

3.  From  the  sum  of  pff  and  ~  2~  subtract  H,  and  divide 

^         6- 

the  result  by  the  product  of  3  J  and  2 J. 

4.  Find  the  cube  root  of  10  to  four  places  of  decimals. 


ARITHMETIC.  127 

5.  Find  the  square  root  of  0.0000001. 

6.  A  merchant  sold  a  quantity  of  goods  for  $  29900.  He 
deducts  five  per  cent  from  tlie  amount  of  the  bill  for  cash, 
and  finds  that  he  has  made  fifteen  per  cent,  on  the  invest- 
ment.    What  did  he  pay  for  the  goods  ? 

7.  What  is  the  compound  interest  on  £  47  13  s.  6  d.  for  3 
yrs.  4  mos.  15  ds.,  at  3  J  per  cent  ? 

8.  How  many  feet  of  board  in  a  plank  17  ft.  long,  22 
inches  wide  at  one  end,  13  inches  wide  at  the  other,  and 
4  inches  thick  ? 

9.  Write  the  tables  for  Long  Measure  and  Square 
Measure. 

XXI. 

1.  Eeduce  179487  to  the  product  of  its  Prime  Factors. 

2.  Find  the  Greatest  Common  Divisor  of  13212  and 
1851. 

3.  To  divide  by  a  Vulgar  Fraction :  give  the  rule  and  the 
reason  of  the  rule. 

4.  Find  the  sum  of  the  following  numbers  :  fifty-seven 
and  three  thousandths ;  three  hundred  and  sixty-four 
hundred  thousandths  ;  forty-seven  thousand  and  eight  thou- 
sand and  seven  hundred  thousandths  ;  eighty-seven  hundred 
millionths ;  four  hundred  and  twenty-seven  ten  thousandths. 

5.  Divide  (2|  X  yq)  by  (2J —  If),  and  reduce  the  result 
to  a  decimal. 

6.  What  is  the  difference  between  Bank  Discount  and 
True  Discount  ?     Give  an  example. 

7.  Bought  $1500  worth  of  goods,  half  on  6  months'  and 
half  on  9  months'  credit.  What  sum  at  7  per  cent  inter- 
est, paid  down,  would  discharge  the  whole  bill  ? 


128  EXAMINATION  PAPERS. 

8.  Find  the  cube  root  of  0.29  to  three  places  of  decimals. 

9.  The  interest  on  £  50  12  s.  6  d.  for  a  year  is  £  1  15  s. 
6|d.     What  is  the  rate  per  cent  ? 

10.  A  cubical  vat  measures  9  feet  in  each  direction  :  what 
is  its  capacity  in  Litres  ?     (Given  1  metre  =  39.37  inches.) 

11.  In  the  Metric  System  of  Weights  and  Measures 
what  is  the  unit  of  length  ?  of  surface  ?  of  volume  ?  of 
weight  ?     How  are  they  related  to  each  other  ? 

XXII. 

1.  Divide  four  millionths  by  four  millions,  and  write  the 
quotient  in  words. 

2.  The  metre  =  39.371  inches:  compare  the  kilometre 
with  the  mile. 

3.  Change  -f-  to  a  decimal,  and  extract  the  cube  root  to 
four  places. 

4.  Express  38  sq.  rods,  21  sq.  yards,  5  sq.  feet,  108  sq. 
inches,  in  decimals  of  an  acre. 

5.  The  capital  stock  of  a  certain  bank  is  $500,000,  and 
directors  have  declared  a  dividend  of  4  per  cent.  The  sum 
set  aside  from  the  profits  to  meet  this  dividend  is  subject 
to  a  revenue  tax  of  5  per  cent.  What  sum  must  be  set 
aside  in  order  that  the  stockholder  may  receive  a  dividend 
of  4  per  cent  on  his  stock  ? 

6.  From  -^- — 7/  subtract  nl. 

7.  A  man  has  a  bin  7  ft.  long,  2\  ft.  wide  and  2  ft.  deep, 
which  contains  28  bushels  of  corn ;  how  deep  must  he 
build  another,  which  is  to  be  18  ft.  long,  1  ft.  10|-  in. 
wide,  in  order  to  contain  120  bushels  ?  (Solve  this  question 
by  analysis,  and  give  your  reasoning  in  full.) 


ARITHMETIC.  129 

8.  A^Tiat  is  the  present  worth  of  S  10,000,  due  three  years 
hence,  at  7  per  cent  compound  interest  ? 

9.  Find  the  Greatest  Common  Divisor  of  1274,  2002, 
236G,  7007,  and  13013. 

10.  Ho^y  do  you  verify  your  work  when  you  have  multi- 
plied together  two  large  numbers  ?  Give  an  example  to 
illustrate  your  method. 

XXIII. 

1.  Find  the  Greatest  Common  Di\dsor  and  the  Least 
Common  Multiple  of  13860  and  38500.  What  is  the 
Least  Common  Multiple  of  15, 18,  and  35  ?  When  are  two 
numbers  said  to  be  prime  to  each  other  ? 

44  /2  \ 

2.  Divide  2^1  ^7  I  ^M  il~i   )•  Simplify  by  cancelling. 

3.  Reduce  to  its  lowest  terms  as  a  Vulgar  Fraction 
0.05405.     Eeduce  2%  to  a  Circulating  Decimal. 

4.  Find  the  number  of  cubic  inches  (to  the  nearest  tenth) 
in  the  British  imperial  gallon,  which  contains  10  pounds 
of  water.  Given  1  gramme  =  weight  of  1  cubic  centimetre 
of  water,  1  cubic  metre  =  35.3  cubic  feet,  1  kilogramme  = 
2.2  pounds. 

5.  Find  the  square  root  of  0.076  to  six  significant  figures. 

6.  A  rectangular  field  measures  30  rods  and  6  feet  by  21 
rods  and  11  feet.  Find  its  area  in  acres,  roods,  rods,  and  feet. 

7.  Find  the  sum  on  which  the  interest  at  9  per  cent  for 
6  years  1  month  and  18  days  is  S  947.10. 

8.  Find  the  interest  on  one  pound  sterling  at  5  per  cent 
for  one  year ;  for  one  month. 

XXIY. 

1.  What  is  the  Greatest  Common  Divisor  of  1872  and 
432  ?     Obtain  the  answer,  if  possible,  by  factoring. 


130  EXAMINATION   PAPERS. 

2.  What  is  the  smallest  sum  of  money  that  can  be  made 
np  either  of  2-ceut,  of  3-cent,  of  5-cent,  of  10-cent,  or  of 
25-ceut  pieces  ? 


3.  Add  |-to(^7i-H*^\ 


4.  By  a  pipe  of  a  certain  capacity  a  cistern  can  be 
emptied  in  o^  hours  ;  in  what  time  can  it  be  emptied  by 
a  pipe  the  capacity  of  which  is  -|  greater  ? 

5.  Find  the  value  of  7  acres  35  rods  127  feet  of  land, 
at  S  108.15  per  acre. 

6.  How  many  litres  are  there  in  a  rectangular  vat  2.8  m. 
long,  2  m.  wide,  5  dcm.  deep  ? 

7.  Find  the  square  root  of  0.9  to  four  places  of  decimals. 

8.  My  agent  sells  for  me  2000  yards  of  cloth  at  24  cents 
a  yard.  He  allows  the  purchaser  5  per  cent  discount  for 
cash,  and  charges  me  2  J  per  cent  on  the  cash  receipts. 
How  much  money  does  he  pay  over  to  me  ? 

XXV. 

1.  Find  the  Greatest  Common  Divisor  of  187  and  153. 
Also  the  Least  Common  Multiple  of  the  same  t  v^o  numbers. 

2.  Multiply  108  billionths  by  two  thousand,  and  extract 
the  cube  root  of  the  product. 

3.  Add  ^to  ^^~^* 


4.  A  cellar  is  to  be  dug  30  feet  long  and  20  feet  wide  :  at 
what  depth  will  50  cubic  yards  of  earth  have  been  re- 
moved ? 

5.  Wliat  is  the  amount  of  %  340  at  8  per  cent  for  1  year 
3  months,  the  interest  being  compounded  semiannually  ? 

6.  A  man  receives  $  18  for  six  days'  work  of  8  hours 


ARITHMETIC.  131 

each ;  what  should  he  receive  for  5  days'  work  of  9  hours 
each  ? 

7.  A  cistern  is  4  metres  long,  24  decimetres  wide,  and 
80  centimetres  deep.  How  much  water  will  it  hold  in 
cubic  metres  ?  In  litres  ?  In  cubic  centimetres  ?  In 
grammes  ?     In  kilogrammes  ? 

8.  I  have  a  rectangular  lot  of  land,  64  rods  long  and  36 
rods  wide,  and  a  square  lot  of  the  same  area ;  how  many- 
more  feet  of  fencing  will  be  needed  for  the  former  lot  than 
for  the  latter  ? 

XXVI. 

1.  Add  ^  of  4  to  I 

2.  Multiply  0.145  by  0.297,  and  give  the  answer  as  a 
Circulating  Decimal. 

3.  Find  the  Greatest  Common  Divisor  of  43700  and 
9430.     Also  obtain  their  Least  Common  Multiple. 

4/1  buy  one  fifth  of  an  acre  of  land  for  S2178.  For 
how  much  a  square  foot  must  I  sell  it,  in  order  to  gain 
twenty  per  cent  of  the  cost  ? 

5.  The  kilogramme  equals  2  lb.  8  oz.  3  dwt.  2  gr.  How 
many  centigrammes  equal  one  grain  ? 

6.  What  is  the  present  worth  of  $  678.75,  due  3  years  8 
months  hence,  at  7  per  cent  compound  interest  ? 

7.  Multiply  the  square  root  of  0.173056  by  the  cube  root 

of  156 2 5 
^^    32768- 

8.  A  can  do  a  certain  piece  of  work  in  10  days,  working 
8  hours  a  day.  B  can  do  the  same  work  in  9  days,  working 
12  hours  a  day.  They  decide  to  work  together,  and  to 
finish  the  work  in  6  days.  How  many  hours  a  day  must 
they  work  ? 


132  EXAMINATION  PAPERS. 

XXVII. 

1.  Divide  0.75  by  P  X  0.081. 

•^   Id 

2.  Find  the  least  common  multiple  of  ^,  -^j,  2J-,  5, 
and  6-^. 

3.  A  and  B,  44  miles  apart,  travel  towards  each  other. 
A  travels  y\  of  the  whole  distance,  while  B  travels  f  of 
the  remainder.     How  far  are  they  then  apart  ? 

4.  In  what  time  will  $  680,  at  4  per  cent  simple  inter- 
est, amount  to  $  727.60  ? 

5.  How  many  cubic  yards  are  there  in  a  cistern  the 
dimensions  of  which  are  64  dcm.,  225  cm.,  and  3.75  m.  ? 

6.  If  9  men  build  247^2^  rods  of  wall  in  28  days,  in 
how  many  days  will  8  men  build  51  rods  ? 

7.  What  is  the  difference  between  the  square  root  and 
the  cube  root  of  1771561  ? 

8.  A  can  do  a  piece  of  work  in  10  days,  A  and  C  can 
do  it  in  7  days,  A  and  B  can  do  it  in  6  days ;  in  how  many 
days  can  B  and  C  together  do  it  ? 

XXVIII. 

1.  The  sum  of  ^  ^^^'^^^  and  ?i^  is   how  many 

times  the  difference  ? 

2.  How  many  kilometres  are  there  in  2  m.  6  fur.  39  rd. 
5  yd.  ? 

3.  What  common  fraction  equals  the  sum  of  0.18  and 
0.307692  ? 

4.  A  cube  contains  79507  cubic  inches.  How  many 
square  inches  does  its  surface  contain  ? 


ARITHMETIC.  133 

5.  Having  purchased  an  acre  of  land,  I  sell  from  it  a 
rectangular  lot,  121  yds.  long,  and  25  yds.  wide,  for  what 
the  whole  acre  cost  me.  What  per  cent  do  I  gain  on  the 
land  thus  sold  ? 

6.  A  collector  who  charges  8  per  cent  commission  on 
what  he  collects  pays  me  $53475  for  a  bill  of  $775. 
"What  amount  of  the  bill  does  he  collect  ? 

7.  A  can  travel  around  a  certain  island  in  2y2g.  day.s,  B 
in  3|-  days,  C  in  3-J  days.  If  they  set  out  at  the  same 
time  from  the  same  point,  and  travel  in  the  same  direction, 
in  how  many  days  will  they  all  come  together  at  the  start- 
ing-point, and  how  many  times  will  each  man  have  gone 
around  the  island  ? 


134  EXAMINATION  PAPERS. 


ALGEBRA. 

I. 

1.  Multiply  a^ -{•  2  a^  x -{- 2  a  x^ -{-  o:^  hy  a^  —  2a'^x  -}- 
2  ax^  —  x^. 

2.  Divide  1  by  1  —  m^,  finding  five  terms  of  the  series. 

3.  Divide  —  Qx'^  +  96  hj —  3  x  +  6, 

4.  Divide  ^(^"-f)(^  +  ^)  hj2a(x  +  y). 

5.  Find  the  greatest  common  divisor  of  numerator  and 

x^ 1 

denominator,  and  reduce  the  fraction    ^  _.     3  to  its  lowest 

terms. 

^    -r..    .-,    ah  —  bx  ^      ac  —  ex 

6.  Divide r- —  by ■, . 

a  -\-  p      ''     a  -Y  p 

7.  Eeduce  1 ^— 1 — ^  to  the  form  of  a  fraction. 

a^  -f-  x^ 

8.  A  farmer  sells  to  one  man  5  cows  and  7  oxen  for 
$  370,  and  to  another,  at  the  same  rate,  10  cows  and  3 
oxen  for  $  355.  Required,  the  price  of  a  cow  and  that  of 
an  ox. 

9.  What  is  the  fourth  power  of  —  %]?  <f  ? 

10.  What  is  the  third  root  of  —  729  a^  h^  c^^  ? 

11.  Find  (2  a  —  If  by  the  Binomial  Theorem. 

II. 

1.  Multiply  a6_|.  3  ^4  52_  5  ,,2^,4  l3y  7^4_4^22,2^J4 

2.  What  is  the  value  of  —  (10  —  3  a^)  (10  +  3  a^)  ? 

3.  Divide'  12  a^  h^  —  UaH^+Q  a^  l^—  a'  by  2  a2  J3  —  a^ 


ALGEBRA.  135 

4  4 

4.  Reduce  -t-^-j — o,  f  o~  ^ 1 — 2x  ^^  its  lowest  terms. 

5.  Reduce  -  -\ , 4— 5 to  its  simplest 

b    '         cd  oca 

form  as  a  single  fraction. 

6.  Divide  -- — ^-^  by  ^r^ -„,  and  reduce  the  answer  to 

its  lowest  terms. 

7.  rind  the  value  of  5?  in  terms  of  a,  I,  c,  from  the  equa- 
tion   ^      ^  =  — ^^ — .     What  does   this  value  become 

b  a 

when  «  =  2,  &  =  —  1,  and  c  =  3  ? 

8.  The  sum  of  the  distance  passed  over  by  two  locomo- 
tives, the  first  running  6  hours  and  the  second  4  hours,  is 
228  miles ;  but  the  second  goes  24  miles  more  in  8  hours 
than  the  first  goes  in  12  hours.  Find  the  distance  each 
goes  in  an  hour  ? 

^  (_  7  ^2  ^)2  ^  ^vhat  ?     ^  I—  ^^^')  =  what  ? 

10.  Find  by  the  Binomial  Theorem  {a  —  l)^  and  (1  — 
3  x^f. 

III. 

1.  From  5a2&  +362c  — TcSfZe  take  — GaH— (4c3£Z6 
—  4  62  c). 

2.  Multiply  s(?+  xy  -\-y'^hj  a?'  —  xy  -\-  ^/. 

3.  Divide  ^*  —  2/*  by  a?  —  y. 

4.  Reduce  - — ,     ,Tf     o~'i     2^  ^o  its  lowest  terms. 

i^  +  y)  (^  —  2^^  +  r) 

2  X  8  X 

5.  Add  together  3  x  -\-  -^  and  a? ^. 

6.  Multiply  ^  —  ^-^  t»y  rz;2  _  ^  +    . 


136  EXAMINATION  PAPERS. 

7.  Divide  -^^^  ^y,._2,  +  r 

8.  Divide  the  number  75  into  two  such  parts  that  three 
times  the  greater  may  exceed  seven  times  the  less  by  15. 

9.  What  is  the  fourth  power  of  —73 —  ? 

10.  What  is  the  third  root  of ^? 


11.  Find  (6  —  2  c^)*  by  the  Binomial  Theorem. 

IV. 

1.  Eeduce  »+ &  — (2  a  — 3&)  — (5a  +  7&)  — (— 13a 
+  2  &)  to  its  simplest  form, 

2.  Multiply  ft3  _j_  J2  _  c  "by  ^2  _  ^3 

3.  Divide  —  \  -\-  a^i-^\rj  —  \  -\-  a  n. 

a  2 

4.  Eeduce  to  one  fraction  — r— ^  + 


5.  Multiply  a +  ^by.;-^. 

6.  Divide        ^4_^4        by  ^^— ^. 

7.  How  much  money  have  I  when  the  fourth  and  fifth 
part  amount  together  to  S  2.25. 

8.  Find  the  fifth  power  of  —  2  d^. 

9.  Find  the  fourth  root  of  ..^  ,,„  ... 

10.  Find  (5  <x  —  ^x^hj  the  Binomial  Theorem. 

y. 

1.  Reduce  the  following  expression  to  its  simplest  form : 
ax  +  h{x  +  c)+c^—[{a~l)x—(b  —  c)  (h  +  c)]. 

2.  Multiply  a;  +  2?/  —  32;bya?  —  2?/  +  3;^. 


ALGEBRA.  137 

3.  Divide  Scv^  —  12  a^  +  8a^  +  18  a^  —  30  by  6— 4«2 

4.  Combine ^ — j — ^ = r— ^  in  a  single 

1  —  '2x        l-j-:^^        1  —  4:x^  ^ 

fraction,  and  reduce  it  to  its  lowest  terms. 

5.  Divide  ^e^  +  —  —  2hY  x . 

6.  Find  {a  —  hf  and  (^  —  2if\    by    the    Binomial 

Theorem. 

v  a  X 

7.  Solve  the  equation r-—  = ^,  in  which  a 

a         a  -\-  0         a  —  6 

and  h  denote  known  quantities.     Find  also  the  value  of  x 
•when  a  = —  1,  &  =  3. 

8.  Find  a  certain  fraction  which  is  such  that  if  3  be  sub- 
tracted from  both  numerator  and  denominator,  the  value  of 
the  fraction  becomes  \,  and  that  if  11  be  added  to  both 
numerator  and  denominator,  the  value  of  the  fraction  be- 
comes  f . 

9.  Solve  the  equations  2x  —  y  =  5,  2>y  — 2z-=  —  13, 
2z  —  4:x  =  2. 

10.  Verify  the  answers  of  ISTos.  7,  8,  and  9,  by  showing 
that  they  satisfy  the  original  conditions. 


VI. 

1.  From  ^  ac  —  5a&  +  ^^  subtract  Zac  —  [3a&  — 

2.  Divide  28  ^2  —  6  a^—  6  a^  —  4  a*  —  96  a  +  264  by 
3^2— 4a  +  11. 

3.  Eeduce  - — ^^,,  /  2  ■    o    7    .    l9^  to  its  lowest  terms. 

(a  —  6)  (cr  +  2  a  6  +  h^) 

4  From  3  a:  +  7  take  x . 

D  C 


138  EXAMNATION  PAPERS. 

5.  Divide  ^^ ^, — ^j^  by   ^ ,  ,  and  reduce  the  an- 
swer to  its  lowest  terms. 

6.  Multiply  (-1^3/ by  ^(-S^y. 

7.  Find  {x  —  ijf  and  (a^—  3  If  by  the  Binomial  Theo- 
rem. 

8.  Find  a  number  from  which  if  5  be  subtracted  |^  of  the 
remainder  will  be  40. 

9.  Solve  the  equations  x  —  ^z=^  —  2y,  Sx  —  5y=20j 
4:z  =  5x  —  27. 

10.  Verify  the  answers  to  Nos.  8,  9,  by  showing  that 
they  satisfy  the  original  conditions  of  those  problems. 

VII. 

1.  From  4  a^x  —  (2  ahc  —  Ahc  -\-  Sd)  subtract  8  ahc  — 
{4:a^x—2d)  +  ahc. 

2.  Multiply  x^ -{-  X  7/  -\-  y^  hj  x^  —  ^1/  -{-  V^- 

3.  Divide  3  a*—  8^252  -f  Za^c^  4.  5  54  _  352^2  ^y 
a2  —  h\ 

4    Eeduce         (a^- &^)  (a-+ 2a6  +  ^^) 

plest  form  by  inspection. 

5.  From  x 4—  take  2x  A . 

2  '        c 

6.  Divide    ^  1    \    -11  by  v^— ,— .Tg- 

7.  Divide  ^—^^f^^  i3y  (_  2  «2  2,  ,3)5 

8.  Subtract  (a  —  2  5)^  from   («  +  2  If.     Use  the  Bi- 
nomial Theorem. 

9.  In  a  mixture  of  wine  and  cider  one  half  the  whole 


ALGEBRA.  139 

plus  twenty-five  gallons  was  wine,  and  one  third  part  minus 
five  gallons  was  cider;  how  many  gallons  were  there  of 
each  ? 

10.  Solve  the  equations  |  +  7 2/  =  99,  |  +  7^  =  51. 


VIII. 

1.  Eeduce  the  following  expression  to  its  simplest  form : 
(^a  +  h)  x—(h  —  c)  c  —  [(b  —  x)  b  —  (h  —  c)  (h+  c)] 
—  ax. 

2.  Multiply  2a^  — Sxy  +  67/hj  3x^  +  3  xy  + 57/. 

•   3.  Divide  4.0  a  +  Sa'^  —  50  a^  —  S  hy  5  a  —  2a^  —  2. 

4.  Give  the  rule  for  multiplying  different  powers  of  the 
same  quantity,  and  explain  its  reason.  Example:  x""  X 
x"  =^hat  ? 

5.  Eeduce  the  following  expression  to  a  single  fraction, 

1      {      X  ^  X 

having  the  least  possible  denominator :       ^^      — ^ 

(  L  X)  L  X 

1  —X 


{l  +  xf 

6.  Divide    ..^  „  „    by  —  -^^ — —3. 

18  c^/       -^         21  ex  if 

7.  Find  by  the  Binomial  Theorem  the  first  four  terms  of 
(a-J)20andof(l-|^,)'°. 

8.  Find   the   value   of   x  in  the   equation  x  —  a  = 

—  -J ,  in  which  a,  h,  c,  d,  and  e  denote  known  quanti- 

d         de 

ties.     Find,  also,  what  the  value  of  x  becomes  when  a  = 

—  3,  6  =  0,  c  =  —  2,  d  =  —  2,  e  =  4;  and  verify  it  for 
this  case  by  showing  that  it  satisfies  the  equation. 

9.  A  and  B  have  together  J  as  much  money  as  C ;  B  and 


140  EXAMINATION   PAPERS. 

C  have  together  6  times  as  much  as  A ;  and  B  has  $  680 
less  than  A  and  C  together  have:  how  much  has  each? 
Eliminate  by  comparison ;  and  verify  the  answers  by  show- 
ing that  they  satisfy  the  given  conditions. 

IX. 

1.  Reduce  the  following  expression  to  its  simplest  form  : 
ah  —  c  {x  —  h)  —  [(x  '\-  c)  (x  —  c)  —  c  (p  —  {c  —  x}) 

—  x'^l 

2.  Into  w^hat  two  factors  can  the  following  expressions 
be  severally  resolved :  (Ax^y^  —  25  x^^) ;  (??i^  —  n^). 

3.  Multiply  6a^  —  2an+4:ah^  by  2a^  —  5ah^  —  3h^. 

4.  Divide  9  i^—  6  x^  —  4:5  x  +  3  x^  +  54.hj  3  x  +  3  x^ 

—  9. 

6.  State  the  rule  for  multiplying  different  powers  of  the 
same  quantity,  and  give  its  reason.  Examples  :  x"^  X  x"  =i 
what  ?     (or  X  x'^y  =  what  ? 

6.  Eeduce  to  one  fraction  (with  least  possible  denomina- 
.,3,2,2  1 


(1  _  ^)2  n    1  _  ^    I    1  _[_  ^        1  —  a;2' 

7.  Divide  ^j-^-jq  by  —      ..j^^;  and  raise  the  quotient  to 

the  second  power. 

8.  A  and  B  are  building  a  wall.  A  alone  can  build  it  in 
a  days,  and  B  alone  in  h  days.  In  what  time  can  both  to- 
gether build  it  ? 

9.  Solve  the  equations  J^  +  j2/  =  i^  —  ^>  ^^  —  j2/  = 

10.  Solve  the  equation  a^  —  5x  —  6  =  0;  and  verify 
the  answers  by  showing  that  they  satisfy  the  equation. 

11.  Show  that  no  binomial  can  be  an  exact  second  power. 


ALGEBRA.  141 

X. 

1.  Eeduce  the  following  expression  to  its  simplest  form 

2.  Eeduce  the  following  expression  to  its  simplest  form : 
{a  +  h)h  -\-  c  —  [{c  +  d)  (a  +  d)  —  c{cc-]-h  —1)-^ 
{ci+c)(d-l)\ 

3.  Multiply  15  a^  +  18  a  5  —  14  &2  by  4  a2  —  2  a  5  —  h\ 

4.  Divide  43>x^i/—  22x^y  +  24.f+^x'^—Z^xy^  by 
Zxy  —  2x?  —  4.7f. 

5.  From  -^j ^  take  ,    ,      .. 

6.  Divide  — ^ i — •  by  — ' — , —  ;  and  re- 

a  —  X    '    a  -\-  X    ^  a  —  x        a  -\-  ^ 

dif^  the  quotient  to  its  lowest  terms. 

6  a^  c'  9  a^  h 

7.  Divide  - — tft8~6  ^7  oT)^'  >  ^^^  ^^^  ^^^  second  power 

and  the  third  root  of  the  quotient. 

8.  Eeduce  to  one  fraction  ' 


(6  —  c)  (c  —  a)        {a  —  c){a — h) 


J ci  -\-  c ^^^     What  is  the  Least  Common  Denomi- 

~  (6  —  a)  {c  —  b) 

nator  in  this  example  ? 

9.  State  the  rule  for  multiplying  different  powers  of  the 
same  quantity,  and  give  its  reason,     a"*  X  sf  =  what  ? 

(^•'"  X  off  =  what  ?    (c62  b)""  =  ?    y  (^)  =  ?    What  is 
denoted  by  ai  ? 

10.  What  is  the  reason  that  any  term  maybe  transposed 
from  one  member  of  an  equation  to  the  other,  provided  its 
sign  is  changed  ? 


142  EXAMINATION  PAPERS. 

il.  Solve  the  equation r— 7  =  — ^.     Wliat  is 

^  a        a  -\-  0        a  —  6 

the  value  of  a^  if  a  =  —  2,  &  =  3  ? 

12.  Out  of  a  cask  of  wine  from  which  a  third  part  had 
leaked  away,  21  gallons  were  afterwards  drawn,  and  the 
cask  was  then  half  full.     How  much  did  it  hold  ? 

13.  Solve  the  equations  3x  —  5y  =  63,  ^x  -{-  ^y  = 

—  3. 

14.  Solve  the  equations  x  -\-  y  —  z  =  2^,x  —  2y  -{-^z 
=  ^46,1^-12/  — i^  =  4. 

15.  Solve  the  equation  x?  —  Zx  —  10  =  0,  and  verify 
the  answers  by  showing  that  they  satisfy  the  equation. 

(^2  \  25 
xy'^\     by 

the  Binomial  Theorem. 

XI. 

1.  Reduce  the  following  expression  to  its  simplest  form  : 
{a  +  h)  x—(h  —  c)  c—[(h  —  x)  I  —  (h  —  c)  (6  +  c)] 

—  ax. 

2.  Multiply  x^  +  3 0^*2/2  —  5 x?y^  by  7 x^  —  4tx^y'^-\- y\ 

3.  Divide  23  a  —  30  —  7  a^  +  6  a^  by  3  a  —  2  ^2  _  5. 

4.  What  is  the  reason  that  when  different  powers  of  the 
same  quantity  are  multiplied,  their  exponents  are  added  ? 

5.  Reduce  to  one  fraction,  with  least  possible  denomina- 

.         1  4-  cT  4^  1  —  X 

tor  ' 


(1  _  xf        1  _  ^2        (1  _|.  ^Y 

10  ^2  _^,3  5  ^  ^ 

6.  Divide   ^  ,^  ^-  by  ^„  '    ,  and  reduce  the  answer  to  its 

lowest  terms. 

7.  A  had  twice  as  much  money  as  B,  A  gained  S  30  and 
B  lost  $  40,  whereupon  A  gave  B  -^-^  as  much  as  B  had  left. 


ALGEBRA.  143 

A  then  had  what  he  had  in  the  beginning  and  20  per  cent 
more.     How  much  had  each  in  the  beginning  ? 

8.  Solve   the   equations   5?/  —  Sx  =  —  280  —  30 0, 
X  —  20  =  z  —  y,  20  z  —  4:x  =  5  7j. 

9.  Solve  the  equation  2x'^  —  7^  +  3  =  0;  and  verify 
the  answers  by  showing  that  they  satisfy  the  equation. 

XII. 

1.  Eeduce  the  following  expression  to  its  simplest  form: 
(^2  _i2^c—(a  —  h)  (a  [5  +  c]  —  5  [a  —  c]). 

2.  Multiply  2>x^y^  —  Qx^  i/z  +  y^  hj  2>x^  if  +  ^ x^y^ 
z  —  f. 

3.  Divide  9 ^2  +  1  —  4^4  —  6a  by  1  +  2^2  —  3a. 

.  ^  What  is  the  reason  that  when  different  powers  of  the 
same  quantity  are  multiplied  together,  their  exponents  are 
added  ? 

5.  Eeduce  ~—^ ^-^-^^ — —^ 1 — -^  to  its  lowest  terms. 

(^•2-f-y)  {x^—  '2xy-\-y) 

6.  Eeduce  to  one  fraction  with  the  least  possible  denom- 

a        b^  — ■  a^  -]-  ab        3  b  —  a    ,      c 

mator r — \-  — 

6  bed  cd         ^     bd 

7.  Divide  — — ^  by  ^  ^    ,  « ;  and  reduce  the  answer  to 
its  lowest  terms. 

8.  Find  the  value  of  x,  in  terms  of  a,  h,  and  c,  in  the 

equation 7——  = .  What  does  this  value  be- 
come when  a=2,  &  =  —  1,  c=3? 

9.  Solve  the  equations  lx  +  2y  -\-  S^z=  80,  4|2/  — 
0— |^=  66,  5  z+  lSx—7y=  140. 

10.  Solve  the  equation  x^  =  Ax-{-  60;  and  verify  the 
answers  by  showing  that  they  satisfy  the  original  equation. 


144  EXAMINATION  PAPERS. 

XIII. 

1.  Free  the  following  expression  from  parentheses  and 
reduce  it  to  its  simplest  form :  (x  -}~  a)  a  -^  y  —  [(y  +  ^) 

(x  +  b)—y(x  +  a  —  l)  —  (x  +  y)(b  —  a)]. 

2.  Divide  24:x^y^-+  21xh/  —  9 x^^  +  4:x^ynj  2x'^y^  — 

3.  What  is  the  reason  that  when  different  powers  of  the 
same  letter  are  multiplied  the  exponents  are  added  ? 

4.  Eesolve  the  following  expression  into  a  single  fraction 
(finding  the  least  common  denominator,  and  reducing  the 

answer  to  its  lowest  terms) :  ,   o      o    i  —  1  —  tt^^t — n  22.2' 

,    ^.    .,     15  m^  ^5  3^632 

5.  Divide  ,.47  by  —  -^g—- 

6.  Having  a  certain  sum  of  money  in  my  pocket,  I  lost 
c  dollars,  afterwards  spent  one  ath  part  of  what  remained, 
and  then  found  that  what  I  had  left  was  one  &th  part  of 
what  I  had  had  at  the  beginning.  Find  the  original  sum. 
What  does  the  answer  become  if  ct  =  3,  &  =  9,  c  =  5  ? 

7.  Solve  the  equations  8a?  +  -|?/  —  bz=  0,  12 z  —  19 
=:^  x,y  —  7  =  12  —  82;.  (If  any  answers  are  fractional, 
reduce  them  to  their  lowest  terms.) 

8.  Solve  the  equation  2o^  —  x  —  21  =  0.  Verify  each 
answer  by  substituting  it  in  the  original  equation. 

9.  Find,  by  the  Binomial  Theorem,  {a  —  h)^,  {2x  —  y'^J'. 

XIV. 

1.  Free  the  following  expression  from  parentheses,  and 
reduce  it  to  its  simplest  form :  {a  —  h  -\-  cf  —  (a  [c  —  a 
^  J]  _  [5  {^  _j-  2,  _j_  c}  —  c  {^  —  6  —  c}]). 

2.  Divide  bxf—1x^y  +  10x^—24:y^hyxy  —  Zf 
—  2.7:2 


ALGEBRA.  145 

3.  What  is  the  reason  that  when  different  powers  of  the 
same  letter  are  multipKed  the  exponents  are  added  ? 

4.  Eesolve  the  following  expression  into  a  single  frac- 
tion (finding  the  least  common  denominator,  and  reducing 

the  answer  to  its  lowest  terms) :  -tP^ ( -tt-i 

(16  —  ^)  ^\ 
x"—^     ) 
_    -r..    .,     4  (a^ — ah)  ^         6  ah 

1    +  ^  \ 

6.  Solve  the  equation  a  —  :j =  0. 

i  —  X 

7.  A  gentleman  has  two  horses  and  one  chaise.  The 
first  horse  is  worth  a  dollars  less  than  the  chaise,  and  the 
second  horse  b  dollars  less  than  the  chaise.  If  |  of  the 
value  of  the  first  horse  be  subtracted  from  that  of  the 
chaise,  the  remainder  will  be  the  same  as  if  -J  of  the  value 
of  the  second  horse  is  subtracted  from  twice  that  of  the 
chaise.  Find  the  value  of  each  horse  and  that  of  the 
chaise.     What  are  the  answers,  ifa  =  —  50,  &=  50? 

8.  Solve  the  equations  5?/  —  2x  =  42;+13J,  ^x  == 

z  —  40 

— J — ,  2x  —  y  -\-  6z  =  0.     (If  any  answers  are  fraction- 
al, reduce  them  to  their  lowest  terms.) 

9.  Solve  the  equation  18  a;^  ~  33  ^  —  40  =  0.  Verify 
each  answer  by  substituting  it  in  the  original  equation. 

10.  Find  («  —  hy  by  the  Binomial  Theorem. 

XV. 

1.  Reduce  to  its  simplest  form  the  expression  a  —  c  — 

h  —  (c  —  d)  e 


146  EXAMINATION  PAPERS. 

2.  Solve  the  equation  —  3  a;^  -[-  5  a?  =  2. 

3.  riuci  the  vahies  of  the  unknown  quantities  in  the 
equations  x -\-  2y  =  11,  2 x  -{-  oz  =  13,  3y  —  2z=7. 

4.  What  are  similar  terms  ?  What  is  the  rule  for  multi- 
plying together  different  powers  of  the  same  letter  ?  For 
dividing  ?  By  the  rule,  what  do  you  get  for  the  exponent 
of  a  in  the  quotient  of  a^  -i-  a^,  «*  -t-  a,  a^  -r-  cl^,  cc^  H-  a^  ? 
When  is  the  square  of  a  number  larger  than  the  number 

itself?     How  do  you  raise  fractions  to  powers,  (-,  )  ,  i-A  , 
for  example  ? 

5.  Separate  x^  —  y^  into  prime  factors. 

6.  A  can  do  a  piece  of  work  in  a  days,  B  in  5  days,  C  in 
c  days.  In  how  many  days  can  A  and  B  together  do  it  ? 
B  and  C  together  ?    A  and  C  together  ?    All  three  together  ? 

7.  Find  the  value  of  x  in  the  equation 

ab 

X  =  — i— ; r,  in  its  simplest  form. 

a  -j-  0        a  —  b  ^ 

a  —  b        a  -\-  b 

8.  If  I  buy  a  certain  number  of  pounds  of  beef  at  25 
cents  a  pound,  I  shall  have  25  cents  left;  if  I  buy  the 
same  number  of  pounds  of  lard  at  15  cents  a  pound,  I 
shall  have  $  1.25  left.     How  much  money  have  I  ? 


XVL 

1.  Eeduce  to  its  simplest  form  the  expression 


71+    1 


1 

2.  Solve  tlie  equation  —  2  a-^  +  7  :r  —  3  =  0. 


71+   1 

3.  Find  the  values  of  the  unknown  quantities  in  the 


ALGEBRA.  147 


equations  y  —  -  =  -  +  5,  —j — -  = 


5    '      '      4  5  10 


-,x 


2y--5__  .3    I    A 

4.  Separate  a^  —  b^  into  prime  factors. 

5.  A  and  B  can  do  a  piece  of  work  in  a  days,  A  and  C 
in  h  days,  B  and  C  in  c  days.  In  how  many  days  could 
each  person  do  it  ? 

6.  What  is  the  rule  for  multiplying  together  different 
powers  of  the  same  letter  ?  For  di\'iding  ?  Explain  the 
.reason.     Multiply  a^  by  a^ ;  ct^  by  a".     Divide  a^  by  a^ ; 

c?  by  0^ ;  o?  by  d^  \  a^  by  a" ;  6  a  by  2  a. 

7.  Divide  o^  —  if^hj  x  —  y. 

8.  Find  the  seventh  power  of  Za  —  2  5  by  the  Binomial 
•  Theorem. 

XVII. 

1.  Eeduce  the  following  expression  to  its  simplest  form: 

(^2  ^  y2)  ^  _  ^^  ^  y^  {x[z  —  y]—y[z  —  x]). 

2.  What  is  the  reason  that,  when  different  powers  of  the 
same  quantity  are  multiplied  together,  the  exponents  are 
added  ?  ^"^  +  "  X  x"^-""  =  what  ?  x"^^""  -^  x""-""  =  what  ? 
Give  the  square  root  of  each  of  these  results. 

3.  Eesolve  the  following  expression  into  a  single  fraction 
(finding  the  least  common  denom.inator,  and  reducing  the 

answer  to  its  lowest  terms) :  -^ ^ r^  —  1.   What 

^     x"^  —  y^       X  -\-  y 

^       ,        ,       ,         ^        100«H2  ^aH  —  2,h^ 

IS  the  most  reduced  value  of 


25  a^ 62— 9  6^        b  aH  +  3  6^ 
—  1? 

4.  Divide  -^^^  by  ^^~^. 


148  EXAMINATION  PAPERS. 

5.  The  owners  of  a  certain  mill  make  a  dollars  a  day 
each,  sharing  equally.  If  the  number  of  owners  were  h 
less,  they  would  make  c  dollars  each.  Eequired  the  num- 
ber of  owners  and  the  total  daily  profit  of  the  mill.  What 
are  the  answers  if  <x  =  80,  &  =  —  3,  c  =  50  ? 

6.  Solve  the  equations  Z1  -\- \x  —  \2y  =  8^;  +  55, 

2  2 

7.  Solve  the  equation  ^ 1  =  — . 

1  —  X  ox 

y)  ^y  ^^6  Binomial  Theo- 
rem. 

XVIII. 

1.  Eeduce  the  following  expression  to  its  simplest  form : 

{a  -\-l)  a  —  {^{a  —  IJ'  —  Q)  —  a)  V). 

2.  Separate  ^iv"  —  n  into  its  prime  factors. 

3.  From  -^^^^<,  subtract  -— ; — 5  and  divide  the  result  by 

1  —  x^  \  -\-  Q^ 

4:X 


1   +X''' 

4.  "  In  multiplication  and  division,  like  signs  give  plus 
and  unlike  signs  give  minus.''  Explain  fully  why  this 
is  so. 

5.  A  can  perform  a  piece  of  work  in  a  days,  B  can  per- 
form the  same  in  I  days,  and  C  in  c  days.  In  how  many 
days  will  the  work  be  performed  if  they  all  labor  together  ? 

2         X  X 1         V  —  2 

6.  Solve  the  equations  y  +  5  =  5  +  5>  — 7 5"" 

10"' ""  3       -  ''• 


ALGEBRA.  149 

7.  Solve  the  equation -r-— -j— ^  =  0. 

8.  Find  {a  +  &)^  and  (l  —  -  x^  by  the  Binomial  Theo- 
rem. 

XIX. 

1.  Eeduce  the  following  expression  to  its  simplest  form : 
(9a2  52_454)  {c^  —W)  —  {^  ah  —  IW')  (3a[a2+62]_ 
2&[&2+3a&  — ^2])  I. 

2.  Divide  36^2^  1_64^*—  12^by  6^?  — 1  —  Soi^. 

3.  What  is  the  reason  that  when  different  powers  of  the 
same  quantity  are  multiplied  together  their  exponents  are 
added  ? 

4.  Eeduce  to  one  fraction  with  the  lowest  possible  denom- 
3a+26        25a2_62         ^ 


mator 


a-^h  a^—JJ"  2  6' 


5.  Divide  -. —  ^     ^j^   2  ^1  ^  >  ^^^  reduce  the 

x^  —  ixy  -\-  y  X  —  y 

answer  to  its  lowest  terms. 

6.  Find  x  in  terms  of  a,  h,  and  c,  from  the  equation 

z = .     What  is  the  value  of  x  when  a  =  2, 

h  a 

h  =  —  l,c  =  Sl 

7.  A  man  bought  a  watch,  a  chain,  and  a  locket  for  $216. 
The  watch  and  locket  together  cost  three  times  as  much  as 
the  chain,  and  the  chain  and  locket  together  cost  half  as 
much  as  the  watch.     Wliat  was  the  price  of  each  ? 

8.  Solve  the  equation  — ,— ^  —  ^^^-^II — J  =  1. 

■^  ic  -|-  12        ox  —  1 

^y  —  2   /  ^y  t^6  ^iiiomial  Theo- 
rem. 


150  EXAMINATION  PAPERS. 

XX. 

1.  Separate  into  prime  factors  x^  —  x. 

2.  Eeduce  to  its  simplest  form  3  a^  —  4^a^  -\-  2h  —  ca^ 
(^2  _  1)  ^  |2  5  —  [7  a^  —  a3  (4  —  c)  —  a^  (4  +  c)]}. 

3.  Divide  x^  -\ — 5 ^  by x,  and  subtract  the 

quotient  from . 

^  a  —  X 

4.  It  is  said  that  when  a  term  is  transposed  from  one 
member  of  an  equation  to  the  other,  its  sign  should  be 
changed.     Why  is  this  so  ? 

5.  A  reservoir  is  supplied  by  two  pumps.  Both  pumps 
were  worked  three  hours  and  the  reservoir  was  found  to 
be  half  full.  On  another  occasion  the  larger  pump  was 
worked  two  hours  and  the  smaller  seven  hours,  when  the 
reservoir  was  found  to  be  two  thirds  full.  How  many 
hours  required  by  either  pump  alone  to  fill  the  reservoir  ? 

6.  A  laborer,  having  built  105  rods  of  stone  fence,  found 
that  if  he  had  built  two  rods  less  a  day  he  would  have 
been  six  days  longer  in  completing  the  job.  How  many 
rods  a  day  did  he  build  ? 

7.  What  is  Elimination  ?  Describe  fully  the  several 
processes  by  which  it  can  be  effected,  and  illustrate  by  ex- 
amples of  your  own  selection. 

8.  What  is  the  Binomial  Theorem  ?  Find  the  seventh 
power  of  J  a  —  4  &  c  by  aid  of  it. 

XXI. 

1.  Eeduce  to  its  simplest  form  the  following  expression: 
{^r,  +  I)  X  ^  (1)  —  c)  c  —  [(})  ^  x)  I  —  {h  —  c)  (6  +  c)] 
—  ax. 


ALGEBRA.  151 

2.  Divide    ,„  „   ^    by  —  -^ k. 

18  c^/      "^         27  ex  7/^ 

3.  Divide  8  a^  —  22  aH  +  43  a^h^  —  3Sah^  +  24:b^  by 
2^2  — 3a6  +  462 

4.  Sei^arate  a^  —  x^  into  its  prime  factors. 

5.  Eeduce  to  its  simplest  form  the  following  expression : 
(i  +  l)(„  +  i)_(^^_fL^). 

\m        nJ  ^       '      ^         \     m  n     / 

6.  Find,  by  tlie  Binomial  Theorem,  the  sixth  term  in  the 
development  of  {a  —  5)^^ ;  and  the  fourth  term  in  the  de- 

2x  —  -— j  . 

7.  Find  the  values  of  x,  y,  and  z,  from  the  equations 
Z  y  —  I         62  X  J.    ^^    5  X        i  z .    5   ?>x  -\-  \ 

'    4     ""  y  ~~'  2  "^  5'  T  "^  y  ""  ^  "^  6'    7 

J^    ,    1  ^  20       2/ 
U"^6        21  "^3" 

8.  A  person  performs  a  journey  of  192  miles  in  a  certain 
number  of  days ;  had  he  travelled  8  miles  more  a  day  he 
would  have  performed  the  journey  in  two  days  less  time. 
Find  how  many  days  it  took  him  to  perform  the  journey. 

9.  Solve .  the  equation  (x  —  1)  (^  —  2)  =  6,  and  verify 
the  results. 

XXII. 

1.  Pieduce  to  its  simplest  form  the  expression  a  —  (2  5 
j^[Sc  —  Sa  —  (a  +  h)]  +  2a  —  (h  +  3  c)). 

2.  Separate  into  its  prime  factors  the  expression  x^  —  y^. 

3.  Divide  {a^  —  5  c)^  +  8  &«  (?  by  a^^lc. 

4.  Solve  the  equation  [a  +  oc)  (6  -[-  ^)  =  (c  +  x)  {d  +  x). 

5.  A  can  build  a  wall  in  one  half  the  time  that  B  can ; 
B  can  build  it  in  two  thirds  of  the  time  that  C  can  ;  all  to- 


152  EXAMINATION  PAPERS. 

gether  they  can  build  it  in  6  days :  find  the  time  it  would 
take  each  alone. 

21332  114 

6.  Solve  the  equations  -  +  -  =  -, =  2,  — [--=. 

^  X    ^    y        z    z        y  X        z        o 

7.  Solve  the  equation  — —r ^ =  o. 

X  "~"~"  JL  AX  O 

8.  The  length  of  a  rectangular  field  exceeds  the  breadth 
by  one  yard,  and  the  area  is  three  acres ;  find  the  dimen- 
sions. 


9.  Expand  the  expression  f  2  a  +  ti)  • 


10.  Wliat  is  Elimination  ?  How  many  methods  are  you 
familiar  with  ?     Explain  them  in  full. 

XXIII. 

1.  Simplify  {a  +  &)(&  +  c)  —  (c  +  d)  {d  +  a) — 
(a  +  c)  (5  —  d). 

2.  Eeduce  to  its  simplest  form  —^ -^  X     ^  "T   ^  X 

tt    0  Qj    ~T~  X 

a  —  h 
a  —  x' 

Ix  6  / 

4.  Find  a  number  such  that  three  times  its  square  di- 
minished by  five  times  the  number  itself  shall  amount  to 
50.     Solve  completely. 

5.  What  fraction  is  that  which  becomes  equal  to  f  when 
6  is  added  to  its  numerator,  and  equal  to  ^  when  2  is  sub- 
tracted from  its  denominator  ? 

^    ^  ,      .,  ,.       2;r  — 3        5        3^  —  5 

6.  Solve  the  equation =  -  — r-. 

^  3^  —  5        2        zx  —  3 

7.  A  and  B  find  a  purse  of  dollars.     A  takes  out  2  del- 


ALGEBRA.  153 

lars  and  J  of  what  remains ;  B  takes  out  3  dollars  and  J 
of  what  then  remains.  They  find  that  each  has  taken  out 
the  same  amount.  How  many  dollars  were  there  in  the 
purse  ? 

8.  Solve  the  equations  ^ x  —  Zy  =^  a,hx  —  lly  =  a, 
9  y  —  hz^=  a. 

XXIY. 

1.  Find  the  value  of  a  -\-1x  —  \h  •\-  y  —  \ct  —  x  — 
(5  —  2  7/)] }  when  a  =  2,  &  =  3, 3?  =  6,  and  y  =  5. 

2.  Divide  1  —  6  «2  +  27  fl^  by  i  +  2  ft  +  3  cv^. 

3.  Eeduce  to  its  lowest  terms  - 


-  a^x" 

90  90  27 

4.  Find  both  roots  of  the  equation -r- r -j—^ 

X  X  —Y"  J.  X  -4—  ^ 

=  0. 

5.  Expand,  by  the  Binomial  Theorem,  {m  —  rCf  and 

(^.-¥)' 

6.  Solve  the  equations  2/  +  o  =  5  +  ^>  — 7 5 — 

_!+_?  2y  — 5  _  7         0 

-—  — ;lo~'  ^  3        ~"  4  ~  l2' 

7.  A  man  hires  a  certain  number  of  acres  of  land  for 
$  336.  He  cultivates  7  acres  for  himself,  and  lets  the  rest 
for  $  4  an  acre  more  than  he  pays  for  it.  He  receives  for 
the  portion  that  he  lets  what  he  pays  for  the  whole,  or 
$336.     Find  the  number  of  acres. 

8.  The  value  of  a  fraction,  if  its  numerator  is  doubled 
and  its  denominator  increased  by  7,  is  |- ;  while,  if  its  de- 
nominator is  doubled  and  its  numerator  increased  by  2,  its 
value  is  f .    What  is  the  fraction  ? 


154  EXAMINATION   PAPERS. 

XXV.  ^ 

1.  A  certain  piece  of  work  can  be  done  by  A  and  B  work- 
ing together  in  3|-  days,  by  B  and  C  in  4|-  days,  and  by  C 
and  A  in  6  days.  Eequired  the  time  in  which  either  can 
do  it  alone,  and  the  time  in  which  all  can  do  it  together. 

2.  Solve  the  equation  -^ —  —  z. — , —  =  - 

3.  Solve  the  equation  x^  —  (a  —  h  -{-  c)  x=  (b  —  a)  c. 

4.  Divide  1 ^-r —  ^Y ^ i-^ ' 2  5, 

cr-f-  ax    '^  a  -\-  X 

and  reduce  the  result  to  its  lowest  terms. 

5.  Divide  9  a^^  —  a^"  —  27  a"  +  27  by  a»  —  3. 

6.  Divide  y/^  by  y/l 

7.  What  is  the  reaso7i  that  a"*a"  =  a"'+"  ? 

XXYI. 

15  —  ^ 


1.  Solve  the  equation  x  —  3  =  4  a?  — 

2.  What  are  the  three  methods  of  Elimination  ?  Solve 
the  following  equations  by  any  two  of  the  three  methods : 
6x  +  ly  =  0,  2  (4^  —  1)  =  3  (2/  —  8). 

3.  M's  age  is  to  N's  as  a  is  to  6 ;  but  c  years  ago  M's  age 
was  to  N's  as  a'  to  b\     Eequired  the  present  ages  of  both. 

4.  Divide  1  --  X  ^by  ^-^-3^^^-p^^  -«.;  and 

reduce  the  answer  to  its  lowest  terms.     Simplify  the  divis- 
ion by  cancelling. 


5.  Find  the  fourth  term  of  (a^b  —  |- j  . 


1.   Solve  the  equation  — 


ALGEBRA.  155 


XXVII. 


ax 


c  hx  —  a        c 

2.  What  are  eggs  a  dozen  -when  two  more  in  a  shilling's 
worth  lowers  the  price  one  penny  per  dozen  ? 

3.  A  merchant  adds  yearly  to  liis  capital  one  tliird  of 
it,  but  takes  from  it  at  the  end  of  each  year  $  5,000  for  his 
expenses.  At  the  end  of  the  third  year,  after  deducting 
the  last  S  5,000,  he  finds  himself  in  possession  of  tw^ice  the 
sum  he  had  at  first.     How^  much  was  his  original  capital  ? 

4.  Divide  ^cfi.sjh  by  ^. 

5.  Find  x  from  the  proportion  6ct'"~'&  :  x=loa%^  : 


40 


-{m-D 


6.  Divide  a^ ^ --,  hv  r— a. 

cr  —  b^    "    b  —  a 

7.  What  is"  the  rule  for  transposing  a  term  from  one 
side  of  an  equation  to  the  other ;  and  what  is  the  reason 
of  the  rule  ? 

8.  Solve  the  equations  4:/;  -\-  Sy  -}-  2z  =  40,  5x  —  9^  — 
7z  =  47,  9x  —  8ij  —  3z  =  97. 

9.  Find  (a  —  by  by  the  Binomial  Theorem. 

XXYIIL 

1.   A   certain   sum   of   money  at  simple   interest   will 

amount  to  a  dollars  in  m  months,  and  to  b  dollars  in  n 

months.    Find  the  principal  and  the  rate  of  interest.    Find 

the  answers  when  a  =  1837.50,  h  =  1890.00,  m  =  10, 

71  =  16. 

o     o  1      ^T,  ^-  27  90  ==      90 

z.    Solve  the  equation ^ . . 

X  —  J  X  1  —  X 


156  EXAMINATION  PAPERS. 

a-\ 

1+- 

3.    Simplify -  {a^  —  l^. 


'-1 


4.  Find   {x  —  yf  and   ( -^  —  %r-\    by  the  Binomial 

Theorem. 

5.  Divide  13aV  _  5^4  _  13^^^  _j_  5^4  _  13^3^  \,^ 
Sax  -}-  a^  —  2a;2 

6.  Find  two  numbers  of  which  the  sum  is  a  and  differ- 
ence h.  State  a  r^^Ze  for  finding  two  numbers  when  their 
sum  and  difference  are  given. 

7.  Find  the  greatest  common  divisor  and  the  least  com- 
mon multiple  of  12a%c^  and  27abc'd, 


'RS.3 


S?"^^ 

r^^' 


"'^  —*»" 


.X^^^i     -;fi..-> 


-V         "-  ^^*'advakced  algebea.  157 

^         0  xP 


> 


-i 


f, 


■  ADVANCED   ALGEBEA.  ^ 


u  » *-* 

COURSE  II.    f 
I. 

1.  Find  the  greatest  common  divisor  of  a^  —  o?  x^  and 
a^  +  a^  a;  —  a^  y?  — a^  ^. 

3ra  —Zn  n  — n 

2.  Divide  a  ^  —  a  ^    by  ct^  —  a  ^ 

3.Multiply|v/^yJ^? 

4.  Divide  14  into  two  parts  such  that  the  quotient  of  the 
greater  divided  by  the  less  shall  be  to  the  quotient  of  the 
less  divided  by  the  greater  as  16  to  9. 

5.  Solve  the  equation  V^a;  +  8  +  V^  +  3  =  V^. 

6.  The  sum  of  two  numbers  is  17 ;  and  twice  the  square 
of  the  first,  increased  by  30,  is  equal  to  3  times  the  square 
of  the  second.     Find  the  numbers. 

7.  Explain  the  method  of  inserting  a  given  number  of 
arithmetical  means  between  two  given  terms. 

8.  Find  the  sum  of  an  infinite  number  of  terms  of  the 
series  4,  ^-^,  ||,  &c. 

9.  What  is  the  seventh  term  in  the  expansion  of  {ct  —  xf-^  ? 

10.  A  and  B  have  the  same  number  of  horses.  A  can 
make  up  twice  as  many  teams,  taking  3  horses  at  a  time,  as 
B  can  make  up,  taking  2  at  a  time.  Find  the  number  of 
horses. 


158  EXAIMINATION  PAPERS. 

11. 

1.  Find  the  least  common  multiple  oi  o^  —  x,o!^  —  1, 
and  x^  +  1.     Obtain  the  result,  if  possible,  by  factoring. 

2.  Simplify  (ai  X  aTJiT. 

3.  Add  together  ^40,  ^l35,  ^625. 

4.  Find  both  roots  of  the  equation  2x  -\-  ^5x  -\-  10 
=  11. 

5.  What  two  numbers  are  those  whose  difference  is  to 
the  less  as  4  to  3,  and  whose  product  multiplied  by  the 
less  is  504  ? 

6.  What  is  the  4th  term  in  the  expansion  of  Ic  —  -r)  ? 

7.  The  difference  of  two  numbers  is  3,  and  the  difference 
of  their  cubes  is  63.     What  are  the  numbers  ? 

8.  Obtain  the  formula  for  the  sum  of  the  terms  of  an 
Arithmetical  Progression. 

2   2 

9.  Find  the  sum  of  the  series  2,  ^  — ,  to  infinity. 

10.  How  many  arrangements  can  be  made  of  the  letters 
in  the  word  Richmond,  taking  four  letters  in  a  set  ? 


III. 

1.  Eeduce  the  following  expression  to  its  simplest  form : 
d^—[2ah—{'bc—{a+l  —  c)  (a  —  (h  —  c))}  +  Z  ah] 
~{h  +  cf. 

2.  State  and  prove  the  rule  for  the  sign  of  a  power  and 
of  a  root.     How  do  imaginary  quantities  arise  ? 

2 

3.  What  is  denoted  by  a^  ?  by  ft-^  ?  by  a^  ? 


ADVANCED  ALGEBRA.  159 


"    -1 


^ I 

4.  Eeduce  1 to  its  simplest  form. 

5.  Solve  the  equation  ax^-\-2JiX'{''b=  0;  and  prove 
that  the  product  of  the  roots  =  -. 

6.  There  are  seven  numbers  in  Arithmetical  Progression 
such  that  the  sum  of  the  1st  and  5th  is  16,  and  the  product 
of  the  4th  and  7th  is  160.  Find  the  numbers.  (Tliis 
question  admits  two  solutions.     Both  are  required.) 

7.  Multiply  1  _  5  n/7  by  -  2  -  3  v/7.  Divide  ^  ^| 
by^^ 

8.  Find  the  sixth  term  of  ( ^  —  i^s/^^)' 

9.  Find  the  greatest  common  divisor  and  the  least  com- 
mon multiple  of  6x^  —  Qx^  —  72  a;  and  4ic*  —  16  d[^  — 
84  0^2^ 

IV. 

1.  Extract  the  cube  root  of  64:  —  96x  —  x^  +  40  x^  -r 

2.  Solve  the  equation       "^ ^ 3|-  =  0. 

X  —  1  ^x 


3.  Multiply  together  2  +  3  v/  —  1,  3  —  2  ^  —  1,  and 
12  —  5  sT^^' 

4.  Three  times  the  product  of  two  numbers,  diminished 
by  the  square  of  the  first,  equals  the  square  of  the  second 
plus  one.  Also  the  first  number  is  greater  by  one  than 
twice  the  second.  Find  the  numbers.  (Give  both  solu- 
tions.) 

5.  Solve  the  equation  ax^'\-bx-\'C  =  0,  and  state 


16J)  .   ,      .^.  EXAMINATION  PAPERS. 

what  relative  values  of  a,  h,  and  c  will  make  the  roots  equal, 
and  what  values  will  make  them  imaginary. 

6.  In  an  Arithmetical  Progression,  given  the  number  of 
terms,  the  common  difference,  and  the  sum  of  the  terms ; 
—  obtain  formulas  for  the  first  term  and  the  last. 

7.  In  a  Geometrical  Progression  the  first  term  is  2\,  and 
the  fifth  term  is  4.     Find  the  sum  of  the  series  to  infinity. 


(v/ 


a      v^y 


8.  Find  the  sixth  term  of  , » ,  ,         o  t  i  • 

be        6ah/ 

9.  How  many  whole  numbers  of  four  figures  each  can 
you  form,  each  number  either  beginning  or  ending  with  5, 
and  no  number  containing  the  same  figure  twice? 


V. 

1.  What  are  eggs  a  dozen  when  two  more  in  a  shilling's 
worth  lowers  the  price  one  penny  per  dozen  ? 

2.  Solve  the  equations  x^  —  y^  =  63,  x^y  —  xy"^  =  12. 

3.  Multiply  I  +  JVJ  by  l  —  l^^. 

Divide  — ^-^  by  ^^^"^ 

4.  Solve  the  equation  sj(21  +  4:x)  +  s/{x  +  3)  —  \/(x+  8) 
^  0. 

5.  From  the  letters  ah  ode,  how  many  combinations  of  2 
letters  can  be  taken  ?  how  many  of  3  ?  how  many  of  4  ? 
Give  the  reasons. 

6.  Prove  that  the  sum  of  any  number  of  antecedents  of 
a  continued  proportion  is  to  the  sum  of  the  corresponding 
consequents  as  any  one  antecedent  is  to  its  consequent. 

7.  Find  the  greatest  common  divisor  of  27^'^  +  ^^  — 
10a;2  and  162a;5  _  22x. 


ADVANCED   ALGEBRA. 

8.  For  what  values  of  a,  h,  and  c  is    , 

0  —  c 

for  what  values  negative  ?     For  what  values  is  it  0  ?  co  ? 
indeterminate  ? 

9.  Find  r  and  n  in  an  arithmetical  progression  when  a, 
I,  and  S  are  known. 

VI. 

1.  A  certain  sum  of  money  at  simple  interest  will 
amount  to  a  dollars  in  m  months,  and  to  h  dollars  in  n 
months.  Find  the  principal  and  the  rate  of  interest.  Find 
the  answers  when  a  =  1837.50,  h  =  1890.00,  m  =  10,  n 
=  16. 

2.  There  are  three  numbers  in  geometric  progression  of 
which  the  continued  product  is  64  and  the  sum  of  their 
cubes  584.     Find  the  numbers. 

b 


4.  Find  the  greatest  common  divisor  of  24:X^  -\-  6x^  — 
SOx  and  4jj10  —  4,/^. 

5.  Find  the  square  root  of  25^^  —  20a;^^  —  6x^i/^  + 
34a:Y  _  luy  —  6xi/  +  9/. 

6.  Solve  the  equation  2\/x  —  ^4:X  +  \/7x+^  =  1. 

7.  To  find  two  numbers  wlien  their  sum  and  product  are 
given.  In  what  case  are  the  answers  imaginary  ?  How 
must  a  given  number  be  divided  in  order  that  the  product 
of  its  parts  shall  be  as  great  as  possible  ? 

8.  State  and  prove  the  Rule  of  Three, 


162  EXAMINATION  PAPERS. 


PLANE   GEOMETEY. 

I. 

1.  Define  a  Surface,  a  Plane,  a  Plane  Figure,  a  Polygon. 
Mention  all  the  different  kinds  of  quadrilaterals. 

2.  Prove  that  if  two  angles  of  a  triangle  are  equal,  the 
sides  opposite  these  angles  are  also  equal. 

3.  How  many  degrees  in  each  interior  angle  of  a  regular 
decagon  ?  State  and  prove  the  proposition  which  enables 
you  to  answer  this  question. 

4.  What  is  the  measure  of  an  angle  made  by  two  tangents  ? 
by  two  chords  which  intersect  ?  by  two  chords  which  do  not 
intersect  ?  by  a  tangent  and  a  chord  drawn  through  the  point 
of  contact?     Draw  a  figure  for  each  case. 

5.  What  is  the  length  of  the  longest  line  that  can  be 
drawn  through  a  rectangular  block  of  marble  12  feet  long, 
4  feet  wide,  and  3  feet  thick  ? 

6.  On  a  given  line  as  chord,  to  construct  an  arc  of  a  given 
number  of  degrees. 

7.  Two  tangents  drawn  to  a  circle  make  with  each  other 
an  angle  of  60  degrees  ;  how  many  degrees  of  arc  between 
the  two  points  of  contact  ? 

8.  What  is  meant  by  the  equation  it  =  3.1416  ?  Calculate 
the  difference  in  area  between  a  circle  whose  diameter  is 
20,  and  the  square  inscribed  in  it. 

9.  Construct  a  triangle,  having  given  the  base,  an  ad- 
jacent angle,  and  the  altitude. 


PLAICE   GEOMETRY.  163 

11. 

1.  Define  a  Point ;  a  Surface ;  a  Plane  ;  an  Angle.  What 
is  assumed  as  the  measure  of  angles  ? 

2.  Prove  that  when  two  oblique  lines  are  drawn  at  un- 
equal distances  from  the  perpendicular,  the  more  remote  is 
the  greater. 

3.  Prove  that  when  the  opposite  sides  of  a  quadrilateral 
are  equal,  the  figure  is  a  parallelogram. 

4.  Two  angles  of  a  triangle  being  given,  to  find  the  third 
by  geometric  construction. 

5.  What  is  the  measure  of  an  inscribed  angle  ?  State  and 
prove. 

6.  Two  tangents  drawn  to  a  circle  make  with  each  other 
an  angle  of  20° ;  how  many  degrees  of  arc  between  the  two 
points  of  contact  ? 

7.  The  side  of  an  equilateral  triangle  is  12  ;  what  is  its 
altitude  ? 

8.  Construct  a  triangle,  having  given  the  base  and  adja- 
cent angle,  and  the  altitude. 

III. 

1.  Define  a  Eight  Angle,  a  Perpendicular,  Parallel  Lines. 
On  what  does  the  magnitude  of  an  angle  depend  ?  What 
arc  is  assumed  as  the  usual  measure  of  an  angle  ?     Why  ? 

2.  To  inscribe  a  circle  in  a  given  triangle. 

3.  Prove  that  two  triangles  are  equal  if  the  three  sides  of 
one  are  equal  respectively  to  the  three  sides  of  the  other. 

4.  Define  Similar  Polygons. 

5.  To  find  a  mean  proportional  between  two  given  lines. 
Prove  the  theorem  on  which  your  solution  depends. 


164  EXA^HNATION  PAPERS. 

6.  Prove  that  every  equilateral  polygon  inscribed  in  a 
circle  is  regular. 

7.  The  ratio  of  the  squares  described  on  the  two  legs  of 
a  right  triangle  is  equal  to  the  ratio  of  what  two  lines  ? 

8.  To  construct  a  square  which  shall  be  to  a  given  square 
in  a  given  ratio.     Take  for  the  given  ratio  2:3. 

9.  What  are  the  expressions  for  the  circumference  and 
area  of  a  circle  in  terms  of  tt  and  the  radius  ? 

IV. 

1.  Define  a  Plane,  a  Plane  Figure,  a  Parallelogram. 

2.  Prove  that,  if  in  a  triangle'two  angles  are  equal,  the 
opposite  sides  are  also  equal  and  the  triangle  is  isosceles. 

3.  What  is  the  measure  of  an  inscribed  angle?  State 
and  prove. 

4.  Upon  a  given  straight  line  to  construct  a  segment 
such  that  any  angle  inscribed  in  it  shall  have  a  given  mag- 
nitude. 

5.  To  find  a  fourth  proportional  to  three  given  lines. 

6.  Define  Similar  Polygons.  Draw  two  polygons  mutually 
equiangular,  but  not  similar;  also  two  polygons  having 
proportional  sides,  but  not  similar.  In  what  cases  are  tri- 
angles similar. 

7.  Prove  that  any  two  parallelograms  of  the  same  base 
and  altitude  are  equivalent. 

8.  Prove  :  (a.)  That  similar  triangles  are  to  each  other  as 
the  squares  of  their  homologous  sides,  (h.)  Prove  that  of 
similar  polygons. 

V. 

1.  Prove  that  the  perpendicular  from  the  centre  of  a  cir- 
cle upon  a  chord  bisects  the  chord  and  the  arc  subtended 
by  the  chord. 


PLANE    GEOMETRY.  165 

2.  To  circumscribe  a  circle  about  a  given  triangle. 

3.  Prove  that  two  angles  are  to  each  other  in  the  ratio  of 
two  arcs  described  from  their  vertices  as  centres  with  equal 
radii. 

4.  Prove  that  a  line  drawn  through  two  sides  of  a  tri- 
angle parallel  to  the  third  side  divides  those  two  sides  into 
proportional  parts. 

5.  State  and  prove  the  proportion  which  exists  between 
the  parts  of  two  chords  which  cut  each  other  in  a  circle. 
State  what  proportion  exists  when  two  secants  are  drawn 
from  a  point  without  the  circle. 

6.  Prove  that  two  regular  polygons  of  the  same  number 
of  sides  are  similar. 

7.  Prove  that  similar  triangles  are  to  each  other  as  the 
squares  of  their  homologous  sides. 

8.  Sliow  how  the  area  of  a  polygon  circumscribed  about 
a  circle  may  be  found  ;  then  how  the  area  of  a  circle  may  be 
found;  then  prove  that  circles  are  to  each  other  as  the 
squares  of  their  radii. 

YI. 

1.  Prove  that  if  two  opposite  sides  of  a  quadrilateral 
are  equal  and  parallel,  the  other  two  sides  are  also  equal 
and  parallel. 

2.  To  describe  a  circle  of  which  the  circumference  shall 
pass  through  three  given  points  not  in  a  straight  line. 

3.  To  find  a  fourth  proportional  to  three  given  lines  by  a 
geometrical  construction. 

4.  Prove  that  a  perpendicular  dropped  in  a  right  triangle 
from  the  vertex  of  the  right  angle  to  the  hypotlienuse 
divides  the  triangle  into  two  triangles  which  are  similar  to 
each  other  and  to  the  whole  triangle. 


166  EXAMINATION  PAPERS. 

5.  To  find  a  mean  proportional  between  two  given 
lines. 

6.  To  circumscribe  about  a  circle  a  regular  polygon  simi- 
lar to  a  given  inscribed  regular  polygon. 

7.  Similar  polygons  are  to  each  other  as  the  squares  of 
their  homologous  sides.  What  is  the  ratio  between  the 
areas  of  two  circles  ? 

8.  Prove  that  the  area  of  a  circle  of  which  r  is  the 
radius  is  equal  to  tt  r^. 

VII. 

1.  Prove  that  if  two  triangles  have  two  sides  of  the  one 
respectively  equal  to  two  sides  of  the  other,  while  the  in- 
cluded angles  are  unequal,  the  third  sides  will  be  unequal, 
and  the  greater  third  side  will  belong  to  that  triangle  which 
has  the  greater  included  angle. 

2.  Prove  that  the  greater  of  two  chords  in  a  circle  is 
subtended  by  the  greater  arc  ;  and  the  converse. 

3.  Find  the  common  measure  of  these  two  lines,  and 
express  their  ratio  in  numbers : 

4.  To  divide  one  side  of  a  triangle  into  two  parts  pro- 
portional to  the  other  two  sides.     (Solve  and  prove.) 

6.  The  perimeters  of  similar  polygons  are  to  each  other 
in  what  ratio  ?     (State  and  prove.) 

6.  To  circumscribe  a  circle  about  a  given  regular  polygon. 
(Solve  and  prove.) 

7.  Prove  that  the  line  which  joins  the  middle  points  of 
the  two  sides  of  a  trapezoid  which  are  not  parallel  is  paral- 
lel to  the  two  parallel  sides  and  equal  to  half  their  sum. 
What  is  the  area  of  a  trapezoid  ? 


PLANE   GEOMETRY.  167 

8.  To  construct  a  parallelogram  equivalent  to  a  given 
square  and  having  the  sum  of  its  base  and  altitude  equal 
to  a  given  line.     (Solve  and  prove.) 

VIII. 

1.  Prove  that  only  one  perpendicular  can  be  drawn  from 
a  point  to  a  straight  line. 

2.  Prove  that  of  two  sides  of  a  triangle  that  is  the 
greater  which  is  opposite  the  greater  angle.  State  and 
prove  the  converse. 

3.  Through  a  given  point  to  draw  a  tangent  to  a  given 
circle. 

4.  Prove  that  if  a  line  be  drawn  so  as  to  divide  two 
sides  of  a  triangle  into  proportional  parts,  this  line  is  paral- 
lel to  the  third  side. 

5.  To  inscribe  in  a  circle  a  regular  decagon. 

6.  Prove  that  a  triangle  is  equivalent  to  half  of  any 
parallelogTam  of  the  same  base  and  altitude. 

7.  To  find  a  triangle  equivalent  to  a  given  polygon. 

8.  To  construct  a  parallelogram  equivalent  to  a  given 
square,  and  having  the  difference  of  its  base  and  altitude 
equal  to  a  given  line. 

IX. 

1.  Prove  that  when  oblique  lines  are  drawn  from  a  point 
in  a  perpendicular  to  points  unequally  distant  from  the 
foot  of  the  perpendicular,  the  more  remote  line  is  the 
longer. 

2.  To  bisect  a  given  angle. 

3.  Draw  a  number  of  lines  radiating  from  a  point,  and 


168  EXAMINATION   PAPEES. 

then  draw  two  parallel  lines  intersecting  them :  prove  that 
the  parts  of  these  parallels  are  proportional. 

4.  A  tangent  and  a  secant  being  drawn  from  a  point  out- 
side a  circle,  prove  that  the  tangent  is  a  mean  proportional 
between  the  entire  secant  and  its  exterior  part. 

5.  What  is  the  centre  of  a  regular  polygon  ?  Prove 
that  the  sides  of  a  regular  polygon  are  equally  distant  from 
the  centre. 

6.  The  circumference  of  a  circle  is  341.8  feet ;  what  is 
the  circumference  of  another  circle  having  twice  the  area 
of  the  former  ?  (If  you  have  not  time  to  perform  the  com- 
putation, you  can  explain  how  to  do  it.) 


1.  In  what  three  cases  is  it  proved  that  two  triangles  are 
equal  ?  In  what  three  cases,  that  they  are  similar  ?  De- 
fine similar  polygons. 

2.  Prove  that  if  two  opposite  sides  of  a  quadrilateral  are 
equal  and  parallel,  the  other  two  sides  are  also  equal  and 
parallel.     Define  a  Trapezoid. 

3.  Prove  that  if  two  polygons  are  composed  of  the  same 
number  of  triangles  which  are  respectively  similar  and 
similarly  disposed,  the  polygons  are  similar. 

4.  State  and  prove  the  theorem  concerning  the  ratio  be- 
tween the  areas  of  two  similar  triangles. 

5.  Prove  that  two  regular  polygons  of  the  same  number 
of  sides  are  similar. 

6.  Find  the  formula  for  the  area  of  a  circle  in  terms  of 
the  radius  and  the  ratio  of  the  circumference  to  the  di- 
ameter. 


PLANE  GEOMETRY.  169 

XL 

1.  To  how  many  right  angles  is  the  sum  of  all  the  inte- 
rior angles  ^f  any  polygon  equal  ?  State  and  prove ;  and 
then  state  and  draw  the  figure  for  the  theorem  on  which 
this  one  immediately  depends. 

2.  What  is  the  measure  of  the  angle  formed  by  two 
chords  which  cut  each  other  between  the  centre  and  the 
circumference  ?  by  two  chords  which  meet  at  the  circum- 
ference ?  by  two  secants  which  meet  without  the  circumfer- 
ence ?  Draw  the  figure  for  each  case,  and  prove  the  last 
one. 

3.  To  describe  a  circle  through  three  given  points. 

4.  Prove  that  two  regular  polygons  of  the  same  num- 
ber of  sides  are  similar. 

5.  The  area  of  a  trapezoid  is  half  the  product  of  its  alti- 
tude by  the  sum  of  its  parallel  sides. 

6.  The  perimeter  of  a  regular  hexagon  is  18.     Find 
(a.)  The  area  of  the  circumscribed  circle ; 

(h.)  The  area  of  the  square  inscribed  in  this  circle. 

7.  Prove  the  proportion  that  exists  between  the  parts  of 
two  intersecting  chords. 

XII. 

1.  Two  parallel  lines  are  cut  by  a  third  line.  Prove 
what  angles  formed  by  these  lines  are  equal,  and  also  what 
angles  are  supplements  of  each  other. 

2.  Obtain  the  value  of  any  interior  angle  of  a  regular 
octagon. 

3.  An  angle  inscribed  in  a  circle  is  measured  by  half  the 
arc  intercepted  by  its  sides.  Prove  this  proposition  for 
each  of  the  three  cases  which  may  arise. 


170  EXAMINATION  PAPERS. 

4.  State  and  prove  the  method  of  finding  the  centre  of  a 
given  circle  or  arc. 

5.  State  and  prove  the  method  of  finding  a  mean  pro- 
portional between  two  given  straight  lines. 

6.  From  a  point  without  a  circle  secants  are  drawn  to  the 
circle.  Prove  the  proportion  existing  between  the  entire 
secants  and  the  parts  lying  outside  the  circle. 

What  corollary  results  when  one  of  these  secant  lines 
becomes  a  tangent. 

7.  Show  how  a  square  may  be  constructed  equal  in  area 
to  any  given  polygon. 

XIII. 

1.  The  perimeters  of  similar  polygons  are  to  each  other 
in  what  ratio  ?  The  areas  of  similar  polygons  are  to  each 
other  in  what  ratio  ?     Proof  in  both  cases. 

2.  To  make  a  square  which  is  to  a  given  square  in  a 
given  ratio. 

3.  Prove  that  two  rectangles  are  to  each  other  as  the 
products  of  their  bases  by  their  altitudes.  What  follows 
if  we  suppose  one  of  the  rectangles  to  be  the  unit  of  sur- 
face ? 

4.  Prove  that  two  similar  polygons  may  be  divided  into 
the  same  number  of  triangles,  that  are  similar  each  to  each 
and  similarly  placed. 

5.  To  divide  this  line 

into  three  parts  proportional  to  the  numbers  2,  4,  and  3, 
and  prove  the  principle  involved. 

6.  Prove  that  a  line  wliich  divides  two  sides  of  a  trian- 
gle proportionally  is  parallel  to  the  third  side. 


PLANE   GEOMETRY.  171 

7.  Prove  that  a  tangent  to  a  circle  is  perpendicular  to 
the  radius  drawn  to  the  point  of  contact. 

8.  Prove  that  parallel  chords  intercept  upon  the  circum- 
ference equal  arcs. 

XIV. 

1.  Prove  that  two  triangles  are  equal  when  a  side  and 
the  two  adjacent  angles  of  the  one  are  respectively  equal 
to  a  side  and  the  two  adjacent  angles  of  the  other.  Under 
what  other  conditions  are  two  triangles  equal  to  each  other? 

2.  Prove  that  the  diagonals  of  a  parallelogram  mutually 
bisect  each  other.  Prove  at  what  angle  the  diagonals  of  a 
rhombus  bisect  each  other. 

3.  Given  the  circumference  of  a  circle,  show  how  to  find 
the  centre.  Show  also  how  to  draw  a  tangent  to  the  cir- 
cumference, either  from  a  point  on  the  circumference  or 
from  one  without  it.     Give  the  proof  in  the  last  case. 

4  Prove  that  the  area  of  any  circumscribed  polygon  is 
half  the  product  of  its  perimeter  by  the  radius  of  the  in- 
scribed circle. 

5.  » Show  how  a  regular  hexagon  may  be  inscribed  in  a 
circle ;  also  an  equilateral  triangle.  Find  the  ratio  of  the 
side  of  the  inscribed  equilateral  triangle  to  the  radius  of 
the  circle. 

6.  Prove  that  similar  triangles  are  to  each  other  as  the 
squares  of  their  homologous  sides. 

7.  Show  how  to  find  a  triangle  equivalent  to  a  given 
polygon. 


172  EXAMINATION  PAPERS. 


SOLID   GEOMETET. 

COUESE  II. 

I. 

1.  Prove  that  two  parallel  lines  are  always  in  tlie  same 
plane. 

2.  Prove  that  the  sum  of  the  plane  angles,  which  form  a 
solid  angle,  is  always  less  than  four  right  angles.  (This 
theorem  is  sometimes  stated  thus :  The  sum  of  the  face 
angles  of  a  polyhedral  angle  is  less  than  four  right 
angles.) 

3.  Prove  that  parallel  sections  of  a  pyramid  are  similar 
polygons.  What  proposition  relating  to  the  volumes  of 
pyramids  is  jjroved  by  aid  of  this  proposition  ?  (State,  but 
do  not  prove.) 

4.  Prove  that  the  sum  of  the  angles  of  a  spherical  tri- 
angle is  greater  than  two  right  angles. 

5.  A  spherical  triangle  has  angles  of  75°,  94°,  and  91°; 
what  is  its  area  in  degrees  ?  How  large  a  portion  of  the 
surface  of  the  sphere  does  it  cover  ? 

6.  The  surface  of  a  sphere  is  31.17  square  feet;  what  is 
the  surface  of  another  sphere  having  three  times  the 
volume  of  the  former? 

II. 

1.  Define  a  Plane,  a  Prism,  a  Great  Circle.  How  many 
faces  has  a  parallelopiped  ?  How  many  edges  ?  How  is 
the  angle  between  two  planes  measured  ? 

2.  Prove  that  if  two  planes  are  perpendicular  to  a 
third  plane,  their  line  of  intersection  is  also  perpendicular 
to  the  third  plane. 


SOLID   GEOMETRY.  173 

3.  Prove  that  the  section  of  a  pyramid  made  by  a 
plane  parallel  to  the  base  is  a  polygon  similar  to  the 
base. 

4.  Prove  that  a  triangular  pyramid  is  a  third  part  of  a 
triangular  prism  of  the  same  base  and  altitude. 

5.  Prove  that  the  sum  of  the  angles  of  a  spherical  tri- 
angle is  greater  than  two  right  angles. 

6.  Given  the  radius  of  a  sphere  =  2  inches.  Compute 
the  volume  and  convex  surface. 

III. 

1.  If  two  planes  are  perpendicular  to  each  other,  the 
line  drawn  in  one  plane  perpendicular  to  the  common  in- 
tersection is  also  perpendicular  to  the  second  plane. 

2.  The  sum  of  all  the  plane  angles  which  form  a  solid 
angle  is  always  less  than  four  right  angles. 

3.  The  solidity  of  a  triangular  prism  is  the  product  of 
its  base  by  its  altitude.  Prove;  and  then  show  briefly 
how  this  theorem  is  made  use  of  in  finding  the  volume  of 
a  cylinder.     Give  the  formula  to  express  that  volume. 

4.  Define  similar  polyhedrons.  Prove  that  similar  prisms^ 
or  pyramids,  are  to  each  other  as  the  cubes  of  their  alti- 
tudes. 

5.  Prove  that  if  two  spherical  triangles  on  the  same 
sphere,  or  on  equal  spheres,  are  equilateral  with  respect  to 
each  other,  they  are  also  equiangular  with  respect  to  each 
other. 

6.  The  length  of  a  perfectly  round  log  of  wood  is  20 
feet,  and  the  diameter  of  each  end  is  12  feet.  Find:  (a.) 
Its  convex  surface,  (h.)  The  surface  of  the  greatest  sphere 
which  can  be  cut  out  of  it.     (c.)  The  volume  of  this  sphere. 


174  EXAMINATION  PAPERS. 

IV. 

1.  Prove  that  the  intersections  of  two  parallel  planes 
with  any  third  plane  are  parallel  lines.  Define  parallel 
planes. 

2.  Planes  are  passed  through  a  pyramid  parallel  to  its 
base ;  prove  that  the  sections  formed  are  similar  polygons, 
and  that  these  polygons  are  to  each  other  as  the  squares  of 
their  distances  from  the  vertex. 

3.  "What  are  the  regular  polyhedrons  ?  How  many  faces 
has  each  ?  how  many  vertices  ?  how  many  edges  ?  What 
are  the  faces  in  each  case  ? 

4.  A  spherical  triangle  being  given,  to  construct  its  po- 
lar. Prove  the  relations  that  exist  between  the  sides  and 
angles  of  a  spherical  triangle  and  those  of  the  polar  tri- 
angle. 

5.  The  surface  of  a  sphere  is  given,  to  find  the  surface 
of  a  sphere  whose  volume  is  five  times  as  great. 

6.  A  right  cylinder  and  a  right  cone  have  the  same  cir- 
cular base  and  the  same  altitude ;  compare  their  volumes. 
Compare  with  these  the  volume  of  a  sphere  having  the 
same  radius  as  the  base  of  the  cone. 

V. 

1.  Prove  that  oblique  lines  drawn  from  a  point  to  a 
plane,  at  equal  distances  from  the  perpendicular,  are  equal ; 
and  that  of  two  oblique  lines  unequally  distant  from  the  per- 
pendicular the  more  remote  is  the  greater.  As  a  corollary 
to  this  theorem,  show  how  a  perpendicular  may  be  drawn 
to  a  plane  from  a  given  point  without  the  plane. 

2.  Prove  that  two  straight  lines,  comprehended  between 


SOLID   GEOMETEY.  175 

three  parallel  planes,  are  divided  into  parts  which  are  pro- 
portional to  each  other. 

3.  Prove  that  the  sum  of  any  two  of  the  face  angles  of 
a  triedral  angle  is  greater  than  the  tliird. 

4.  By  what  may  a  right  cone  be  considered  to  be  gener- 
ated ?  To  what  is  the  area  of  its  convex  surface  equal  ? 
To  w^hat  is  its  solidity  equal  ?  Compare  the  solidity  of  a 
right  cone  w^ith  that  of  a  right  cylinder,  when  both  solids 
have  the  same  altitude,  and  the  radius  of  the  base  of  the 
cylinder  is  double  that  of  the  base  of  the  cone. 

5.  Prove  that  the  sum  of  the  sides  of  a  spherical  triangle 
is  less  than  four  right  angles,  and  that  the  sum  of  the  an- 
gles is  greater  than  two  right  angles. 

6.  Prove  that  every  triangular  pyramid  is  one  third  of 
a  triangular  prism  having  the  same  base  and  altitude. 


176  EXAMINATION  PAPEES. 


ANALYTIC   GEOMETRY. 

I. 

1.  How  do  you  find  the  co-ordinates  of  the  point  where 
two  given  lines  intersect  ? 

2.  Find  the  vertices  of  a  triangle  of  which  the  sides  are 
2x  +  4:2j  +  7  =  0,2x  +  7j~2  =  0,2x  —  2y  +  l  =  0. 

3.  Draw  the  lines  just  given  and  find  the  angles  of  the 
triangle  they  form. 

4.  What  curve  is  represented  by  each  of  the  following 
equations  ?  (i.)  x"^  +  7/ -}-  4?/  =  0.  (ii.)  9x^  +  25?/2  = 
400.  (iii.)  7/  —  7x.  (iv.)  16?/2  —  9x^  +  36  =  0.  Find 
the  points  at  which  each  of  these  curves  cuts  the  axes  of 
co-ordinates. 

5.  Explain  briefly  how  to  construct  a  conic  section  when 
you  have  given  the  eccentricity  (Boscovich's  ratio),  and  the 
distance  from  the  directrix  to  the  focus.  Take,  for  example, 
the  eccentricity  =  |-,  and  the  distance  from  the  directrix 
to  the  focus  =  2^. 

6.  Find  the  equation  of  a  conic  section  when  the  direc- 
trix is  the  axis  of  ordinates,  and  a  perpendicular  from 
the  focus  on  the  directrix  is  the  axis  of  abscissas.  Take, 
for  example,  the  same  data  as  are  given  in  the  preceding 
question. 

Find  what  this  equation  becomes  if  transformed  to  a  new 
set  of  axes  parallel  to  the  former  and  passing  through  the 
centre  of  the  curve. 

7.  What  is  the  locus  of  a  point  whose  distance  from  a 


ANALYTIC   GEOMETRY.  177 

fixed  line  is  equal  to  its  distance  from  a  fixed  point  ?    Find 
the  equation. 

8,  Construct  a  hyperbola  whose  transverse  axis  is  6  and 
less  focal  distance  2.  Find  also  the  conjugate  axis,  and 
the  foci  and  directices  of  the  conjugate  hyperbola. 


178  EXAMINATION  PAPERS. 


LOGAEITHMS  AND   TRIGONOMETEY. 

I. 

1.  Find  the  value  of  the  following  fraction  by  logarithms : 
/       0.010006       \3 

\1A  X  V''0.325062/  ' 

2.  Find  the  value  of  the  following  fraction  by  logarithms : 
/      (0.050395)=^      \ 

\3.2  X  v/0.546781/ 

3.  Find  the  value  of  the  following  fraction  by  logarithms, 

/0.00101904  X  0.99992\^ 
using  arithmetical  complements :  (^  750  y  ^(00275142)  /  * 

4.  Define  a  logaritlim. 

5.  Find,  by  logarithms,  the  value  of  the  following  quan- 
tities to  six  significant  figures:   (^0.0117283  ;  (0.50396)2; 

{oMMof^  2./S'(a5Q396)^--  ^se  arithmetical  complements 
in  dividing. 

6.  Solve  the  equation  32^  =  8  by  logarithms. 

7.  Prove  that  the  sum  of  the  logarithms  of  several  num- 
bers is  equal  to  the  logarithm  of  their  product. 

8.  Find,  by  logarithms,  the  values  of  the  following  quan- 
tities to  six  significant  figures :  v/(0.62394) ;  (0.00102173)2; 


4 


1  (0.0012173)^ 

0.62394  '  d.lX^iOM^' 


II. 

1.  In  a  system  of  which  the  base  is  9,  what  is  the  loga- 
rithm of  81  ?  of  3  ?  of  27  ?  of  9  ?  of  1  ?  of  ^  ?  of -^^  ?  of  0  ? 


LOGARITHMS   AND   TRIGONOMETilY.  179 

2.  Find,  by  common  logarithms,  tiie  values  of  the  follow- 
ing quantities  (to  five  significant  figures) :    V^(0.4l:92162) ; 

^°-°"°°^)''  (0.01  iW'  9:8x(aonoo9)^-    ^'^  ^"*^- 

metical  complements  in  dividing. 

3.  Solve  the  equation  2048^  =  16, -by  logarithms. 

4.  Express  in  a  decimal  form  the  numbers  which  have 
the  following  logarithms  in  a  system  of  which  the  base  is 
16:2;  —2;  —0.25;  2.75;  0. 

5.  Find,  by  common  logarithms,  the  values  of  the  fol- 
lowing quantities  (to  five  significant  figures) :  v^ (0.485463) ; 


(0.00n0106)-   .,„„,:,,,.,;   ,,^^-      -,..-      Use 


J^ ,  V^(Q.485463) 

(0.00130106)-2^    2.7  X  (0.00130106)^ 
arithmetical  complements  in  dividing. 

6.  Prove  that  the  logarithm  of  the  product  of  two  num- 
bers is  equal  to  the  sum  of  the  logarithms  of  the  numbers. 

7.  Find,  by  logarithms,  the  values  of  the  following  quan- 
tities (to  six  significant  figures) :  ^(0.0126534) ;  (    ^^^or)  J 

Use  arithmetical  complements  in  divid- 


.204  X  (0.56036)2 
ing. 

8.  Solve  the  equation  243"^  =  81  by  logarithms. 

9.  What  is  the  characteristic  of  a  logarithm  ? 

10.  What  is  the  logarithm  of  1.  ?  of  .1  ?  of  1000.  ?  of 
.00001  ?  of  one  hundred  billionth  ? 

11.  Find,  by  logarithms,   the  value   of    the   following 

quantities     (to     six     significant     figures):       (  mom^A )  > 

V^(0.0357635) 
(v/2:04-f  V^iT2036)^' 

12.  Solve  the  equation  1024^  =  64. 


180  EXAMINATION  PAPERS. 

III. 

1.  Prove  that  the  logarithm  of  a  quotient  is  equal  to  the 
logarithm  of  the  dividend  diminished  by  the  logarithm  of 
the  divisor. 

2.  rind,  by  logarithms,  the  values  of  the  following  quan- 

3.  Prove  the  formula  (sin  Af  +  (cos  Af  =  1.  What 
is  the  formula  for  the  cosine  of  the  sum  of  two  angles  ? 

o 

4.  Solve  the  oblique  triangle  in  which  a  =  50,  A  =  4:5°, 
B=  60°.  K  B.  — a,  h,  c  denote  the  sides;  A,  B,  C  the 
angles  respectively  opposite  to  a,  h,  c. 

5.  In  a  system  of  logarithms,  of  which  4  is  the  base, 
determine  the  logarithms  of  the  following  numbers :  4 ; 
16;  2;  8;  32;  1;  1  =  0.5 ;  |  ^  0.25 ;  1  =  0.125;  -jV  = 
0.0625 ;  0.  What  is  the  base  of  the  common  system  of 
logarithms  ? 

6.  Find,  by  logarithms,  using  arithmetical  complements, 

the  values  of  the  expressions:   (0.001109)^;  ; 


</ 


V(0.492)  X  560 


9  X  (0.001109)2 

SGC   A 

7.  What  single  function  of  any  angle  A  = j  ?   What 

function  is  the  reciprocal  of  the  secant. 

8.  Give  the  formulas  for  the  sine  and  cosine  of  the 
sum  and  of  the  difference  of  two  angles ;  and  deduce  from 
these  the  formulas  for  the  sine  and  cosine  of  the  double  of 
an  angle  and  of  the  half  of  an  angle. 

9.  What  is  the  sine  and  cosine  of  0°,  90°,  180°,  270°, 
360°.  Work  out  the  formulas  for  the  trigonometric  func- 
tions of  (270°— iV). 


LOGARITHMS   AND   TRIGONOMETRY.  181 

10.  Solve  the  triangle  in  which  h  =  0.007625,  c  =  0.015, 
B  =  29°.  Find  both  solutions.  N.  B.  —  A,  B,  C  denote 
the  angles  respectively  opposite  the  sides  a,  h,  c. 


TV. 

1.  What  is  the  logarithm  of  1  in  any  system  ?  of  any 
number  in  a  system  of  which  that  number  is  the  base  ? 
In  a  system  of  which  the  base  is  4,  what  is  the  logarithm 
of  64  ?  of  2  ?  of  8  ?  of  J  ? 

2.  Find  by  logarithms,  using  arithmetical  complements, 

the  value  of  the  fraction 


V/(0.U046)  X  23.309 

3.  Prove  the  formula  for  the  cosine  of  the  sum  of  two 
angles ;  and  deduce  the  formulas  for  the  cosine  of  the 
double  of  an  angle  and  the  cosine  of  the  half  of  an  angle. 

4.  In  what  quadrants  is  the  cosine  positive,  and  in  what 
quadrant  is  it  negative  ?  Prove  the  values  of  the  cosine  of 
0°,  90°,  180°,  270°. 

5.  Given  in  an  oblique  triangle  h  =  0.254,  c  =  0.317, 
B  =  46°.     Solve  completely. 

V. 

1.  Prove  that  the  logarithm  of  the  product  of  several 
factors  is  equal  to  the  sum  of  the  logarithms  of  the  factors. 

2.  Prove  that  the  logarithm  of  the  nth.  root  of  a  number 
is  ^th  of  the  logarithm  of  the  number. 

3.  Work   the   following  examples :   0.01706   X    8.7634 

^   ^-^^^  =   •'    0:01706  =   ?;   V/4:9   =   ?;    V^0:29   =   ?; 


Use  arithmetical  complements  in 


9  X  sjO.UOd  X  (4.9) 
working  the  last. 


182  EXAMINATION  PAPERS. 

4.  "Which  of  the  trigonometric  functions  are  always  less 
than  unity  ?  •  which  always  greater  ?  which  sometimes 
greater  and  sometimes  less  ? 

5.  Write  down  the  formulas  for  the  sine  and  cosine  of 
the  sum,  and  the  sine  and  cosine  of  the  difference  of  two 
angles. 

6.  Prove  the  formula  sin^  a  -[-  cos^  a  =  1. 

7.  From  the  formulas  of  the  two  preceding  questions  de- 
duce formulas  for  the  sine,  cosine,  and  tangent  of  twice  an 
angle,  and  of  half  an  angle. 

8.  To  solve  a  triangle  in  which  two  sides  and  an  angle 
opposite  one  of  them  are  given.  Example :  one  side  = 
47.6,  another  side  =  32.9,  and  the  angle  opposite  the  latter 
side  =  53°  24'. 

VI. 

1.  Prove  that  the  logarithm  of  the  product  of  several 
factors  is  equal  to  the  sum  of  the  logarithms  of  the  factors. 

2.  Work  the  following  examples  :  {a)  0.01706  X  8.7634 

X  0.001  =  ?    (^■)o.otW  =  '•    (^0  ^4:9  =  ?   V^0:29  =  ? 

(8.7634)3  X  100  ,     Use  arithmetical  com- 

9  X  v^O.1109  X  (4.9)§ 
plements  in  working  the  last. 

3.  Find  the  sines,  cosines,  and  tangents,  both  natural  and 
logarithmic,  of  the  following  angles:  {A)  24°  47'  22''. 
{B)  56°  23'  14".  ((7.)  134°  28'.  Find  the  angles  which 
correspond  to  the  following  functions:  log  sin  A  =  9.94325. 
nat  cos  ^  =  —  0.57832.     nat  tan  C  =  1.473. 

4.  Prove  the  formula  c(?  =  1}^  -\-  <?  —  2  &c  cos  .^. 

5.  Prove  the  formulas  1  -f-  cos  ^  =  2  (cos  ^  Af. 
1  —  cos  ^  =  2  (sin  1  ^)2. 


w  v^, 


LOGARITHMS  AND  TRIGONOMETRY.         183 

6.  From  the  formulas  of  the  last  two  questions  deduce 
the  formula  sin  J  ^  =  v/  {  • 

7.  The  sides  of  a  triangle  are  37,  41,  and  48 ;  what  are 
the  angles  ? 

8.  To  solve  a  triangle  when  two  sides  and  the  included 
angle  are  given.  Example :  Given  the  sides  47,6  and  58.4, 
the  included  angle  52°  24'. 

VII. 

1.  In  a  system  of  logarithms  of  which  the  base  is  16, 
what  is  the  number  of  w^hich  the  logarithm  is  — 1.25  ? 
In  the  system  of  which  10  is  the  base,  why  do  the  log- 
arithms of  two  numbers  composed  of  the  same  series  of 
significant  figures  differ  only  in  their  characteristics  ? 

2.  Prove  that  the  logarithm  of  tlie  continued  product 
of  several  numbers  is  equal  to  the  sum  of  their  log- 
arithms. 

3.  Write  (without  proving)  the  formulas  for  the  sine  and 
cosine  of  the  sum  and  of  the  difference  of  two  angles  ;  and 
prove  the  formula  cos  ^  +  cos  ^  =  2  cos  J  (^  +  B)  cos  ^ 
(A-B). 

4.  Give  the  values  of  the  sine,  cosine,  and  tangent  of 
0^  90°,  180°,  270°,  360°.  Find  the  formula  for  cos  (270^ 
-9^). 

5.  Given  in  a  triangle  h  =  0.1072,  c  =  0.0625,  C  =  20"" 
17'.     Solve  completely. 

\/  (0  07323)^ 

6.  Find  by  logarithms  the  value  of  q  gggQg  x^3700' 

7.  Given  the  cotangent  of  an  angle  equal  to  2  v^  2  ;  find 
the  other  trigonometric  functions,  by  computation. 


184  EXAMINATION  PAPERS. 

VIII. 

1.  What  is  the  reason  that,  in  the  common  system,  the 
losrarithms  of  two  numbers  consistino;  of  the  same  series  of 
significant  figures  differ  only  in  their  characteristics  ? 

2.  Write  (without  proving)  the  formulas  for  the  sine  and 
cosine  of  the  sum  and  of  the  difference  of  two  angles ;  and 
deduce  those  for  the  sine  and  cosine  of  the  double  of  an 
angle  and  of  the  half  of  an  angle. 

3.  Find,  by  means  of  formulas,  the  trigonometric  func- 
tions of  30°  and  60°. 

.    ^  ,         .  .        ,     a  +  b        tan  ^  (^  +  5) 

4.  Prove  that,  m  any  triangle,  ^-^^^  =  ^^^  ^  ^^^  _  ^^. 

5.  Solve  the  triangle  in  which  a  =  110.6,  b  =  56.7, 
C  =  108°  24'. 

6.  Find,    by    logarithms,    the    value    of    the    fraction 
(^(0.027919)^ 

(0.0010708)2  X  7.9' 

IX. 

1.  Obtain  a  formula  by  which,  when  the  sine  of  an  angle 
is  known,  its  cosine  may  be  found.  Also  formulas  for 
finding  the  tangent  and  cotangent  of  an  angle,  when  the 
sine  and  cosine  are  given. 

2.  Obtain,  by  the  formulas  of  the  previous  question,  the 
trigonometric  functions  of  45°. 

3.  Prove  that,  in  any  triangle,  the  sines  of  any  two 
angles  are  proportional  to  the  opposite  sides. 

4.  Solve  the  triangle  in  which  two  sides  are  32.64  and 
25.14,  and  the  angle  opposite  the  second  side  is  32°  48'. 
Are  there  two  solutions  to  this  problem  ?     Why  ? 


5.  Find,  by  logarithms,  the  value  of  V  ' '"   ^ ^^.  ^ns -- 


LOGARITHMS   AND   TRIGOXOMETRY.  185 

6.  State  the  process  and  give  the  formulas  by  which, 
when  two  sides  and  the  inckided  angle  of  a  triangle  are 
known,  the  remaining  parts  can  be  obtained. 

X. 

1.  In  the  system  of  logarithms  with  si^  for  its  base,  of 
what  numbers  will  3  and  —  3  be  the  logarithms  ?  What 
will  be  the  index  of  the  losrarithm  of  2000  ? 


2.  Find,  by  logarithms,  the  value  of  -  y — '—- 


X  .001 


3.  Show,  by  means  of  a  diagram,  what  lines  may  be 
taken  to  represent  the  sine  and  the  cosine  of  angles  in  each 
of  the  four  quadrants  of  a  circle,  the  radius  of  the  circle  be- 
ing unity.  Show  also  what  are  the  algebraic  signs  of  these 
same  functions  in  the  different  quadrants. 

4.  Obtain  formulas  for  the  trigonometric  functions  of  a 
negative  angle. 

5.  In  a  right  plane  triangle,  one  side  is  0.1426  and  the 
opposite  angle  is  47°  29'.     Solve  the  triangle. 

6.  AYrite  the  formulas  for  the  sine  and  the  cosine  of  the 
sum  of  any  two  angles ;  and  obtain  from  them  formulas 
for  the  sine  and  the  cosine  of  the  double  angle.  The  sine 
of  a  certain  angle  is  ^.  Find  the  trigonometric  functions- 
of  double  that  angle. 

7.  Two  sides  of  a  plane  oblique  triangle  are  16.49  and 
21.37,  and  the  included  angle  is  129"  37'.  Find  the  other 
two  angles.    State  the  method  of  finding  the  remaining  side. 

8.  One  angle  of  a  plane  triangle  is  30°,  and  an  adjacent 
side  is  12.  What  values  of  the  side  opposite  the  given 
angle  will  give  two  solutions  to  the  triangle  ?  What 
values  will  give  only  one  ?  What  values  will  give  no  so- 
lution ? 


186  EXAMtNATION  PAPERS. 

XI. 

1.  Between  what  two  integers  docs  the  common  loga- 
rithm of  327.8  lie  ?     Give  the  reason  for  your  answer. 

2.  Find,  by  logarithms,  the  value  of  .-ojj^^"  ^  (if  ^ 
^8247^ 

3.  In  what  quadrants  may  an  angle  be  taken  whose  se- 
cant is  1.25  ?    Obtain  the  corresponding  values  of  the  sine. 

4.  Find  all  the  functions  of  (180°  +  ?/). 

5.  The  hypothenuse  of  a  right  triangle  is  0.3287,  and 
one  side  is  0.1938.     Solve  the  triangle. 

6.  By  means  of  the  formulas  for  the  sine  and  the  cosine 
of  the  sum  of  two  angles,  obtain  the  formula,  tan  (x  +  y) 
tan  oc  -\-  tan  y 

1  —  tan  X  tan  y* 

7.  The  three  sides  of  a  triangle  are  1.328,  1.416,  and 
0.9388.     Find  the  angles. 

XII. 

1.   In  a  certain  system  of  logarithms  the  logarithm  of 
0.125  is  —1.5.     Wliat  is  the  base? 
•    2.   Find,  by  logarithms,  the  value  of  v^f  -r-  f  (.0048659)1 

3.  Of  the  following  angles,  which  have  a  cosine  equal  to 
— 0.5  ?  a  tangent  equal  to  1  ?  a  cosecant  equal  to  — sj'2  ? 
45°;  120°;  225°;  240°;  315°;  —240°;  —315°;  600°. 

4.  If  sin  cf)  =  m,  obtain  the  values  of  sin  20  and  cos  2<^. 

5.  In  any  triangle  ABC,  prove  that  a?  =  V^  -\-  c^  — 
2&C  cos  A. 

6.  Solve  the  right  triangle,  given  an  angle  47°  48'  13", 
and  the  opposite  side  0.043629. 


LOGARITHMS   AND   TRIGONOMETRY.  187 

7.  Find  all  the  trigonometric  functions  of  (180°  +  ?/). 

8.  Give  the  formulas  and  state  the  process  by  which  an 
oblique  triangle  is  solved  when  two  sides  and  the  included 
angle  are  given. 


188  EXAMINATION   PAPERS. 


PHYSICS. 

COURSE  II. 


1.  Define  the  terms  Force,  Weight,  Mass. 

2.  If  two  forces  acting  perpendicularly  on  a  straight  lever 
in  opposite  directions  and  on  the  same  side  of  the  fulcrum 
balance  each  other,  they  are  inversely  as  their  distances 
from  the  fulcrum  ;  and  the  pressure  on  the  fidcrum  is  equal 
to  the  difference  of  the  forces. 

3.  The  pressure  upon  any  particle  of  a  fluid  of  uniform 
density  is  proportional  to  its  depth  below  the  surface  of 
the  fluid. 

4.  In  50  cubic  yards  of  rock,  whose  average  specific  grav- 
ity is  142,  there  enter  32  cubic  yards  of  a  substance  whose 
specific  gravity  is  124.  Find  the  specific  gravity  of  the 
remainder  of  the  rock. 

5.  How  would  you  graduate  a  hydrometer  for  ascertain- 
ing the  strength  of  alcohol. 

6.  How  do  you  change  from  Fahrenheit  to  Centigrade  ? 

II. 

1.  How  does  the  weight  of  a  body  differ  from  the  mass  ? 
How  are  forces  represented  ?  If  it  be  stated  tliat  two 
forces  of  5  lbs.  and  10  lbs.  act  upon  a  body,  what  more  is 
wanting  to  enable  us  to  determine  the  result  ? 

2.  Prove  the  proposition,  "  If  two  forces,  acting  at  any 
angles  on  the  arm  of  any  lever,  balance  each  other,  they  are 


PHYSICS.  189 

inversely  as  the  perpendiculars   drawn  from  the  fulcrum 
to  the  directions  in  which  the  forces  act." 

3.  The  direction  of  two  forces,  P  and  Q,  which  act  on  a 
bent  lever  and  keep  it  at  rest,  make  equal  angles  with  the 
arms  of  the  lever,  which  are  at  6  and  8  inches  respectively. 
Find  the  ratio  of  Q  to  P. 

4.  Find  the  centre  of  gravity  of  a  triangle.  One  half  of 
a  given  triangle  is  cut  off  by  a  straight  line  parallel  to  the 
base  :  find  the  centre  of  gravity  of  the  remaining  trapezium. 

5.  Prove  the  proposition,  "  When  a  body  of  uniform  den- 
sity floats  on  a  fluid,  the  part  immersed :  the  whole  body  : : 
the  specific  gravity  of  the  body :  the  specific  gravity  of  the 
fluid." 

6.  If  the  difference  of  readings  of  a  thermometer,  which 
is  graduated  both  according  to  Fahrenheit's  and  the  Centi- 
grade scale,  be  40,  find  the  temperature  in  each  scale. 


190  EXAMINATION  PAPERS. 


MECHANICS. 

COURSE  II. 


1.  Prove  the  law  of  the  parallelogram  of  forces. 

2.  Find  the  centre  of  gravity  of  any  number  of  heavy 
points. 

3.  Deduce  the  law  of  the  equilibrium  of  movable  pul- 
leys, taking  the  weight  of  the  pulleys  into  account. 

4.  Find  the  relation  of  P's  velocity  to  that  of  JV  on  an 
inclined  plane. 

5.  Prove  the  equality  of  fluid  pressures.  Explain  the 
Hydrostatic  Paradox. 

6.  If  the  volume  of  the  receiver  of  a  condensing  pump  i& 
five  times  that  of  the  barrel,  find  the  pressure  on  the  valve 
after  ten  strokes. 

II. 

1.  Define  Force ;  Weight ;  Mass ;  and  Density.  How  are 
forces  represented  ? 

2.  Give  the  axioms  of  the  lever.  Assuming  the  proper- 
ties of  the  straight  lev^er,  prove  the  laws  of  the  bent  lever. 

3.  Can  the  resultant  of  two  forces,  in  any  case,  be  equal 
to  one  of  the  components  ?     If  so,  what  are  the  conditions  ? 

4.  A  string  passing  round  a  smooth  peg  is  pulled  at  each 
end  by  a  force  equal  to  the  strain  upon  the  peg.  Find  the 
angle  between  the  two  parts  of  the  string. 


MECHANICS.    ■  191 

5.  Deduce  the  laws  of  the  inclined  plane,  both  when  the 
body  on  the  plane  is  at  rest,  and  when  it  is  in  motion. 

6.  Prove  that  when  a  body  of  uniform  density  floats  on  a 
fluid,  the  part  immersed  :  the  whole  body : :  the  specific  grav- 
ity of  the  body :  the  specific  gravity  of  the  fluid. 

7.  Prove  that  the  elastic  force  of  air  at  a  given  tem- 
perature varies  as  the  density.  A  barometer  is  sunk  to 
the  depth  of  twenty  feet  in  a  lake,  find  the  consequent 
rise  in  the  mercurial  column.  (Specific  gravity  of  mer- 
cury =  13.57.) 

III. 

1.  Describe  the  different  kinds  of  levers,  giving  exam- 
ples of  each  kind. 

2.  Enunciate  the  Parallelogram  of  Forces,  Assuming  it 
to  be  true  for  the  direction  of  the  resultant,  prove  it  for  the 
magnitude  of  the  resultant. 

3.  A  string  passing  around  a  smooth  peg  is  pulled  at 
each  end  by  a  force  equal  to  tlie  strain  on  the  peg.  Find 
the  angle  between  the  two  parts  of  the  string. 

4.  On  the  inclined  plane  when  the  power  acts  parallel 
to  the  plane,  prove  that  the  power  :  the  weight  : :  height  of 
the  plane  :  length  of  the  plane. 

5.  In  the  leaning  tower  of  Pisa  the  top  overhangs  the 
base  by  12  feet ;  why  does  it  not  fall  ? 

6.  Prove  that  when  a  body  of  uniform  density  floats  on 
a  fluid,  the  part  immersed  :  the  whole  body  :  :  the  specific 
gravity  of  the  body  :  the  specific  gi^avity  of  the  fluid. 

7.  A  piece  of  iron  weighs  12  pounds  in  water;  and 
when  a  piece  of  wood  which  weighs  5  pounds  is  attached 
to  it,  the  two  together  w^eigh  9  pounds  in  water.  Find  the 
specific  gravity  of  the  wood. 


192  EXAMINATION  PAPERS. 

8.  Explain  why  a  balloon  rises,  and  why  the  higher  it 
gets  the  slower  it  rises.     Why  does  it  ever  cease  to  rise  ? 

9.  Describe  the  construction  of  the  common  suction 
pump  and  its  operation.     (Draw  a  diagram  of  the  pump.) 

10.  A  piece  of  wood  floats  in  a  cup  of  water  under  the 
receiver  of  an  air-pump.  Will  it  sink  deeper  or  rise  higher 
when  the  air  is  exhausted  I     Why  ?  * 

IV. 

1.  If  two  weights,  P  and  Q,  acting  perpendicularly  on  a 
straight  Lever  on  opposite  sides  of  the  fulcrum  balance 
each  other,  determine  the  position  of  the  fulcrum  and  the 
pressure  on  it. 

The  scale-pans  of  a  Balance  are  of  unequal  weight,  and 
its  arms  consequently  also  of  unequal  length ;  find  the  true 
weight  of  any  substance  from  its  apparent  weights,  when 
placed  in  the  two  scale-pans  respectively. 

2.  If  two  forces,  acting  at  any  angles  on  the  arms  of 
any  Lever,  balance  each  other,  they  are  inversely  as  tlie 
perpendiculars  drawn  from  the  fulcrum  to  the  directions  in 
which  the  forces  act. 

3.  If  three  forces,  represented  in  direction  and  magni- 
tude by  the  sides  of  a  triangle  taken  in  order,  act  on  a 
point,  they  will  produce  equilibrium. 

Two  forces  whose  magnitudes  are  )jo  X  P  and  P,  respect- 
ively, act  at  a  point  in  directions  at  right  angles  to  each 
other ;  find  the  magnitude  and  direction  of  the  force  wliich 
will  balance  them. 

4.  In  that  system  of  Pulleys,  in  which  the  same  string 
passes  round  any  number  of  pulleys,  and  the  parts  of  it 


MECHANICS.  193 

between  the  pulleys  are  parallel,  there  is  equilibrium  (neg- 
lecting the  weights  of  the  pulleys)  when  P  :  W  :  -.1  :  the , 
number  of  strings  (?i)  at  the  lower  block. 

5.  Prove  that  when  a  body  is  suspended  from  a  point,  it 
will  rest  with  its  Centre  of  Gravity  in  the  vertical  line  pass- 
ing through  the  point  of  suspension.  Hence  show  how 
the  Centre  of  Gravity  of  any  plane  figure  of  irregular  out- 
line may  practically  be  determined. 

6.  Describe  an  experimental  proof,  that,  if  the  pressure 
at  any  point  of  a  fluid  be  increased,  the  pressure  at  all 
other  points  will  be  equally  increased.  By  what  short 
form  of  words  is  tliis  property  of  fluid  j)ressure  sometimes 
described  ? 

In  the  common  Hyclraidic  Press,  are  the  fluid  pressures 
and  tendency  to  break  uniform  throughout  the  cylinders  ? 

7.  Prove  that  if  a  body  floats  in  a  fluid,  it  displaces  as 
much  of  the  fluid  as  is  equal  in  weight  to  the  weight  of  the 
body ;  and  it  presses  downwards,  and  is  pressed  upwards, 
with  a  force  equal  to  the  weight  of  the  fluid  displaced. 

A  uniform  cylinder,  when  floating  vertically  in  water, 
sinks  to  a  depth  of  4  inches ;  to  what  depth  will  it  sink  in 
alcohol  of  specific  gravity  0.79  ? 

8.  Describe  the  construction  of  the  Condenser,  and  the 
mode  of  its  operation. 

A  cylinder,  filled  with  atmospheric  air,  and  closed  by  an 
air-tight  piston,  is  sunk  to  the  depth  of  500  fathoms  in  the 
sea;  required  the  compression  of  the  air  (assume  specific 
gravity  of  sea  water  to  be  1.027,  specific  gravity  of  mer- 
cury 13.57,  and  height  of  Barometer  30  inches). 


EXAMINATION  PAPERS 

OF  JUNE,   1874. 


ANCIENT  HISTORY  AND   GEOGEAPHY. 

[Take  the  Jirst  three,  and  one  other  ;  four  in  all.] 

1.  Name  in  the  order  of  time  the  successive  conquests  made 
by  the  Romans,  and  note  distinctly  the  position  of  each  con- 
quered state  or  district. 

2.  By  a  map  or  by  words  represent  or  describe  Sicily.  Point 
out  its  place  in  Grecian  and  in  Roman  history. 

3.  Name  eight  places  that  were  noted  in  ancient  times  :  four 
Greek,  and  four  Roman.  Give  their  situation,  and  show  their 
importance  in  history. 

4.  What  objects  would  a  Roman  be  sure  to  point  out  to  a 
stranger  visiting  Rome  in  the  time  of  Augustus  1  Describe  some 
of  them.  Show,  by  a  rough  plan,  their  position  relatively  to 
each  other,  and  connect  them  with  events  in  Roman  history. 

5.  The  legislation  of  Solon. 

6.  The  Gracchi  and  the  Agrarian  Laws.  State  precisely  the 
character  of  these  laws. 


196  EXAMINATION  PAPERS. 


MODEEINT  AND  PHYSICAL  GEOGRAPHY. 

1.  Upon  what  principle  is  Mercator's  map  constructed  1  How 
do  the  parallels  and  meridians  appear  upon  it  1  What  distortion 
is  produced  in  the  forms  of  the  countries  ] 

2.  Draw  an  outline  map  of  Africa  and  put  upon  it,  in  their 
proper  positions,  the  equator,  and  the  meridian  of  Greenwich. 
Give  also  the  names  of  the  bodies  of  water  surrounding  the 
continent,  and  the  positions  of  important  islands  near  the 
coast. 

3.  What  is  shown  by  a  profile  of  a  country  1  Draw  a  profile 
of  South  America,  from  the  mouth  of  the  Amazon  to  the  Pacific 
Ocean. 

4.  Describe  the  southern  coast  of  Europe,  giving  the  names 
of  countries,  bodies  of  water,  important  islands,  principal  sea- 
ports, and  largest  rivers. 

5.  What  time  is  it  at  Madras  when  it  is  eight  o'clock  in  the 
morning  at  Boston  1  Longitude  of  Madras,  80°  E. ;  of  Boston, 
71°  W. 

6.  Where  is  the  Great  Bear  Lake  1  Why  was  it  so  named  1 
What  other  large  lakes  are  near  it  1  Which  continent  has  the 
smallest  number  of  lakes  1  Where  are  the  principal  salt  lakes, 
and  why  are  they  salt  ? 

7.  Where  does  the  Colorado  River  rise  and  empty*?  What 
are  the  most  striking  physical  features  of  the  country  through 
which  it  flows  1 

Answer  the  same  questions  for  each  of  the  following  rivers :  — 
Columbia  ;  Niagara  ;  Hudson  ;  Seine  ;  Ganges. 

8.  What  cities  of  Europe  are  in  nearly  the  same  latitude  as 
New  York  ? 

9.  Describe  two  water  routes  between  Marseilles  and  Hong 
Kong. 


EXAMINATION   PAPERS.  197 


GEEEK  COMPOSITIOK 

Translate  into  Greek  :  — 

When  these  ten  thousand  Greeks  had  come  in  their  march  to 
the  great  river  Euphrates,  they  found  a  barbarian  soldier  who 
told  them  that  the  great  king  with  all  his  army  was  only  two 
stages  (day's  march)  distant,  and  that  if  they  should  go  forward 
during  all  that  night  and  the  following  (iinepai)  day,  they  would 
see  the  king's  forces  before  the  time  for  supper  came.  When 
the  generals  heard  this,  they  determined  (it  seemed  good  to 
them)  not  to  remain  where  they  were,  but  to  cross  (dia^aiveiv) 
the  river  and  send  Xenophon  with  a  hundred  hoplites  so  that 
they  might  know  whether  the  man  had  spoken  the  truth. 


GEEEK   PEOSE. 


j|®=  Read  the  following  notice  before  doing  any  of  the  paper:  — 
[Those  oflFering  Greek  Reader,  take  2,  4,  5.    Those  oflfering  Anabasis,  four 
books,  and  7th  book  of  Herodotus,  take  1,  2,  5.     Those  oiTering  the  whole  of 
Anabasis,  take  1,  2,  3.] 

1.  (Anab.  II.  v.  10,  and  part  of  11.)  el  de  dfj  koi  fiavevres  ae 
KaraKTelvai^ev,  ciXko  ri  av  rj  tov  evepyerrjv  KaraKTeiuavres  Trpos  ^aaiXea 
Tov  fikyia-Tov  €(f)e8pov  aycovi^olfxeda ;  oacou  de  dr)  kol  oloiv  av  eXniboap 
ifxavTov  arepfjaaifxi,  el  ere  tl  kokou  eTnx^ipr^craiiii  Troielv,  ravra  Xc^co. 
iyai  yap  Kvpov  enedvuTja-d  fxot  cfiiXov  yeveadai,  vopLi^oiU  tcov  totc  UavoiTa- 
Tov  elvat,  ev  noielv  ov  ^ovKoiTO.      From  what  and  where  is  p.avevTes  % 

2.  (Anab.  IV.  I.  23,  24.)  Kal  evOvs  ayayovres  rovs  dvdpa)7rovs 
fj\eyxov  BiaXajSovTes  e'i  riva  elbelev  aWrjv  ohbv  rj  ttju  (pauepav.  6  p.ev 
ovv  erepos  ovk  ecf)y],  p.a\a  TroXAcoy  cf)6(3oiii>  Trpoaayofievcov  •  eVet  Se  ov8eu 
a)(l)eKip.ov  e\eyev,  SpoovTos  tov  erepov  KaTea(payTj.  6  de  Xonros  eXe^ev 
ort  ovTos  p-ev  ov  (paiT]  dia  ravra  eldevii,  on   avra  irvyxaue   Ovyarrjp  eKel 


198  *-^.r'^*  EXAMINATION  PAPERS. 

Trap    avbpL  eK^edonhrj'  avTos  5'   ecprj   rjyfja-ea-Oai  bvvarfjv  Koi  vno^vyiois 
iropeveaOai  odou.      Explain  mood  of  eldelev. 

3.  (Anab.  VI.  IV.  20,  21.)  Kal  ttoXiv  rfj  va-Tepala  idvero,  Kal 
(rx^bov  Tt  TTCLcra  fj  arpaTia  dia  to  jxeXeiv  airacTLV  €KvkKovvto  Trept  ra  iepd' 
TO.  8e  dvpara  eVfXeXoiTret.  ol  de  arTpariryol  e^rjyov  p.€U  ov,  crvvcKoKccrav 
be.  etrev  ovv  Seuocfycou,  "la-cos  ol  TToXepcoi  a-vvetXeyfxevoL  ela\  Koi  dvdyKrj 
fidxeo-daf  el  ovv  KaTaXiTrovTes  to,  aKcvt]  iv  r&i  epvp,vco  xcopi'o)  as  els  p-dx^v 
TrapeaKcvaapevoL  toipev,  tacos  av  ra  lepci  npoxojpolr]  T)plu. 

4.  (Phaedo,  p.  109  of  Reader,  s.  24.)  Kal  6  KpiTtov  aKovaas 
evevcre  rco  naidl  7rXr]aiov  earcoTi,  /cat  6  Trais  e^e\6d)v,  koI  (tvxvov  xRovou 
hiarpi^aSf  rjKev  ayav  tov  peXkovra  bidovai  ro  (pappaKov,  kv  KvXiKt,  cf)€pov- 
ra  TcrpLppevov  •  lda>v  be  6  ^coKpdrrjs  tov  av6p(t)7rov,  Eiev,  e^?;,  a)  l3eXTia-T€f 
av  yap  tovtcov  iTnarTrjpcov  ri  XPV  TTOteii'  ',  Oi/beu  aWo,  €(j)r],  t]  Tnovra 
TrepiUvai,  eox  av  crov  jSapos  iv  Tols  aKeXeai  yevT)Tai,  eireiTa  KaTaKeiadai* 
Koi  ovTois  avTo  noirjcrei.  Kal  dpa  (ope^e  ttjv  KvXiKa  rw  ScoKpdrei.  From 
what  and  where  is  movTa  1 

5.  (Herod.  VII.  234;  Reader,  p.  155,  §  57.)  01  pev  b^  nepl 
OeppoTTvXas  "EXkrjves  ovtco  rjycoviaavTO  •  Se'p^rjs  be  KoKea-as  ArjpdprjTov 
elpdora  dp^dpevos  evOevbe.  Arjpdprjre,  dvfjp  eis  dyados-  reKpaipopai  be 
TTj  dXrjdeirj  •  oaa  yap  eliras,  dnavTa  dire^r)  ovTa.  vvv  be  poi  elne,  Koaoi 
TLves  elcTL  oi  Xoittoi  AaKebaipovLoi,  Ka\  rovTotv  oKoarot  tolovtol  to  iroXepLa, 
e'lre  Koi  dnavTes.  6  8'  eine'  'G  ^aa-tXev,  7rXrj6os  pev  AaKebatpoviav  ttoX- 
Xov,  Kal  TioXtes  TroXXai'  to  be  e^eXeif  eKpa6elv,  elbrjaeis. 


GREEK   POETRY. 

1.  Too  y   SiS  ^ovXevaavre  bierpayev   f]  pev  eneira 

Eiff  dXa  aXro  ^adelav  dn   alyXrjevros  'OXvpnov, 
Zei/5  be  ebv  npos  bcopa.      6eol  b*  dpa  ndvres  dveaTav 
E^  ebeoiv,  o-<pov  narpos  evavTiov  •      ovbe  tis  erXr) 


EXAMINATION  "iSJi^fi^^^^'^  199 


Mftvai  eTrepxofJ-^vov,  aXk'  clvtIol  ecrrav  anavres. 
"Qs  6  ixeu  '4u6a  KaOe^eT   enl  Opovov  •      ovhk  pnv  "Hprj 
*'H.yvoLri(X€v  iboxjcr   on  ol  avfiCppdcraaTO  jSovXds 
'ApyvpoTreCa  QerLS,  dvydrrjp  aXioLO  yepovros. 

Iliad,  I.  531-539. 

Where  is  dterfiayev  foimd  ?      Attic  for  o-cpov,  ea-rav. 
2.  AevTcpou  avT  ^Odvarja  Idoiv  epectv   6  yepaios' 

"  E'ln   aye  /iioi  nai  rdz/Se,  (j)i\ov  reKos,  6i  tls  o8'  iarlp 

Meicov  fxiv  K€(f).iX^  'Ay a p-sp-vovos   Arpei'Sao, 

Evpvrepos  8'  copoLaiv  i5e  arepvoiaLv  Ibeadai. 

Tev^f"  M^"  °'  Keirai  inl  ;(^oi^i  TTouXujSoretpT/, 

AvTos  be  KtiXos  ois  fViTrcoXeirat  (rrixas  dvbpSip. 

*Apv€ico  pLiv  eycoye  eio-Kco  TTr]yeaip.aX\(0, 

"Os  T  OLCop  fieya  ttoov  biepx^Tai  dpyevvdoav. 

Iliad,  III.  191-198. 
Divide  two  first  verses  into  feet. 


GEEEK  GEAMMAR 

[All  Greek  words  must  be  -written  with  their  accents.] 

1  .*  Decline  TroXiV?;?,  civOpairos,  and  dXrjOrjs  in  the  singular  ;  Bfjs, 
dvfjp,  and  Xvcov  in  the  plural. 

2.  Decline  vavs,  fxeioiv,  av,  os,  and  tls  (interrogative)  through- 
out. 

3.*    Compare  aotpo?,  <p[\o9,  peyas,  and  pddios. 

4.  Inflect  the  present  optative  and  imperfect  indicative  of 
opdco ;  the  imperfect  of  beUwyn ;  and  the  present  indicative  of 
elfxi  and  elyn,  with  the  meaning  of  each. 

5.*  Give  the  principal  parts  of  Tvy\dva>i  Ovrja-KO},  dpd<o,  XciVo), 
and  irjfii. 


200  EXAMINATION  PAPEKS. 

6.  Translate  olda  tovtov  ypd(f)ovTa  and  olda  TovTo  ypdcjieiv.  Trans- 
late 6  avTos  diroTefxveTaL  tt]v  K€<pa\rjv,  and  explain  the  accusative. 

7.  Translate  oIkos  S'  avros,  el  cf)6oyyf)v  Xd/3oi,  ara<pe(TTaT  av  Xe^eiev, 
and  explain  the  optatives. 

8.  Explain  the  subjunctive  in  ecfio^ovfxrjv  fir)  tovto  yevrjTai. 
Could  it  be  changed  to  the  optative  1 

9.  Explain  the  optative  in  ehev  on  ypa(poi.  Could  you  have 
any  other  mood  than  the  optative  in  this  case  1 

10.  What  is  an  iambus?  a  spondee  ?  an  anapaest '?  What  is 
a  dactylic  hexameter,  and  what  substitutions  are  allowed  in  it  1 

*  Candidates  for  ADVANCED  STANDING  wiU  omit  1,  3,  and  5,  and 

answer  the  following  questions. 

1 1 .  Translate  ri  jx  ovk  cKreivas  ev6vs  tva  fi^irore  tlBov  to  ^ws,  and 
explain  tva  eldov. 

12.  Translate  el  alrovs  tdoiev  ap  e<^vyoi/.  What  is  the  construc- 
tion of  Xdouv  1  of  avi 

13.  How  would  you  express  in  Greek  :  Would  that  Cyrus  were 
alive  !  He  said  that  he  would  do  it,  He  said  that  he  would  have 
done  it,  He  said  that  he  did  it  ? 

14.  What  is  an  iambic  trimeter  of  tragedy,  and  what  substi- 
tutions are  allowed  in  it? 


EXAMINATION   PAPERS.  201 


LATIX   COMPOSITION. 

jg®"  Candidates  for  the  Freshman  Class  are  required  to  translate  the  whole  of  I. 
and  in  II.  only  to  2,  "He  said."  Candidates  for  Advanced  Standing  will 
translate  the  whole  of  I.  and  II. 

I. 

Translate  into  English  :  — 

Restat  ut  doceam  omnia,  quse  sint  in  hoc  mando,  quibus 
utantur  homines,  hominum  causa  facta  esse  et  parata.  Prin- 
cipio  ipse  mundus  deorum  hominumque  causa  factus  est,  quse- 
que  in  eo  sunt,  ea  parata  ad  fructum  hominum  et  inveiita  sunt. 
Est  enim  mundus  quasi  communis  deorum  atque  hominum 
domus  aut  urbs  utrorumque.  Ut  igitur  Athenas  et  Lacedse- 
monem  Atheniensium  Lacedaemoniorumque  causa  putandum 
est  conditas  esse,  omniaque,  quae  sint  in  his  urbibus,  eorum 
populorum  recte  esse  dicuntur,  sic  qusecumque  sunt  in  omni 
mundo  deorum  atque  hominum  putanda  sunt. 

II. 

Translate  into  Latin:  — 

1.  It  was  the  custom  ^  in  old  times  for  senators  at  Rome  to 
enter  ^  the  senate-house  ^  attended-by  ^  their  young  ^  sons.  The 
mother  of  Papirius  asked  ^  her  son  what-in-the-world  "^  the  fa- 
thers had  been  doing  ^  in  the  senate.  The  boy  answered  that 
it  must  be-kept-secret.®  The  woman  gets-^°  more  eager  ^^  to 
hear.     Then  the  boy  resorts-to^^  an  ingenious  ^^  lie.^'* 

1  mos.  2  introire.  3  curia.  ■*  cum.  »  praetextatus.  6  percontari.  7  qais- 
nam.  8  agere.  ^  tacere.  lo  fieri,  n  cupidus.  12  consilium  capere  (with  the 
genitive).     13  festivus.     i*  rnendacium. 

2.  He    said    that   the-discussion-had-been  ^   whether   it   was 

more  expedient^  for  one  man  to   have  two  wives  or  for  one 

woman  to  have  two  husbands.^     The-next-day  *  the   matrons 

beg  ^  the  senate  that  one  woman  might  rather  ^  be-man-ied-to  "^ 

two  men  than  that  two  women  might  have  one  husband. 

1  agere  (passive).  2  utilis.  s  maritus.  •*  postridie.  5  obsecrare.  6  potius. 
'  nubere. 

9* 


202  EXAMINATION   PAPERS. 


LATIN  GEAMMAR 

Mark  the  quantity  of  the  penults  and  last  syllables  of  the 
following  words :  custodis,  arbores,  frigora^  gladiolus,  infamis 
(noni.),  victricis  (ace.  plur.),  inojns,  2>etitur,  2^€rivit,  periit,  peritus, 
ambitus,  apices. 

Decline  decus,  locus,  specus,  celeber,  quivis ;  compare  inferus, 
humilis.     Form  and  compare  loquax,  sanctus. 

Form  derivatives  with  the  terminations  -tas,  -tor,  -ensis,  -olus, 
-SCO,  and  give  their  meaning. 

Give  the  principal  parts  of  sumo,  sentio,  libet,  pateo,  patior, 
spondeo,  adjuvo,  tollo,  disco,  vereor,  facio  with  con,  eo  and  do 
with  re. 

Give  a  synopsis  of  the  Subjunctive  Active  and  Passive  (first 
Person)  of  two  of  these  verbs  not  of  the  same  conjugation.  Give 
a  complete  synopsis  of  one  other.  Inflect  the  Imperative  of 
patior.     Give  all  the  Participles  and  Infinitives  of  sentio. 

Explain  the  formation  of  the  presents  gigno  and  frango,  of 
the  perfects  didici  and  dixi,  and  of  the  participle  natus. 

What  case  or  cases  (separately  or  together)  follow  persuadeo, 
moneo,  obliviscor,  solvo,  vereor,  prce,  sub  ? 

Translate  into  Latin,  with  gerundive  (participle  in  -dus), 
The  city  must  he  spared,  I  must  go. 

What  construction  is  used  in  clauses  (or  verbs)  after  timeo, 
gaudeo,  dico,  audeo  ? 

How  are  future  conditions  expressed  in  Latin "?  Express  in 
Latin,  in  as  many  ways  as  you  can,  "Antony  came  to  bury 
(sepelio)  Caesar." 

What  difference  in  meaning  between  utinam  sim  and  %Uinam 
essein  ? 


EXAMINATION   PAPERS.  203 

LATIN.  — Coicrse  I. 
CJESAR  AND  SALLUST. 

Translate  tivo  passages,  — fhejirst  and  one  other. 

I.  Quo  proelio  bellum  Venetorum  totiusque  orse  maritimse 
confectiim  est.  Nam  quum  omnis  juventus,  omnes  etiam  gravio- 
ris  setatis,  in  quibiis  aliquid  consilii  aut  dignitatis  fuit,  eo  con- 
venerant,  turn  navium  quod  ubique  fuerat  in  unum  locum  co- 
egerant ;  quibus  amissis  reliqui  neque  quo  se  reciperent  neque 
quemadmodum  oppida  defenderent  habebant.  Itaque  se  suaque 
omnia  Csesari  dediderunt.  In  quos  eo  gravius  Csesar  vindican- 
dum  statuit,  quo  diligentius  in  reliquum  tempus  a  barbaris  jus 
legatorum  conservaretur.  Itaque  omni  senatu  necato  reliquos 
sub  corona  vendidit.  —  C^sar,  B.  G.  III. 

II.  His  rebus  permotus  Q.  Titurius,  quum  procul  Ambiorigem 
suos  cohortantem  conspexisset,  interpretem  suum  Cn.  Pompeium 
ad  eum  mittit  rogatum  ut  sibi  militibusque  parcat.  Hie  appella- 
tus  respondit :  Si  velit  secum  colloqui,  licere ;  sjDerare  a  multi- 
tudine  impetrari  posse  quod  ad  militum  salutem  pertineat ;  ipsi 
vero  nihil  nocitum  iri,  inque  earn  rem  se  suam  fidem  interponere. 
Ille  cum  Cotta  saucio  communicat,  si  videatur,  pugna  ut  exce- 
dant  et  cum  Ambiorige  una  colloquantur ;  sperare  ab  eo  de  sua 
ac  militum  salute  impetrare  posse.  Cotta  se  ad  armatum  hostem 
iturum  negat  atque  in  eo  constitit.  —  C^sar,  B.  G.  V. 

III.  Atheniensium  res  gestae,  sicut  ego  sestumo,  satis  amplse 
magnificseque  fuere,  verum  aliquanto  minores  tamen  quam  fama 
feruntur.  Sed  quia  provenere  ibi  scriptorum  magna  ingenia, 
per  terrarum  orbem  Atheniensium  facta  pro  maxumis  celebran- 
tur.  Ita  eorum  qui  ea  fecere  virtus  tanta  habetur,  quantum  ea 
verbis  potuere  extollere  praeclara  ingenia.  At  populo  Romano 
numquam  ea  copia  fuit,  quia  prudentissumus  quisque  maxume 
negotiosus  erat ;  ingenium  nemo  sine  corpore  exercebat  :  optu- 
mus  quisque  facere  quam  dicere,  sua  ab  aliis  bene  facta  laudari 
quam  ipse  aliorum  narrare  malebat.  —  Sallust,  Cat.  viii. 

IV.  Patres   conscripti.     Micipsa   pater  mens  moriens  mihi 


204  EXAMINATION  PAPERS. 

prsecepit,  uti  regni  Numidise  tantummodo  procurationem  existu- 
marem  meam,  ceterum  jus  et  imperium  ejus  penes  vos  esse ; 
simul  eniterer  domi  militiaeque  quam  maxumo  usui  esse  populo 
Romano,  vos  mihi  cognatorum,  vos  affinium  loco  ducerem ;  si  ea 
fecissem,  in  vostra  amicitia  exercitum,  divitias,  munimenta  regni 
me  habiturum.  Quae  quum  prsecepta  parentis  mei  agitarem, 
Jugurtha,  homo  omnium  quos  terra  sustinet  sceleratissumus, 
contempto  imperio  vostro,  Masinissae  me  nepotem  et  jam  ab 
stirpe  socium  atque  amicum  jwpuli  Romani  regno  fortunisque 
omnibus  expulit.  —  Sallust,  Jug.  xiv. 

OVID. 

Translate  oMy  one  of  the  following  passages :  — 
V.       Inde  loco  medius  rerum  novitate  paventem 
Sol  oculis  juvenem,  quibus  adspicit  omnia,  vidit, 
*  Quseque  vise  tibi  causa  %     Quid  hac,'  ait,  '  arce  petisti, 
Progenies,  Phaethon,  baud  infitianda  parenti  % ' 
Ille  refert  :  '  0  lux  immensi  publica  mundi, 
Phoebe  pater,  si  das  hujus  mihi  nominis  usura, 
Pignora  da,  genitor,  per  quae  tua  vera  propago 
Credar,  et  hunc  animis  errorem  detrahe  nostris.' 
Dixerat.     At  genitor  circum  caput  omne  micantes 
Deposuit  radios,  projDiusque  accedere  jussit, 
Amplexuque  dato,  '  Nee  tu  mens  esse  negari 
Dignus  es,  et  Clymene  veros,'  ait,  'edidit  ortus.' — Mett.  II. 

VI.  Psittacus,  Eois  imitatrix  ales  ab  Indis, 

Occidit :  exsequias  ite  frequenter  aves. 
Ite,  pise  volucres  ;  et  plangite  pectora  pennis ; 

Et  rigido  teneras  ungue  notate  genas. 
Horrida  pro  msestis  lanietur  pluma  capillis  : 

Pro  longa  resonent  carmina  vestra  tuba. 
Quid  scelus  Ismarii  quereris,  Philomela,  tyrannil 

Expleta  est  annis  ista  querela  suis. 
Alitis  in  rare©  miserum  devertite  funus. 

Magna,  sed  antiqui  causi  doloris  Itys. 
Omnes  quae  liquido  libratis  in  aere  cursus ; 

Tu  tamen  ante  alias,  turtur  amice,  dole.  —  Am.  II. 


EXAMINATION  PAPERS.  205 

VII.       Sin  autem  ad  pugnam  exierint  —  nam  ssepe  duobus 
Regibus  incessit  magno  discordia  motu, 
Continuoque  animos  volgi  et  trepidantia  bello 
Corda  licet  longe  prsesciscere  ;  namque  morantis 
Martins  ille  seris  rauci  canor  increpat,  et  vox 
Auditur  fractos  sonitus  imitata  tubarum ; 
Turn  trepida^  inter  se  coeunt,  pennisque  coruscant, 
Spiculaque  exacuunt  rostris,  aptantque  lacertos, 
Et  circa  regem  atque  ipsa  ad  praetoria  densse 
Miscentur,  magnisque  vocant  clamoribus  hostem. 

ViRG.  Georg.  IV. 

VIII.  Ipse,  caput  nivei  fultum  Pallantis  et  ora 
Ut  vidit  levique  patens  in  pectore  volnus 
Cuspidis  Ausoniee,  lacrimis  ita  fatur  obortis  : 
Tene,  inquit,  miserande  puer,  cum  leeta  veniret, 
Invidit  Fortuna  mihi,  ne  regna  videres 
Nostra,  neque  ad  sedes  victor  veherere  paternas  ? 
Non  hsec  Euandro  de  te  promissa  parenti 
Discedens  dederam,  cum  me  complexus  euntem 
Mitteret  in  magnum  imperium,  metuensque  moneret 
Acris  esse  viros,  cum  dura  proelia  gente. — Virg.  ^n.  XL 


LATIN.  — Course  I. 

CICERO. 

Translate  two  passages.  [If  you  have  read  the  Cato  Major,  translate  I. 
and  either  III.  or  IV. ;  if  not,  translate  II.  and  either  III.  or  IV.  Answer 
all  the  questions.] 

I.  An  ne  eas  quidem  vires  senectuti  relinquemus  ut  adolescen- 
tulos  doceat,  instituat,  ad  omne  officii  munus  instruat?  Quo 
quidem  opere  quid  potest  esse  prseclarius  *?  Mihi  vero  Cn.  et  R 
Scipiones  et  avi  tui  duo,  L.  ^milius  et  P.  Africanus,  comitatu 
nobilium juvenum  fortunati  videbantur;  nee  ulli  bonarum  artium 
magistri  non  beati  putandi,  quamvis  consenuerint  vires  atque 
defecerint.  —  De  Senectute,  ix.  29. 


206  EXAMINATION   PAPERS. 

II.  Quid  autem  aliud  egimus,  Tubero,  nisi  ut  quod  hie  potest 
nos  possemus  1  Quorum  igitur  impunitas,  Csesar,  tuse  clemen- 
tise  laus  est,  eorum  ipsorum  ad  crudelitatem  te  acuit  oratio. 
Atque  in  hac  causa  non  nihil  equidem,  Tubero,  etiam  tuam,  sed 
multo  magis  patris  tui  prudentiam  desidero,  quod  homo  cum 
ingenio  tum  etiam  doctrina  excellens  genus  hoc  causae  quod 
esset  non  viderit ;  nam  si  vidisset,  quovis  profecto  quam  isto 
modo  a  te  agi  maluisset.  —  Pro  Ligario,  iv. 

III.  Tertium  genus  est  setate  jam  affectum,  sed  tamen  exer- 
citatione  robustum,  quo  ex  genere  iste  est  Manhus,  cui  nunc 
CatiUna  succedit  :  sunt  homines  ex  eis  coloniis,  quas  Sulla  con- 
stituit ;  quas  ego  universas  civium  esse  optimorum  et  fortissi- 
morum  virorum  sentio,  sed  tamen  ii  sunt  coloni,  qui  se  in 
insperatis  ac  repentinis  pecuniis  sumptuosius  insolentiusque 
jactarunt.  Hi  dum  eedificant  tamquam  beati,  dum  prsediis  lectis, 
familiis  magnis,  conviviis  apparatis  delectantur,  in  tantum  ses 
alienum  inciderunt,  ut,  si  salvi  esse  velint,  Sulla  sit  eis  ab  inferis 
excitandus.  —  In  Catilinam,  II.  ix. 

IV.  Quare  quis  tandem  me  reprehendat  aut  quis  mihi  jure 
succenseat,  si,  quantum  ceteris  ad  suas  res  obeundas,  quantum 
ad  festos  dies  ludorum  celebrandos,  quantum  ad  alias  voluptates 
et  ad  ipsam  requiem  animi  et  corporis  concediturtemporum,  quan- 
tum alii  tribuunt  tempestivis  conviviis,  quantum  denique  alveolo, 
quantum  pilse,  tantum  mihi  egomet  ad  hsec  studia  recolenda 
sumpsero  1,  Atque  hoc  ideo  mihi  concedendum  est  magis,  quod 
ex  his  studiis  hsec  quoque  crescit  oratio  et  facultas,  quoe  quan- 
tacumque  in  me  est,  numquam  amicorum  periculis  defuit.  — 
Pro  Archia,  vi. 

1.  What  offices  did  the  Romans  generally  go  through  before 
their  consulship  1 

2.  What  is  the  difference  between  7ie  and  ut  7ion  followed  by 
the  Subj  unctive  ? 

3.  What  was  the  fate  of  Catiline's  fellow-conspirators,  and 
what  complaint  was  made  of  it  % 


EXAMINATION  PAPERS.  207 

VIRGIL. 

Translate  two  passages,  —  /.  and  either  II.  or  III.    Answer  all  the  questions. 

I.  Pauca  tameu  suberunt  priscae  vestigia  fraudis, 
Quse  temptare  Thetim  ratibus,  quae  cingere  muris 
Oppida,  quae  iubeant  telluri  infindere  sulcos. 
Alter  erit  tarn  Tiphys,  et  altera  quae  vehat  Argo 
Delectos  heroas  ;  erunt  etiam  altera  bella, 

Atque  iterum  ad  Troiam  magnus  mittetur  Achilles. 
Hiuc,  ubi  iam  firmata  virum  te  fecerit  aetas, 
Cedet  et  ipse  mari  vector,  nee  nautica  pinus 
Mutabit  merces  :  omnis  feret  omnia  tellus.  —  Ecl.  IV. 

II.  Postera  iamque  dies  primo  surgebat  Eoo, 
Humentemque  Aurora  polo  dimoverat  umbram  : 
Cum  subito  e  silvis,  macie  confecta  suprema, 
Ignoti  nova  forma  viri  miserandaque  cultu 
Procedit  supplexque  manus  ad  litora  tendit, 
Respicimus.     Dira  inluvies  inmissaque  barba, 
Consertum  tegumen  spinis ;  at  cetera  Graius, 

Et  quondam  patriis  ad  Troiam  missus  in  armis.  —  ^En.  III. 

III.  Primus  equum  phaleris  insignem  victor  habeto, 
Alter  Amazonian!  pliaretram  plenamque  sagittis 
Threiciis,  lato  quam  circnmplectitur  auro 
Balteus,  et  tereti  subnectit  fibula  gemma ; 
Tertius  Argolica  hac  galea  contentus  abito. 
Haec  ubi  dicta,  locum  capiunt,  signoque  repente 
Corripiant  spatia  audito,  limenque  relinquunt, 
EtFusi  nimbo  similes,  simul  ultima  signant.  —  ^n.  V. 

1.  Give  a  brief  summary  of  the  events  in  ^neid  IV. 

2.  Divide  into  feet,  marking  quantities  and  ictus  (or  verse 
accent),  the  fifth  line  in  I. 

3.  How  does  the  metre  help  to  determine  the  meaning  of  the 
fifth  line  in  II.  % 


208  EXAMINATION  PAPERS. 


AEITHMETIC   AND   LOGAEITHMS. 

[Give  the  work  in  full,  and  arrange  it  in  an  orderly  manner.     Reduce  each 
answer  to  its  simplest  form.] 

LOGARITHMS. 

0.9  X  H7.2 

1.  Find,  by  logarithms,  the  value  of  ^  '    , 

/('134  9)^  X  ^TgX^ 

2.  Find,  by  logarithms,  the  value  of  (^ \qooo  x  46.49  / 

3.  Give  a  proof  of  the  process  of  finding  any  root  of  a  quan- 
tity by  logarithms.  If  the  characteristic  of  the  logarithm  of 
the  given  quantity  is  negative,  how  is  the  characteristic  of  the 
logarithm  of  the  root  obtained  ] 


ARITHMETIC. 

4.  What  part  of  2.  is -^xf^l 

6.  A  carriage,  at  the  rate  of  8^  miles  an  hour,  completes  f  of 
a  certain  distance  in  3^  days ;  in  how  many  days  will  it  com- 
plete f  of  the  same  distance,  going  at  the  rate  of  10  miles  an 
hour  1 

6.  A  merchant  buys  2f  hectometres  of  silk  for  $480,  and 
sells  the  silk  at  $  1.95  a  yard.  Does  he  gain  or  lose,  and  how 
much^ 

7.  Find  the  cube  root  of  0.083453453. 

8.  Thirty-six  persons  buy  276G  A.  3  7?.  12  P.  of  land  on 
equal  shares.  What  does  one  man  receive,  who  sells  f  of  his 
share  at  1  5.  d  d.  2/  per  square  rodi  [Give  the  answer  in 
pounds  and  decimals  of  a  pound.] 

9.  What  is  gold  quoted  at,  when  one  dollar  in  currency  is 
worth  only  seventy-five  cents  ? 


EXAMINATION   PAPERS.  209 


ALGEBEA.  —  Course  L 

[Give  the  whole  "work  clearly,  and  reduce  each  answer  to  its  simplest  form.] 

1.  Divide 

^=d  .  ^:=il  +  ^^i  _  1  by  2  -  fl  +  1  +  1 

2.  A  can  do  a  piece  of  work  in  half  the  time  in  which  B  can 
do  it,  B  can  do  it  in  two  thirds  the  time  in  which  C  can  do 
it,  and  all  three,  working  together,  can  do  it  in  6  days.  Find 
the  time  in  which  each  can  do  it  alone. 

3.  Find  the  two  middle  terms  in  the  expansion  of  (a  —  xf. 
What  is  the  reason  that  one  of  these  terms  is  negative,  and  the 
other  is  positive  1 

4.  Find  the  fourth  root  of  ^  aV.  [Fractional  exponents  may 
be  used  if  desired.] 

5.  One  number  is  -V-  of  another,  and  the  product  of  these 
two  numbers  is  750.     What  ai'e  the  numbers  1 

6.  Solve  the  equations  ax  -\-  hy  =^  c, 

mx  —  ny  =  d. 

7.  I  bought  a  certain  number  of  oxen  for  £80.  Had  I 
bought  four  more  with  the  same  money,  each  ox  would  have 
cost  £  1  less.  How  many  did  I  buy,  and  what  did  I  pay  for 
each"? 

8.  Find  the  square  root  of 


210  EXAMINATION  PAPERS. 

ALGEBEA.  —  Course  II.  and  Advanced  StaTiding. 

[Give  the  whole  work  clearly,  and  reduce  each  answer  to  its  simplest  form.] 

1.  Simplify  ^_^       ^^6+1  • 

~b  ^  +  ~^ 

2.  A  man  rides  a  certain  distance  at  the  rate  of  8  miles  an 
hour,  and  walks  back  to  his  starting-point  at  the  rate  of  4  miles 
an  hour.  The  time  employed  in  going  and  returning  is  6  hours. 
How  far  does  he  walk  % 

3.  Divide^  by  cl(^-t. 

d^    ^ 

4.  Solve  the  equation  x^  -|~  ^^^  =^  ^-  What  will  the  roots 
be  if  a  =:  2,  6  =  —  4 1     If  a  =  4,  6  =  —  20  ^ 

5.  What  is  the  4th  term  of  (a  —  xf  +  ^l 

6.  The  greater  of  two  numbers  is  a^  times  the  less;  the 
product  of  these  two  numbers  is  h^.     Find  the  numbers. 

7.  There  are  3  numbers  in  arithmetical  progression :  the 
sum  of  these  numbers  is  18,  and  the  sum  of  their  squares  is 
158.     Find  the  numbers. 

8.  I  have  4  single  books  and  a  set  of  3  books.  In  how 
many  ways  can  I  arrange  these  7  books  on  a  shelf,  provided 
the  books  which  make  the  set  cannot  be  separated  1 


EXAMINATION   PAPERS.  211 


PLANE   GEOMETEY.  —Courses  I.  and  11. 

1.  In  a  triangle  ABC  the  angle  A  is  greater  than  the  angle 
B,  and  B  is  greater  than  C ;  what  is  true  of  the  sides '?  State 
and  prove. 

State  and  prove  the  converse. 

2.  Prove  that  two  triangles  are  equal  if  the  sides  of  one  are 
respectively  equal  to  the  sides  of  the  other. 

3.  Prove  that  when  two  circumferences  touch  each  other  the 
point  of  contact  and  the  centres  lie  in  one  straight  line. 

4.  Draw  two  circles  touching  each  other,  and  through  the 
point  of  contact  draw  a  straight  line  forming  a  chord  in  each 
circle  :  prove  that  these  chords  are  proportional  to  the  diameters 
of  the  circles. 

5.  To  draw  the  circumference  of  a  circle  through  three  given 
points.  Solve  and  prove.  When  would  the  problem  be  impos- 
sible'?    Why? 

Given  any  curve,  to  ascertain  whether  it  is  the  arc  of  a  circle 
or  not. 

6.  Prove  that  the  perimeters  of  regular  polygons  of  the  same 
number  of  sides  are  proportional  to  the  diameters  of  their  in- 
scribed or  circumscribed  circles.  Go  on  to  prove  that  the  ratio 
of  the  circumference  to  the  diameter  is  the  same  in  all  circles. 

7.  Draw,  in  your  book,  a  regular  hexagon  of  which  each  side 
shall  be  of  this  length  ^^_^^»i..^_i.i_^_i_B^_^^. 
Explain  how  you  do  it.  Now  draw  another  having  half  the 
area  of  the  first.     Solve  and  prove. 


212  EXAMINATION  PAPERS. 

SOLID   GEOMETEY.  —  Course  IL 

1.  Prove  that  the  intersections  of  two  parallel  planes  with  a 
third  plane  are  parallel  planes. 

2.  Prove  that  the  sum  of  the  line  angles  that  compose  a  solid 
angle  is  less  than  four  right  angles. 

3.  What  is  the  frustum  of  a  pyramid  ?  Show  how  to  find 
the  convex  surface  of  a  regular  pyramid.  Prove  that  the  sur- 
face of  a  right  circular  cone  is  equal  to  the  product  of  the  slant 
height  multiplied  by  the  circumference  of  a  section  drawn  mid- 
way between  the  bases. 

4.  Given  the  radius  of  a  sphere  :  write  a  formula  for  its  sur- 
face and  one  for  its  volume. 

5.  What  is  the  segment  of  a  sphere  1  Explain  how  to  find 
the  volume  of  a  segment  of  a  sphere  having  two  bases,  one  each 
side  of  the  centre. 

6.  Given  a  spherical  triangle,  to  draw  its  polar  triangle.  What 
relations  exist  between  the  sides  and  angles  of  a  spherical  tri- 
angle and  those  of  its  polar  triangle  %     State  and  prove. 

7.  Given  a  spherical  triangle,  to  draw  another  symmetrical 
with  it  on  the  same  sphere.  Prove  that  two  symmetrical  trian- 
gles on  the  same  sphere  have  the  same  area. 

8.  What  is  a  regular  polyhedron?  How  many  are  there  1 
Give  their  names,  and  a  brief  description  of  each. 


EXAMINATION   PAPERS.  213 

ANALYTIC   GEOMETEY. 

Course  II.  and  Advanced  Standing. 

[Ask  for  a  Table  of  Natural  Cosines.] 

1.  To  find  the  equation  of  a  straight  line  that  passes  through 
two  given  points. 

2.  Find  the  equation  of  a  line  that  passes  through  the  origin 
and  the  point  ( —  3,  2). 

3.  Find  the  equation  of  a  line  which  passes  through  the 
point  (2,  —  1)  and  makes  an  angle  of  45°  with  the  line 
a:— 2^+3  =  0. 

4.  Establish  formulas  for  changing  rectangular  into  polar  co- 
ordinates. 

5.  Write  down  the  equation  of  a  circle  having  a  radius  =  7 
and  its  centre  at  (3,  —  4). 

6.  What  curves  do  these  equations  represent  ? 

9^2  _|_  10/=  144,  9^2  _  16^2  __  144^ 

What  are  the  polar  equations  of  these  curves  1  Sketch  one  of 
these  curves  from  its  rectangular  equation,  and  the  other  from  its 
polar  equation.  Find  the  foci.  Find  the  parameter  of  each 
curve,  and  draw  it. 

7.  Which  of  the  points  (4,  21),  (3,  —  3^),  (3,  3f),  is  on  the 

curve  —  -f-  —  =  1.     Find  the  equation  of  the  tangent  and 

that  of  the  7iorinal  at  this  point.  Find  also  the  lengths  of  the 
subtangent  and  subnormal. 

8.  How  do  you  find  the  points  where  two  curves  intersect  ? 
As  an  example  take  these  two  curves  :  y^  =  4a;  and  x^-^-Qx-^  y^ 
=  24.     What  are  these  curves  1     Draw  them. 


214  EXAMINATION   PAPERS. 

PLANE  TEIGONOMETEY. 
Course  II.  and  Advanced  Sta.nding. 

1.  The  sine  of  an  angle  x  is  greater  than  the  sine  of  an( 
angle  y,  both  angles  being  in  the  second  quadrant.  Con 
the  other  trigonometric  functions  of  these  angles  (cosine 
cosine,  etc.),  stating  which  in  each  set  is  numerically  the  la 
Prove  your  results,  either  by  formulae  or  by  a  diagram. 

2.  Obtain,  from  fundamental  formulae,  the  trigonom 
functions  of  (3G0°  —  y).  Given  the  functions  of  (180°  —  y), 
can  those  of  (180° -|-y)  be  obtained] 

3.  Solve  the  right  triangle  in  which  one  angle  is  74°  18' 
the  hypothenuse  is  /^.Ol. 

4.  What  angle  in  the  third  quadrant  has  a  cosine  equ; 
the  sine  of  330°  % 

5.  Obtain,  from  fundamental  formulae, 

cos  {x  -\-  y) 1  —  tan  x  tan  y 

cos  {x  —  y)       1  -\-  tan  x  tan  y 

6.  Obtain,  from  the  second  member  of  the  equation  itj 
previous  question,  an  equally  simple  expression  in  terms  o 
cotangents  of  x  and  y. 

7.  Find  the  smallest  angle  in  the  triangle  whose  sidj 
1236,  1342,  1729. 

8.  Obtain  the  formula3  necessary  for  the  complete  solutjn 
an  oblique  triangle,  in  which  are  given  two  sides  and  t| 
eluded  angle. 


EXAMINATION  PAPERS.  215 


ENGLISH   COMPOSITIOK 

A  short  English  composition  is  required,  correct  in  spelling, 
punctuation,  grammar,  and  expression.  Thirty  lines  will  be 
sufficient.     Make  at  least  two  paragraphs. 

Subject : — 

The  story  of  the  Caskets,  in  the  Merchant  of  Venice ;    • 
Or,  The  story  of  Shakespeare's  Tempest ; 
Or,  The  story  of  Rebecca,  in  Scott's  Ivanhoe. 


EXAMINATION   PAPERS 

OF  OCTOBER,   1874. 


ANCIENT  GEOGEAPHY  AND  HISTOEY. 

N.  B.  —  When  you  name  a  place  or  country,  state  its  position.     You  may  omit 
one  of  the  first  three  subjects  given  below,  and  one  of  the  last  three. 

1.  Point  out  some  of  the  causes  of  the  greatness  of  Sparta 
and  of  Athens. 

2.  Write  in  the  order  of  time  (with  such  dates  as  you  re- 
member) the  principal  events  in  the  Peloponnesian  War,  and 
show  the  chief  results  of  that  war. 

3.  Amphictyonic  Council,  Ephors,  Archons ;  Areopagus, 
Pnyx,  Agora.     Define  or  describe  these. 

4.  The  death  of  Demosthenes  and  the  death  of  Cicero. 
6.  The  life  of  C.  Julius  Csesar. 

6.  Laws  that  are  landmarks  in  Roman  history. 


MODEEN  AND   PHYSICAL  GEOGEAPHY. 

1.  State,  in  detail,  what  you  know  about  the  form  and  di- 
mensions  of  the   earth.     Define   the   mathematical   and   geo- 
graphical terms  which  occur  in  your  statement. 
10 


218  EXAMINATION  PAPERS. 

2.  What  is  the  length  in  miles  of  a  degree  of  latitude? 
Where  are  the  degrees  of  latitude  and  of  longtitude  equal  in 
length  1  How  do  the  degrees  of  longitude  differ  in  length 
among  themselves  1 

3.  State  accurately  the  zone  or  zones  in  which  each  of  the  six 
continents  lies. 

4.  Name  eight  of  the  most  important  of  the  West  India 
Islands,  and  draw  a  map  to  show  their  relative  position.  To 
■what  country  does  each  belong  1 

5.  Describe  as  fully  and  precisely  as  possible  the  position  of 
the  following  cities,  stating  in  what  part  of  the  state  or  country, 
and  near  what  river  or  other  body  of  water,  each  one  lies : 
Belgrade,  Bogota,  Bombay,  Brest,  Carlsruhe,  Dantzic,  Frankfort 
(in  Europe),  Montevideo,  Montreal,  Odessa,  Singapore,  Tripoli. 
Which  of  these  names  suggests  some  physical  feature  of  the 
neighboring  region,  or  some  fact  of  historical  interest  connected 
with  the  settlement  of  the  city  ? 

6.  What  strait  or  channel  lies  between  Wales  and  Ireland  1 
Wales  and  the  southern  part  of  England  1  Ireland  and  Scot- 
land 1  Borneo  and  Celebes  1  Patagonia  and  Terra  del  Fuego  1 
Labrador  and  Greenland  1     Labrador  and  Newfoundland  ? 

7.  Why  are  there  large  cities  at  higher  latitudes  in  Europe 
than  in  America"? 

8.  In  sailing  from  New  York  to  Liverpool,  at  what  season  of 
the  year  would  you  expect  to  see  icebergs  1  How  far  south  are 
icebergs  ever  seen  in  the  North  Atlantic  1 

9.  Describe  the  drainage  systems  of  North  America,  and 
name  the  highlands  which  bound  each  of  its  important  river 
basins.  Are  there  any  portions  of  this  continent  which  have 
no  outlet  for  their  waters  to  the  seal 


EXAMINATION   PAPERS.  219 


GEEEK  COMPOSITION 

After  the  death  of  Cjrus,  the  Greeks  being  despondent  (diro- 
peco),  Xenophon  called  together  (avyKaXeco)  the  soldiers,  and  told 
them  that  he  had  seen  a  vision  (evinrvcov) ;  in  order  that  he 
might  encourage  (6appvva>)  them  and  cause  them  to  cease  (iiava>) 
thinking  (lv6vp.kopai)  what  things  they  had  already  suffered 
[irdaxoi)  and  were  still  to  suffer,  he  told  them  that  if  they  would 
obey  (ireldofxai)  him,  he  would  bring  them  all  through  in  safety 
(fiiao-w^oj)  to  their  native  land. 


GEEEK  GEAMMAE. 

[All  Greek  words  must  be  written  with  the  accents.] 

1.  Give  the  general  rule  for  accenting  nouns  (the  accent  of 
the  nominative  singular  being  known).  How  is  accent  affected 
by  the  quantity  of  the  penultimate  and  final  syllables  1 

2.  Decline  the  nouns  fxova-a,  vrjaos,  and  iXnis  in  the  singular; 
and  ^aa-ikcvs,  in  the  plural. 

3.  Compare  the  adjectives  a^tos,  dXrjdrjs,  fiiKpos,  dya66s. 

4.  Decline  the  pronouns  eycb  and  oa-ns  throughout. 

5.  Give  the  p)^'^^^cipal  parts  of  ypd^o),  taTrjfii,  Xafi^dva,  opdco, 
rl6r]p.L. 

6.  Inflect  the  imperfect  active  of  rt/xaco  and  the  present  opta- 
tive passive  of  ^iXeto  (in  the  contract  forms).  Inflect  the  second 
aorist  optative  active  of  tanjiii. 

7*  What  uses  of  the  article  6  are  found  in  Homer  which  are 
not  found  in  Attic  Greek  1 

8.*  Explain  the  genitive  absohite  and  the  accusative  absolute, 
and  give  an  example  of  the  correct  use  of  each. 


220  EXAMINATION  PAPERS. 

9.*  Explain  the  difference  in  the  meanings  of  Troi^a-ai  in  /3ou- 
Xcrat  TOVTo  noLrjaai  and  (f)r]aL  tovto  TroLrja-ai. 

10.*  Give  the  names  of  the  most  common  metrical  feet  of 
two  and  of  three  syllables,  and  show  the  quantity  of  the  sylla- 
bles in  each  (by  —  and  ^).     Explain  the  Elegiac  distich. 

*  Candidates  for  ADVANCED  STANDING  will  omit  7,  8,  9,  and  10,  and 
"will  answer  the  followdng :  — 

11.  Explain  the  Attic  use  of  the  substantive  pronoun  of  the 
third  person  (ov,  ol,  etc.),  and  give  an  example. 

12.  Explain  the  regular  use  of  the  future  infinitive.  What 
objection  can  you  make  to  any  of  the  following  expressions  : 
/SovXerai  tovto  Trotrjcreiv,  —  eXTTi^ei  tovto  TroLrjcreiv,  —  vneax^TO  tovto 
TTOirjaeiv,  —  del  tovto  TroLrja-eLvT 

13.  Why  is  el  tovto  Troirja-oi,  Tk6oi}XL  av  incorrect?  Write  a 
sentence  in  which  el  Troirjo-aL  shall  be  correctly  used. 

14.  Explain  the  Iambic  trimeter  of  Comedy,  showing  how 
it  differs  from  that  of  Tragedy.  Explain  also  the  Trochaic 
tetrameter  catalectic  and  the  Anapaestic  System. 


GEEEK  PEOSE. 


[Those  offering  Greek  Reader,  take  2,  4,  5.  Those  offering  Anabasis  (four 
Books),  and  Herodotus  (Book  7th),  take  1,  2,  5.  Those  offering  the  whole 
Anabasis,  take  1,  2,  3.] 

Translate : — 

1.  (Anab.  II.  III.  11.)  Kal  ivTavda  ^v  K\eap)(ov  KaTafxadelv  a>s 
eireaTaTei,  ev  fxev  Trj  dpia-Tepa  X^'-P'-  '''^  ^op^  ^X^"?  ^^  ^^  ''".^  de^ia  ^aKrq- 
plav  Kcu  e"i  Tis  avTto  doKoir)  t<ov  Trpo?  ToGro  TeTcypevav  ^XaKevetv,  exXf- 
yopevo^  TOP  eTnTrjbeiov  eiraKrev  '.v,  Koi  apa  avTOS  7i poaeXdp^avep  els  top 
7rT]\6p  ep^aipcop'   qxttc  nacriP  alcrxvpijp  etpai  pfj  ov  avairovdci^eip. 

Explain  the  mood  of  doKoir). 


EXAMINATION   PAPERS.  221 

2.  (Anab.  III.  v.  8,  9 ;  Reader,  p.  26.)  'A7ropov/xci/ot?  8'  avrols 
npoaeXdcov  ris  durjp  'PoStoy  elnev.  'Eyo)  deXco,  o)  avdpe^,  dta^i^acraL 
Vjias  Kara  TeTpaKiaxt^t'OVS  OTrXtVaf,  av  e/iol  oiv  deofMai  VTrrjpcT-qarjTe  Kal 
ToXavTOv  fxiadov  nopicrrjTe.  'Epcoroifxevos  de  otov  deoiTO'  AarKcov,  €<pT], 
fitcrxtXtcdi'  derjaofiai'  ndWa  de  opco  ravra  7rpo/3ara  koi  aiyas  Koi  ^ovs 
Kai  ovovs,  a.  drrobapivra  Koi  (f>v<Tr}6evTa  paStcos  av  napexoi  rrjv  dia^aaiv. 

Explain  the  mood  of  fieoiro.  dnodapevTa,  in  what  voice,  mood, 
tense,  and  from  what  verb  ? 

3.  (Anab.  VII.  II.  18.)  *E7r6l  S'  e'yyvs  ■qcrav  aiiToi/,  erriTvyxdvei 
irvpois  epf]ixois'  Kal  to  fiev  Trpcorou  aero  fX€TaK€X(i>pr)Keuai  not  tov  "Sevdrju, 
'Ettpi  8e  6opvj3ov  re  fjaOeTO  Kal  crT]p,aiv6uT(ov  dWrjXois  rwv  nepl  l^evdrjVy 
Karepadev  on  tovtov  eveKa  ra  nvpa  npoKCKavfieva  dr]  tco  ^evSrj  rrpb  tcov 
vvKTOtpvXdKoav,  oTTcos  01  p.€U  (f)vXaK€s  fJ.'q  opauTO,  iv  TCO  cr/coTei  ovTes,  pr)8* 
OTTOv  eiev,  oi  6e  npoaiovres  p-f]  XavOdvoiev,  dWa  dia  to  (pcos  KaTacf)av€ls 
ehv. 

4.  (Reader,  p.  99,  15;  Plato,  Apol.)  eycb  iikv  yap  noWaKis 
ideXco  redvdvai,  el  ravr  icrTiu  dXrjdrj  •  eVci  e/xotye  Kal  avrm  Savp.a(TTr] 
av  etr]  f}  diaTpL^rj  avToOi,  OTTore  ivTvxotp.i  UaXapfj^ci  Kal  Aiavri  rw 
TcXapwvns  Kal  e'l  Tts  aXXos  rSav  TraXaiaiv  dia  Kpiaiv  abiKOv  TeOvrjKCVf 
dvTLTrapalSdXXovTL  ra  ipavTov  nddrj  npos  to.  eKelvcov,  o)?  iya  oi/xai,  oi/K 
av  dr}8es  e'lr}.  Kal  8r]  to  /xeyKTroi/,  rouy  efcei  i^fTa^ovTa  Kal  ipevvSyvra 
coarnep  tovs  ivravda  didyeiv,  tIs  avTwv  aocjios  icTTi,  Kal  tIs  otcTat,  fiev 
eVrt   S'  oi;. 

5.  (Herod.  VII.  37;  Reader,  p.  124,  12.)     c^pprjpevco  de  ol  6 

fjXios  iKXi7ro3V  TTjv  CK  TOV  ovpovov  edprjv  dfpavrjs  rfv^  ovt  €7nv€(p€Xc0i  iov- 
Ta)V,  nWpiTjs  T€  TO.  pdXi(TTa,  dvrl  rjpeprjs  re  vv^  iyevero.  Idovri  8e  Kal 
p.a66vTL  TovTo  T(o  Sep^r)  impeXes  iyevcTO,  Kal  e'lpcTo  tovs  Mciyovs,  to 
fdiXoi  Tpocf)ai.veiu  to  cf)d(rpa.  ol  6e  ecppa^ov,  cos  EXXtjo-i.  irpodciKVvei,  6 
Beos  eVXeiv^tv  tcov  ttoXicov,  Xeyovrcs  tJXlov  CLvat  'EXXrivcov  TrpobiKTopa^ 
a-fXT]vr]v  de  acpicov.  7rv66p.€Vos  de  raiira  6  Sep^r^s  jrcptp^apjjs  iutv  enoueTo 
TTjv  eXaaiv.  '* 


222  EXAMINATION  PAPERS. 

GEEEK  POETEY. 

Translate  :  — 

L  Iliad  I.  511-516. 

^Qs  (f)dTo'    TTjV  8*  ovTi  7rpo9€(})r]  v€cf)€\r]y€peTa  Zevs, 
aXX*  aKecov  drju  ^crro*    GeVis  S',  ws  rjyp-aTO  yovvcoVy 
513   oiis  f'xer  efjin€(j)vv7a,  Kol  eipero  devrepov  avTis' 

'Nrjp.epres  p-ev  drj  poi  vnoa-x^o  Kal  KaTavevaov, 
rj  dnoenr  •   end  ov  rot  em  deos'   o(f)p*  €v  eiSw, 
otTdov  iyoi  pera  ndaiv  dripoTarr)  deos  elpi. 

Divide  into  feet  vss.  513,  514.    inoax^o,  in  what  tense,  mood, 
voice,  and  from  what  verb  1 

2.  Iliad  II.  308-316. 

ev0^  e<pa.vT]  peya  arjpa*    BpaKav  irrl  vara  ba<^oiv6sy 
apepbakeos,  top  p'  avrbs  ^OXvpirios  fjne  0da>s8e, 
^(opov  VTrai^as,  Trpos  pa  TrXaTavtcrTov  opovirev, 
ev6a  8'  ecrav  (XTpovhoio  veoacroi,  vqma  reKva, 
o^co  en   aKporaTto,  TreraXoiy  vnoneTrTTjaTes. 
OKTca,  drop  pf}TT]p  evdrr]  rjp,  fj  reKC  reKva. 
€v6'  oye  Toi/s  eXeeivd  Kar-qaOie  rerpiy (bras' 
prjTT]p  S'  dptpenoTciTO  odvpopevr]  (jiiXa  reKva' 
rrjp  8*  eXeXi^dpevos  irrepvyos  Xd^ev  dpcpiaxvlau. 

3.  Iliad  III.  351-354. 

Zev  ava,  bos  ria-acrdai,  o  pe  nporepos  kok   eopyeVy 
blov  ^AXe^uvdpov,  Ka\  eprjs  viro  X^P^*-  bdpaacrov 
o<j)pa  TLS  epplyrjai  Kal  oyjnyovoiu  dvOponroiV, 
^eivodoKOV  KaKO,  pe^ai,  o  K€v  ^iXon^ra  napdaxil* 


EXAMINATION   PAPERS.  223 


LATIN   COMPOSITIOK 

Translate  into  Latin  :  — 

While ^  this  was  done ^  where^-Csesar-was,  Labienus,  leaving* 
the  reinforcements^  which  had  lately®  come  from  Italy,  at 
Agedicmn,  to  serve '^  as  a  guard  ^  for  the  baggage,®  marches  ^° 
to  Latetia  with  four  legions.  This  is  a  town  of  the  Parisii, 
which  is  situated  ^^  on  an  island  ^^  of  the  river  Sequana.  His 
arrival ^^  being-known^'*  by  the  enemy,  large ^^  forces^®  assem- 
bled^^ from  the  neighboring^^  states.^®  The  chief-command^** 
is  given  ^  to  Camulogenus,  who,  almost  ^^  disabled  ^  by  years, 
nevertheless  for-"*  his  unequalled^  knowledge^  of  the  art^ 
military  was  detailed  -^  for  ^®  this  honorable-position.^  Since  ^^ 
he  had  observed ^^  that  there  was  a  marsh ^  which  emptied^ 
into  the  Sequana,  he  took-his-position  ^  here,  and  began  ^  to 
prevent^''  our  men  from  crossing.^ 

1  Dum.  2  gerere.  3  simply  xoith  apud.  *  relinqiiere.  5  supplementum. 
6  nuper.  7  esse.  8  praesidium.  9  impedimenta,  i"  proficisci.  ^  ponere. 
12  insula.  13  adventus.  i^  cognoscere.  15  magnus.  16  copiae.  17  convenire. 
18  fmitimus.  19  civitas.  20  summa  imperii.  21  tradere.  22  prope.  23  confec- 
tns.  24  propter.  25  singularis.  26  scientia.  27  res.  28  evocare.  29  ad. 
30  honos.  31  cum.  32  animadvertere.  33  pains.  34  influere.  35  considere. 
36  iustituere.    37  prohibere.    38  transitus  {substantive). 

Translate  into  English  :  — 

Parente  P.  Sestius  natus  est,  judices,  homine,  ut  plerique  me- 
ministis,  et  sapiente  et  sancto  et  severe ;  qui  cum  tribunus 
plebis  primus  inter  homines  nobilissimos  temporibus  optimis 
factus  esset,  reliquis  honoribus  non  tarn  uti  voluit  qnam  dignus 
videri.  Eo  auctore  duxit  honestissimi  et  spectatissimi  viri,  C. 
Albini  filiam,  ex  qua  hie  est  puer  et  nupta  jam  filia. 


224  EXAMINATION   PAPERS. 


LATIN    GEAMMAE. 


Mark  the  quantity  of  the  penults  and  last  syllables  of  the 
following  :  perhrevis  (nom.  sing.),  fi.dei,  arietis,  cadaver,  collo- 
quor,  molimen,  peregre,  cornicis,  idus  aprilis  (ace.  plur.),  sentitis, 
ducitis. 

Give  the  vocative  singular  of  Marcus  Tullius  Cicero. 

Decline  manus  (tener)  in  the  proper  gender  in  the  plural. 
Decline  collis  (silvester)  in  the  proper  gender.  Give  the  princi- 
pal parts  of  p)ango,  explico,  vincio,  vinco,  tego,  texo,  sancio,  ton- 
deo,  voveo,  ojjortet.  Give  three  ways  of  forming  the  perfect  stem 
in  Latin.  Give  three  ways  of  forming  the  present  stem  in  the 
third  conjugation. 

Inflect  the  future  indica,tive  and  the  present  subjunctive  active 
of  volo,  €0,  domo,  sumo.  Give  the  perfect  subjunctive  active  of 
surgo,  censeo  ;  the  imperative  of  ordior ;  the  participles  and  in- 
finitives of  veto,  aperio,  ohliviscor. 

Compare  idoneus,  tenax.  Compare  soepe.  Form  a  word 
meaning  "  more  watchfully  "  from  vigilo,  to  watch.  Form  words 
meaning  "belonging  to  Athens,"  "horned,"  "oaken,"  "an 
effort "  [conor),  "  hardness,"  "  seizure  "  (^rapio).  What  two  con- 
structions follow  the  comparative  degree]  What  is  the  rule 
for  their  use]  How  is  the  degree  of  difference  expressed] 
What  is  the  construction  of  sententiayn  in  Rogatus  est  senten- 
tiam  ?  What  case  or  cases  follow  p)roprius,  adimo,  ohsto,  ad,  in, 
infra,  sub,  ante,  pro  ?  Give,  with  examples,  three  uses  of  the 
srdjjunctive  in  independent  clauses.  State  some  cases  in  which 
there  can  be  an  apodosis  without  any  accompanying  conditional 
clause.  Turn  into  direct  discourse,  nisi  jurasset,  scelus  se  fac- 
turum  arhitrabatur.  Explain  the  mood  of  Jurasset.  Why  is  it 
not  either  of  the  other  tenses  ] 


EXAMINATION   PAPERS.  225 

LATIN. 
C^SAR   AND   SALLUST. 

Translate  tivo  pcassages,  —  the  first  and  one  other. 

I.  Milites  noil  longiore  oratione  cohortatus  quam  uti  su89 
pristinee  virtutis  memoriam  retinerent  neu  pertiirbarentur  ani- 
mo  hostiumque  impetum  fortiter  sustinerent,  quod  non  longius 
liostes  aberant  quam  quo  telum  adjici  posset,  proelii  commit- 
tendi  signum  dedit.  Atque  in  alteram  partem  item  cohortandi 
causa  profectus  pugnantibus  occurrit.  Temporis  tanta  fuit  exi- 
guitas  hostiumque  tam  paratus  ad  dimicandum  animus,  ut  non 
modo  ad  insignia  accommodanda,  sed  etiam  ad  galeas  iuduen- 
das  scutisqae  tegimenta  detrudenda  tempus  defuerit.  —  CiESAK, 
B.  G.  II. 

II.  Primum  omnium,  qui  ubique  probro  atque  petulantia 
maxume  prsestabant,  item  alii  per  dedecora  patrimoniis  amissis, 
postremo  omnes,  quos  flagitium  aut  facinus  domo  expulerat,  ii 
Romam  sicut  in  sentinam  confluxerant.  Deinde  multi  memores 
Sullanse  victorise,  quod  ex  gregariis  militibus  alios  senatores 
videbant,  alios  ita  divites  ut  regio  victu  atque  cultu  setatem 
agerent,  sibi  quisque  si  in  armis  foret  ex  victoria  talia  sperabat. 
Prseterea  juventus,  quse  in  agris  manuuni  mercede  inopiam 
toleraverat,  privatis  atque  publicis  largitionibus  excita  urbanum 
otium  ingrato  labori  praetulerat ;  eos  atque  alios  omnes  malum 
publicum  alebat.  —  Sallust,  Cat.  xxxvii. 

III.  Civitatibus  maxima  laus  est  quam  latissime  circum  se 
vastatis  finibus  solitudines  habere.  Hoc  proprium  virtutis  ex- 
istimant,  expulsos  agris  finitimos  cedere  neque  quemquam  prope 
audere  consistere  :  simul  hoc  se  fore  tutiores  arbitrantur  repen- 
tinse  incursionis  timore  sublato.  Quum  bellum  civitas  aut 
illatum  defendit  aut  infert,  magistratus  qui  ei  bello  prsesint  ut 
vitse  necisque  habeant  potestatem  deliguntur.  In  pace  nullus 
est  communis  magistratus,  sed  principes  regionum  atque  pago- 
rum  inter  suos  jus  dicunt  controversiasque  minuunt.  —  Caesar, 
B.  G.  VL 

10*  o 


226  EXAMINATION  PAPERS. 

OVID. 

Translate  one  passage. 

lY.       Haud  procul  Hennaeis  lacus  est  a  moenibus  altse, 
Nomine  Fergus,  aquae.     Non  illo  plura  Caystros 
Carmina  cygnorum  labentibus  audit  in  undis. 
Silva  coronat  aquas,  cingens  latus  omne,  suisque 
Frondibus,  ut  velo,  Phoebeos  submovet  ignes. 
Frigora  dant  rami,  varios  humus  humida  flores ; 
Perpetuum  ver  est.     Quo  dum  Proserpina  luco 
Ludit,  et  aut  violas  aut  Candida  lilia  carpit ; 
Dumque  puellari  studio  calathosque  sinumque 
Implet,  et  sequales  certat  superare  legendo ; 
Psene  simul  visa  est,  dilectaque,  raptaque  Diti : 
Usque  adeo  est  properatus  amor.  —  Mett.  V. 

V.   Ille  inter  csedem  Rutulorum  elapsus  in  agros 
Confugere,  et  Turni  defendier  hospitis  armis. 
Ergo  omnis  furiis  surrexit  Etruria  iustis ; 
Regem  ad  supplicium  preesenti  Marte  reposcunt. 
His  ego  te,  ^nea,  ductorem  milibus  addam. 
Toto  namque  fremunt  condensse  litore  puppes, 
Signaque  ferre  iubent ;  retinet  longaevus  haruspex 
Fata  canens  :  0  Mseouiae  delecta  inventus, 
Flos  veterum  virtusque  virum,  quos  iustus  in  hostem 
Fert  dolor  et  merita  accendit  Mezentius  ira, 
Nulli  fas  Italo  tantam  subiungere  gentem  : 
Externos  optate  duces. — Virg.  ^n.  VIII. 


LATIN.  —  Course  I. 

CICERO. 

Translate  two  passages.  [If  you  have  read  the  Cato  Major,  translate  I. 
and  either  III.  or  IV. ;  if  not,  translate  11.  and  either  III.  or  IV.  Answer 
all  the  questions.'] 

I.  Vixerat  M'.  Curius  cum  P.  Decio,  qui  quinquennio  ante 
eum  consulem  se  pro  re  publica  quarto  consulatu  devoverat : 


EXAMINATION   PAPERS.  227 

norat  eumdem  Fabricius,  norat  Coruncanius  :  qui  qimm  ex  sua 
vita  turn  ex  eius,  quern  dico,  Decii  facto  iudicabant  esse  profecto 
aliquid  natura  pulcrum  atque  prseclarum  quod  sua  sponte  pe- 
teretur  quodque  spreta  et  contempta  voluptate  optimus  quisque 
sequeretur.  —  Cato  Major  XIII.  43. 

II.  Res  erat  miniine  obscura  :  etenim  palam  dictitabat,  con- 
sulatum  Miloui  eripi  uon  posse,  vitam  posse.  Significavit  hoc 
ssepe  in  senatu  :  dixit  in  contione.  Quinetiam  Favonio,  fortis- 
simo viro,  qaterenti  ex  eo,  qua  spe  fureret,  Miloue  vivo,  respon- 
dit,  triduo  ilium,  ad  summum  quatriduo,  periturum  :  quam 
vocem  ejus  ad  hunc  M.  Catonem  statim  Favonius  detulit. — 
Pro  Milone  IX.  26. 

III.  Quare,  cum  et  bellum  ita  necessarium  sit,  ut  negligi  non 
possit ;  ita  magnum,  ut  accuratissime  sit  administrandum ;  et 
cum  ei  imperatorera  praeficere  possitis,  in  quo  sit  eximia  belli 
scientia,  singularis  virtus,  clarissima  auctoritas,  egregia  fortuna ; 
dubitabitis,  Quirites,  quin  hoc  tantum  boni,  quod  vobis  a  Diia 
immortalibus  obiatum  et  datum  est,  in  rempublicam  conservan- 
dam  atque  amplificandam  conferatis  1  —  Pro  Lege  Manilia 
XVI.  49. 

IV.  Ciim  facile  exorari,  Cresar,  turn  semel  exorari,  soles. 
Nemo  unquam  te  placavit  inimicus,  qui  ullas  resedisse  in  te 
simultatis  reliquias  senserit.  Quanquam  cui  sunt  inaudites 
cum  Deiotaro  querelse  tusel  Nunquam  tu  ilium  accusavisti, 
ut  hostem,  sed  ut  amicum  officio  parum  functum,  quod  propen- 
sior  in'Cn.  Pompeii  amicitiam  fuisset,  quam  in  tuam.  Cui 
tamen  ipsi  rei  veniam  te  daturum  fuisse  dicebas,  si  tantum 
auxilia  Pompeio,  vel  si  etiam  filium  misisset,  ipse  excusatione 
setatis  usus  esset.  —  Pro  Kege  Deiotaro  III.  9. 

1.  State  concisely  the  circumstances  and  subject  of  any  one 
of  Cicero's  Orations  against  Catiline. 

2.  Explain  the  use  of  the  moods  in  indirect  discourse. 

3.  What  does  Cicero  usually  mean  by  Asia  and  Gallia  ? 


228  *"  EXAMINATION  PAPERS. 

VIRGIL. 

Translate  ttoo  passages,  —  //.  and  either  I.  or  III.    Answer  all  the  qiLes- 
tions. 

I.  C.  Muscosi  fontes  et  somno  mollior  herba, 
Et  quse  vos  rara  viridis  tegit  arbutus  umbra, 
Solstitium  pecori  defendite  ;  iam  venit  eestas 
Ton'ida,  iam  Iseto  turgent  in  palmite  gemmae. 

T.  Hie  focus  et  taedse  pingues,  hie  plurimus  ignis 
Semper,  et  adsidua  postes  fuligine  nigri ; 
Hie  tantum  Borese  curamus  frigora,  quantum 
Aut  numerum  lupus,  aut  torrentia  flumina  ripas. 

EcL.  VIL  45-52. 

II.  Anna,  vides  toto  properari  litore  1     Cireum 
Undique  convenere ;  voeat  iam  earbasus  auras, 
Puppibus  et  Iseti  nautse  inposuere  coronas. 
Hunc  ego  si  potui  tantum  sperare  dolorem, 

Et  perferre,  soror,  potero.     Miseree  hoc  tamen  unum 
Exsequere,  Anna,  mihi ;  solam  nam  perfidus  ille 
Te  colere,  arcanos  etiam  tibi  credere  sensus ; 
Sola  viri  mollis  aditus  et  tempora  noras; 
I,  soror,  atque  hostem  supplex  adfare  superbum : 

JEx.  IV.  416-424. 

III.  Tum  contra  luno ;  TeiTorum  et  fraudis  abunde  est ; 
Stant  belli  caussse  :  pugnatur  comminus  armis ; 
Qu£e  fors  prima  dedit,  sanguis  novus  imbuit  arma. 
Talia  coniugia  et  talis  celebrent  hymenasos 
Egregium  Veneris  genus  et  rex  ipse  Latinus. 

Te  super  setherias  errare  licentius  auras 
Hand  Pater  ille  velit,  summi  regnator  Olympi. 
Cede  locis.     Ego,  si  qua  super  fortuna  laborum  est, 
Ipsa  regam.     Talis  dederat  Saturnia  voces. 

^N.  VIL  552-560. 

1.  Give  a  brief  summary  of  the  events  in  ^neid  III. 

2.  Divide  into  feet,  marking  the  quantities  and  ictus  of  every 
foot,  the  second  and  fifth  lines  in  II. 

3.  How  does  the  metre  help  to  determine  the  meaning  of  the 
second  line  in  I.  ] 


«v 

—    •»  WJk 

•L    X 

K 

V 

%T(^ 

^ 

EXAMINATION  PAPERS.  229 

AEITHMETIC  Al^D   LOGAEITHMS. 
LOGARITHMS. 


1.  Find,  by  logarithms,  the  value  of  \/  (1.06)^ 

2  (^f  444  4 

2.  Find,  by  logarithms,  the  value  of  q  §^^4  ^  q  qqqx  • 

3.  If  the  base  of  a  system  of  logarithms  is  8,  between  what 
integers  does  the  logarithm  of  9  lie  ^  of  90  ?  of  900 1 

ARITHMETIC. 

.    -r,.    ,    ,  .  0.5  X  0.006      ^  i  of  i|  of  (f)3 

4.  Fmd  the  sum  of  ^^^.  and  '-^jj^^ 

5.  Obtain  the  answer  to  the  first  question  on  this  paper  with- 
out using  logarithms. 

6.  Three  men  contract  to  do  a  piece  of  work  for  $  8,775. 
The  first  man  employs  20  men,  24  days,  10  hours  a  day;  the 
second  25  men,  20  days,  12  hours  a  day  ;  the  third  30  men,  25 
days,  9  hours  a  day.  How  much  should  each  of  the  three  con- 
tractors receive '? 

7.  What  circulating  decimal  is  equivalent  to  the  sum  of  J,  ^, 
and  tV  '? 

8.  A  man  buys  454  bushels  of  wheat  for  $  3  a  bushel,  and 
sells  the  wheat  at  $  8. 75  a  hectolitre.  How  much  does  he 
gain] 

(Litre  =:  0.908  quart,  dry  measure.) 

9.  If  2^.  3^.  4  P.  be  multiplied  by  2f,  what  part  is  the 
product  of  15  A   \R.  2  PA 

10.  If  a  grocer's  scales  give  only  15  oz.  4  dr.  for  a  pound,  out 
of  how  much  money  is  a  customer  cheated  who  buys  sugar  to 
the  amount  of  $  55.04  ] 


230  EXAMINATION  PAPERS. 


ALGEBEA. 

1.  Find  the  greatest  common  divisor  of  2  ^^ -|-  ^  —  l,x^-\-5x 
-[-  4,  and  o^  -{-  \.  (Obtain  the  result,  if  possible,  by  separating 
each  polynomial  into  its  prime  factors.) 

2.  Find  the  simplest  expression  for 


l_^a;  +  a;2'l— ^  +  ^2        i_f_^_j_^4- 

3.  A  number  consists  of  two  digits.  If  9  be  added  to  the 
number,  the  digits  are  inverted ;  and  the  sum  of  the  number 
thus  formed  and  of  the  original  number  is  33.     Find  the  digits. 

4.  If  n  be  divided  into  two  parts,  prove  that  the  difference 
of  the  squares  of  the  parts  equals  n  times  the  difference  of  the 
parts. 

6.  Find  the  square  root  of  x^  -\-  2a^  —  ^  +  i- 

6.  Given ~\.^     =  ^^,  a  is  4.     Find  the  value  of  n. 

3?i  +  69a        "^-^  -^ 

^    r.  -,        ,  .      ^+2        4:  —  x    ,     7 

7.  bolve  the  equation z-  =  — ^ h  -p-. 

^  X —  1  2x^2 

8.  A  cistern  is  filled  by  two  pipes  in  2h.  55  m.  The  larger 
pipe  will  fill  the  cistern,  by  itself,  in  two  hours  less  time  than 
the  smaller  pipe  will  fill  it.  In  what  time  will  each  pipe  fill 
the  cistern? 

9.  The  cube  root  of  a  number  is  twice  the  square  root.  Find 
the  number. 


EXAMINATION  PAPERS.  231 


ALGEBRA.  —  Course  II.  and  Advanced  Standing. 

1.  The  sum  of  the  two  digits  which  form  a  number  is  9,  and 
if  the  number  be  divided  by  the  sum  of  the  digits  the  quotient 
is  5.     Find  the  number. 

1  2 

2.  Solve  the  equation 


x—2       x-\-2       "' 

3.  A  merchant  bought  a  certain  number  of  pieces  of  silk  for 
£180.  Had  he  received  three  more  pieces  for  the  same  money, 
each  piece  would  have  cost  <£3  less.  How  many  pieces  did  he 
buy? 

4.  Obtain  the  equation  whose  roots  are  w  -|-  ?^  and  m  —  n. 
What  form  will  the  equation  take  if  m  =  n  1 

5.  The  first  term  of  an  Arithmetical  Progression  is  5,  the 
last  term  is  302,  the  common  difierence  is  3.  Find  the  number 
of  terms. 


6.  Solve  the  equation  a,/  x-\-  4=  —  \/  x  =  \/  x  -\-  ^. 


7.  Find  the  first  five  terms  of /\/  1  +  ^  by  the  Binomial  The- 
orem. 

8.  In  the  Geometric  Progi-ession,  a,  b,  .  .  .  find  the  sum  of  an 
infinite  number  of  terms. 

9.  Out  of  12  consonants  and  5  vowels  how  many  words  can 
be  formed,  each  containing  3  consonants  and  2  vowels  1 


232  EXAMINATION  PAPERS. 


PLANE   GEOMETEY. 

1.  Two  sides  of  one  triangle  are  respectively  equal  to  two 
sides  of  another  triangle,  but  the  angles  included  by  these  sides 
are  not  equal.  What  is  true  of  the  third  sides]  State  and 
prove.     State  the  converse  theorem.     Is  it  true] 

2.  The  area  of  a  triangle.     State  and  prove. 

3.  Prove  that  the  areas  of  two  rectangles  are  proportional  to 
the  products  of  their  bases  by  their  altitudes. 

4.  The  radius  of  a  given  circle  is  ten  inches;  what  is  the 
radius  of  a  circle  having  twice  the  area  of  the  given  circle  1  of 
a  circle  having  one  half  the  area  of  the  given  circle  1 

5.  State  and  prove  the  Pythagorean  theorem. 

6.  Given  the  base,  the  altitude,  and  one  of  the  angles  at  the 
base  of  a  triangle,  to  construct  the  triangle. 

7.  Prove  that  two  triangles  are  similar,  if  an  angle  of  one 
equals  an  angle  of  the  other,  and  the  sides  which  include  these 
angles  are  proportional. 

8.  A  perpendicular  drawn  from  any  point  of  a  semi-circum- 
ference upon  the  diameter  is  a  mean  proportional  between  what  1 
State  and  prove. 


SOLID   GEOMETEY. 

1.  Two  planes  are  perpendicular  to  each  other,  and  a  straight 
line  is  drawn  in  one  of  them  perpendicular  to  their  intersection ; 
prove  that  this  straight  line  is  perpendicular  to  the  other  plane. 

2.  Two  planes  are  perpendicular  to  each  other,  and  through 
any  point  of  one  is  drawn  a  straight  line  perpendicular  to  the 
other  :  prove  that  this  straight  line  lies  wholly  in  the  first  plane. 


EXAMINATION   PAPERS.  233 

3.  Prove  that  if  a  solid  angle  is  formed  by  three  plane  angles, 
the  sum  of  either  two  of  these  angles  is  greater  than  the  third. 

4.  Prove  that  sections  of  a  pyramid  made  by  parallel  planes 
are  similar  polygons  whose  areas  are  proportional  to  the  squares 
of  their  distances  from  the  vertex. 

5.  Prove  that  two  pyramids  which  have  equal  bases  and  alti- 
tudes are  equivalent.     Why  not  say  equal  ? 

6.  Prove  that  a  triangular  pyramid  is  a  third  part  of  a  tri- 
angular prism  of  the  same  base  and  altitude.  Deduce  from  this 
a  rule  for  finding  the  volume  of  any  pyramid  or  cone. 

7.  How  large  a  part  of  the  surface  of  a  sphere  is  covered  by 
a  spherical  triangle  whose  angles  are  90°,  150°,  132°'? 

8.  What  is  a  regular  polyhedron  1  How  many  are  there  1 
Give  their  names  and  a  brief  description  of  each. 


ANALYTIC   GEOIiiETEY. 

[Ask  for  Trigonometric  Tables.] 

1.  What  are  Rectangular  Co-ordinates?     Polar  Co-ordinates? 

2.  Lay  down  a  few  points  of,  and  then  draw  the  curves  rep- 
resented by,  these  equations  :  — 

(i.)  7^2_i(3^2__ii2, 

("•)-^-l_|eos^' 
What  are  these  curves  1 

3.  The  centre  of  a  circle  is  at  the  point  ( —  2,  0)  and  its 
radius  =  5  ;  what  is  its  equation '? 

4.  Define  the  Ellipse,  Parabola,  Hyperbola, 

5.  From  its  definition  deduce  the  rectangular  equation  of  the 
parabola. 


234  EXAMINATION  PAPERS. 

■  6.  Given  the  equation  of  a  parabola  ?/^  =  6  ^ ;  what  is  the 
distance  from  the  origin  to  the  focus  1  Transform  this  equation 
to  a  set  of  axes  through  the  focus.  What  does  the  new  equa- 
tion represent  1  Transform  it  to  polar  co-ordinates.  Illustrate 
by  a  diagram. 

7.  Is  the  point  (2,  1)  on  the  straight  line  x  —  Sy  -\-l=01 
Whjl 

8.  Find  the  equation  of  a  straight  line  passing  through  (2,  1) 
and  perpendicular  to  the  line  x  —  3?/  -\-l  =zO.  Draw  both 
lines. 

9.  In  what  point  do  the  straight  lines  x  —  Sy+l^^  ^^^ 
a;-f"'^y'i"l^=^  intersect  1 

10.  Find  the  angle  between  the  two  straight  lines  given  in 
the  last  question. 


PLANE   TEIGONOMETEY. 

Course  II.  and  Advanced  Standing. 

1.  The  cosine  of  an  angle  in  the  first  quadrant  is  0.7.     Find, 
either  by  formula?  or  by  tables,  the  sine  of  half  that  angle. 

2.  What  is  the  sine  of  240°  1      The  cosine  of  300°  ]      The 
tangent  of  225°  1     The  secant  of  150°  1 

3.  One  angle  of  a  plane  triangle  is  64°   18',  and  the  other 
angles  are  equal.     The  greatest  side  is  10.     Solve  the  triangle. 

4.  Find  the  trigonometric  functions  of  (270°  —  y). 

5.  Prove  that  the  sides  of  a  plane  triangle  are  proportional 
to  the  sines  of  the  opposite  angles. 

6.  Obtain,  from  fundamental  formulae, 

,        cot  ?/  cot  a?  -f-  1 

cot  ix  —  y)z= ^ —  . 

'  cot  y  —  cot  X 


EXAMINATION   PAPERS.  235 

7.  Two  sides  of  a  plane  triangle  are  4,  6,  and  the  included 
angle  is  38°  54:'.     Solve  the  triangle. 

8.  One  side  of  a  plane  triangle  is  double  another,  and  the 
third  side  equals  one  half  the  sum  of  the  other  two.  Find  the 
largest  angle. 


ENGLISH   COMPOSITIOK 

A  short  English  composition  is  required,  correct  in  spelling, 
punctuation,  grammar,  and  expression.  Thirty  lines  will  be 
sufi&cient.     Make  at  least  two  paragraphs. 

Subject  :  — 

The  Trial  Scene,  in  the  Merchant  of  Venice ; 
Or,  The  Story  of  Brutus,  in  Shakespeare's  Julius  Csesar ; 
Or,  The  Passage  of  Arms  at  Ashby,  in  Ivanhoe. 


HARVARD  EXAMINATION  PAPERS. 


JULY,  1875. 


LATIN    GRAIVIMAR. 

What  are  the  stem  and  root,  respectively,  of  domcm  9 

What  is  the  gender  of  7iihil,  and  why  ? 

Decline  orbu  with  the  adjective  totus  in  the  proper  gen- 
der, formido  with  dirus. 

What  is  the  vocative  of  Gains  Julius  Caesar  ? 

The  genitive  plural  of  senex  and  dies,  the  dative  plural  of 
vir,  and  vis,  and  the  nominative  plural  of  calcar. 

Decline  quis  and  qnalis.  Give  the  future  second  person 
singular  active  of  prosum,  quaero,  vinco,  venio,  creo. 

Give  the  perfect  subjunctive  active,  first  person,  of  gaudeo, 
Tiaheo,  surgo,  possum. 

Give  the  present  subjunctive,  first  person,  of  conor,  gra- 
dior,  adipiscor. 

Principal  parts  of  alo,  pario,  pareo,  paro,  venio,  vincio, 
viyico,  miseret,  and  of  tango  compounded  with  con. 

Explain  the  formation  from  the  root  of  the  present  and 
perfect  stem  of  gigno,  nosco,  tango. 

Form  and  compare  adverbs  from  miser,  honus,  dexter. 

Give  the  meaning  of  the  following  derivative  termina- 
tions, with  an  example :  -iilis,  -idits,  -tura,  -ades,  -osus, 
-Irum,  -urio. 

What  is  the  Latin  for :  the  rest  of  the  army;  a  longing 


238  EXAMIN"ATIO]:^    PAPEKS. 

(desiderium)  for  rest  (otinm) ;  it  is  my  interest ;  /  envy 
you  ;  I  am  persuaded  ;  we  7nust  use  diligence  ;  freed  from 
the  laivs ;  lie  was  killed  with  a  sword  ly  Milo ;  he  sold  this 
for  ten  denarii. 


LATIN  COMPOSITION. 

Translate  into  Latin  :  — 

Sweet  is  the  name  of  peace :  but  *  the  thing  itself  is  not 
only  pleasant  ^  but  salutary.*  For  that-man  *  seems  not  to 
hold  ^  private  hearths  ^  nor  public  laws,  nor  the  rights '  of 
freedom  ^  dear,®  who  loves  ^°  discords  and  murders  "  of  his  ^^ 
countrymen  ^^  and  civil  war,  and  I  think  he  should  be  cast " 
out^^  of  the  number  of  men,  banished"  from  the  bounds" 
of  human  nature.  Nothing  is  more  loathsome  ^^  than  this 
citizen,  than  this  man  :  if  he  is  to  be  considered  a  citizen  or 
a  man  who  hankers-after  ^®  civil  war. 

1  vero.  2  iucundus.  8  salutaris.  <  ia.  ^  habere.  «  focus.  ">  ius.  »  Ubertas 
»  carus.  10  with  delectare.  "  caedis.  ^  omit.  "  civis.  "  eicere.  "  ex.  "  ex 
terminare.    i^  finis.    "  taeter.    i^  concupiscere. 

Translate  into  English:  — 

Illud  vereor,  ne  ignorans  verum  iter  gloriae,  gloriosum 
putes,  plus  te  unum  posse,  quam  omnes,  et  metui  a  civibus 
tuis,  quam  diligi  malis.  Quod  si  ita  putas,  totam  ignoras 
viam  gloriae.  Carum  esse  civem,  bene  de  re  publica  mereri, 
laudari,  coli,  diligi,  gloriosum  est :  metui  vero,  et  in  odio  esse, 
invidiosum,  detestabile,  imbecillum,  caducum.  Quod  vide- 
mus  etiam  in  fabulis,  ipsi  illi,  qui  ^^Oderint,  dum  metuant" 
dixerit,  perniciosum  f uisse. 


LA.TIN-.  239 

LATIN. 

CAESAR,  SALLUST,  AND  OVID. 

[JV.  B. — Translate  one  piece  of  Caesar,  the  piece  of  Salhist, 
and  tw9  pieces  of  Ovid.  The  order  in  which  they  are  done 
is  unimportant.  The  third  piece  of  Ccesar  and  the  piece 
of  Virgil  are  only  as  substitutes  for  Sallust  and  Ovid, 
hy  those  who  have  not  read  those  authors.  Ansioer  all 
the  questions.] 

I.  Palus  erat  non  magna  inter  nostrum  atque  hostium 
exercitum.  Hanc  si  nostri  transirent,  hostes  exspectabant ; 
nostri  autem,  si  ab  illis  initium  transeundi  fieret,  ut  impe- 
ditos  aggrederentur,  parati  in  armis  erant.  Interim  proelio 
equestri  inter  duas  acies  contendebatur.  Ubi  neutri  trans- 
eundi initium  faciunt,  secundiore  equitum  proelio  nos- 
tris,  Caesar  suos  in  castra  reduxit.  Hostes  protinus  ex 
eo  loco  ad  flumen  Axonam  contenderunt,  quod  esse  post 
nostra  castra  demonstratum  est.  Ibi  vadis  repertis  partem 
suarum  copiarum  transducere  conati  sunt,  eo  consilio,  ut,  si 
possent,  castellum,  cui  praeerat  Quintus  Titurius  legatus, 
expugarent,  pontemque  interscinderent.  —  Caesar,  Bell. 
Gall,  II. 

II.  [Only  for  those  who  do  not  offer  Sallust.] 

Contra  ea  Ti^turius  sero  facturos  clamitabat,  cum  majores 
hostium  manus  adjunctis  Germanis  convenissent ;  aut  cum 
aliquid  calamitatis  in  proximis  hibernis  esset  acceptum; 
brevem  consulendi  esse  occasionem :  Caesarem  arbitrari  pro- 
fectum  in  Italiam ;  neque  aliter  Carnutes  interficiendi  Tas- 
getii  consilium  fuisse  captures,  neque  Eburones,  si  ille 
adesset,  tanta  contemptione  nostri  ad  castra  venturos  esse ; 
non  hostem  auctorem,  sed  rem  spectare  ;  subesse  Khenum ; 


240  EXAMINATIOIT   PAPERS. 

magno  esse  Germanis  dolori  Ariovisti  mortem  et  superiores 
nostras  victorias :  ardere  Galliam  tot  contiimeliis  acceptis 
sub  populi  Eomani  imperiiim  redactam,  superiore  gloria  rei 
militaris  exstincta.  —  Caesar,  Bell.  Gall.,  V. 

III.  Sed  postquam  On.  Pompeius  ad  bellum  maritumum 
atque  Mithridaticum  missus  est,  plebis  opes  imminutae, 
paucorum  potentia  crevit.  Hi  magistratus,  provincias,  alia- 
que  omnia  tenere ;  ipsi  innoxii,  florentes,  sine  metu  aetatem 
agere,  ceteros  judiciis  terrere,  quo  plebem  in  magistratu 
placidius  tractarent.  Sed  ubi  primum  dubiis  rebus  novandi 
spes  oblata  est,  vetus  certamen  animos  eorum  arrexit, 
Quodsi  primo  proelio  Catilina  superior  aut  aequa  manu  dis- 
cessisset,  profecto  magna  clades  atque  calamitas  rem  publi- 
cam  oppressisset ;  neque  illis,  qui  victoriam  adepti  f orent, 
diutius  ea  uti  licuisset  quin  defessis  et  exsanguibus  qui  plus 
posset  imperium  atque  libertatem  extorqueret. —  Sallust 
Bell.  Gat,  39. 

(a)  Give  the  divisions  of  Gaul  according  to  Caesar. 
{h)  Give  the  reason  for  any  one  of  the  subjunctives  in  the 
piece  of  Caesar  translated. 

(c)  Give  the  date  b.  c.  of  Catiline's  conspiracy,  and  the 
consuls  of  that  year. 
Translate  :  — 

I.  Serins  egressus  vestigia  vidit  in  alto 
Pulvere  certa  ferae,  totoque  expalluit  ore 
Pyramus.     Ut  vero  vestem  quoque  sanguine  tinctam 
Eepperit,  "  Una  duos  "  inquit  "  nox  perdet  amantes : 
E  quibus  ilia  f  uit  longa  dignissima  vita, 
Nostra  nocens  anima  est.     Ego  te,  miseranda,  peremi, 
In  loca  plena  metus  qui  iussi  nocte  venires, 
Nee  prior  hue  veni.     Nostrum  divellite  corpus, 
Et  scelerata  fero  consumite  viscera  morsu, 
0  quicumque  sub  hac  habitatis  rupe,  leones. 

Ovid,  Metam.y  IV. 


LATIiq-.  241 

11.  Inde  per  immensum  croceo  velatus  amictu 

Aethera  digreditur,  Ciconumque  Hymenaeus  ad  oras 
Tendit,  et  Orpliea  nequiquam  voce  vocatur. 
ASuit  ille  qnidem.     Sed  nee  sollemnia  verba, 
JS'ec  laetos  vultus,  nee  felix  attulit  omen. 
Fax  quoque,  quam  tenuit,  lacrimoso  stridula  fumo 
Usque  f uit,  nullosque  invenit  motibus  ignes. 
Exitus  auspicio  gravior,  nam  nupta,  per  herbas 
Dum  nova  naiadum  turba  comitata  vagatur, 
Occidit,  in  talum  serpentis  dente  recepto. 

Ovid,  Metam.,  X. 

III.  Haec  mea,  si  casu  miraris,  epistola  quare 

Alterius  digitis  scripta  sit,  aeger  eram. 
Aeger  in  extremis  ignoti  partibus  orbis, 

Incertusque  meae  paene  salutis  eram. 
Quid  mihi  nunc  animi  dira  regione  iacenti 

Inter  Sauromatas  esse  Getasque  putes  ? 
Nee  caelum  patior,  nee  aquis  adsuevimus  istis, 

Terraque  nescio  quo  non  placet  ipsa  modo. 
Non  domus  apta  satis,  non  hie  cibus  utilis  aegro, 

Nullus,  Apollinea  qui  levet  arte  malum. 

Ovid,  Trist,  HI- 

IV.  \^Only  for  such  as  do  not  offer  Ovid.'\ 
Interea  pavidam  volitans  pennata  per  urbem 
Nuntia  fama  ruit,  matrisque  allabitur  aures 
Euryali.     At  subitus  miserae  calor  ossa  reliquit; 
Excussi  manibus  radii,  revolutaque  pensa. 
Evolat  infelix,  et  femineo  ululatu, 

Scissa  comam,  muros  amens  atque  agmina  cursu 
Prima  petit,  non  ilia  virum,  non  ilia  pericli 
Telorumque  mem  or;  caelum  dehinc  questibus  implet: 
"  Hunc  ego  te,  Euryale,  aspicio  ?  tune  ille  senectae 
Sera  meae  requies,  potuisti  linquere  solam, 


242  EXAMIIiTATION   PAPERS. 

Crndelis  ?  nee  te,  sub  tanta  pericnla  missum, 
Affari  extremum  miserae  data  copia  matri  ? 
Heu,  terra  ignota  canibus  data  praeda  Latinis 
Alitibusque  jaces  !  nee  te,  tua  fun  era,  mater 
Produxi,  pressive  oeulos,  aut  yulnera  lavi, 
Veste  tegens,  tibi  quam  noctes  festina  diesque 
Urgebam  et  tela  euras  solabar  aniles. 

ViRG.,  Aen.,  IX. 

(a)  "Write  out,  dividing  into  feet,  and  marking  the  quan- 
tity of  every  syllable,  and  the  ictus  or  verse  aeeent  of  every 
foot,  the  first  two  lines  of  each  piece  of  Ovid  which  you 
translate,  or,  if  you  translate  the  Virgil,  the  first  four 
lines. 

(b)  Point  out  any  three  words  in  the  above  pieces  where 
the  rules  of  metre  will  help  you  to  distinguish  their  mean- 
ings in  translation. 

CICERO. 

For  all  Candidates, 

[If  you  have  read  Cato  Major,  do  L  and  one  otlier  ;  if  not, 
do  II.  and  one  otlier.  State  clearly  the  principles  of  syn- 
tax that  determine  the  forms  in  I.  or  IL,  printed  at  the 
end  of  each  passage.'] 

I.  Audire  te  arbitror,  Scipio,  hospes  tuns  avitus  Masinissa 
quae  faciat  hodie  nonaginta  natus  annos;  cum  ingressus 
iter  pedibus  sit,  in  equum  omnino  non  ascendere ;  cum 
autem  equo,  ex  equo  non  descendere ;  nullo  imbri,  nullo 
frigore  adduci  ut  capite  operto  sit ;  summam  esse  in  eo 
corporis  siccitatem ;  itaque  omnia  exsequi  regis  officia  et 
muncra.  Potest  igitur  exercitatio  et  temperantia  etiam  in 
senectute  conservare  aliquid  pristini  roboris.  —  Cato  Ma- 
jor, X. 


LATIN-.  243 

Faciat,  annos,  ingressus  sit,  capife,  sit,  exsequi.  Who 
was  Masinissa  ?     Why  called  avitus  hospes  of  Scipio  ? 

II.  Quod  si  omnis  impetus  domesticorum  hostium,  depul- 
sus  a  vobis,  se  in  me  unum  convertit,  vobis  erit  videndum, 
Quirites,  qua  condicione  posthac  eos  esse  velitis,  qui  se 
pro  salute  vestra  obtulerint  invidiae  periculisque  omnibus . 
mihi  quidem  ipsi  quid  est  quod  jam  ad  vitae  fructum  possit 
adquiri,  cum  praesertim  neque  in  honore  vestro  neque  in  glo- 
ria virtutis  quicquam  videam  altius,  quo  mihi  libeat  ascen- 
dere  ?  —  In  Oatilinam,  III.  xii. 

Vobis,    condicione,  velitis,   obtulerint,  possit,    videam. 
What  does  Cicero  mean  by  Neque  in  honore  vestro  quicquam 
videam  altius  ? 

III.  Ac  primum  quanta  innocentia  debent  esse  imperato- 
reSj  quanta  deinde  in  omnibus  rebus  temperantia,  quanta 
fide,  quanta  facilitate,  quanto  ingenio,  quanta  huraanitate  P 
Quae  breyiter  qualia  sint  in  On.  Pompeio  consideremus ; 
gumma  enim  omnia  sunt,  Quirites,  sed  ea  magis  ex  aliorum 
contentione  quam  ipsa  per  sese  cognosci  atque  intelligi  pos- 
sunt.  Quem  enim  imperatorem  possumus  ullo  in  numero 
putare,  cujus  in  exercitu  centuriatus  veneant  atque  yenie- 
rint  ?  —  De  Imp.  Cisr.  Pompei,  xiii. 

State  what  you  know  of  Cicero's  relations  with  Pompeius. 

IV.  Quidam  enim  non  modo  armatis,  sed  interdum  etiam 
otiosis  minabantur,  nee  quid  quisque  sensisset,  sed  ubi  fuis- 
set  cogitandum  esse  dicebant;  ut  mihi  quidem  videantur  di 
immortales,  etiam  si  poenas  a  populo  Romano  ob  aliquod 
delictum  expetiverunt,  qui  civile  bellum  tantum  et  tam  luc- 
tuosum  excitaverunt,  vel  placati  jam  vel  satiati  aliquando 
omnem  spem  salutis  ad  clementiam  victoris  et  sapientiam 
contulisse.  ^  Peo  Marcello,  vi. 

Say  what  you  know  of  Cicero's  relations  with  Julius  Cae- 
sar. 


244  £XAMIN"ATIOIT    PAPERS. 

CAESAK. 

For  Course  II, 

Ea  re  constituta,  secunda  vigilia  magno  cum  strepitu  ac 
tumultu  castris  egressi,  niillo  certo  ordine  neque  imperio, 
cum  sibi  quisque  primum  itineris  locum  peteret  et  domum 
pervenire  properaret,  fecerunt  ut  consimilis  fugae  profectio 
videretur.  Hac  re  statim  Caesar  per  speculatores  cognita, 
insidias  veritus,  quod,  qua  de  causa  discederent,  nondum 
perspexerat,  exercitum  equitatumque  castris  continuit. — 
B.  G.,  II. 

VIRGIL. 
\Cour8e  L  omit  either  II.  or  IIL     Course  II.  omit  doth.] 

I.  Turn  virgam  capit ; 

ilia  fretus  agit  ventos,  et  turbida  tranat 

nubila;  jamque  volans  apicem  et  latera  ardua  cernit 

Atlantis  duri,  caelum  qui  vertice  fulcit, 

Atlantis,  cinctum  adsidue  cui  nubibus  atris 

piniferum  caput  et  vento  pulsatur  et  imbri ; 

nix  humeros  infusa  tegit;  turn  flumina  mento 

praecibitant  senis,  et  glacie  riget  horrida  barba. 

hie  primum  paribus  nitens  Cyllenius  alls 

constitit ;  hinc  toto  praeceps  se  corpore  ad  undas 

misit,  avi  similis,  quae  circum  litora,  circum 

piscosos  scopulos  hu mills  volat  aequora  juxta. 

baud  alitor  terras  inter  caelumqne  volabat, 

litus  arenosum  Libyae  ventosque  secabat 

materno  veniens  ab  avo  Cyllenia  proles.  —  xEn".,  IV. 

Explain   the  mythological  allusions  in    the  last    line. 
Write  out  the  three  lines  beginning  ''  piniferum,"  mark  all 


GREEK   GRAMMAR.  245 

the  quantities,  divide  into  feet,  and  mark  the  ictus  of  every 
foot. 

11.  Sic  tua  Cyrneasf  11  giant  examina  taxos; 
sic  cytiso  pastae  distendant  ubera  vaccae ! 
incipe,  si  quid  habes :  et  me  fecere  poetam 
Pierides;  sunt  et  mihi  carmina;  me  quoque  dicunt 
vatem  pastores ;  sed  non  ego  credukis  illis. 
nam  neque  adhuc  Vario  videor,  nee  dicere  Cinna 
digna,  sed  argutos  inter  strepere  anser  olores.  —  EcL.,  IX. 

III.  Flectere  si  nequeo  Superos,  Acheronta  movebo. 
Non  dabitur  regnis,  esto,  prohibere  Latinis, 
Atque  immota  manet  fatis  Lavinia  conjunx : 

At  trahere,  atque  moras  tantis  licet  addere  rebus, 
At  licet  amborum  populos  exscindere  regum. 
Hac  gener  atque  socer  coeant  mercede  suorum. 
Sanguine  Trojano  et  Eutulo  dotabere,  virgo, 
Et  Bellona  manet  te  pronuba. — M'S.,  VII. 

IV.  Give  a  brief  account  of  the  life  of  Virgil. 


GREEK  GRAMMAR. 

[  Greek  words  7nust  he  luritten  with  accents.'] 

1.  Decline  Jizpsi^rig,  X^mv,  and  llmg  in  the  singular;  and 
Tp(Jipr]g  and  ytvog  in  the  plural.  Decline  udeig  through- 
out. 

2.  Decline  lyco,  slg,  oong,  and  the  Comparative  of  fisyag. 

3.  Form  and  compare  Adverbs  from  aocpog,  ^dvg,  Ttolvg. 

4.  Inflect  the  Present  Optative  Middle  of  vvAaca.  Give 
all  the  Active  Infinitives  of  l&irtoi.     Translate  each  of  these 


•246  EXAMINATION"    PAPERS. 

Infinitives  with  cp?]ai.     Which  could  regularly  depend  on 
Povlnai?     Translate  them. 

5.  Where  are  these  words  made,  and  from  what  Present 
Indicatives:  madsvy  hmlvai,  tfpikvai,  hlvaai,  aJmg,  EideiijV? 

6.  What  is  a  Cognate  Accusative  ?  Give  an  example  and 
translate  it. 

7.  Tavta.  ^ovlofiai.  Show  how  these  words  would  be 
quoted  directiy  after  sXeysv,  and  also  indirectly. 

8.  Explain  the  uses  of  the  Article  in  Herodotus  which 
differ  from  the  Attic. 

9.  Explain  the  euphonic  changes  which  occur  in  the  fol- 
lowing words:  Xslsiiiixai  Q^m-\  oojfiaai  (6(0[iax-),  TterteiaTai 
(Tteid-),  hsdriv  (ds-). 

10.  Give  the  metrical  feet  of  two  syllables,  showing  the 
quantity  of  the  syllables  in  each. 


GKEEK  COMPOSITION. 

[Do  either  A  or  B,  but  not  both.     B  consists  of  sentences 
from  lories'  Oreeh  Composition.'] 


And  after  the  battle  Clearchus  called  all  the  generals 
and  captains  together  to  inform  (cppd^siv)  them  that  those 
messengers  whom  he  had  sent  had  come  back,  saying  that 
the  king  had  already  marched  off  in  the  night  and  was  now 
more  than  four  stages  (days'-march)  distant  {anEXsiv).  If 
however,  said  he,  I  can  trust  the  zeal  (Ttpodvfita)  of  your  sol- 
diers, I  think  that  we  shall  cross  (dia^aiveiv)  the  Euphrates 
River,  before  the  army  of  the  great  king  arrives  (ijxsiv) 
there. 


GREEK    PEOSE.  247 

B. 

1.  Let  us  conquer  those  wlio  have  been  drawn  up  before 
the  king. 

2.  Cyrus  feared  that  the  king  ^ould  come  on  the  follow- 
ing day. 

3.  If  you  were  willing  to  conquer  some  and  save  others, 
it  would  be  well. 

4.  He  will  need  not  only  soldiers,  but  also  arms  and  char- 
iots, if  he  attack  this  city. 

5.  May  you  be  worthy  of  all  the  good  things  which  you 
possess. 


GEEEK  PEOSE. 

[Those  offering  the  Greeh  Reader  will  take  2,  3,  4.  Those 
offering  four  books  of  the  Anahasis  and  the  seventh  booh 
of  Herodotus  will  take  1,  2,  5.  Those  offeri7ig  the  whole 
Anabasis  will  take  1,  2,  6.] 

Translate  :  — 

1.  Ov  iih  drj  ovds  tovt  av  tig  tlnoi  (og  xovg  xaxovpyovg  nai 
ddMovg  Eta  xarayeldv,  alia  dqieidEarara  Ttdvxcov  kifxcopsho. 
nolldxig  d'  Tjv  ideTv  Ttapd  rag  att^OfAevag  odovg  x«/  7tod(ov  xal 
X^ipav  'Aal  6q)dalficov  axepovfii-'vovg  dvdpcoTtovg  •  ojcre  kv  rri  Kvpov 
dpxiJ  t'/s'vezo  y.al  "Ellriti  xal  ^ap'^dpco  fir^d^v  ddixovrti  ddsag  Tiopsv^ 
eadai  ortrj  rig  r^delsv,  f/om  o  tl  npoifopoiij.  — Anab.,  I.  IX.  13. 

Explain  the  case  of  ndvrcov  and  the  mood  of  npoyapoiri. 
Where  is  efce  made,  and  from  what  verb  ? 

2.  ''Eyd)  fuv  Toiwv,  sq)?]  6  Izevocf^v^  hoi^og  eijii  xovg  omadoqivXaaag 
8X(ov,  tTtsiddv  8£i7tvriOco[Aev,  thai  iiaTal7Hp6(i£Vog  to  opog.  sx(0  da 
ycai  ^yefjiovag  •  ol  yap  yvfivijteg  tmv  iTtofjisvoyv  ^fiiv  yXxait^v  ela^ov 


248  EXAMINATION    PAPERS. 

Tivag  tvedpevaa^tsg '  rovrmv  >iai  Ttvvddvoiiai  on  ovx  a^arov  etyri  to 
opog,  alia  rffisxai  ai^l  xai  ^ovgiv  •  (oaze  bdvTtep  drta^  J.d^oofisv  ri 
rov  opovg^  (iard  not  roTg  vTZo^vyioig  eorai.  Htzl^co  ds  ovds  rovg 
TtoXefAiovg  fievsiv  hi,  Imibdv  I'dcoGiv  ijiidg  Iv  Tcp  o^oioj)  Im  rcav  dxpcov  ' 
ovds  ydp  vvv  lOiXovai  xara^aiveiv  ijiiiv  eig  to  I'aov.  —  Anab.,  IV. 
VI.  17  and  18. 

Where  are  levai,  yiaT:alj]\p6f4svog,  and  [isveiv  made,  and  from 
what  verbs  ?     Explain  tense  of  fxeveiv. 

3.  !Ek  ds  tovrov  ot  rpidHovra,  ovxhi  voixiComg  daqjaltj  0(pi6i  zd 
Ttpdyfiara,  t^ovh'fiijGav  ^Elevolva  thdicoaaadai,  ^ars  elvca  ocpiai 
xaraqvyj'jv,  si  dErjasie.  xa)  Ttapayysilavzsg  roig  iTtTtsvair,  iiXOov  eig 
'Elsvaiva  Kpixiag  re  xal  oi  d)loi  xav  rpidy.ovra'  t^kaotv  re  Ttoi^- 
aarxeg  Iv  toTg  iTtTtEvci,  qidGnovzeg  eidEvai  ^ovlsoOai  noooi  elev  xal 
Ttoaijg  qvlaxrjg  TtpoadsjJGoivzo,  I-asXsvov  aTZoypdqjsodai  ndvzag  •  zov 
de  aTtoypayjdfievov  del  did  ztjg  nvXidog  tm  zrjv  OdXazzav  a^isvai.  — 
Hel.,  II.  IV.  8. 

Explain  the  mood  and  tense  of  slev  and  TtpoadetiGoivro. 
What  is  the  Attic  use  of  acpm? 


ARITHMETIC. 

1.    1         -.T.        .1         1  ,    ,  (1.4C9)^  X  0.001 

1.  Find,  by  logarithms,  the  cube  root  oi o  0*2^ ^4. * 

X9JL  (IJL  -L.  1  9) 

2.  Reduce     "  ^  v  1 8  -r  i  o  /  ^q  ^  repeating  decimal. 

3.  Explain  in  full  the  method  of  finding  the  greatest 
common  divisor  of  3^,  2^,  and  f. 

4.  If  f  of  a  bushel  of  corn  be  worth  f  of  a  bushel  of 
wheat,  and  wheat  be  worth  $  1.40  a  bushel,  how  many  bush- 
els of  corn  can  be  bought  for  $  27  ? 

6.  When  1 1  in  gold  is  worth  $  1.595  in  currency,  how 


ALGEBRA.  249 

many  gold  dollars  and  how  much  fractional  currency  ought 
I  to  receive  for  a  ten-dollar  U.  S.  note  ? 

6.  What  part  of  12  yds.  1  ft.  6  in.  is  ^^^  of  a  mile  ? 

7.  The  gramme  contains  15.4327  gr.  Troy.  How  many 
pounds  avoirdupois  make  a  myriagramme  ? 

8.  A  can  do  -^^  of  a  piece  of  work  in  4  days ;  B  J  in  5 
days ;  C  |-  in  3  days ;  D  |-  in  1|^  days.  How  long  will  it  take 
them  all  to  do  it  ? 

9.  Extract  the  square  root  of  0.05331481.  Verify  the 
answer,  as  nearly  as  possible,  by  logarithms. 

10.  Six  men,  working  9  hours  a  day,  can  do  a  piece  of 
work  in  15  days.  In  how  many  days  will  a  party  of  men, 
working  10  hours  a  day,  do  the  work,  the  number  of  men 
being  equ^  to  the  number  of  days  ? 


ALGEBRA. 

1.   Find  the  simplest  expression  for 
1.1,1 


a{a — b)  {a — c)     b  (b — c)  (b — a)      c  (c — a)  {c — b) 

2.  Separate  4:a^^ — (a^-\-P  —  c^y  into  four  trinomial 
factors. 

3.  Find  two  numbers  such  that  the  sum  of  J  of  the  first 
and  J  of  the  second  equals  11,  and  equals  also  three  times 
the  first  diminished  by  the  second. 

4.  Prove  that  (a*")  =  a"***.  What  is  the  relation  between 
a,  a^,  a"^  ? 

5.  Solve  the  equation  — - — —  + — =  0. 

2  +  y        y  —  2       5 

6.  Give  the  first  three  and  the  last  three  terms  of 
^  3   ^ 


250  EXAMIi^ATIOiq-   PAPERS. 

7.  A  banker  has  two  kinds  of  coin.  It  takes  a  pieces  of 
the  first,  or  h  pieces  of  the  second,  to  make  a  dollar.  If  a 
dollar  is  offered  for  c  pieces,  how  many  of  each  kind  must 
be  given  ? 

8.  Divide  16  into  two  parts  such  that  their  product 
added  to  the  sum  of  their  squares  shall  be  208. 

9.  Which  is  the  larger :  V  t  ^^  V  It  ^ 


PLANE   GEOMETRY. 

1.  In"  wliat  manner  do  the  two  diagonals  of  a  parallelo- 
gram divide  each  other  ?  Give  proof.  What  angle  do  the 
two  diagonals  of  a  rhombus  make  with  each  other  ?     Prove. 

2.  Prove  that  if  all  the  sides  of  any  convex  polygon  be 
produced,  the  sum  of  the  exterior  angles  will  be  equal  to 
four  right  angles. 

3.  Prove  that,  if  the  three  angles  of  one  triangle  are  equal, 
each  to  each,  to  the  three  angles  of  another  triangle,  the 
homologous/sides  are  proportional. 

4.  Find  the  ratio  of  the  side  of  a  square  to  its  diagonal. 

5.  If  the  vertical  angle  of  a  triangle  be  bisected  by  a  line 
which  cuts  the  base  of  the  triangle,  to  what  are  the  two  seg- 
ments of  the  base  proportional  ?     Prove. 

If  the  line  bisects  an  exterior  angle  of  the  triangle,  what 
follows  ?     State  without  proving. 

6.  Show  how  to  inscribe  a  circle  in  a  triangle ;  and  then 
deduce  a  rule  for  finding  the  area  of  a  triangle  when  the 
three  sides  of  the  triangle  and  the  area  of  the  inscribed  cir- 
cle are  known. 


MODEKN   AXD   PHYSICAL   GEOGRAPHY.  251 


MODERN  AND   PHYSICAL   GEOGRAPHY. 

1.  Depike  the  following  terms:  meridian, promontory, 
archipelago,  canon,  delta. 

2'.  Describe  the  Atlantic  coast  of  North  America,  begin- 
ning at  a  point  in  the  same  latitude  as  Cape  Farewell.  Give 
the  names  of  important  streams  and  inlets,  the  countries  or 
states  bordering  upon  the  ocean,  and  the  principal  seaports, 
in  their  order,  reckoning  from  north  to  south.  State  also, 
when  possible,  the  principal  articles  of  export. 

3.  Bound  Italy.  Name  its  principal  mountains  and 
streams.  What  is  its  largest  city  ?  What  are  its  principal 
seaports,  and  in  what  part  of  the  country  is  each  situated  ? 

4.  What  mountains  lie  between  France  and  Spain  ? 
What  name  is  given  to  the  prolongation  of  this  chain  to  the 
west  ?  What  bay  lies  to  the  north  of  this  prolongation  ? 
W^hat  rivers  empty  into  this  bay  ? 

6.  Through  what  large  islands  does  the  equator  pass  ? 
What  large  island  lies  opposite  the  mouth  of  the  Amoor 
Ptiver  ?  Where  are  the  Shetland  Islands  ?  Orkney  Islands  ? 
Hebrides?     Corsica?     Ceylon? 

6.  Into  what  waters  do  the  following  rivers  empty :  Eu- 
phrates, Ganges,  Gaudiana,  Indus,  Saskatchewan,  Tigris? 
State  also  where  each  rises,  its  course,  and  the  countries 
through  which  it  flows. 

7.  Describe  a  water  route  from  Toronto  to  Suez. 

8.  In  what  part  of  South  America  are  the  principal  high- 
land regions  ?  What  effect  does  this  disposition  of  highland 
have  upon  the  drainage  of  the  country  ? 


252  EXAMIKATIOl^   PAPERS. 


ENGLISH  COMPOSITION. 

Each  candidate  is  required  to  write  a  short  English  com- 
position, correct  in  spelling,  punctuation,  grammar,  and 
expression.  This  composition  must  be  at  least  fifty  lines 
long,  and  be  properly  divided  into  paragraphs.  One  of  the 
following  subjects  must  be  taken :  — 

The  Character  of  Dr.  Primrose. 

An  Account  of  the  Tent-scene  between  Brutus  and  Cassius. 

The  Argument  of  Marmion. 


FRENCH. 

1.  Translate  into  English:  — 

Je  sortis,  et  me  promenai  toute  la  matinee  dans  la  ville, 
en  songeant  sans  cesse  a  la  reception  que  mon  oncle  me  fe- 
rait.  Je  crois,  disais-je  en  moi-meme,  qu'il  sera  ravi  de  me 
voir.  Je  jugeais  de  ses  sentiments  pas  les  miens,  et  je  me 
preparais  a  une  reconnaissance  fort  touchante.  Je  retour- 
nai  chez  lui  en  diligence  a  I'heure  qu'on  m'avait  marquee. 
Vous  arrivez  a  propos,  me  dit  son  valet,  mon  maitre  va  bien- 
tot  sortir.  Attendez  ici  un  instant,  je  vais  vous  ann oncer. 
A  ces  mots,  il  me  laissa  dans  I'antichambre.  II  y  revint  un 
moment  apres,  et  me  fit  entrer  dans  la  chambre  de  son  maitre, 
dont  le  visage  me  f rappa  d'abord  par  un  air  de  famille.  II 
me  sembla  que  c'etait  mon  oncle  Thomas,  tant  ils  se  ressem- 
blaient  tons  deux.  Je  le  saluai  avec  un  profond  respect,  et 
lui  dis  que  j'etais  fils  de  maitre  Nicolas :  je  lui  appris  aussi 
que  j'exercais  a  Madrid,  depuis  trois  semaines,  le  metier  de 
mon  pere  en  qualite  de  garc^on,  et  que  j'avais  dessein  de 
faire  le  tour  de  I'Espagne  pour  me  profectionner.    Tandis 


PLAJ^E   TRIGOiTOMETRT.  253 

que  je  parlais,  je  m'aper9ns  que  mon  oncle  revait.  II  dou- 
tait  apparemment  s'il  me  desavouerait  ponr  son  neveu,  ou 
s'il  se  def erait  adroitement  de  moi :  il  choisit  ce  dernier  parti. 
II  a3ecta  de  prendre  iin  air  riant  et  me  dit :  Eh  bien !  mon 
ami,  comment  se  portent  ton  pere  et  tes  oncles  ?  dans  quel 
6tat  sont  leurs  affaires  ?  —  Le  Sage. 

2.  State  the  tense  of  the  italicized  verbs  in  the  above  and 
give  it  in  full. 

3.  Give  the  principal  tenses  of  savoir,  acqicerir,  prendre, 
envoyer  (thus,  Iistf.,  Hre  ;  Pres.  Part.,  etant ;  Past.  Part., 
ete  ;  Pres.  IisrD.,ye  suis  ;  Fret.,  je  fits). 

4.  Using  mostly  the  words  of  1,  translate  into  French : 

(a)  Do  you  think  that   they   are   delighted  to   see  him  ? 

(b)  They  left  me  waiting  more  than  an  hour,  (c)  1  fear  that 
he  has  gone  out. 


PLANE  TRIGONOIVIETRY. 

1.  Find  the  angles  of  the  plane  right  triangle  in  which 
the  hypothenuse  is  J  of  one  of  the  sides. 

2.  Obtain,  without  using  the  tables,  tlie  natural  trigo- 
nometric functions  of  60°. 

3.  Obtain,  from  fundamental  formulas,  the  sine  and 
cosine  of  270°,  270°  —  x,  270°  +  x. 

4.  Obtain,    from    fundamental    formulas,   sin   x  —  sin 

5.  In  the  plane  oblique  triangle  A  B  0,  B  is  40°,  b  is  100, 
What  values  of  a  will  give  two  solutions ;  one  solution ;  no 
solution  ?     Give  th^  reason  for  each  answer. 

6.  Obtain,  from  fundamental  formulas, 

1  4-  cos  o; 


254  EXAMIN^ATION  PAPERS. 


7.  Solve  the  triangle  whose  sides  are  0.1498, 0.1596,  0.1943. 

8.  Prove  the  formula 

cos  {x-\-y)  cos  {x — y)^co&^y  —  sin*  a;. 


ANALYTIC   GEOMETRY. 

1.  "What  is  the  equation  of  a  line  parallel  to  the  axia 
of  X,  3  units  below  it  ?  At  what  point  does  this  line  inter- 
sect the  line  3^  +  4rc  + 1  =  0  ?  What  is  the  acute  angle 
between  these  two  lines  ? 

2.  What  are  the  axes  and  the  parameter  of  the  curve 
4^2  -\-3x^=zS6?  What  is  the  equation  of  the  circle  whose 
diameter  coincides  with  the  transverse  axis  of  this  curve  ? 

3.  State  and  prove  the  relation  between  any  ordinate  of 
an  ellipse  and  the  corresponding  ordinate  of  the  inscribed 
circle. 

4.  Deduce  formulas  for  passing  from  a  rectangular  to  a 
polar  system. 

5.  The  equation  of  the  tangent  to  the  parabola  y^  =  2px 
is  yy'  =p  {x-{-x').  Find  the  equations  of  the  tangent  and 
the  normal  to  y^=zSx,  at  the  extremity  of  the  positive  ordi- 
nate through  the  focus. 

6.  Is  the  point  ( —  2,  1)  situated  on  the  hyperbola 
4^2_^^2__24?     Why? 

7.  Of  what  is  2:^  +  4 1=  0  the  equation  ?  Illustrate  by  a 
figure. 

8.  Find  the  points  in  which  the  curve  y^  =  4:X  intersects 
the  curve  3y^-\- 2x^=14:. 


ADVAi^^CED   ALGEBKA.  255 


SOLID  GEOMETRY. 

1.  Pkoye  that,  if  a  solid  angle  is  formed  by  three  plane 
angles,  the  sum  of  either  two  of  them  is  greater  than  the 
third.  The  sum  of  the  three  angles  taken  together  cannot 
exceed  a  certain  quantity :  what  is  it  ? 

2.  A  pyramid  is  cut  by  two  planes  parallel  to  the  base : 
prove  that  the  two  sections  are  similar  polygons.  State  in 
the  form  of  a  proportion  the  relation  which  holds  between 
the  areas  of  these  sections  and  their  respective  distances 
from  the  vertex  of  the  pyramid. 

3.  Prove  that,  if  from  the  vertices  of  a  given  spherical  tri- 
angle as  poles  arcs  of  great  circles  are  described,  another 
triangle  is  formed,  the  vertices  of  which  are  the  poles  of  the 
sides  of  the  given  triangle. 

4.  A  ball  of  lead  is  three  inches  in  diameter :  what  is  its 
weight  ?     A  cubic  foot  of  lead  weighs  712  pounds. 

5.  A  certain  cylindrical  vessel  is  twelve  inches  in  diam- 
eter and  eight  inches  deep.  What  are  the  dimensions  of  a 
vessel,  similar  inform,  which  will  hold  only  one  sixty-fourth 
as  much  ? 

6.  What  is  a  degree  of  spherical  stirface?  How  is  the 
area  of  a  spherical  triangle  measured?  State  without 
proving. 


;56  EXAMINATIOJS'    PAPERS. 


ADVANCED   ALGEBRA. 

1.  Divide  a^'  —  l^—c'  —  Uc  by  ^Hll±f . 

a-\-l)  —  c 

2.  What  is  the  equation  whose  roots  are  1,  .  ^ 

3.  Obtain  the  formulas  for  the  last  term  and  the  sum  of 
the  series  in  a  geometrical  progression.  Obtain  also  an  ex- 
pression for  the  sum  of  the  series,  in  terms  of  the  first  term, 
the  last  term,  and  the  common  factor  or  ratio. 

4.  Solve  the  equation  V  a;  +  V  (^  —  V^  — ^)  =  1- 

5.  How  many  words  can  be  formed  from  seven  letters 
taken  all  together,  provided  that  3  given  letters  are  never 
separated  ? 

6.  Find  the  sum  of  n  terms  of  the  series  1,  3,  5,  7  .  .  . 

7.  Solve  the  equations  x^—xf  —  26,  x^ -\-xii-{'if  —  13. 

8.  What  is  the  sixth  term  of  {l  —  xY  ? 

9.  A  courier  travels  from  P  to  Q  in  14  hours :  a  second 
courier  starts  at  the  same  time  from  a  place  ten  miles  behind 
P,  and  arrives  at  Q  at  the  same  time  as  the  first  courier. 
The  times  in  which  the  couriers  travel  20  miles  differ  by 
half  an  hour.    Find  the  distance  from  P  to  Q. 


HARVARD  EXAMINATION  PAPERS, 


OCTOBER,  1875. 


ANCIENT   fflSTORY  AND   GEOGRAPHY. 

1.  Mention"  in  order  (1)  the  ancient  divisions  of  Greece 
which  lie  upon  the  eastern  coast ;  and  (2)  the  important 
islands  near  that  coast.  In  both  cases  proceed  from  north  to 
south  in  your  enumeration. 

2.  Give  a  brief  account  (with  the  important  dates)  either 
of  the  great  Persian  wars,  or  of  the  career  of  Alexander  the 
Great,  at  your  option. 

3.  Mention  any  reasons  that  occur  to  you  why  Sparta 
should  have  been  (1)  victorious  in  the  Peloponnesian  War; 
and  (2)  vanquished  by  Thebes. 

4.  Mention  in  order  (1)  the  western  divisions  of  ancient 
Italy  from  the  Alps  to  the  Straits  of  Messina ;  and  (2)  any 
six  places  of  historic  note  in  these  divisions.  In  both  cases 
proceed  from  north  to  south  in  your  enumeration. 

5.  Where  is  Epirus  ?  How  came  a  king  of  Epirus  (Pyr- 
rhus)  to  make  war  in  Italy  upon  the  Romans,  and  what 
grounds  had  he  to  hope  for  success  ? 

6.  Mention  any  reasons  that  occur  to  you  (1)  why  Hanni- 
bal should  have  hoped  to  overcome  Rome ;  and  (2)  why  he 
failed  in  his  attempt. 

7.  Give  a  brief  account  (with  the  important  dates)  of  the 


258  EXAMINATION?-    PAPERS. 

political  career  either  of  Cicero  or  of  Augustus,  at  your 
option. 

8.  Mention  the  names  of  the  emperors  between  Domitian 
and  Commodus,  in  the  order  of  their  reigns. 


MODERN  AND  PHYSICAL   GEOGRAPHY. 

1.  What  range  of  mountains  separates  Russia  from  Sibe- 
ria ?  What  is  the  direction  of  this  chain  ?  What  moun- 
tains separate  Russia  from  Asia  on  the  south  ?  Give  the 
name  and  altitude  of  any  prominent  peak  of  this  range  ? 

2.  Which  of  the  following  groups  of  islands  lies  farthest 
north,  which  farthest  south,  and  which  farthest  east  ?  — 
Azores,  Canary  Islands,  Cape  Verd  Islands.  To  what  coun- 
try does  each  group  belong  ? 

3.  Describe  the  position  of  the  highest,  mountain  system 
in  each  of  the  continents.  Give  the  name,  position,  and  al- 
titude of  at  least  one  prominent  peak  in  each  system. 

4.  Where  is  the  Volga  River  ?  Into  what  does  it  empty  ? 
What  other  river  approaches  at  one  point  very  near  the  Vol- 
ga, but  empties  into  a  different  body  of  water  ? 

5.  Bound  Switzerland.  Name  its  principal  lakes  and  riv- 
ers. What  are  its  chief  cities  ?  What  is  its  form  of  govern- 
ment? 

6.  Define  the  following  terms :  peninsula^  isthmus,  sound , 
plateau,  luatershed.    Give  an  example  of  each. 

7.  Write  as  fully  as  you  can  about  the  following  places, 
mentioning  any  fact  relating  to  geographical  position,  size, 
commercial  or  political  importance,  and  the  like :  {a)  Cincin- 
nati, {I)  Cologne,  (c)   Frankfort-on-the-Main,   {d)    Liver- 


GREEK  COMPOSITIOjq-.  259 

pool,  (e)  Melbourne,  (/)  Prague,  (g)  Singapore,  (h)  Sitka, 
(^)  Trieste,  (/)  Valparaiso. 

8.  Describe  the  course  of  the  Mississippi  River.  "What 
tributaries  does  it  receive  from  the  west?  what  from  the 
east  ?  Across  or  by  what  States  does  the  principal  stream 
flow  ?    Mention  any  important  fact  relating  to  its  outlet. 


GREEK   CO^MPOSITION. 

[Do  either  A  or  B,  hut  not  loth.     B  consists  of  sentences 
from  Jones^  " Exercises  in  Greek  Prose  Co7nposition"] 

A. 

And  after  this  Xenophon  arose  and  said,  "  0  fellow  sol- 
diers, it  is  evident  (^ijAo?)  that  our  march  {izopeia)  must  be 
made  on-foot ;  for  there  are  no  boats.  But  it  is  necessary 
(avdyxri)  to  proceed  at-once;  for  we  have  no  supplies  {iruT-q- 
deia).  We  therefore,"  said  he,  "  will  offer-sacrifice."  After 
this  the  generals  offered-sacrifice,  and  there  was-present  a 
soothsayer  from- Arcadia  (^ApKdq).  But  the  sacrifices  were 
not  favorable.  In-consequence  they  rested  this  day. 
* 

B. 

1.  In  the  time  of  {kni)  Darius  many  men  fought  on  horse- 
back. 

2.  He  announced  that  the  general  had  sent  his  army  into 
the  city. 

3.  He  said  that  they  would  not  have  fled  if  no  one  had 
conquered  them. 

4.  It  was  evident  that  he  desired  to  cross  before  the  rest 
replied. 


260  EXAMINATION   PAPERS. 

5.  The  king  hindered  the  greater  part  of  the  army  from 
crossing. 

6.  Whenever  he  hurled  {3dXXw)  his  javelin  at  any  one  he 
(always)  hit  {axovzi^uj)  him. 


GEEEK   GRAMMAE. 

\^ Candidates  for  advanced  standing  will  omit  4  aiid  8,  and 
take  9  and  10.] 

1.  Write  the  correct  form  of  ;^a/?££vr<r:,  laraavat,  Tzetpavfxatj 
dede^rai. 

2.  Decline  6pt^,  a<jTu,  in  the  singular,  and  ywrj  and  vat)<r  in 
the  plural. 

3.  Decline  ehyevijq  in  the  plural;  ek  and  ziq  through- 
out. 

4  *  Compare  dXiyo^^  7roAD<r,  pa8io<;.  Form  and  compare  an 
adverb  from  ray^vq. 

5.  Give  the  synopsis  of  the  Second  Aorist  Passive  of 
crikXu}.     Give  the  Imperfect  Active  of  el^a:  in  full. 

6.  Principal    parts    of   rpiipw^   rpiriu)^   tzscOoj,    izaff^io,   Tzi-^ZTio. 

Where  are  the  following  verbs  made:    rJo:/i:,  J<r/x£v,  /J/^va^, 
<pa<jiv^  and  ^^za? 

7.  What  are  the  uses  of  av  with  the  tenses  of  the  Indica- 
tive? What  tenses  of  the  Infinitive  could  be  used  after 
iXizi^u)  to  denote  Future  Time? 

8.*  Compare  the  use  of  the  article  by  Homer  with  its  use 
in  Attic  Greek. 


9.    (a)   Translate  "Eyrj   rouro   noi^ffai.      ^ExiXeuev    ahrbv   iX- 
Ottv. 


GREEK   PROSE.  201 

(/?)  Translate  'Enstddv  rodro  ^dto,  a-rJpyo[iai.     Translate 

Obx.  av  aitriXd  £v  ^  d  fiij  j^affdehq  tooto  s  T  tt  £  v  ,   ha  rov   ddtX(pdv 

eld£v .     Explain  the  Mood  and  Tense  of  these  verbs. 

10.   GiA^e   the   scheme   of   the  Tragic   Iambic  Trimeter. 
Describe  the  Anapaestic  System. 


GREEK  PROSE. 

[Tfiose  offering  the  Greeh  Reader  tuill  take  2,  3,  4.  Tltose 
offering  four  hooks  of  the  Anabasis  and  the  seventh  hook 
of  Herodotus  luill  take  1,  2,  5.  Those  off^ering  the  lohole 
Anabasis  luill  take  1,  2,  6.] 

1.  Translate  :  — 

TZOTafLOi:  d'  si  fii>  Ttt;  xai  alXoq  apa  rjfuv  Iffn  dta'^ario^  nox  ol8a ' 
rov  S*  oov  Ebcppdrfjv  o^ldaiizv  on  ddbvarov  diai37jvac  xujAuovtwv  rzoke- 
p-iajv.  00  fiev  drj^  av  ixdyeodai  ys  dirj^  [-reTiT  eifftv  ^/jtTv  ^ufi/ia/ot^ 
rwv  ok  7roXefit(ov  Itztzsi^  eiaiv  ol  TtXelffzot  xai  TzXsiffroo  a^co'.  '  oxtzz 
vixaivTsq  fihv  rha  uv  dTzoxretvaijiev ;  7^TTwp.ivajv  8i:  oudiva  u\6v  re 
cwdr^vat.  —  AlS'AB.,  XL  iv.  6. 

How  is  the  stem  of  the  verbal  adjective  in  -rioc;  formed  ? 
State  how  many  constructions  (syntactical)  the  verbal  in 
-rio^  has,  and  explain  them.  Explain  the  case  of  tzoXs^uwv 
(following  xwXuo'^raji^)  and  the  mood  of  d-oxrecvat/xsv.  What 
constitutes  the  protasis  to  dv  dTzoxrsvmitiev  ? 

2.  Tfj  8s  OffTspata  wjso  r^ysjiovoq  kizopsoovro '  fiayoiisvoi  8'  ol 
T.oXipAoi^  xa\  OTZTj  sIt]  (Ttsvov  yujpiov  TrpoxaraXa/ilSdvo^^rsq,  h.mXoo^^ 
rdc  7:ap68ou^.  Stzozs  p.sv  ouv  Toh(;  Tzpuirooq  xioXbots'^^  Ez'^ocojv 
OTCiffdsv  ix/Satvajv  Tzpb^  rd  oprj  sXus  ri]v  drzo^pa^cv  r^^  7:ap68ou  rot^ 
TpWToiq^  dvwripu)  7:sLpU)[is'^oq  yiyvsadai  tcov  xcuXud'^rcuu  •  otzots  8k 
roiq  oTZtffdsv    iTVidoIvro^  Xstpiffo^oq  ix^aivwy^  xai   nscpof/xsvoq   dvuj- 


2Q2  EXAMI2TATI0K   PAPERS. 

ripo)  yiyvsffOat  tojv  xtuXua^rcDVy  sXue  rijv  drto^pa-tv  Tyj<^  TzapoSou  rolq 
OTZtadsv '   xai   as),    outcu^    ijSorjOouv    aXXijXot':^  xdX    iffy^opwq   aXXrjXa))> 

iiztixiXovTo.  —  GooDWii^'s  Eeadee,  p.  36  (Anab.,  IV.  ii.  24- 
26). 

What  relation  does  the  participle  jiaxotxevot  express  ? 
Give  the  principal  parts  of  Xafi^dvaj  and  ^aivuj.  Explain  the 
mood  of  xtoXboiev,  What  is  the  composition  of  ditdcppa^tv  and 
IfioTjOoov  ?  From  what  and  how  are  adverbs  regularly 
formed  ? 

3.  '^/iTv,  'i(pr)^  u)  h  rod  affreoq  avdpei;^  (TU/jlI^ouXsoo)  iyo)  yi^ajvai 
bfxat;  aoTobq.  [xdXtaza  S'  av  yvoifjrs^  el  dvaXoyiaaiade^  lizi  xivi  biiiv 
fiiya  (ppovfjriov  ^ariv^  (oare  ruioiv  apysiv  iTrcyeipeiv.  Ttorepov  dtxac- 
orepot  i:(TT£  ;  dXA  6  fikv  dr^ioq^  Ttsvicrzepoi;  Ofxwv  a>v,  oddh  TtcuTtore  evexa 
yp-qiidriov  Ufxaq  yjdUrjffsv  '  u/xelq  de^  TiXooGidirepoi  Tzdvrcov  ovreq^  izoXXd 
xai  alffypd  evexa  xspdimv  ■neitotijxare.  ^ne\  de  duaLoabvrjq  obdev 
6p2v  Tvpoffijxet,  (Txiil'affOe  el  apa  ^n  dvdpeta  1)[mv  fiiya  ^povr^riov.  — 

Goodwin's  Reader,  p.  85  (Hel.,  II.  iv.  40). 

Analyze  the  forms  yvoii^re  and  axiipaaOe^  showing  how  they 
are  built  up  from  the  simple  stems.  Explain  the  mood  of 
yvoi-qre^  and  the  case  of  bixiv  (following  Itv.  tIvl),  oudiv,  and 
Trdvrwv.  Explain  the  construction  of  apyetv,  and  that  of 
iTTcyeipe'iv. 

4.  Tore  fxev  outuj  yjyajviffavro^  ttj  5'  vffrepair)  ol  ^dp/Sapot  obSkv 
a/xec^ov  diOXsov  '  ars  yap  oXtycov  lovTiov^  iXTrtaavriq  acpeaq  xarare- 
rpu)  liar  iff  Oat  re  xaX  oux  ulouq  re  effeffdai  ert  yelpaq  dvraetpaffOaCj 
(TwijSaXXov.  ol  Ss  " EXXr^veq  xaxd  rdqcq  re  xa\  xard  eOuea  xexofffir)- 
fiivot  ^ffavj  xa\  iu  /lipei  exaffrot  ifidyovro^  tzXtjv  0(oxi(ov '  obroi  8e 
^q  TO  oopoq  irdyOrjffav  (puXd^ovreq  rr^v  dzpanov.  (ix;  de  oudev  evpt- 
ffxov  dXXoiorepov  ol  Ilipffai  ^   rrj   Tzporepairj   hwpwv^   dTZTJXauvov.  — 

Goodwin's  Realer,  p.  146  (Herod.,  VII.  212). 

5.  ix  rabrrjq  a)v  rr^qvijffoo  6piieoiiie\>oi^  ipo^zovriav  rooq  Aaxedat- 
fioviouq '  Tiapoixoo  de  TzoXi/xou  ff<pt  iovzoq  oIxtjioo^  oddev  deivol  effov- 


GREEK   POETRY.  263 

rat  rot,  fi9)  zrji;  aXlrj^'^EkXddoqydXtffxofihrjq  utzo  too  tzeX^o  jSoTjdi- 
CDfft  raoTTj '  xaradooXwdstffTjq  dk  r^c  cIXXtjz  '^EXX.ddoq,  do'devsc;  rjdirj 
TO  Aaxujvcxdv  /xouvoi'  Xei-Kszat.  ^y  ds  zabra  fii)  ttoc^^,  Tdde  rot 
Ttpoffdoxa  effSffOac.  effzi  r^?  IleXoTzovvTJffotj  IffO'xoq  areivoq '  h  roo- 
Tio  Tui  X(i>poi  Tcd'^Tiov  IIsXoTTO'^uTjffiwi'  (Tovoiioffdvrcov  tTTi  ffo).^  ixdva^ 
Iff^uporipaq  aXXaq  twv  ysvoriivwy  Tzpoffdixeo  sffsffOai  roc  '  kxslvo 
de    Tzor/jffavTC   dfj.ay-qr\   o   re    iffO/io^    ouroq  xai   al  TzuXcq  izpocytopij- 

Gouai. — Herod.,  VII.  235. 

6.  Xetpi(TO(poq  S"  ^.Ttsl  fipiOrj^  itapsX.OuJv  elrsv,  \iXX^  o)  u'^opt^^ 
TouTO  fxev  ttrrSj  ore  ood^  dv  eyioys  iaratrca^ov,  et  aXXov  eV.sffOe  * 
Sevotpwvra  pivrot,  s^y),  (V'^ijffars  oijy  tXdptvoi  '  lo^  xa\  vov  Ai^tTZizoq 
^drj  Sti^aXXev  abrov  Tzpo^  'Ava^ijSiov  o  ri  idbvaro  xai  pdXa  ipob 
auTov  (Ttyd^ovTO^.  6  8'  e^T)  vopi^ecv  abrov  Tcpaffiatvt  pdXXov  au-^dp- 
^etv  ideXr^aai  Aapdavei  ovrt  too  KXedpyou  arparebiiaroq  rj  iaoroi 
Adxojvc  ovTi.  iTze),  pivroi  kpk  eiXsffOs^  ^V'??  ^^  ^Y^  Tcsipaffopat  o 
T£  av  dbvcopac  6/j.d^  dyadov  Tzotelv.  xa\  y/zel^  ooroj  Ttapaaxsud^effOs 
w^  aopwvy  idv  tcXoo^  J,  dva^opevoi.  —  AkAB.,  VL  i.  32,  33. 


GREEK  POETRY. 

1.  Translate:  — 

*'  daifiovtT),  ah\  ph  oteai,  obdi  ffs  XrjdcOy 

Ttpr^^ai  S"  £pTZ-q<;  o6  ti  dovjjffeat,  dAA'  arzo  ^9opod 
pdXXov  ipo\  iffsac '  to  di  roc  xa\  piycov  earac. 
ei  ^  ooTut  TOOT  iffrcv,  lpo\  piXXec  <piXo\>  ehac. 
dAil'  dxiouffa  xdd^-qijOj  kpai  8'  incnecT^eo  pw^-o), 
pi)  vb  roc  ob  ypacffpoxrcv,  o<Joc  -f^eoi  eld  h  WXbp.TTci), 
dffffov  i6v^\  ore  xiv  roc  ddzrouq  yelpaq  icpscio." 

Iliad,  1.561 -507. 

(a)   In  what  tense,  mood,  and  voice  and  from  what  pres- 
ent indicatives  are  xdO-qao  and  kcptio)  formed  ? 

(p)   Divide  into  feet  the  last  two  verses  (566,  567). 


364  EXAMINATION  PAPERS. 

(y)   Write  the  Attic  forms  corresponding  to  Sieatj  itpr^^ai, 

iTttTtetdeo. 

2.  Translate  :  — 

'^^^  (fdro  vetxetiov  ^Ayafxifivova,  Tzot/iiva  Xawv, 
Oepaifqi;.      rw  ^  a>xa  rcapiffraro  dJoi;  ^08oaa£U<;y 
xai  fjLiv  u-Kodpa  idcbv  ^akeTzaJ  TJviTzaTts  fxbf^ip  ' 
**  Ospfflr  axpiTOixod^e,  hybq  -sp  Icbv  dyop7jTi]<; 
^ff'/so,  ixrjS'  id-eX  oToi?  ipt^i/ievai  (Saffdeufftv. 
oi)  yap  kyo)  ffio  ^rj/xi  ^epetorepov  ^poTov  aXXov 
s/i/ie'^ac,  offffot  a/x  ^ArpeidTjq  bub  ^Ikiov  ^A»9ov  * 
TcD  obx  av  [^aaiXr^a^  wm  <tt6[j!  e^cuv  ayopebotq^ 
xai  ffcptv  ovetded  re  irpoipipoL'z,  voffzov  re  (puXdffaoiq. 

Iliad,  11.243-251. 

{d)   Give  the  derivation  of  dxptrd/xvds  and  Ipi^iixevat, 

3.  Translate  :  — 

01  S"  i-nsl  o5v  ixdrep^ev  6/xtXou  ^a)pij^^7)(rav, 
i<:  jxiffffov  Tpu}ujv  xai  "A^atcHv  ^(rrt^owvro 
detvov  depxurxsvoi '   d-dix^oq  8'  h/ev  tlaopoiovra'^ 
Tpa>d':  {f  iTTTTodd/xouq  xai  iuxvrjfxtdaq  "A^atobi;. 
xai  p  iyybq  (Tttjttjv  diaixeTp-qrij}  kvi  X^PV 
asiovT  kyxs:ia<;,  dXXijXotffiv  xoriovrs. 
Tzpoffd'S  d'  ^AXi^avdpoq  Ttpo'cei  doXt^offxtou  ey^o^, 
xa\  ^dXev  ^Arpeidao  xar  dffTzida  Ttdvrod  kta-Qv  ' 
ouS'  epprj^ev  ^C-Xxaqy  dvsyvdfxcfd^rj  8i  ol  al^lJ^rj 
darUd"  ht  xparep^.  IlIAD,  III.  340  -  349. 

(e)   What  Homeric  peculiarities  do  you  notice  in  the  for- 
mation of  elffopotuvzaq,  (Ttijtt^u,  dXXrjXoiffiv  ? 

(C)    Translate  the  following  epithets  of  ships:  novrdTtopoc, 
(bxbnopoi,  TToXoxX-qtdsqy  ajxipiiXiffffaiy  xopwvidsq. 


lati:n'  geammar.  265 


LATIN   COIMPOSITION. 

Translate  into  Latin  :  — 

Ik  midsummer/  at  which  time  all-other'^  praetors  are 
wont  ^  to  go  round  *  the  province  and  run-to-and-fro  ^  or  to 
cruise  ^  in-person,'  at  that  time  he  was  not  content  with  his 
own  house  royal,^  which  belonged  to  King  Hiero,  which  the 
praetors  are  wont  ®  to  use.  He  ordered  tents  ^**  to  be 
pitched  ^^  on  the  beach,^^  which  beach  is  on  ^^  the  island  at 
Syracuse,"  hard-by  "  the  very  entrance  ^^  of  the  harbor." 

1  aestas  summa.  ^  ceteri.  ^  consuescere :  what  tense?  *  obire,  with  accusa- 
tive. 5  concursare.  s  navigare.  ^  ipse,  s  regius.  »  solere.  i"  tdbernaculum. 
^^  collocare.    ^  litus.    ^^  in.    i*  5j/racMsae,  plural,    ^^prope.   ^^  introitus.    ^^  por- 


tive. 
tus. 

Translate  into  English  :  — 

Sed  quid  ego  plura  de  G-avio  ?  quasi  tu  Gavio  turn  fueris 
infestus,  ac  non  nomini,  generi,  iuri  civium  hostis.  Non 
illi,  inquam,  homini.  sed  causae  communi  liberfcatis  inimicus 
fuisti.  Quid  enim  attinuit,  cum  Mamertini  more  atque 
instituto  suo  crucem  fixissent  post  urbem  in  via  Pompeia, 
Ite  inhere  in  ea  parte  figere,  quae  ad  f return  spectaret,  et  hoc 
addere,  quod  negare  nullo  modo  potes,  te  idcirco  ilium 
locum  deligere,  ut  ille,  quoniam  se  civem  Eomanum  esse 
diceret,  ex  cruce  Italiam  cernere  ac  domum  suam  prospicere 
posset  ? 


LATIN  GRAMMAR. 

Do  not  translate,  but  answer  the  questions  below. 

Tum  vero  ancipiti  mentem  formidine  pressus 
Obstipui,  steteruntque  comae  et  vox  faucibus  haesit. 
Hunc  Polydorum  auri  quondam  cum  pondere  magno 


366  examinatio:n'  papers. 

Infelix  Priamus  f urtim  mandarat  alendum 
Threicio  regi,  cum  iam  diffideret  armis 
Dardaniae  cingique  nrbem  obsidione  videret. 
II le,  ut  opes  fractae  Teucrum,  et  Fortuna  recessit, 
Ees  Agamemnonias  yictriciaque  arma  secutus, 
Fas  omne  abrumpit;  Polydorum  obtruncat,  et  auro 
Vi  potitnr.     Quid  non  mortalia  pectora  cogis, 
Auri  sacra  fames  ? 

Give  the  principal  parts  of  Jiaesit,  alendum^  diffideret,  cin- 
gi,  fractae. 

Give  the  Subjunctive  active,  1st  person,  of  all  the  tenses 
of  pressiis,  haesit,  mandarat. 

Give  the  subjunctive,  1st  person  in  all  tenses,  and  the  Im- 
perative throughout,  of  secutus.  Give  all  the  participles  of 
recessit,  and  all  the  Infinitives  of  fractae. 

Decline  infelix  and  'pondere.  Decline  also  ecquis.  Com- 
pare sacra.     CoYmpare  proximus,  humilis,  and  saepe. 

Give  the  meaning  of  the  derivative  terminations  of  vic- 
tricia  and  mortalia.  Form  adjectives  from  auri  and  urhem. 
Form  a  noun  of  agency  (denoting  the  doer  of  the  action) 
from  alendum.  How  are  the  present  and  the  perfect  of 
fractae  formed  respectively  ?  What  is  the  construction  of 
armis,  obsidione,  auro  ? 


CAESAR,  SALLUST,  AND  OYID. 

[iV.  B.  Translate  07ie  piece  of  Caesar,  the  piece  of  Sallust, 
and  two  pieces  of  Ovid.  The  order  in  lohich  they  are  done 
is  unimportant.  The  second  piece  of  Caesar  is  a  substi- 
tute for  Sallust,  and  the  pieces  of  Virgil  for  Ovid,  hy  those 
who  have  7iot  read  those  authors.^ 

I.  Caesar  :  Bell.  Gall.,  Book  11.  §  xi.    Ea  re  constitnta 
secunda  vigilia  magno  cum   strepitu   ac   tumultu   castris 


LATIIT.  267 

egressi  nullo  certo  ordine  neqne  imperio,  cum  sibi  quisque 
primum  itineris  locum  peteret  et  domum  pervenire  propera- 
ret,  fecerunt  ut  consimilis  fugae  profectio  videretur.  Hac 
re  statim  Caesar  per  speculatores  coguita  insidias  veritus, 
quod  qua  de  causa  discederent  nondum  perspexerat,  exerci- 
tum  castris  continuity  Prima  luce  omnem  equitatum  qui 
novissimum  agmen  moraretur  praemisit. 

Explain  the  subjunctives  discederent  and  moraretur, 

II.  [  Only  for  those  lulio  do  not  offer  SaUnst.]  Caesar  : 
B.  G.,  V.  §  34.  At  barbaris  consilium  non  defuit,  nam  duces 
eorum  tota  acie  pronunciare  jusserunt  ne  quis  ab  loco  dis- 
cederet;  illorum  esse  praedam,  atque  illis  reservari  quae- 
cumque  Eomani  reliquissent ;  proinde  omnia  in  victoria 
posita  existimarent.  Erant  et  virtute  et  numero  pugnando 
pares  nostri.  Tamen  etsi  ab  duce  et  a  fortuna  deserebantur, 
tamen  omnem  spem  salutis  in  virtute  ponebant,  et  quoties 
quaeque  coliors  procurreret,  ab  ea  parte  magnus  numerus 
hostium  cadebat. 

How  far  north  did  Caesar's  campaigns  extend  ? 

III.  Sallust  :  Cat.  §  22.  Fuere  ea  tempestate  qui  dice- 
rent  Catilinam  oratione  habita,  cum  ad  jusjurandum  popu- 
laris  sceleris  sui  adigeret,  humani  corporis  sanguinem  vino 
permixtum  in  pateris  circumtulisse ;  inde  cum  post  exsecra- 
tionem  omnes  degustavissent,  sicut  in  sollemnibus  sacris 
fieri  consuevit,  aperuisse  consilium  suum,  atque  eo  [dictitare] 
fecisse,  quo  inter  se  magis  fidi  forent,  alius  alii  tanti  facino- 
ris  conscii.  Nonnulli  ficta  et  haec  et  multa  praeterea  ex- 
istumabant  ab  iis,  qui  Ciceronis  invidiam,  quae  postea  orta 
est,  leniri  credebant  atrocitate  sceleris  eorum  qui  poenas  de- 
derant. 

What  offices  had  Catiline  held,  and  which  one  was  he 
aiming  at  in  the  year  of  his  conspiracy  ? 


268  EXAMINATION    PAPERS. 

(1)  Ovid  :  Metam.,  III.  51  -  60. 

quae  mora  sit  sociis,  miratnr  Agenore  natus, 

vestigatqne  yiros :  tegumen  direpta  leonis 

pellis  erat,  telum  splendent!  lancea  ferro 

et  jaculum,  teloque  animus  praestantior  omni. 

ut  nemus  intravit,  letataque  copora  vidit, 

victoremque  supra  spatiosi  corporis  hostem 

tristia  sanguinea  lambentem  Yulnera  lingua, 

"  Aut  ultor  yestrae,  fidissima  corpora,  mortis, 

aut  comes  "  inquit  "  ero."     Dixit  dextraque  molarem 

sustulit,  et  magnum  magno  conamine  misit. 

(2)  Ovid:  Fasti,  IV.  811-818. 

Contrahere  agrestes  et  moenia  ponere  utrique 

Convenit :  ambigitur,  moenia  ponat  uter. 
"  Nil  opus  est "  dixit  "  certamine  "  Eoinulus  "  uUo : 

Magna  fides  avium  est ;  experiamur  aves." 
Ees  placet :  alter  adit  nemorosi  saxa  Palati ; 

Alter  Aventinum  mane  cacumen  in  it. 
Sex  Eemus,  hie  volucres  bis  sex  videt  ordine ;  pacto 

Statur,  et  arbitrium  Eomulus  urbis  habet. 

(3)  [07ily  for  such  as  do  not  offer  Ovid.'] 
Viegil:  Aen.,  VIII.  671-677. 

Haec  inter  tumidi  late  maris  ibat  imago, 
Aurea,  sed  fluctu  spumabant  caerula  cano ; 
Et  circum  argento  clari  delpbines  in  orbem 
Aequora  verrebant  caudis  aestumque  secabant. 
In  medio  classis  aeratas,  Actia  bella, 
Cernere  erat ;  totumque  instructo  Marte  videres 
Fervere  Leucateu,  auroque  effulgere  fluctus. 

Same:X.  96-103. 

Talibus  orabat  luno,  cunctique  fremebant 
Caelicolae  adsensu  yario  \  ceu  flamina  prima 


LATIN-.  269 

Cum  deprensa  fremnnt  silvis  et  caeca  volutant 
Murmura,  venturos  nautis  prodentia  yentos. 
Turn  Pater  omnipotens,  rerum  cui  prima  potestas, 
Infit ;  eo  dicente  deum  domus  alta  silescit, 
Et  tremefacta  solo  tellus  ;  silet  arduus  aether ; 
Tum  Zephyri  posuere ;  premit  placida  aequora  pontus. 

(a)  Write  out,  dividing  into  feet,  and  marking  the  quan- 
tity of  every  syllable,  and  the  ictus  or  verse  accent  of  every 
foot,  the  second  line  of  each  piece  of  verse  which  you 
translate. 

(b)  Point  out  any  word  in  the  first  piece  translated  where 
the  rules  of  metre  will  help  you  in  its  translation. 


CICERO  AND  VIRGIL. 

(Latin  Authors  for  Course  II.) 
CICJ:R0  [for  all  Candidates). 

[If  you  have  read  Cato  Major,  do  1  and  one  other  ;  if  not, 
do  2  and  one  other.  State  clearly  the  principles  of  syntax 
that  determine  the  forms  in  1  or  2,  printed  at  the  end  of 
each  passage.'] 

1.  Quo  in  genere  est  in  primis  senectus,  quam  ut  adipis- 
cantur  omnes  optant,  eandem  accusant  adepti:  tanta  est 
stultitiae  inconstantia  atque  perversitas.  Obrepere  aiunt 
earn  citius  quam  putavissent.  Primum,  quis  coegit  eos 
falsum  putare?  Qui  enim  citius  adulescentiae  senectus 
quam  pueritiae  adulescentia  obrepit  ?  Deinde,  qui  minus 
gravis  esset  iis  senectus,  si  octiugentesimum  annum  agerent 
quam  si  octogesimum  ?  Praeterita  enim  actus  quamvis 
longa  cum  effluxisset,  nulla  consolatio  permulcere  posset 
stultam  senectutem.  —  Cato  Ma  joe,  ii. 


270  EXAMII^ATIOIS"    PAPERS. 

Quam,  adulescentiae,  esset,  effluxisset. 
Cato  says,  Quattuor  reperio  causas  cur  senectus  misera 
videatur  ;  what  are  tliey  ? 

2.  Quamquam  isti,  qui  Catiliiiam  Massiliam  ire  dictitant, 
non  tarn  hoc  queruntur  quam  verentur.  Nemo  est  istorum 
tam  misericors,  qui  ilium  non  ad  Manlium  quam  ad  Mas- 
siliensis  ire  malit.  Ille  autem,  si  (me  hercule)  hoc  quod  agit 
numquam  antea  cogitasset,  tamen  latrocinantem  se  interfici 
mallet  qnam  exsulem  vivere.  Nunc  yero,  cum  ei  nihil  ad- 
huc  x'^i'aeter  ipsius  voluntatem  cogitationemque  accident, 
nisi  quod  vivis  noUs  Eoma  profectus  est,  optemus  potius  ut 
eat  in  exsilium  quam  queramur.  —  Catil.,  II.  vii. 

Massiliam,  mallet,  nobis,  quera^nur. 

State  briefly  the  occasion  and  subject  of  each  of  the  ora- 
tions against  Catiline. 

3.  Ut  enim  cetera  paria  Tuberoni  cum  Varo  fuissent, — 
honos,  nobilitas,  splendor,  ingenium,  quae  nequaquam  fue- 
runt,  —  hoc  certe  praecipuum  Tuberonis,  quod  justo  cum 
imperio  ex  senatus  consulto  in  provinciam  suam  venerat. 
Hinc  prohibitus  non  ad  Caesarem,  ne  iratus,  non  domum, 
ne  iners,  non  in  aliquam  regionem,  ne  condemnare  causam 
illam  quam  secutus  erat,  videretur :  in  Macedoniam  ad  On. 
Pompei  castra  venit,  in  cam  ipsam  causam  a  qua  erat  rejec- 
tus  injuria.  —  Piio  Ligario,  ix. 

4.  Quod  enim  praemium  satis  magnum  est  tam  benevo- 
lis,  tam  bonis,  tam  fidelibus  servis,  propter  quos  vivit? 
Etsi  id  quidem  non  tanti  est,  quam  quod  propter  eosdem 
non  sanguine  et  volneribus  suis  crudelissimi  inimici  men- 
tem  oculosque  satiavit.  Quos  nisi  manu  misisset,  tormentis 
etiam  dedendi  fucrunt  conservatores  domini,  ultores  scele- 
ris,  defensores  necis.  Hie  vero  nihil  habet  in  his  malis 
quod  minus  moleste  fcrat,  quam,  etiam  si  quid  ipsi  accidat, 
esse  tamen  illis  meritum  praemium  persolutum.  —  Pro  Mi- 
lone,  XXII. 


LATIiT.  271 

CAESAR. 

{For  Course  II.  only.) 

Eodem  tempore  equites  nostri  levisque  armaturae  pedites, 
qui  cum  iis  una  fuerant,  quos  primo  hostium  impetu  pulsos 
dixeram,  cum  se  in  castra  reciperent,  adversis  hostibus 
occurrebant  ac  rursus  aliam  in  partem  f ugam  petebant ;  et 
calones,  qui  ab  decumana  porta  ac  summo  jugo  collis  nostris 
victores  flumen  transire  consj^exerant,  praedandi  causa 
egressi,  cum  respexissent  et  hostes  in  nostris  castris  versari 
yidissent,  praecipites  f ugae  sese  mandabant.  —  B.  G.,  11. 

VIRGIL  {for  All). 
[Course  I.  omit  either  2  or  3.     Course  II.  omit  hotli^ 

1.  "  Nate  dea,  vosque  baec  "  inquit  "  cognoscite,  Teucri, 
Et  mihi  quae  fuerint  juvenali  in  corpore  vires, 

Et  qua  servetis  revocatum  a  raorte  Dareta." 
Dixit,  et  adversi  contra  stetit  ora  juvenci, 
Qui  donum  adstabat  pugnae,  durosque  reducta 
Libra vit  dextra  media  inter  cornua  caestus, 
Arduus,  effractoque  inlisit  in  ossa  cerebro. 
Sternitur  exanimisque  tremens  procumbit  humi  bos. 
Ille  super  tales  effundit  pectore  voces : 
"  Hanc  tibi,  Eryx,  meliorem  animam  pro  morte  Daretis 
Persolvo ;  hie  victor  caestus  artemque  repono." 

Aen".,  V. 
Write  out  the  first  three  lines,  mark  all  the  quantities, 
divide  into  feet,  and  mark  the  ictus  of  every  foot. 

2.  Despectus  tibi  sum,  nee  qui  sim  quaeris,  Alexi, 
Quam  dives  pecoris,  nivei  quam  lactis  abundans. 
Mille  meae  Siculis  errant  in  montibus  agnae  ; 


273  EXAMI^-ATION   PAPERS. 

Lac  mihi  non  aestate  novum,  non  frigore  defit; 
Canto  quae  solitus,  si  quando  armenta  vocabat, 
Amphion  Dircaeus  in  Actaeo  Aracintho. 
Nee  sum  adeo  informis  :  nuper  me  in  litore  vidi, 
Cum  placidam  ventis  staret  mare ;  non  ego  Dapbnim 
Judice  te  metuam,  si  numquam  fallit  imago.  —  EcL.,  11. 

3.  Consumptis  hie  forte  aliis,  ut  vertere  morsus 
Exiguam  in  Cererem  penuria  adegit  edendi 
Et  violare  manu  malisque  audacibus  orbem 
Fataiis  crusti  patulis  nee  parcere  quadris, 
"  Heus,  etiam  mensas  consumimus !  "  inquit  lulus ; 
Nee  plura  adludens.     Ea  vox  audita  laborum 
Prima  tulit  finem,  primamque  loquentis  ab  ore 
Eripuit  pater,  ac  stupefactus  numine  pressit. 

Aen.,  VII. 


AKITHMETIC. 

[Give  all  the  work.     Reduce  each  answer  to  its  simplest 

form.'] 

1.  What  part  of  -^  is  lii±? 

*  i 

2.  What  is  the  cost  of  a  pile  of  wood  whose  dimensions 
are  2, 1.9,  and  42.5  metres,  at  %  2  per  stere  ? 

3.  Find,  by  logarithms,  the  third  power  of  the  fourth 
,      .  12IX.01 

''''  ^^   -tlTl- 

4.  A  and  B  gain  in  business  $5,040,  of  which  A  is  to 
have  ten  per  cent  more  than  B.  What  is  the  share  of 
each  ? 

6.   If  2  cubic  inches  of  iron  weigh  as  much  as  15  cubic 


ALGEBRA.  273 

inches  of  water,  and  a  cubic  foot  of    water  weigh  1000 
ounces,  find  the  weight,  in  tons,  of  a  cubic  yard  of  iron. 

6.  If  12  pipes,  each  dehvering  12  gallons  a  minute,  fill  a 
cistern  in  3  hours  24  minutes,  how  many  pipes,  each  deliv- 
ermg  16  gallons  a  minute,  will  fill  a  cistern  6  times  as  large 
in  6  hours  48  minutes  ? 

7.  How  many  kilometres  make  a  mile  ? 

8.  How  many  bags,  each  containing  2  bu.  1  pk.  3  qt.,  will 
be  required  to  hold  111  bu.  2  pk.  4qt.  of  grain? 

9.  What  is  the  compound  interest  of  $  1  for  143  years, 
allowing  it  to  double  once  in  11  yr.  11  mo.  ? 


ALGEBRA. 

[Give  the  whole  work.] 

1.  Find  the  greatest  common  divisor  and  the  least  com- 
mon multiple  of  {2^da^%^  +  l)  and  {Sla^b*—1),  by  resolv- 
ing each  expression  into  factors. 

2.  Solve  the  equation 
x-{-a       X  —  a_      1  ■'^        _i_       ■'^ 


X  —  a       x-\-  a       X  —  a       x^  —  a^       x  -\-  a 
What  is  the  value  of  a;,  if  6f^  +  7  =  0  ? 

3.  Divide  — -- —  by  — —  ;  and  express  the  result 

25^/«8     ^    21ab.'Ja^ 

without  fractional  or  negative  exponents. 

4.  Solve  the  equations  2x  —  y  =:  21,  2x^  -{-y^  =z  153. 

5.  A  person  buys  some  cloth  for  $  90.  If  he  had  got  two 
yards  more  for  the  same  sum,  the  price  per  yard  would  have 
been  fifty  cents  less.  How  much  did  he  buy,  and  at  what 
price  per  yard  ? 

6.  Find  {a  —  i)^^  by  the  Binomial  Theorem, 


27|t  .  EXAMIi?ATI0I5-    PAPERS. 


»^. 


ADVANCED   ALGEBRA. 

[Give  the  whole  tvork.] 

1.  Solve  the  equations  x^  —  y^z=z  215,  x^ -{- xy -\- 1/ =  43. 

2.  A  certain  number  consists  of  three  digits,  in  arithmet- 
ical progression.  If  it  be  divided  by  the  sum  of  the  digits, 
the  quotient  is  48 ;  but  if  198  be  subtracted  from  it,  the 
digits  are  inverted.     Find  the  number. 

3.  Prove  the  formula  for  the  sum  of  a  geometric  progres- 
sion, in  terms  of  a,  r,  and  n. 

4.  The  first  term  of  a  geometric  progression  is  512,  the 
last  term  is  162,  and  the  sum  is  1562.  Find  the  whole  se- 
ries. Find  also  what  the  sum  of  this  series  would  be,  if 
continued  to  infinity. 

5.  Solve  the  equation  V  (^  +  ^)  —  V ^  ==  V  (^  +  f  )• 

6.  Simplify/^±i  +  ^-Z:l\^i^l±^^  ^"zi!). 

7.  Find  the  greatest  common  divisor  of 

2x^  —  llic^  —  9  and  4a;^  +  llo;*  +  81. 


PLANE   GEOMETRY. 

1.  "When"  are  two  polygons  said  to  be  similar  9  What 
are  similar  arcs  9  similar  segments  9 

2.  If  a  triangle  has  two  sides  equal,  what  is  it  called  ? 
Prove  what  is  true  of  the  angles  opposite  the  equal  sides. 

3.  If,  in  any  triangle,  a  line  be  drawn  parallel  to  the 
base,  it  will  divide  the  other  two  sides  proportionally. 
Prove. 


1  ^'      ' '-      "^^ 

SOLID    GEOMETRY.   ^   V     "'HSIT 


4.  At  a  given  point  in  the  circumference 
tangent  to  the  circle  is  drawn.  What  is  th^ 
angle  between  the  tangent  and  a  chord  drawn  from  the 
point  of  contact  ?  Prove.  What  will  this  angle  be  if  the 
chord  passes  through  the  centre  of  the  circle  ? 

5.  Prove  that  the  perimeters  of  regular  polygons,  of 
the  same  number  of  sides,  are  to  each  other  as  the  radii  of 
the  circumscribed  circles.  State,  without  proving,  what  the 
ratio  of  the  areas  of  the  polygons  is. 

6.  Find  the  area  of  the  circle  in  which  a  square,  each 
side  of  which  is  V^  inches  long;,  can  be  inscribed;  and  then 
find  the  radius  of  a  second  circle  which  shall  be  nine  times 
as  large  as  the  first. 


SOLID   GEOMETRY. 

1.  Define  the  following  terms:  prism;  right  j^fism; 
pentagonal  prism;  altitude  of  a  zo7ie ;  sjyiierical  sector; 
lunar y  surface. 

2.  Given  two  planes  perpendicular  to  each  other,  and  a 
line  in  one  of  them  perpendicular  to  their  common  intersec- 
tion ;  prove  that  the  line  is  perpendicular  to  the  other  phine. 

3.  How  may  the  frustum  of  a  right  cone  be  generated  ? 
How  is  its  convex  surface  found  ?     Give  proof. 

4.  The  altitude  of  a  given  right  cone  is  ten  inches :  how 
far  from  the  vertex  of  the  cone  must  two  planes  be  passed, 
parallel  to  the  base  of  the  cone,  in  order  to  divide  the  lateral 
surface  into  three  equal  parts. 

5.  Prove  that,  if  two  spherical  triangles  on  the  same 
sphere,  or  on  equal  spheres,  are  equiangular  with  respect  to 
each  other,  they  are  also  equilateral  with  respect  to  each 
other.    If  the  radius  of  one  sphere  is  three  times  as  great  as 


276  EXAMIi^-ATION   PAPERS. 

that  of  another,  what  will  be  the  ratio  of  the  sides  of  two 
mutually  equiangular  spherical  triangles,  one  on  one  sphere 
and  the  other  on  the  other  ? 


ANALYTIC    GEOMETRY. 

[Give  the  whole  work.'] 

1.  What  angle  does  the  line  ?/  -|-  4^;  +  2  =  0  make  with 
2?/  +  8a;  =  0?  with4?/=cc?  with  5?/  +  3a;  =  l? 

2.  Which  of  the  four  lines  in  the  previous  question  pass 
through  the  origin,  and  which  do  not  ?     Prove. 

3.  The  general  equation  of  a  circle  referred  to  rectangular 
axes  is  {y  —  w)^+  (x  —  my  ==  r^.  At  what  points  is  the 
circle  whose  radius  is  V~¥">  ^^^  whose  centre  is  at  ( — 3,  — |), 
cut  by  the  line  y-\~\^^0  ? 

4.  Deduce  formulas  for  passing  from  a  rectangular  to  a 
polar  system.  [Denote  the  polar  coordinates  by  /o,  ^  ;  the 
coordinates  of  the  pole  with  reference  to  the  rectangular 
system  by  m, n-,  the  angle  which  the  initial  line  makes  with 
X  by  a.] 

6.  The  equation  of  the  tangent  to  a  circle  is  xx'  +  yy'  =  r'. 
Lines  are  drawn  through  (7,  1)  tangent  to  the  circle 
jc^-|- 1/^  z=  25.    Find  the  points  of  tangency. 

6.  What  is  meant  by  the  parameter  of  a  curve  ?  What 
is  the  parameter  of  1/2  =  2^2;?  Prove.  Of  ay  +  5  V  =  a'^^'' ? 
Prove. 

7.  Explain  in  full  one  method  of  drawing  a  tangent  to  a 
parabola  at  a  given  point  of  the  parabola. 

8.  Find  whether  the  line  4?/  —  3^  =  0  intersects  the  hy- 
perbola by^  —  ^z"^  +  15  =  0,  or  its  conjugate.  What  is  the 
tangent  of  the  angle  which  the  asymptotes  of  this  curve 
make  with  the  axis  of  a;  ? 


PLANE  TRIGOJ^-OMETRY.  277 

PLANE  TKIGONOMETRY. 

[Give  the  whole  worh] 

1.  Tan  x  =  m.  What  is  the  cotangent  of  (180°  —  a;)  ?  of 
(270°  +  a;)  ?  What  angle  in  the  third  quadrant  has  a  cotan- 
gent equal  to  m  ? 

2.  Explain  by  a  figure  the  changes,  both  numerical  and 
algebraic,  through  which  the  sine  of  an  arc  passes,  as  the 
arc  increases  from  0°  to  360°. 

3.  Obtain,  from  fundamental  formulas,  all  the  trigono- 
metric functions  of  the  negative  of  an  angle, 

4.  Solve  the  plane  right  triangle  whose  sides  are  13, 
12,  5. 

5.  Obtain,  from  fundamental  formulas,  an  expression  for 
cot  {x  -{-  y),  in  terms  of  cot  x  and  cot  y. 

6.  Two  angles  of  a  plane  oblique  triangle  are  13°  17'  48" 
and  114°  47'  9",  and  the  included  side  is  0.1493.  Solve  the 
triangle. 

7.  Given,  y  =  c''-\-(P~2cdco^B, 

1  —  cos  a;  ==  2  sin^  ^x, 
s=:^(h  +  c-\-d). 
Find  an  expression  for  sin^  ^B. 

9.  In  the  plane  oblique  triangle  BCD,  explain  in  full  the 
method  of  solution  when  the  sides  c,  d,  and  the  angle  B  are 
given. 


278  EXAMIN^ATION   PAPEES. 


ENGLISH   COMPOSITION. 

YoTJ  are  required  to  write  a  short  English  composition  of 
not  less  than  fifty  lines,  correct  in  spelling,  punctuation, 
grammar,  and  expression.  Make  several  paragraphs.  Take 
one  of  these  subjects  :  — 

An  account  of  the  Trial  in  the  Merchant  of  Venice. 

The  story  of  Fergus  Mac  Ivor,  in  Waverley. 

Prospero's  Life  on  the  Island,  and  how  he  came  there. 


FEENCH. 

1.  Translate  into  English  :  — 

Pendant  le  regno  du  fameux  Cresus,  il  y  avait  en  Lydie- 
un  jeune  homme  bien  fait,  plein  d'esprit,  trds-vertueux,  de 
la  race  des  anciens  rois,  et  devenu  si  pauvre  qu'il  fut  reduit 
a  se  faire  berger.  Se  promenant  un  jour  sur  des  montagnes 
escarpees  oii  il  revait  sur  ses  malheurs  en  menant  son  trou- 
peau,  il  s^assit  au  pied  d'un  arbre  pour  se  delasser.  II  aper- 
f^ut  aupres  de  lui  une  ouverture  etroite  dans  un  rocher.  La 
curiosite  I'engage  a  y  entrer.  II  trouve  une  caverne  large  et 
profonde.  D'abord  il  n'y  voit  goutte;  enfin  ses  yeux  s'ac- 
coutument  a  I'obscurite.  II  entrevoit  dans  une  lueur  sombre 
une  urne  d'or  sur  laquelle  ces  mots  etaient  graves :  "  Ici  tu 
trouveras  I'anueau  de  Gyges.  0  mortel,  qui  que  tu  sois,  a 
qui  les  dieux  destinent  un  si  grand  bien,  montre-leur  que  tu 
n'es  pas  ingrat,  et  garde-toi  d'envier  jamais  le  bonhour 
d'aucun  autre  homme."  II  ouvre  rurne.  trouve  I'anneau.  le 
prend,  et,  dans  le  transport  de  sa  joie  il  laissa  Turne.  qnoi- 
qu'il  fut  tres-pauvre  et  qu'elle  fut  d'un  grand  prix.  II  sort 
de  la  caverne  et  se  hate  d'eprouver  I'anneau  enchante  dont 


ELEMEN^TARY  BOTAliTY.  279 

il  avait  si  souvent  entendu  parler  depuis  son  enfance. — 
Fenelou-. 

2.  State  the  tense  of  the  italicized  yerbs  in  the  above,  and 
give  it  in  full. 

3.  Give  the  principal  tenses  of  venir,  mourir,  valoir, 
prendre.  (Thus,  Ii^F.,  etre;  Pres  Part.,  etant ;  Past 
Part.,  eU ;  Ikd.  Pres.,  je  sins ;  Pret.,  je  fus.) 

4.  Translate  into  French  :  (a)  He  is  the  best  boy  in  the 
school,  {b)  We  read  ^  French  better  than  you  think.^  (c)  I 
do  not  doubt  ^  that  you  will  come,  (d)  We  have  no  more 
money*;  have  the  kindness^  to  send*  us  some. 

1  lire.    »  croire.    »  douter.    *  argent,  m.    ^  bont^,/.    8  envoyer. 


ELEMENTAEY  BOTANY. 

1.  Describe  the  germination  of  a  grain  of  corn,  a  pine- 
seed,  and  an  acorn. 

2.  What  are  buds  ? 

3.  Describe  equitant  leaves. 

4.  What  are  stipules  ? 

5.  What  is  a  leaf -tendril  ? 

6.  How  does  it  differ  from  a  branch-tendril  ? 

7.  In  how  many  ways  may  stamens  be  united  together  ? 

8.  What  is  a  two-lipped  flower  ? 

9.  Describe  the  fruit  of  a  rose,  strawberry,  blackberry, 
apple,  pea,  and  squash. 

10.  Describe  the  leaves  of  this  plant. 


HARVARD  EXAMINATION  PAPERS. 


JUNE,    1876. 


ANCIENT   HISTORY  AND   GEOGRAPHY. 

[Anstver  Jive  questions^  including  the  first.] 

1.  Draw  a  map  of  Italy,  showing  the  position  of  the 
divisions  and  of  the  following  places :  Vercellae,  Beneven- 
tum,  Brundusium,  Nola,  Roma,  Capua,  Antinm,  Ostia,  As- 
culum  Apulum,  Neapolis,  Veil,  Tibur,  Tusculnm,  Taren- 
tum,  Pisa,  Florentia,  Placentia,  Cannae,  Cumae,  Baiae. 

2.  The  alliance  of  Athens  and  Sparta,  464  -  461  b.  c,  and 
its  connection  with  Athenian  politics. 

3.  The  Theban  supremacy. 

4.  Philip  of  Macedon. 

6.   The  expedition  of  Pyrrhus  to  Italy. 

6.  State  the  extent  of  the  Roman  Empire  at  the  time  of 
Augustus.  When  and  how  were  the  various  provinces  sub- 
jected to  Rome? 

7.  Give  some  account  of  the  writers  of  the  Augustan 
age. 

9B1 


282  EXAMIIfATIOI?"    PAPERS. 


MODERN  AND  PHYSICAL  GEOGRAPHY. 


1.  DEFi]srE  latitude  and  lo7igitiide.  What  is  the  latitude 
of  the  Tropic  of  Capricorn  ?  what  that  of  the  Arctic  Circle  ? 
What  countries  of  Europe  are  crossed  by  the  40th  parallel 
of  latitude  ?     Between  what  parallels  does  Australia  lie  ? 

2.  In  what  zone  do  the  three  northern  continents  chiefly 
lie  ?  in  what  the  three  southern  ?  How  do  the  southern 
continents  compare  with  the  northern  in  respect  to  coast 
indentations  and  projections?  What  continent  has  its 
coast  relatively  most  indented?  Name  its  chief  projec- 
tions. 

3.  Describe  the  three  great  river  systems  of  South  Amer- 
ica, naming  the  principal  affluents  of  each.  Name  the  chief 
rivers  of  Siberia,  Chinese  Empire,  India,  and  Burmah,  and 
state  their  courses  and  where  they  empty. 

4.  What  States  and  Territories  of  the  United  States  lie 
wholly  west  of  the  Mississippi  River  ?  Through  what  States 
does  that  river  run  ? 

5.  Name  the  states  of  Europe  and  their  capitals. 

6.  Name  the  chief  cities  of  the  Prussian  and  Austrian 
Empires,  and  give  as  complete  an  account  of  one  of  them  as 
time  will  allow. 

7.  Name  the  larger  East  India  Islands.  Give  some  ac- 
count of  the  physical  character  of  Java,  and  of  its  produc- 
tions. What  large  island  lies  near  the  southern  extremity 
of  Hindostan  ? 

8.  What  mountains  are  included  in  the  Appalachian  sys- 
tem, and  in  what  course,  or  courses,  do  its  chains  run? 
How  do  the  Rocky  and  Appalachian  Mountains  compare  in 
height  and  extent  ?     Name  the  principal  mountain  chains 


GREEK   COMPOSITIOIT.  283 

in  or  adjacent  to  Asia.  Where  do  they  lie,  and  what  are 
their  directions  ?  Name  some  of  the  highest  peaks,  and 
state  their  altitudes. 


GEEEK   COMPOSITION. 

[Do  A  if  you  can  ;  if  not,  do  B  ;  tut  do  not  do  lotTi^ 
A. 

1.  When  Clearchus  saw  the  messengers^  he  asked ^  (them) 

what  they  wished : 

2.  and  they  said  that  they  came  for  the  purpose  of  making 

a  truce,"  being  empowered*  to   announce  the  King's 
(terms)  ^  to  the  Greeks ; 

3.  and  that  they  would  lead  them  (to  a  place)  whence" 

they  could  obtain  [have]  supplies,'  if  there  should  be  a 
truce. 

4.  And  after  having  the  King's  (terms),  Clearchus  asked  if 

the  truce  would  extend  [be]  to  all ; 

5.  and  they  said,  "  To  all,  until  your  (terms)  shall  be  an- 

nounced to  the  King." 

^  ayysXoq^  dyyiXXio.      ^  kptoTau).      •  (ntovdij^  ffnivdetv.      *   Ixavoq. 
®  rd  Tzapd.  ^aaiXimq.      *  o'&ev.     '  iTztTTJdeta. 

B. 

1.  If  we  should  send  arms  to  the  general,  we  think  he 
would  be  grateful  to  us. 

2.  He  seized  the  soldier,  declaring  he  would  inflict  pun- 
ishment on  him  for  his  cowardice. 


284  EXAMIi^-ATION   PAPERS. 

3.  He  said  most  of  the  soldiers  would  have  crossed,  if  the 
enemy  had  not  hindered. 

4.  I  fear  that  it  will  be  necessary  for  me  to  go  with  the 
generals,  in  order  to  see  Menon. 

6.  He  used  to  delay  in  each  city  until  I  arrived. 


GREEK   GRAMMAE. 

1.  Give  Accusative  and  Vocative  singular,  and  Genitive 
and  Dative  plural  of  dtxaffzijq,  y^y^^-,  ^iiov,  (^affdeb^^  ;ra£?,  and 

yXoxuq. 

2.  Decline  the  Greek  words  for  one,  three,  and  both.  De- 
cline riq  in  the  singular,  and  ohroq  in  the  plural. 

3.  Explain  the  formation  of  these  words,  giving  the 
meaning  of  root  and  ending:  ijdiiof;^  r.aidiov^  y^puaioq^  ah\' 
Otbui, 

4.  Give  a  synopsis  of  the  Aorist  Active  of  UItzo)^  and  all 
the  participles  of  ridrjin. 

5.  Where  are  these  verbs  made,  and  from  what  Present 

Indicative  :   -^p^Twv^  nOelai^  fxa66v,  i^ov,  atpeTvat  ? 

6.  What  case  or  cases  regularly  follow,  xarriyopim  (/  ac- 
cuse) ;  ipdo[xai  (I  use) ;  airodeixvuixi  (/  appoint)  ? 

7.  Translate  6  lajxpdrrjq  (^iffr).)  aoipoz  —  6  adrot;  Ewxpdrri<; 
{lazi)  ao(p6z  —  adro^  6  Zioxpdrrjq  {^iarX)  ffocpoq. 

Translate,  This  man;  every  man;  another  man;  most 
men. 

8.  What  time,  relatively  to  the  main  verb,  does  the  Infin 
itive  express  in  the  following  phrases :  <p7)a\v  Udslv  j  ^ouXerat 
iXOelv  J  del  touto  -noujoat'^. 


GREEK   PROSE.  285 


GEEEK  PKOSE. 

[iV.  B.  Those  lolio  offer  the  Greeh  Reader  tvill  tahe  2,  3,  4. 
Those  luho  off^er  four  hooks  of  the  Anabasis  and  the  Sev- 
enth Book  of  Herodotus  tvill  take  1,  2,  5.  Candidates  in 
Course  IL  tvill  take  1  and  2,  or  2  atid  3.] 

1.  Translate  :  — 

npoi^  Tobra  /israffravTsq  ol  "EXXriveq  ilSouXsuovro  xai  dTrexpivavro  ' 
Kliap'/^oq  (5'  e?.eYev.  "Hixelr;  oure  ffU'^TJAdo/xev  wq  (^affdeT  TZoAe/JLij- 
ffovT£<;,  OUTS  ^Ttopeuo/jLeOa  i:~).  (^aaiUa '  dkld  TzoXXdq  -Kpoipdaeiq 
Kopoq  eupcffxavj  oj<:  xai  (TU  eo  o}<jOa^  ha  bixdq  re  dTzapaaxsudarouq 
Xd/^ot  xat  ijp.dq  ivOdds  d^aydyoc.  'Etzs).  pivzot  ijdrj  iiopw/iev  abrov 
kv  deivoj  ovza^  fjff^ov67)p.£v  xai  Ozooq  xai  dvOp(jJ~ooz  r.po^owai  ahxo'^^ 
iv  Tip  TzpoaOsM  ypovip  Tzapiyjr^Tzq  rjl-tdq  avrooq  ev  Trotslv.  ^rzsl  dk 
Kupoq  riOvTixev^  uure  jSaffiXs't  avriTzocou/xsOa  rrjq  dpyT^q,  uur  ifftiv 
OToo   svsxa  ^ouXuiiis0'   dv    r^v    /SaffcXiiuq    ycupav    xaxwq    Ttoielv.  — 

Ai^^AB.,  IL  iii.  21-23. 

Explain  the  tense  of  TtoXsfnjffovrsq  and  the  case  of  fiaffdei 
(line  2) ;  construction  of  Tzpoadtv  (line  7),  of  ovxa  (line  6), 
of  TzoisXv  (line  7),  and  of  oxou  (line  9). 

2.  Translate  :  — 

^Axobaaq  dk  Ev^offcbv  eXeysv  ore  opOcoq  r^rtihvrG^  xa).  abrb  rb  epyov 
auTolq  iiapropoiri.  AXX^  ^^w,  eipri^rj^ayxaffdriv  dccoxecv^  iTzeidi]  icupwu 
ijixdq  iv  tw  /li^stv  xaxdJq  fikv  TtdffyoMrac^  dvriTzotsTv  ^  obdkv  dova.pi- 
vooq.  "Enetdrj  de  idccoxo/xs^,  dXrjd/j,  'icprj^  bjxtlq  Xiytrt.  xaxwq  pkv 
yap  Ttocelv  obSkv  ixdXXuv  eduvd/xsOa  robq  TToXe/xcouq^  avtyiDpoofxtv  dk 
Trdvu  yaXeizaJq.  Toiq  ouv  Oeolq  ydptq  on  ob  abv  tcoXXtj  pcofxri  dXXd 
(Tuv  oXiyoiq  rjXOov  '   iuars  (^Xdd'at  pkv  pi)  /xsydXa^  SrjXwcrat   ds  ojv  deo- 

fisOa. — A:n^ab.,  hi.  iii.  12-14. 

In  what  voice,  mood,  and  tense,  and  from  what  verbs,  are 
i^rtibvTOj  ktopwvj  iduvdps^a,  and  dvsyujpobpev  ?    Explain  the  con- 


286  EXAMIXATIOl!T   PAPERS. 

Struction  of  iiapropoir],  [lively^  rAay^ovTaq^  and  drjlaxTat^  and  the 

case  of  TzoAe/jicouq  and  of  oJy  (last  line). 

3.  Translate : — 

Kai  Tzpwrov  jxh  abrw'^  Iffxo-nst^  TLurepd  ttots  voiiicravreq  Ixawaiq 
r^drj  xw^Opch-iva  ecdi'^ac,  sp^ovrai  i-)  to  izepi  rwv  toioutojv  ^po'^zi- 
Ccfv,  7]  rd  [xkv  w^dp(h-v>a  Tzaphr^q^  rd  daiiio'^ta  de  ffxoTtowTtq^  ijYodv- 
rat  rd  7:po<j-qy.ovza  Trpdrretv.  idabixa^s  de  el  fiij  ipavepbv  abzolq 
iffTiv,  art  raura  ou  du^arov  iffziv  dv6p(67toc<^  eopelv '  i-e).  xai  roue 
[xiytazoM  <ppo\>ubvzaq  imzoi  Tzep)  toutojv  Xiyeiv  ov  rabzd  do^d^eiu 
dXXrJAoi'^y  dXXd  zoJ(q  p.aivofxivoi<;  6p.oi(iiq  diaxelffdat  Tcpoq  dXXrjXoui;.  — 
Memor.,  I.  i.  12,  13. 

Explain  the  case  of  auzwv  (first  line)  and  of  [laivuixivoiq, 
and  the  construction  of  ^po'^zt^etv.  In  what  voiee  and  tense, 
and  from  what  verb,  is  r.apivzeq  ?  How  is  its  meaning  here 
related  to  that  of  the  simple  verb  ? 

4.  Translate  :  — 

'i2<?  di  ff(pi  dcezizaxzo  xai  zd  ff^dyta  iytvezo  xaXd^  hOabza  wq 
dizeiOr^aav  ol  ^AOrjvaToij  dp6/j.aj  hvzo  i<q  rou^  ^ap[idpou<q.  -qaav  de 
Gzddiui  obx  ild(T<To\teq  zd  p-ezai^inov  abzwv  5y  Cxzw.  ol  de  Ilipaat 
opiovzec:  dpojjLO}  iTTiovza^j  TzapeaxeodZovzo  wq  de^6[xevoi  *  fiaviTjv  zs 
zolffi  ^Ad-qvaioiffi  iizifepov  xai  T^dy^u  6Xe0pi-^v^  opiovzeq  abzohq  6Xi- 
yooq^  xaX  zobzouq  dp6fj.a)  ineiyofjiivooq^  ouze  Itztzoo  urrap^obffTjq  a^i 
ooze  zo^eu/idziov.  zauza  fxiv  vuv  ol  ^dpjSapoi  xazeixa^ou  '  ^Adrjvaloc 
de,  inet  ze  dOpoot  Tzpoffifii^av  zolfft  ^ap^dpoiai^  i/xd^ovzo  d^iwq 
Xoynu.  TzpaJzoi  fiev  ydp  '^EXXijvtov  itdvztov  rwv  7j[xelq  cdfiev  dpo/xo)  iq 
TcoXe/Mouq  kypyjffa'^zo^  Tcpwzoc  de  dviay^ovzo  kffdTjzd  ze  Mrjdtxijv  opi- 
ovzeq,  xa).  zuuq  w^dpaq  zabz-qv  iff07jp.ivouq  '  ziioq  de  ^v  zolffc  "EXXrjffc 
xa).  zd  ouvofxa  zd  Mrjdcuv  (po^oq  dxobffai.  —  HeROD.,  VI.  112. 

Give  the  Attic  forms  for  dTzeid-qaav  (from  what  verb  ?), 

dpiovzeq,  ixavirjv^  and  ovvofia. 

5.  Translate:  — 

Aaxedatfioviwv  de  xdi  Seffiziiwv  zotouzwv  yevofiivcDv^  ofiwq  Xiyezat 
apiazoq  dvijp  yeviadai  I'TrapztTJzrjq^  Atr^vixrjq^  zov  zode  (paai  eiitelv  zd 


GKEEK   POETRY.  387 

% 
eroc  T^piv  ^  fforipj^ai  (T<p£aq  rolfft  Mijdoiat  '  7To66fisvov  Ttpoq  t£v  tBv 

Tpr)'/^tviu)v  wq^  kneav  ol  ^dp/Sapoi   d:zciw<Tt   rd  ro^so/xaraj  rov  -qXtov 

Ono  rod  TrXrjO^ot:   rwv   d'iffruJv   d7zoy,pv-KToo(n,  —  togooto   zt  TrXr^Ooq 

adrcHv  elvat.     rov  dk  ohx  IxizXayhra  robxoiai  ei-TzsTv,  iv  aXoyirj  ttoisu- 

fievov  TO  Twv  Mrjdwv  TzXT/doq,  oj-z  TtdvTa  a<pt  ayadd  6  Tprj^ivtoq  ^£ivoq 

dyyiXXoty  ei,  drzoxpuTzzovTajv  raJv  Mijdcov  rov  'qXiov,  utzo   g/.(.7j  iaotro 

Tzpoq  aoTOix:  ij  p.d^7jy  xai  oux  iv  ijXia).  —  HeROD.,  VII.  226. 

Give  the  Attic  forms  for  rov  (line  2),  rew,  iizedv,  dTziiujat 
(from  what  verb  ?),  and  dXoyir^. 


GREEK  POETRY. 

[Tou  are  advised  to  do  the  translation  first,  and  answer  the 
questio7is  {a — /)  afterward.  Candidates  in  Course  II. 
will  do  the  translation  in  1  and  2,  and  answer  the  ques- 
tions (a),  (ii),  (c),  and  (e).] 

1.   Translate : — 

eIo<?  6  Toud^  &pixaiv£  xard  (ppiva  xai  xard  ^ujnovj 
iXxsTo  §'  ix  xoXeoTo  [xiya  ^{(poq,  i]X\^s  S"  'A^/iJMi^ 
obpavod^sv '   Tzpb  ydp  yjxs  d^sd,  XsuxwXevoq  "Hp-q^ 
aix(pio  o/xioq  ^ufxai  <ptXiouffd  re  x7]8ofxi>rj  re. 
ffrrj  d'  07rt&£v,  ^avd^r^q  de  zo/ziyr  e'Ae  IlTjXeiiuvaj 
Oi'w  (paivo[xivq  '   TWV  d'  aXXiov  ob  riq  opdro. 
SdfiljTjffsv  d'  A^iXevq,  fierd  d*  irpdnst^  abrixa  S'  eyvat 
IlaXXdd'  ^Ai9r)vaci^v  '   deivo)  Si  ol  offffs  ^dav^sv. 

II.,  I.  193  -  200. 

(a)  Divide  the  last  two  verses  into  feet.    Designate  any 
one  of  these  eight  verses  that  has  the  ferninine  caesura. 

(b)  Who  first  collected  the  poems  of  Homer  in  their 
present  form  ?    What  is  the  theme  of  the  Iliad? 


288  EXAMIK^ATIOlir    PAPERS. 

# 

2.  Translate : — 

Twv  d\  ibq  T  Sp'^id-wv  TteTer^vaiv  et^vea  TZoXXd, 
yrjvwv  rj  yepdviov  ^  xoy.vwv  douXc^o8ecpa)v, 
^AffioJ  ^v  Xetiiwviy  KavffTpiou  dptpi  pie^^pa, 
evd-a  '/cai  ev^a  Tzorw^^rat  dyaXXoixtva  -KrspoyzfffftVy 
xXayyrjdw  ■Kpozad^L^ovzoj'^,  (riiapayzl  xt  XttpdiVj 
wq  rujv  i&vea  TzoXXd  veibv  arto  xal  xXiffidiov 
ic  Tcsdioy  7:po'/_iovTo  Zxa/id^dptov  '   abrdp  uizb  ^i^cbv 
fffLepdaXiov  xovdjSc^e  TZodCbv  aurcbv  re  xai  'iTtTZwv. 

Iliad,  IL  459-466. 

(c)  Write  the  Attic  forms  of  uvpav6i%v  and  (pda^^dsv  in  the 
first  passage,  and  give  the  derivation  of  pie^'/pa  and  xXayyrjdov 
in  the  second. 

(d)  Attic  for  ol  in  the  last  verse  of  the  third  passage  ? 

3.  Translate : — 

^'  Zed  Tzdrspy  06  re:  ffs~io  iS-swv  oXocorspoq  aXXoq. 
^  T  kipdji-qv  riaaff^^ai  ^AXiqavdpov  xaxorrjroq ' 
vuv  Si  [xot  iv  yeipsaaiv  ayTj  ^ic>oq^  ix  di  fioi  syyoq 
TJiX^^T)  TzaXdixTifiv  iruxnovj  ouok  dd/iaffffa," 

^  xot  kiiat'^ai:  xopud^uq  Xd[iev  [7:7:0 daffstr^q, 
iXxs  §'  i7:((Trpi(pa<;  psT  iuxv7Jfj.cdaq  'Ayaiuoq  ' 
ciyys  di  fj.iv  7:oXux£(TToq  l/j.dq  d7:aXrjV  67:0  detp-qv^ 
oq  ol  vt:  dvf^epeajvoe;  o'/^ehq  riraro  rpucpaXeiT)^. 

Iliad,  111.365-372. 

(e)  State  in  the  order  of  their  occurrence  the  details  of  a 
sacrifice  as  described  by  Homer  in  Books  both  I.  and  II.  of 
the  Iliad. 

(/)  "What  is  the  meaning  of  the  phrase,  p-qpoOq  r  IH^a- 
liov  ?    What  were  the  a7:Xdyxva  ? 


LATI2S    GKAMMAR.  289 

LATIN   COMPOSITION. 

Translate  into  Latin  :  — 

1.  The  ninth  year  after  ^  the  expulsion  of  the  kings,^ 
when  Tarquin's  son-in-law  '  had  collected  *  a  mighty  ^  army 
for  avenging*  his  father-in-law's^  wrong,^  a  new  dignity* 
was  created  "  at  Eome,  which  is  called  "  the  dictatorship/^ 
—  greater  than  the  consulship.^^  The  same  year  a  master 
of  the  horse,  too,  was  appointed,"  to  be-under-the-orders- 
of  ^^  the  dictator. 

2.  To  the  Sabines  begging  ^^  the  dictator  and  the  senate 
to  give  pardon"  for  their  "  mistake ^^  to  men  who  "  were 
young. ^°  answer  was  made  ^^  that  the  young  could  ^^  be  par- 
doned,^^  the  old^^  could  not  be  pardoned. 

1  post  (with  participle  orea:r<7o).  2  rex.  3  gener.  *  colligo.  ^  ingens.  «  viri' 
dico.  '  socer.  s  iniuria.  ^  dignitas.  10  creo.  "  appello.  ^  dictatura.  i^  consu- 
latus.  "  Jio.  15  obsequor.  i^  oro.  "  venia.  is  omit.  ^^  error.  20  adulescens. 
"  respondeo.    22  possum.    23  ignosco.    24  senex. 

Translate  into  English:  — 

A.  Postumius  dictator,  T.  Aebutius  magister  equitum 
magnis  copiis  peditum  equitumque  profecti  ad  lacum  Regil- 
lum  in  agro  Tusculano  agmini  hostium  occurrerunt ;  et  quia 
Tarquinios  esse  in  exercitu  Latinorum  auditum  est,  sustineri 
ira  non  potuit,  quin  extemplo  confligerent. 


LATIN   GEAMMAE. 

1.  Maek  the  quantity  of  the  penult  and  ultima  of  each 
of  the  following  words  :  custodis,  radices,  decorus,  fidei, 
veni  (Imperat.),  fieri,  circumdare,  liceret. 


290  EXAMINATION   PAPERS. 

2.  Indicate,  by  English  spelling,  the  proper  pronuncia- 
tion of  eacli  syllable  of  the  following  sentence :  Gains  lu' 
lius  Caesar  muUas  nationes  vicit. 

3.  Give  rule  for  the  gender  of  palus,  decus,  Tenedos. 

4.  Decline  ego  ;  filia  quaedam  ;  vetus  miles  ;  alia  manus, 

5.  Compare  malus,  dives,  Wber.  Form  and  compare  ad- 
verbs from  audax,  durus,  lihens, 

6.  State  where  each  of  the  following  forms  is  made,  and 
give  principal  parts  of  the  verb  to  which  it  belongs :  iaceret, 
pad  us,  dedidisses,  oderit,  fug  em,  arcessit,  sec  eras,  ])ei)erity 
gaudet,  sanximus. 

7.  Give  a  synopsis  {i.  e.  one  form  for  every  tense  in  each 
mood,  besides  Participles,  etc.)  oieo;  of  the  tenses  formed 
on  the  Perfect  stem  otpello.  Inflect  the  Fut.  Indie,  of  doceo 
and  fero,  and  the  Pres.  Subj.  oifacio  and  sto,  in  both  voices. 
Give  all  the  participles  of  labor. 

8.  What  is  the  root  of  amo  9  of  frango  9  of  paciscor  f 
Show  how  the  three  stems  of  each  verb  are  formed  from  the 
root. 

9.  Separate  each  of  the  following  words  into  its  compo- 
nent parts,  —  stem,  suffix,  —  and  give  the  meaning  of 
each :  similitudo,  documentum,  particula,  deditio,  Jlebilis, 
nosco. 

10.  "What  case  or  cases  follow  oh,  sub  ;  rogare,  imperare, 
donare,  potiri,  piaenitere  ;  peritus,  similis,  digitus  9  Write 
in  Latin :  at  Athens  ;  he  came  to  Rome  by  the  Appian  way  ; 
he  is  not  believed  in  this  by  his  friends. 


LATiiir.  291 


CAESAR,    SALLUST,    AND   OVID. 

[iV!  B.  Each  candidate  is  expected  to  translate  the  first  and 
one  other  piece  of  verse  ;  also  tfie  first  a,nd  one  other  of 
prose ;  and  to  answer  all  the  questions.  Any  candidate 
who  has  read  no  0\dd  can  oUain  a  suhstitute  paper  in 
verse  hy  application  at  once  to  the  Examiner. '\ 

Translate  :  — 

I.  Nee  tibi  quadrupedes  animosos  ignibus  illis, 

Quos  in  pectore  habent,  quos  ore  et  naribus  eJBflant, 
In  promptu  regere  est.     Vix  me  patiuntur,  ubi  acres 
Incaluere  animi,  cervixque  repugnat  habenis. 
At  tu,  funesti  ne  sim  tibi  muneris  auctor, 
Nate,  cave,  dum  resque  sinit,  tua  corrige  vota. 
Scilicet  ut  nostro  genitum  te  sanguine  credas, 
Pignora  certa  petis.     Do  pignora  certa  timendo, 
Et  patrio  pater  esse  metu  prober.    Aspice  vultus 
Ecce  meos.    Utinamque  oculos  in  pectora  posses 
Inserere,  et  patrias  intus  deprendere  curas ! 
II.  Hunc  ego,  me  Cyclops  nulla  cum  fine  petebat : 
Nee,  si  quaesieris,  odium  Cyclopis,  amorne 
Acidis  in  nobis  fuerit  praesentior,  edam  : 
Par  utrumque  fuit.     Pro  quanta  potentia  regni 
Est,  "Venus  alma,  tui !  nempe  ille  inmitis  et  ipsis 
Horrendus  silvis,  et  visus  ab  hospite  nullo 
Inpune,  et  magni  cum  dis  contemptor  Oljmpi, 
Quid  sit  amor,  sentit,  nostrique  cupidine  captus 
Uritur,  oUitus  pecorum  antrorumque  suorum. 
III.  Victor  abes.     Nee  scire  mihi,  quae  causa  morandi, 

Aut  in  quo  lateas  ferrous  orbe,  licet. 
Quisquis  ad  haec  vertit  peregrin  am  littora  puppim, 

Ille  mihi  de  te  multa  rogatus  abit : 


292  EXAMIiqATIOIT   PAPERS. 

Quamque  tibi  reddat,  si  te  laodo  viderit  usquam, 
Traditur  huic  digitis  cliarta  novata  meis. 

Nos  Pylon,  aiitiqui  Neleia  Nestoris  arva, 
Misimiis.     Incerta  est  fama  remissa  Pylo. 

IV.  Aut  semel  in  nostras  quoniam  nova  puppis  liarenas 

Venerat,  andaces  attuleratque  yiros, 
Isset  anhelatos  non  praemedicatus  in  ignes 

Immemor  Aesonides  oraque  adnnca  bourn, 
Semina  sevisset,  totidem  sevisset  et  hostes, 

Et  caderet  cultu  cultor  ab  ipse  suo. 
Quantum  perfidiae  tecum,  scelerate,  perisset, 

Dempta  forent  capiti  quam  7nala  multa  meo ! 

(a)  Divide  into  feet  the  second  line  in  each  piece  trans- 
lated, marking  the  quantity  of  every  syllable  and  ictus  of 
every  foot,  (h)  Show  how  the  metre  helps  to  determine  the 
meaning  of  any  two  of  the  words  in  italics. 

Translate  :  — 

1.  Veneti  reliquaeque  item  civitates  cognito  Oaesaris  ad- 
veutu  certiores  facti,  simul  quod  quantum  in  se  facinus  ad- 
7nisissent  intelligebant,  legates,  quod  nomen  ad  omnes  na- 
tiones  sanctum  inviolatumque  semper  fuisset,  retentos  a  se 
et  in  vincula  conjectos,  pro  magnitudine  periculi  bellum 
parare  et  maxime  ea  quae  ad  usum  navium  pertinent  pro- 
videre  instituunt,  hoc  majore  spe  quod  multum  natura  loci 
confidebant. 

2.  Vix  agmen  novissimum  extra  munitiones  processerat, 
quum  Galli  cohortati  inter  se  ne  speratam  praedam  ex  man- 
ibus  dimittereut,  longum  esse  perterritis  Komanis  Germa- 
norum  auxilium  exspectare,  neque  suam  parti  dignitatem  ut 
tantis  copiis  tarn  exiguam  manum,  praesertim  fugientem 
atque  impeditam,  adoriri  non  audcant,  iiumen  transire  et 
iniquo  loco  committere  non  dubitant.    Quae  fore  suspicatus 


LATm.  29a 

Labienus,  ut  omnes  citra  flumen  eliceret  eadem  usus  simu- 
latione  itineris,  placide  progrediebatur. 

3.  Ceterum  juventus  pleraque,  sed  maxime  nobilinm,  Ca- 
tilinae  inceptis  favebat;  quibas  in  otio  Tel  magnifice  vel 
molliter  yivere  copia  erat,  incerta  pro  certis,  bellum  qnam 
pacem  malebant.  Fuere  item  ea  tempestate  qui  crederent 
M.  Licinium  Crassum  non  ignarum  ejus  consili  fuisse;  quia 
Cn.  Pompeius  invisus  ipsi  magnum  exercitum  ductabat, 
cujusvis  opes  yoluisse  contra  illius  potentiam  crescere ; 
simul  confisum,  si  conjuratio  valuisset,  facile  apud  illos 
principem  se  fore. 

4.  Ita  compositis  rebus  in  loca  quam  maxime  occulta  dis- 
cedit,  ac  post  paulo  cognoscit  Marium  ex  itinere  frumenta- 
tum  cum  paucis  cohortibus  Siccam  missum,  quod  oppidum 
primum  omnium  post  malam  pngnam  ab  rege  defecerat. 
Eo  cum  delectis  equitibus  noctu  pergit,  et  jam  egredienti- 
bus  Eomanis  in  porta  puguam  facit;  simul  magna  voce 
Siccenses  hortatur  uti  cohortes  ab  tergo  circumveniant ; 
fortunam  illis  pracclari  facinoris  casum  dare;  si  id  fecerintf 
postea  sese  in  regno,  illos  in  libertate  sine  metu  aetatem. 
acturos. 

(a)  What  was  the  extent  of  Caesar's  province  ?  What 
was  the  place  to  which  his  attention  was  direcied  on  first 
crossing  the  Alps  ?  (h)  Give  the  syntax  of  the  words  in 
italics  in  (1)  and  in  any  one  of  the  other  prose  pieces. 


294  EXAMINATION    PAPEKS. 


CICEKO  AND  VIEGIL. 

[Each  candidate  will  do  Uoo  selections  of  prose  and  two  of 

poetry,  with  the  questions  attached  to  each. 
Candidates  in  Course  11.  will  substitute  the  passage  from 

Caesar  for  their  second  selection  in  poetry. 
Those  who  do  not  select  1  will  he  presumed  not  to  have  read 

Cato  Major. 
Explain  the  construction  of  the  words  printed  below  each 

passage.] 

1.  QuiK  etiam  memoriae  proditum  est,  cum  Atlienis  liidis 
qnidam  in  theatrum  grandis  natu  venisset,  magno  consessu 
locum  nusquam  ei  datum  a  suis  civibus;  cum  autem  ad 
Lacedaemonios  accessisset,  qui,  legati  cum  essent,  certo  in 
loco  consederant,  consurrexisse  omnes  illi  dicuntur  et  senem 
sessum  reeepisse.  —  Cat.  Maj.,  18. 

Athenis,  ludis,  essent,  sessum. 

2.  Quern  enim  imperatorem  possumus  ullo  in  numero 
putare,  cujus  in  exercitu  centuriatus  veneant  atque  venie- 
rint?  Quid  liunc  hominem  magnum  aut  amplum  de  re 
publica  cogitare,  qui  pecuniam,  ex  aerario  depromptam  ad 
bellum  admiuistrandum,  aut  propter  cupiditatem  provinciae 
magistratibus  diviserit,  aut  propter  avaritiam  Komae  in 
quaestu  reliquerit  ?  —  Leg.  Mai^".,  37. 

Cogitare,  admiiiistrandum,  diviserit, 

3.  Vidimus  tuam  victoriam  proeliorum  exitu  termina- 
tam :  gladium  vagina  vacuum  in  urbe  non  vidimus.  Quos 
amisimus  civis,  eos  Martis  vis  perculit,  non  ira  victoriae; 
ut  dubitare  debeat  nemo  quin  multos,  si  fieri  posset,  0.  Cae- 
sar ab  inferis  excitaret,  quoniam  ex  eadem  acie  conservat 
quos  potest.      Alterius  vero  partis  nihil  amplius  dicam 


LATIJT.  295 

qnam  (id  quod  omnes  yerebamur)  nimis  iracundam  futuram 
fuisse  victoriam.  —  Peo  Marc,  17. 
Vagina,  exc  itaret,  futu  ram  fuisse. 

4.  Volturcius  yero  subito  litteras  proferri  atqne  aperiri 
jubet,  qiias  sibi  a  Lentulo  ad  Oatilinam  datas  esse  dicebat. 
Atque  ibi  vehementissime  perturbatas  Lentulus  tamen  et 
signum  et  maniini  suam  cognoyit.  Erant  autem  [scriptae] 
sine  nomine  sed  ita:  Qui  sim  scies  ex  eo  quern  ad  te  mist. 
Cura  ut  vir  sis,  et  cogita  quern  in  locum  sis progressus ;  vide 
ecquid  tibi  jam  sit  necesse,  et  cura  ut  om7iium  tibi  auzilia 
adjungas,  etiam  injimorum.  —  Oat.,  III.  12. 

Sim,  adjungas. 

5.  Itaque,  credo,  si  ciyis  Eomanns  Arcbias  legibus  non 
esset,  lit  ab  aliquo  imperatore  ciyitate  donaretur  perficere 
non  potiiit.  Sulla  cum  Hispanos  donaret  et  Gallos,  credo 
hunc  petentem  repudiasset :  quern  nos  in  contione  yidimus, 
cum  ei  libellum  mains  poeta  de  populo  subjecisset,  quod 
epigramma  in  eum  fecisset,  tantummodo  alternis  versibus 
longiusculis,  statim  ex  eis  rebus  quas  tunc  yendebat  jubere 
ei  praemium  tribui,  sed  ea  condicione,  ne  quid  postea  scri- 
beret.  —  Pro  Arch.,  25. 

Repudiasset,  scriheret,  donaret.  Explain  the  eircumstan- 
ces  of  this  oration. 

6.  Jamque  adeo  donati  omnes  opibusque  superbi 
Puniceis  ibant  eyincti  tempo ra  taenis, 

Cum  saevo  e  scopulo  multa  yix  arte  reyolsus, 
Amissis  remis  atque  ordine  debilis  uno, 
Inrisam  sine  honore  ratem  Sergestus  agebat. 
Qualis  saepe  yiae  deprensus  in  aggere  serpens, 
Aerea  quern  obliquum  rota  transiit,  aut  grayis  ictu 
Seminecem  liquit  saxo  lacerumque  yiator, 
Nequiquam  longos  fugiens  dat  corpore  tortus, 
Parte  ferox,  ardensque  oculis,  et  sibila  colla 


296  EXAMIi^-ATIOIT   PAPERS. 

Arduusattollens;  pars  Yolnere  clauda  retentat 
Nexantem  nodis  seque  in  sua  membra  plicantem : 
Tali  remigio  navis  se  tarda  movebat.  —  Aen".,  V.  268. 
Write  out  the  first  and  fifth  lines,  marking  feet  and  cae- 
sura.    Give  the  argument  of  this  book. 

7.  Tu  mihi  seu  magni  superas  Jam  saxa  Timavi, 
Sive  Oram  Illyrici  legis  aequoris,  en  erit  umquam 
Ille  dies,  mihi  cum  liceat  tua  dicere  facta  ? 

En  erit,  ut  liceat  totum  mihi  ferre  per  orbem 
Sola  Sophocleo  tua  carmina  digna  cothurno  ? 
A  te  principium,  tibi  desinam:  accipe  jussis 
Carmina  coepta  tuis,  atque  hanc  sine  tempora  circum 
Inter  victrices  hederam  tibi  serpere  laurus. 

Ec,  VIII.  6. 
Explain  allusions  in  cotliurno,  hederam.     Write  out  the 
first  line,  marking  feet  and  caesura. 

8.  Parte  alia  ventis  et  dis  Agrippa  secundis 
Arduus  agmen  agens ;  cui,  belli  insigne  superbum, 
Tempora  navali  fulgent  rostrata  corona. 

Hinc  ope  barbarica  variisque  Antonius  armis, 
Victor  ab  Aurorae  populis  et  litore  rubro, 
Aegyptum  virisque  Orientis  et  ultima  secum 
Bactra  vehit ;  sequiturque,  ncfas  !     Aegyptia  coniunx. 
Una  omnes  mere,  ac  totum  spumare  reductis 
Convolsum  remis  rostrisque  tridentibus  aequor. 

Ae.,  VIII.  682. 
Explain  allusion  in  the  whole  passage ;  in  coiijunx. 

9.  Dum  in  his  locis  Caesar  navium  parandarum  causa 
moratur,  ex  magna  parte  Morinorum  ad  eum  legati  vene- 
runt,  qui  se  de  superioris  temporis  consilio  excusarent,  quod 
homines  barbari  et  nostrae  consuetudinis  imperiti  helium 
populo  Romano  fecissent,  seque  ea,  quae  imperasset,  factu- 
ros  pollicerentur.     Hoc  sibi  satis  opportune  Caesar  acci- 


AEITHMETIC.  297 

disse  arbitratus,  quod  neqiie  post  tergnm  "hostem  relin- 
quere  volebat,  neque  belli  gerendi  propter  anni  tempus 
facultatem  habebat,  neque  has  tantularum  rerum  occupar 
tiones  sibi  Britanniae  anteponendas  judicabat,  magnum  his 
obsidum  numerum  imperat.  —  B.  G.,  IV.  22. 
Excusarent,  imper asset. 


AEITHMETIC. 

[Give  all  the  worh.     Give  each  answer  in  its  simplest  form.'] 

1.  How  many  hectares  make  a  square  mile  ?  Use  loga- 
rithms (if  you  desire)  in  the  computation. 

2.  Divide,  by  means  of  logarithms,  — ?  by  v  0.9. 

3.  What  is  the  ratio  of  15  A.  1  R.  2  P.  to  2f  times  2  A. 
3  R.  4  P.  ? 

4.  Divide  $  460  into  three  parts  which  shall  be  to  each 
other  as  J,  f ,  and  }. 

5.  What  are  the  prime  factors  of  1716?  How  many  in- 
tegral divisors  has  this  number,  and  what  are  they  '■  What 
is  the  smallest  integer  by  which  this  number  can  be  multi- 
plied, so  that  the  product  shall  be  a  square  ? 

6.  A  man  paints  two  sides  of  a  wall  7  feet  high  in  31 
hours  6  minutes  40  seconds.  If  he  can  paint  4  square  yards 
in  an  hour,  how  long  is  the  wall  ? 

7.  A  man  sells  flour  at  $  6.50  a  barrel,  and  gains  10  per 
cent.  What  per  cent  would  he  gain  if  he  sold  the  flour  for 
$  8.25  a  barrel  ? 

8.  In  what  time  will  %  4,500,  at  5  per  cent,  gain  %  181.25  ? 

9.  Find  the  cube  root  of  1027243.729. 


298  EXAMIKATIOK    PAPERS. 

ALGEBRA, 

COUESE   I. 

[  Write  legibly  and  ivitlioiU  crowding  ;  give  the  wliole  work , 
and  reduce  the  answers  to  their  simplest  forms.'] 

1.  Divide  IQxhj  —  {l^xh/  +  llxif  —  6  {y^  +  Sa;*)] 
by  —  2a;^  —  bxy  —  3^^. 

2.  A  merchant  who  had  two  brands  of  flour  sold  a  bar* 
rels  of  the  first  and  h  barrels  of  the  second  at  an  average 
price  of  c  dollars  per  barrel ;  and,  at  the  same  rates,  he  sold 
m  barrels  of  the  first  and  n  barrels  of  the  second  at  an  aver- 
age price  of  p  dollars  per  barrel.  Pind  the  price  of  each 
brand. 

3.  Solve  the  equation =  -^— . 

7n^p  {x  -)-  a)  7iyx 

4.  Two  men,  A  and  B,  set  out  at  the  same  time  on  the 
same  walking  journey,  in  opposite  directions;  A  to  go  from 
M  to  A,  and  B  to  go  from  A  to  if.  When  they  meet,  the 
distance  that  A  has  already  gone  exceeds  that  which  B  has 
gone  by  100  miles,  and  it  is  found  that  A  will  require  8  days 
more  to  reach  A,  while  B  will  require  18  days  more  to 
reach  M.  Required,  the  distance  M  A,  and  the  rate  of  each 
traveller. 

^    T,.  .,    2  3  2x—d  ,  16  62:  — 1 

5.  Divide  -  — by 


X       2x—  1     4.x''— 1        2x  +  l 

x'^-i-x 10 

6.  Reduce  — — to  its  lowest  terms. 


5,       4,,.„  6,-vrrB 


7.   Divide  (^"-yJl!  by  ^^ 


Write  out  [x  —  y)^. 


ADVANCED    ALGEBRA.  299 

ADVANCED  ALGEBRA. 

[  Give  the  wliole  wor/l'.] 

1.  What  is  the  meaning  of  a;3^?  Of  a;%?  Oi  x^^? 
Show  that  such  meaning  may  jiroperly  be  given  to  such 
expressions.  What  is  the  continued  product  of  these  three 
quantities  ? 

2.  Find  four  values  of  x  in  the  equation 

x^  +  -  =  a^  +  -. 

x^  a^ 

3.  In  the  quadratic  equation  ax"^  -^Ix-^-c^r^O,  prove  to 
what  the  sum  and  the  product  of  the  roots  are  respectively 
equal.  If  a  is  8  and  c  is  2,  what  value  of  h  will  make  the 
two  roots  equal  to  each  other  ? 

4.  The  sum  of  two  numbers  is  nine  times  their  difference, 
and  if  their  product  is  diminished  by  the  greater  number, 
the  result  is  twelve  times  the  greater  number  divided  by  the 
less.     Find  the  numbers. 

5.  The  interior  angles  of  a  rectilinear  figure  are  in  Arith- 
metical Progression:  the  smallest  angle  is  120°,  and  the 
common  difference  is  5°.  Find  the  number  of  sides.  If  you 
obtain  two  results,  see  if  both  are  possible. 

6.  What  is  the  sum  of  n  terms  of  the  series  3,  2,  f . . .  ? 
What  is  the  sum,  if  n  is  infinity  ? 

7.  What  is  the  middle  term  of  (x  +yY'^  ? 

8.  Having  4  single  books,  and  3  sets  containing  respec- 
tively 8,  5,  and  3  volumes,  in  how  many  ways  can  I  arrange 
them  on  a  shelf,  provided  tlie  volumes  of  each  set  are  kept 
together  ? 


300  EXAMI^q^ATIOl^   PAPERS. 


PLANE   GEOIVIETRY. 

1.  Prove  tiiat  the  angle  formed  by  two  secants  of  a  cir- 
cle, and  wliicli  has  its  vertex  without  the  circumference, 
has  for  its  measure  half  the  concave  arc  intercepted  between 
its  sides,  minus  half  the  convex  arc. 

2.  If,  in  a  right  triangle,  a  perpendicular  is  drawn  from 
the  vertex  of  the  right  angle  to  the  hypothenuse,  what 
relations  exist  between  the  three  triangles  thus  formed  ? 
Prove. 

How  is  this  proposition  useful  in  proving  the  Pythago- 
rean projoosition  ? 

3.  Find  an  expression  for  the  length  of  any  chord  EF  of 
a  circle  in  terms  of  the  segments  AD  and  BD,  into  which 
it  divides  the  diameter  AB  perpendicular  to  it. 

4.  If  from  a  point,  without  a  circle,  a  tangent  and  a 
secant  are  drawn,  the  tangent  is  a  mean  proportional  be- 
tween the  entire  secant  and  the  part  without  the  circle. 

Prove  without  using  the  corresponding  theorem  for  two 
secants. 

5.  How  can  the  area  of  a  trapezoid  be  found  ?  The  area 
of  any  regular  polygon  ?     Give  the  proof  in  each  case. 

6.  Draw  in  your  book  any  pentagon.  Find  a  triangle 
equivalent  to  it.  Explain  and  prove  the  method  of  your 
solution. 


SOLID   GEOMETRY. 

1.  Defii^e  a  straight  line  perpendicular  to  a  plane,  and 
prove  that,  when  a  straight  line  is  perpendicular  to  two 
straight  lines  drawn  through  its  foot  in  a  plane,  it  is  per- 
pendicular to  the  plane. 


Ai^ALYTIC   GEOMETRY.  301 

2.  Prove  that,  if  two  solids  hare  equal  bases  and  heights, 
and  if  their  sections,  made  by  any  plane  parallel  to  the 
common  plane  of  their  bases,  are  equal,  they  are  equivalent. 

3.  How  is  the  area  of  the  convex  surface  of  a  regular 
pyramid  of  any  number  of  sides  measured  ?     Prove. 

4.  The  altitude  of  a  certain  solid  is  2  in.,  its  surface  15 
sq.  in.,  and  solid  contents  4  cu.  in.  What  is  tlie  altitude 
and  surface  of  a  similar  solid  whose  solidity  is  256  cu.  in.  ? 

5.  Prove  that  the  sum  of  the  angles  of  a  spherical  tri- 
angle is  greater  than  two  right  angles. 

6.  What  is  the  measure  of  the  area  of  a  lunary  surface? 
State  IV itliout  proving. 


ANALYTIC    GEOMETKY. 

1.  What  are  the  slope  and  intercept  of  the  line  2a;  —  5i/ 
— 10  =  0?  What  is  the  equation  of  the  perpendicular  let 
fall  upon  this  line  from  the  point  ( —  1,  2)  ? 

2.  Find  the  equation  of  a  circle  referred  to  its  principal 
vertex,  either  from  the  equation  referred  to  the  centre  or 
directly  from  a  figure. 

3.  What  curve  is  represented  by  the  equation  ^x^  —  9?/^  -f- 
25  =  0  ?  What  is  here  the  origin  ?  what*  the  coordinate 
axes  ?     Find  the  parameter  and  excentricity  of  the  curve. 

4.  Find  the  equation  of  the  circle  passing  through  the 
vertex  of  the  parabola  y^:=^10x  and  the  extremities  of  the 
double  ordinate  through  the  focus. 

5.  Deduce  the  equation  of  the  normal  to  any  point  {x\  y') 
of  an  ellipse,  and  prove  that  this  normal  bisects  the  angle 
between  the  focal  lines  to  the  point.  The  lengths  of  the 
focal  lines  are  r  =  «  —  ex'^  r'  =za-\-  ex',  where  a  is  the  semi- 
transverse  axis,  and  e  the  excentricity 


302  EXAMIN"ATIOH   PAPERS. 

TRIGONOMETRY. 

1.  Obtaik  the  formulae 

sin^^z;  +  cos^^  =  ,  , ,  , 

sin  (a;  —  ^)  = 

2  cos^o;  =  1  + 

2.  Compare  the  tangent  and  cotangent  of  (90°  +  y)  with 
the  same  functions  of  (y  —  90°). 

3.  Give  the  formulae  for  solving  a  plane  oblique  triangle 
ABC,  when  a  h  and  G  are  given ;  and  explain  fully  the 
method  of  solution. 

4.  Find  all  the  parts  of  the  plane  oblique  triangle  for 
which  B  =  39°  43',  0=  62°  9',  a  =z  143.7. 

5.  At  a  distance  of  100  feet  from  a  tree,  the  angle  of  ele- 
vation of  its  top  is  observed  to  be  23°  3'.  If  the  height  of 
the  instrument  above  the  ground  is  5  feet,  how  high  is  the 
tree  ? 


ENGLISH  COMPOSITION. 

You  are  required  to  write  a  short  English  composition, 
correct  in  spelling,  punctuation,  grammar,  and  expression. 
This  composition  must  be  at  least  fifty  lines  long,  and  be 
properly  divided  into  paragraphs.  One  of  the  following 
subjects  must  be  taken :  — 

The  story  of  the  Tempest. 

The  story  and  character  of  Portia. 


FREi^CH.  303 


FRENCH. 

1.   Translate  into  English:  — 

rremyn  arriva ;  je  le  regardai  fixement,  et  je  lui  trouvai 
line  physionomie  dure  qui  ne  promettait  rien  de  bon.  II 
n 'ay ait  pas  mis  plus  de  trente  heures  a  faire  ses  soixante 
lieues.  Je  commengai  par  lui  montrer  les  miserables  dont 
j'avais  a  plaider  la  cause.  lis  etaient  tous  debout  deyant 
lui ;  les  femmes  pleuraient ;  les  hommes,  appuyes  sur  leur 
baton,  la  tete  nue,  avaient  la  main  dans  leurs  bonnets.  F., 
assis,  les  yeux  fermes,  la  tete  pencliee,  et  le  men  ton  appuye 
sur  sa  poitrine,  ne  les  regardait  pas.  Je  parlai  en  leur  fa- 
veur  ;  je  ne  sais  oii  I'on  prend  ce  qu'on  dit  en  pareil  cas. 
Je  lui  fis  toucher  au  doigt  combien  il  etait  incertain  que  cet 
heritage  lui  fut  legitimement  acquis;  je  le  conjurai  par  son 
opulence,  par  la  misere  qu'il  avait  sous  les  yeux;  je  crois 
meme  que  je  me  jetai  a  ses  pieds :  je  n'en  pus  tirer  un 
sou.  ....  Je  lui  jetai  les  clefs  au  nez ;  il  les  ramassa, 
s'empara  de  tout;  et  je  m'en  revins  si  trouble,  si  peine,  si 
change,  que  votre  mere,  qui  vivait  encore,  crut  qu'il  m'etait 
arrive  quelque  grand  malheur.  .  .  Ah!  mes  enfants,  quel 
homme  que  ce  F. !  —  Diderot. 

2.  State  the  tense  of  the  italicized  verbs  in  the  above, 
and  give  it  in  full. 

3.  Give  the  principal  tenses  of  connaitre,  tenir,  vouloir, 
peindre  (thus.  Inf.,  etre  ;  Pres.  Part.,  etant ;  Past  Part., 
ete  ;  Ikd.  Pees.,^^  suis  ;  PRET.,ye/w5). 

4.  Translate  into  French  :  — 

{a)  I  had  no  time ^  to  speak ^  to  him,  but  I  will  write* 
him  a  long  letter.*  {h)  Bitter  *  fruits  ®  are  often  the  most 
wholesome.''     (c)  Have  you  taken  a  walk  ®  this  morning  ? 


304  EXAMIISTATIOIS'    PAPEKS. 

(d)  To  which  of  those  pupils 'have  you  promised  "a  re- 
ward ^^  ? 

1  temps,  Tra.    *  parler.    s^crire.    *lettre,/.    s  amer.     « fruit,  m.    'sain.    » sc 
promener.    » 6colier,  m.    "  promettre.    "recompense,/. 


GERMAN. 

1.  (a)  ExPLAiiS"  the  sounds  of  vowels  and  diphthongs  by 
English  equivalents  wherever  it  is  possible. 

(b)  What  are  modified  vowels  ? 

(c)  Which  words  are  written  with  capital  letters  in  Ger- 
man ? 

(d)  Explain  gutturals  and  such  consonants  as  may  differ 
from  the  English  in  their  application. 

2.  (a)  How  many  parts  of  speech  are  there  in  German  ? 
What  are  they  ? 

(b)  State  your  observations  on  the  affinity  of  German  and 
English  words. 

3.  (a)  Decline,  — 

gutcr  ^am,    licbe  Wiitkv,    tkm^  |)au§; 

S)er  freimbltd)e  tnabe,     bie  tPimberDolIe  $Ruine,    ^a^  prad^tige 

@d)lo5; 
(5tn  ()eftigcr  (Sturm,   etne  fc^onc  ®abe,   etn  arttge^  ^inb. 

(b)  Decline  the  personal  pronouns  ic^,  bu,  er,  singular  and 
plural. 

4.  Give  the  general  rules  for  the  gender  of  German  nouns, 
with  examples  demonstrating  the  same. 

5.  (a)  Give  the  synopsis  (first  person  singular  of  all  tenses 
in  the  indicative  and  subjunctive)  of  the  auxiliaries  ()aben, 
fcin,  and  werben. 


GERMAN-.  305 

(b)  Give  the  third  person  plural  of  all  tenses  (both  indic- 
ative and  subjunctive)  of  the  regular  verb  lobcn. 

(c)  Give  the  synopsis  of  the  impersonal  verb  regnen,  and 

also  of  the  verb  auvgel)en. 

6.  (a)  Conjugate  the  present  tense  of  the  verbs  fonncn, 
mogen,  iroKen,  mlij'fen,  biirfen,  foUen,  Also  state  their  mean- 
ing. 

(b)  Give  the  principal  parts  (infinitive,  imperfect,  and 
past  participle)  of  the  verbs  fef)en,  ge^cn,  fte()(cn,  it)afd)en, 
^iretfen,  iDiffen,  benfen,  I)alten,  f)e(fen,  fit^en,  fiuben,  bringen. 

7.  Write  out  some  story  in  German  that  you  have  read, 
and  if  you  cannot  give  it  in  German,  write  its  translation  in 
English. 

8.  (a)  Write  in  letters  the  following  numbers:  6789; 
704,532;  1876;  778,899. 

(b)  Give  the  German  for  the  days  of  the  week,  and  the 
names  of  the  months. 

9.  Translate  the  following  story  into  English :  — 

,Mm  iunger  (Stubent  ber  §art)arb  Unitierfitdt  rcifte  nacf)  (^uropa, 
um  feine  (Stubten  niif  einer  bcutfd)en  Unioerfitdt  fortjufc^en.  3iuf 
feiner  9?eife  burdj  ^talien  faub  er  etncn  greunb  in  dlom,  ber  mit 
i^m  nac^  5lt()en  reifte,  um  btc  irunberDoden  ^Rutncn  be^  atten 
(^ricd^enlanb^  gu  fcf)cn.  ®te  fanben  etncn  amcrifani[d)en  donfnl 
in  5lt^en,  ber  fie  auf  bte  Ifropolt^  begleitete.  33oII  (vnt()u^ia^mug 
iiber  bte  (Srinnernngen  i^rer  tta^tfc^en  ©tnbicn  rtefen  fie  au§: 
5IBdren  xdxx  feine  5(merifaner,  fo  molten  toir  (^riec^en  fein. 


306  EXAMIN-ATIOiq-  PAPERS. 

CHEMISTRY  AND  PHYSICS. 

Chemistry. 

1.  "What  happens  when  a  candle  burns  ?  Describe  exper- 
iments which  illustrate  the  subject,  and  state  clearly  what 
each  experiment  proves. 

2.  "What  goes  on  when  we  breathe  the  air  ?  Illustrate 
the  subject  by  familiar  facts  and  experiments. 

3.  "What  sort  of  action  do  plants  exert  on  the  air  ?  Il- 
lustrate the  subject  as  before. 

4.  "What  is  water  made  up  of?  Illustrate  by  experi- 
ments, and  state  the  law  of  chemical  combination  which 
may  be  deduced  from  them. 

5.  Describe  the  process  represented  by  the  following 
symbols,  and  state  fully  what  the  symbols  express :  — 

Physics. 

6.  Define  the  terms  velocity  and  force,  and  name  the 
chief  forces  of  nature. 

1'  Define  the  term  specific  gravity,  and  state  the  prin- 
ciple of  Archimedes  by  which  the  specific  gravity  of  solids 
is  most  easily  found. 

8.  How  is  a  barometer  made,  and  what  does  it  measure  ? 

9.  How  is  a  thermometer  made,  and  what  does  it  meas- 
ure? 

10.  "What  is  meant  by  the  latent  heat  of  water,  and  how 
is  this  quantity  measured  ? 


BOTAKY.  307 


PHYSICS  AND  ASTKONOMY. 

1.  Why  is  the  height  of  the  barometer  less  at  the  sum- 
mit of  a  mountain  than  at  its  foot  ? 

2.  Describe  the  common  pump  and  its  action. 

3.  What  is  latent  heat  ? 

4.  Why  is  a  spectrum  formed  when  sunlight  is  passed 
through  a  prism  ? 

5.  On  what   principle  does  the   use  of  lightning-rods 
depend  ? 

6.  What  is  the  theory  of  Copernicus  ? 

7.  State  Kepler's  three  laws  of  planetary  motion. 

6.   What  is  a  sidereal  day,  and  how  is  its  length  deter- 
mined? 

9.  How  is  the  sun's  period  of  rotation  ascertained  ? 

10.  What  is  the  cause  of  solar  eclipses  ?     When  will  an 
eclipse  be  annular  ? 


BOTANY. 

1.  What  are  the  organs  of  vegetation  ? 

2.  Of  what  parts  does  an  embryo  consist  ? 

3.  Describe  the  germination  of  a  maple-seed,  and  a  grain 
of  corn. 

4.  What  is  a  biennial  plant  ? 

5.  Draw  an  outline  sketch  of  a  twice-pinnate  leaf. 

6.  In  what  ways  are  leaves  arranged  upon  the  stem  ? 

7.  How  does  a  cyme  differ  from  a  corymb  ? 

8.  What  is  the  difference  between  an  imperfect  and  an 
incomplete  flower  ? 


308  EXAMINATION   PAPERS. 

9.  Explain  the  structure  of  the  "  fruit "  of  the  strawberry. 

10.  Describe  upon  the  schedule  the  plant  given  for  anal- 
ysis. 

SCHEDULE  EOR  PLANT-ANALYSIS. 

1.  State  whether  this  plant  is  exogenous  or  endogenous^ 
and  give  reasons  for  your  answer. 

2.  Describe  the  arrangement,  venation,  shape,  margin, 
apex,  and  base  of  the  leaves. 

3.  What  kind  of  flower-clusters  does  this  plant  have  ? 

4.  The  Flower.  —  State  whether  it  is  or  is  not  com- 
plete, regular,  and  symmetrical.  Give  your  reasons  for 
each  answer. 

Calyx. —  State  whether  free  from,  or  coherent  with,  the 
ovary. 

Sepals.  —  Give  their  number. 

Corolla.  —  State  whether  polypetalous  or  monopetalous* 

Stamens. —  (1)  Give  number.  (2)  State  whether  dis- 
tinct or  united  together.     (3)  To  what  are  they  attached? 

Pistil.  —  (1)  State  whether  simple  or  compound.  (2)  If 
possible,  give  the  number  of  cells  in  the  ovary.  (3)  Is  the 
ovary  superior  or  inferior  9 


HARYARD  EXAMINATION  PAPERS. 


SEPTEMBER,  1876. 


ANCIENT  HISTOEY  AND   GEOGEAPHY. 

1.  Tell  the  situation  of  the  following  places,  and  name 
(with  date)  some  important  event  connected  with  each: 
Saguntum,  Mantinea,  Zama,  Cynocephalae,  Ounaxa,  Phi- 
lippi,  Beneventum,  Actium,  Leuctra,  Pharsalia,  L.  Trasime- 
nus,  Furculae  Caudinae. 

2.  Give  a  brief  account  either  of  Aristides,  of  Cimon,  or 
of  Alcibiades. 

3.  The  expedition  of  Alexander  the  Great  against  Persia. 

4.  What  magistrates  at  Eome,  and  what  were  their  re- 
spective duties  ? 

5.  Brief  outline  of  Eoman  history  from  the  death  of 
Juhus  Caesar  to  the  year  27  b.  c. 


MODEEN  AND  PHYSICAL   GEOGEAPHY. 

1.  What  is  meant  by  relief?  State  some  common  fea- 
tures of  continental  relief.  Eepresent  in  profile  the  relief 
of  the  United  States  along  an  east  and  west  line. 


310  EXAMIN'ATION   PAPEES. 

2.  Define,  with  precision,  latitude  and  longitude.  State 
definitely  what  portions  of  the  earth's  surface  are  crossed 
by  the  Tropic  of  Cancer,  —  what  by  the  Tropic  of  Cap- 
ricorn. 

3.  In  what  parts  of  North  and  South  America  are  the 
great  plains  ?  By  what  names  are  they  popularly  known 
in  the  regions  where  they  lie  ?  In  what  portions  of  the  old 
world  are  the  plains  most  extensive  and  unbroken?  By 
what  names  are  those  plains  severally  designated  ? 

4.  British  America.  —  Name  the  larger  bays,  lakes,  and 
rivers,  and  state  the  courses  of  the  latter,  and  where  they 
empty.  Name  the  provinces  into  which  it  is  now  divided. 
Give  some  account  of  its  physical  character. 

6.  Name  all  the  larger  West  India  Islands.  Give  as 
complete  an  account  of  one  of  them  as  time  will  allow. 
Name  the  political  divisions  of  Central  America. 

6.  Europe.  —  Name  its  seas,  bays,  and  gulfs,  and  state 
where  they  lie.  Name  the  larger  rivers,  and  state  their 
courses  and  where  they  empty.  Name  the  principal  moun- 
tain ranges,  and  give  their  positions  and  directions.  What 
country  extends  farthest  north,  and  what  one  farthest  south  ? 

7.  Hindostan.  —  Name  its  three  principal  cities.  What 
cape  forms  its  southern  extremity,  and  what  is  its  latitude  ? 
State  the  leading  physical  characters  of  Hindostan. 

8.  Where  (definitely)  are  the  cities  here  named,  viz.: 
(a)  Manilla,  {h)  Acapulco,  (c)  Melbourne,  {d)  Valparaiso, 
(e)  Matanzas,  (/)  Rangoon,  {g)  Yeddo  ?  Where  (definitely) 
are  the  capes  here  named,  viz. :  (a)  North  Cape,  {h)  St.  Lu- 
cas, (c)  Guardafui,  (d)  Tarifa,  (e)  Mendocino,  (/)  Finis- 
terre,  ( g)  St.  Koque,  {h)  Blanco  ? 


GREEK   GRAMMAR.  311 


GREEK   COMPOSITION. 

1.  I  AM  glad/  Clearchus,  to  hear  these  words  from  yon ; 
for  while  you  think  thus,  if  you  should  plot*^  any  evil 
against  me  it  seems  to  me  that  you  would  be  ill-disposed' 
to  your  own  self  as  well  as  to  me. 

2.  And  in  order  that  you  may  learn  that  you  would  not 
justly  distrust*  either  the  King  or  myself,  listen:  If  we 
wished  to  destroy^  you,  do  you  think  that  we  have  not  plen- 
ty^ of  both  cavalry  and  foot?  or  do  you  think  we  would 
have  no  place  suitable  "^  to  attack  ^  you  ? 

3.  And  if  we  should  be  defeated^  in  battle,  surely  by 
burning  the  crops ^^^  we  could  oppose"  a  famine ^'^  to  you 
against  which  you  would  not  be  able  to  fight  if  you  were 
ever  so  ^^  brave. 

*  "jdofxac.  *  ^ouXeuu).  ®  xaxovou^.  *  dLTttffria}.  ^  d.T:6XXo[xt. 
•  ■Kkrjd'oq.  '  ^ntrTJ6eio^.  '  t7ZtTv%[j.at.  •  ijTTdofiaL.  ^^  xapTz6<;. 
"    avrndaau).      ^^  Xifxaq.      ^^   Ttdvu.      liz-nsoq^  TteXo<;^  y_ujpiov^  U-<^X'^i 


GREEK   GRA^iMAR. 

[*  Candidates  for  advanced  standing  will  omit  2  and  4,  and 
do  7  and  8.] 

1.  Declike  throughout,  with  the  article,  yXwaaa  and 
yivo^.  Give  the  nominative  and  vocative  singular,  and  da- 
tive plural  of  kXTzidoi;,  Tzoifxivoq^  vedtq,  and  -Jtarpoq. 

2.*  Decline  in  the  singular  the  pres.  part.  act.  of  Tt/j-dio^ 
giving  both  the  contracted  and  uncontracted  forms.  Give 
the  rule  for  the  accent  of  contracted  forms  of  words. 


312  EXAMIi>rATI0I3"   PAPERS. 

3.  Decline  t)<;.     Translate  the  following  pronouns:  het- 

voUy  TouToUf  raoroo,  aoroUj  and  orou. 

4.*  Inflect  the  imperf.  ind.  act.  of  ziOrnxi,  pres.  opt.  mid.  of 
drjXow^  aorist  ind.  pass,  of  ffri/dw. 

5.  State  where  these  verbs  are  made,  and  give  the  princi- 
pal parts  of  each :  /SuuXet^  "tjv,  elda>,  ij.eivai,  ixddsy  and  s(jys. 

6.  Describe  particular  and  general  suppositions,  giving 
examples.  Define  the  term  Indirect  Discourse.  What  time 
do  the  tenses  of  the  infinitive  mode  denote  in  Indirect  Dis- 
course ? 


7.  Give  the  different  forms  in  which  a  wish  is  expressed. 
"What  is  the  implication  of  each?  Explain  the  origin  of 
these  constructions. 

8.  Give  a  scheme  of  the  Tragic  Iambic  Trimeter  line 
showing  what  substitutions  for  the  Iambus  are  admissible. 


GREEK   PROSE. 

[iV.  B.  Those  who  offer  the  Greek  Reader  will  take  2,  3,  4. 
Those  tuho  offer  four  hooks  of  the  Anabasis  and  the  seventh 
book  of  Herodotus  will  take  1,  2, 5.  Candidates  in  Course 
II.  will  take  1  a7id  2,  or  2  and  3.] 

1.   Translate  :  — 

''AXX'  7'jdo/j.at  fiiv,  o)  KXiap^e,  xai  Sixooiov  ffoo  ^povijiooq  Xoyovz ' 
raura  yap  ytyvaxTXiov  e?  ri  ifun  xaxw  ^ovXthoiq^  aixa  av  fxoc  doxeic; 
xai  ffauru)  xaxo'^ouq  elvat.  'fl?  d'  av  fidOr]^  on  odd'  av  uixsT^  dtxaiio'z 
oure  (iaaUeX  our  i/io\  d7zc(TToirjT£,  dvrdxooaov.  Ei  yap  u/idq  ijSoU' 
X6fj.£0a  dr.okiffai^  noTepd  ffot  doxoojiev  l-jrnimv  ttXtjOou^:  dr.opelv  r^ 
TCt^wv  Tj  6izXt<Tew(:j  ^v  ff  upLar:  p.kv  ^XaTtTecv  Uavo\  eH-qpsv  av,  avrntd- 
a^siv  de  oudsi^  xivduvoq  j     'AXXd  yvDpiiov  kiziTrjdtiujv  6[xlv  ^ntrtdeadat 


GREEK  PROSE.  313 

d.7zopzJv  av  cot  8oxoufi£v]  Ob  roffaura  [xkv  Ttsdca  ijfxtv  (piXia  ovTa 
ffhv  TzoXXaJ  7rova>  Sta-jzopeusffds,  roffaura  ds  opr)  u/ilv  6pdrs  ovra 
Tiopsuria  a  t^/mv  e^ecrc  -npoxaraXajSouffiv  arzopa  6/x2v  Tzapiyeiv^  ro- 
(Toorot  8"  £i<T).  TtoraixdX  i<p^  wv  e^sarcv  rjiiiv  raixiso-ffdat,  oizoaotq  av 
uiiwv  ^ool(i)iJ.^6a  jidysadai ;  Elffi  S'  abrcbv  08?  obd''  av  navrd-affi 
dtalSacTjre^  ei  pij  ij/xslq  vpd':  SiaTzopeuocpev.  —  AkAB.,  II.  V. 
16-18. 

Explain  the  case  of  (raurai  (line  3) ;  the  construction  of 
elvat  (line  3) ;  the  construction  of  i^ouXdfieda  (lines  4,  5) ; 
the  case  of  xr^duvoc;  (line  7) ;  the  case  of  u/xwvj  and  construc- 
tion of  l3ouXwfx£da  (line  12). 

2.  Translate:  — 

'Erteidi)  8e  impa  6  Xsipi(To<poq  Ttpoxaredrnijiiv^v  rrjv  dxpcavvyiav^ 
xaXel  Ssvo(pu)vra  d.7to  rr^q  obpdq,  xa\  xaXeuec  XajSovra  rooq  rzeXracrdq 
Tzapaytviadai  tlq  rb  rcpoaOsiv.  '0  dk  SsvocpuJv  roh<;  jikv  TtsXraard<: 
obx  ^yev '  kT:L<pai\'6p.evov  yap  iwpa  Tidaaipip'j-qv  xaX  anav  ro  <jrpd- 
reu/xa  '  abroq  ds  TzpoffsXaaai;  rjpiora  '  Ti  xaXsiq  ;  '0  de  Xiyei  abrai ' 
^E^effriv  opdv  '  Tr/jtoxarejV.ijTrra:  yap  ijixlv  6  urrkp  rij^  xarajSdffeaj^ 
Xotpoq^  xa\  obx  £ffri  izapeXOaTv,  el  /xi]  rourouq  aTtoxoipopev.  "AXXd  ri 
obx  r^yeq  rohq  TtsXraffrd":  j  '(?  dk  Xiyet  ore  obx  idoxzi  abrai  epTjfxa 
xaraXiTtelv  rd  oTZiffdav,  TzoXs/xtiov  i7:i(paivorxiviov.  'AXXd  fxijv  wpa  y\ 
tcpfj,  /SouXebsffOai   tcw^  riq  rohq  avdpa^   drcsXa    d~d   rob  X6<foo.  — 

A>iAB.,IILiv.  38-40. 

Explain  the  construction  of  7zpoxaretXr)fx/xiv7]v  (line  1),  and 
of  t7Zi(paivo!.i.hu)v  (line  9).  In  what  voice,  mood,  and  tense, 
and  from  what  verbs  are  i(i>pa  (line  4),  repair  a  (line  5),  and 
T.poxarsiXriTzrai  (line  6),  and  d-xzXq  (line  10)  ?  What  would  be 
the  form  of  TtpoxardJr^r.rai  (line  6),  if  it  were  quoted  indi- 
rectly with  change  of  mood  ? 

3.  Translate:  — 

'0  S  ^ETtajxetvwvdaq  au  xa\  rob  iTtTrtxoo  e/xjSoXov  Icyopbv  ^Tzoirj' 
ffaro,  xa\  dtxiTCizooq  7:e!^oh^  ffuvira^ev  abroXq^  vo/xc^^cov  ro  Iiztzlxov  iTzei 
diax6(p£ievy  oXov  rb  avriizaXov  vsvutixo)^  eaeffOai  •  fxdXa  yap  yaXsTzbv 


314  EXAMIKATIOI^    PAPERS. 

eoptTv  Tohq  kdsXijffovTaq  ixhsiv,  iTzstddv  rtva^  (ptbyo'^Taq  rwv  ^aurujv 
dpuxTi  '  xai  OTtojq  fxrj  kTZi^o-qduJaiv  ol  ^Adiqvaioi  oltio  rod  ediovOfJLOu 
xiparoq  km  to  i/o/ievoy^  xariffvrjffsv  It:).  yqXofpvDv  Ttvcbv  havriouq 
aoTol':  xai  lizTziaq  xai  oTzXiraq^  <p6^ov  ^ouXofxtvoq  xai  roozoiq  Tzap- 
iyev>  wq^  ei  ^orjO-qffatsv,  oTziaOsv  ooroi  iTZtxstffoivro  abro'tq.  ttjv  jxev 
drj  (TUpLlSpXijV  ourojq  ircotrjffaro^  xai  obx  i^ebffOrj  r/jq  iX~idoq '  xparrj- 
aaq  yap   fj    TrpoffijSaXsv    oXov    iTZoirjffe   (pebytiv    ro   Td»   ivavricov.  — 

Hell.,  VIL  v.  24. 

From  what  stems  are  e/i/SoXov  (line  1)  and  dfii-r.-ooq  (line  2) 
formed?  Explain  the  construction  of  6pa><n  (line  5)  and  of 
t-'.fior^Oibav^  (line  5).  State  briefly  the  principal  events  in  the 
life  of  Epaminondas,  with  dates. 

4.  Translate  :  — 

"AOrf^aioKn  dk  rerayriiuocffc  ^v  rspiivei  'HpaxXioq  ^rz^Xdov  ^orjOiov- 
rtq  nXaraiiz'Z  Tza'^drj/iSL  '  xai  yap  xa\  kdsdcuxsaav  a(piaq  abrohq  rolffi 
^Adrjvaioiai  ol  nXaracieq,  xai  Tzovouq  b-Ksp  abribv  orAOrjvaloi  ffoyvohq 
yjdrj  avapaipiaro  '  edoffav  dk  wde.  -Kte^o/xsvot  utzo  67]j3aia)v  ol  TlXa- 
ra'.ieq  i.(iidoaav  TzpiLra  i^apazvyoixn  liXeo/iivst  rs  zip  ^A'^aqa^^dpidscn 
xai  AaxedatfJLOvioiffi  ff<piaq  abrobq^  ol  dk  ob  Sexofxevot  kXeyov  Cipi 
rdde  '  '^Hixelq  p.kv  ixaaripo)  re  olxiotxev^  xa\  bfivj  rocijds  rcq  yivotr 
w>  STTixouptT]  (puypij  '  (fOairjTS  yap  av  TZoX.Xdxcq  kqavdpaTZodcffdivrsq 
ij  Ti'^a  TiuOiffOai  y^/xiajv.  aotx^ooXeboixsv  8k  b/xlv  doL»ai  u/xiaq  abzohq 
'AOr/^aioiffc,  TzXrjCTioywpoiai  re  dvdpdai  xa\  riixiopietv  kobfft  ob  xaxolfft, 

—  Herod.,  VL  108. 

Give  the  Attic  forms  of  dvapatpiaro  (line  4)  and  of  iobfft 
(line  10).  What  terminations  does  Herodotus  use  in  the 
genitive  and  dative  plural  of  the  first  declension  ? 

5.  Translate:  — 

EipqTjq  Si  ^-z{  re  diii3r]  iq  rrjv  EbpcoTzrjv^  iOxjelro  rbv  arparbv  unb 
txaffriyw^  bia^abo^^ra.  diil^rj  dk  6  arparbq  abrou  kv  iizrd  ij/xipr^fft 
xai  kv  k-Krd  eb^po'^r^ffc,  iXivbffaq  oboiva  ypovov.  kvddbra  Xiyerat^ 
Eip-eoj  ijdf)  dtalSejSifjxoroq  rbv  'EXXrjffTzo'^rov,  avdpa  eiize'tv  '^ EXXriGi:6\>- 
riov '  "^2   Zebj  ri  8rj   d>8p\  eido/xevoq  Uipffrj  xai  ouvofxa  dvr).   Aibg 


GREEK   POETRY.  315 

Eip^sa  6ifX£voq,  avdararov  ttjv  'EXXdda  idiXetq  noi^trac,  aywv  izavra^ 
dvOpthnowz  ;   za)  yap  aveu  rourwv  l^rjV  roc  rtoUetv  raora. 

'0  8k  vaoTixo'Z  e^io  rw  'EXXrjffno.'Zov  tzXwojv  r.apd  yriv  ixofii^^ero} 
rd  iji-aXiv  Ttpt^ffffuoy  too  Tze^ou.  '0  de  Aopiff/.oq  iarl  ri^q  6prfi/.rj<; 
alyiaXo;;  re  xat  Tzeoiov  fxiya^  dtd  de  aoruu  piec  Tzora/idq  piya<;"Ei3po^. 
edo^e  (Lv  rip  Sip^T)  6  ^wpoq  elvat,  i-nirijdeoq  ivdcard^ai  re  xat  iqaptO- 
fjLrjffat  rov  arparbv,  xai  inoiee  raora.  —  HerOD.,  YII.  56  -59. 

Give  the  Attic  forms  of  hdaura  (line  3),  oovo/xa  (line  5), 
and  of  TzXwtDv  (line  8).  What  is  the  chief  peculiarity  in  syn- 
tax in  Herodotus  ? 


GREEK  POETRY. 

[You  are  advised  to  do  the  translation  before  answering  the 
questions.  Candidates  i7i  Course  II.  tvill  translate  1  and 
2  and  answer  the  questions  under  (a)  —  (^)  inclusive.'\ 

1.  Tbv  ^  rjiiei^er  enecra  Siriq,  xard  ddxpo  yiooaa  ' 
0)1101^  r^xvov  i'lbvj  ri  vo  d  erpecpo'j^  aha  rexouffa  ; 

a'cd'  ofeXe':  Tzapd  VTfudiv  dddxpuro^  xa)  aTtrj/xtuv  *^ 

rjffdat  ■   ine}  v6  rot  alffa  fihovOd  nep,  ourt  fxdXa  Stjv. 

vov  d"  afia  r  wxo/iopoq  xal  o'iZopb^  Ttep).  nd'^rwv 

errXeo  '  roj  ffe  xaxfj  aJairj  rixoy   tv  /xeydpocffiv. 

rooro  Si  roc  ipioucra  eTioq  Au  rep-uepaovo) 

eljjL  auri)  Tzpdq  "OXu/jltlOv  dydv'>i<po'^j  at  xe  7zi6t)rai. 

II.,  I.  413-420. 

(a)  From  what  stems  are  the  following  words  formed: 
d)xuixopo<;  (417),  iJ.eydpoiGVJ  (418),  and  dyd\>vL(pov  (420)  ? 

(/5)  Translate   the  following   epithets   of   Zeus:   p-qriera^ 

alycoyo^,  U(pcl3pe/j.irrjq,  repTztxipauvo^^  and  ve<peX7]yepira. 

2.  vuv  <5'  epyeffd'  i7:\  delTzvov,  ha  quvdywpsv  ^ Ap-qa, 
ey  ph  T£?  bopo  Or^^daOu)^  eh  S'  da-rzida  dicOio^ 


886 


316  EX.AMINATIOK   PAPERS. 

eZ  8i  Ti<;  iTZ-Koifftv  delnvov  86tio  coxuizodsfffftv, 
eZ  8i  Tcq  ap/jLaroq  dij.<p)<;  idojv^  TtoXi/ioio  fisdia^o)  * 
&q  xs  Tzavfjiiipioi  aruyspui  y.pivd>ixty^f  ^ Aprfi. 
oh  yap  TvauffUiXij  ys  fisziffffsrai,  ouS'  rj/^atdvy 
ei  [XT)  vh^  iXijI'Ouffa  diaxpiviei  pivoq  d.vdpa)v. 
IdpoKTsc  piv  Teo  rsXapcbv  dp<p\  ffry^fieaaiv 
dffTTidog  dp^t^poTTjf^f  Tzep\  S"  eyx^i  X^^P^  xafxeTrat ' 
idpoKTei  di  tsu  itttzo^j  ku^oov  dppa  Tiratvcov. 

II.,  11.  381-390. 

(j)  Give  the  Attic  forms  of  rnxoizodeaaiv  (383),  ptriffatrai 
(386),  and  ree.  (390). 

{d)  Define  a  spondaic  verse,  and  specify  an  example  in 
the  above  passage. 

3.  ''H,  xdi  ditb  (TTopd^ooq  dpvwv  rd/xs  vrjXi'i  ^aXxai ' 

xai  Tohq  pev  xazid^rixsv  im  ^'^ovog  daTzaipovraq^ 
Supod  dsoopivouq '  dTTo  yap  pivoq  eUero  ^aXx6(^, 
olvov  S"  ix  xprjTYipoq  dcpuffadpevoi  SsTcdsffffiv  ** 

£x^£Ov^  ijd'  eu^ovTO  t9£0£C  ahiysvirrjffiv, 
wde  di  Ttg  eiiteffxev  'A^acwv  re  Tpwwv  re  * 

Zeo  xbdtare^  piyiffzs,  xa).  dSdvaroi  Sao).  aXXoiy 
OTfKorepoi  Ttporepot  UTzkp  opxia  7:rjfX7Jv£iav^ 
atdi  Gtp   kyxi(paXoq  ^apadtq  piot^  wq  ode  o]voq^ 
auTUJv,  xa\  rexicDv^  ciXo^ot  8'  ciXXoifft  ptysUv. 

II.,  III.  292-301. 

(e)    Give  the  Attic  forms  of  SsTrdetrffiv    (295),  alecyevirrjatv 
(296),  and  rexiwv  (301). 

(C)  Comment  on  the  form  ehsffxev  (297). 


LATIN"   COMPOSITIOJT.  317 


LATIN   COIVIPOSITION. 

Translate  into  English:  — 

Nam  reges  Syriae,  regis  Antioclii  filios,  scitis  Romae 
niiperfuisse;  qui  venerant  noii  propter  Syriae  regniim, — 
nam  id  sine  controversia  obtiiiebant  ut  a  patre  et  a  maiori- 
bus  acceperant,  —  sed  regnum  Egypti  ad  se  et  ad  Selenen 
matrem  suam  pertinere  arbitrabantnr.  Hi  ipsi,  postea- 
quam  per  senatum  agere  quae  voluerant  non  potuerunt,  in 
Syriam,  in  regnum  patrium  profecti  sunt.  Eorum  alter, 
qui  Antiochus  vocatur,  iter  per  Siciliam  facere  voluit; 
itaque  isto  praetore,  venit  Syracusas. 

Translate  into  Latin  :  — 

These  kings  that  I  speak  of  ^  had  brought  *  to  Rome  a 
candelabrum,  made, '  with  wonderful*  workmanship**,  of* 
most  brilliant  ^  gems,  in  order  to  set  it  up  *  in  the  Capitol ; 
but  since  ^  they  had  found "  the  temple  not  yet  finished, 
they  determined"  to  take  it  back"  to  Syria.  The  matter 
came,  I  know  not  how  ",  to  the  ears  of  this  man ;  for  the 
king  had  wished  it  kept-secret", — not  because  he  feared 
or  suspected"  anything,  but  in  order  that  not  many  per- 
sons should  see  it  before  the  Roman  people.  This  man 
begs  ^^  the  king  to  send  it  to  him,  saying  he  wishes  to  ex- 
amine "  it,  and  will  not  let "  others  see  it. 

1  dico.  2  adfero.  'perficere.  *mirabilis.  ^opus.  «e.  ''clarus.  sponere. 
9  quod,  looffendere.  "  Btatiiere.  12  rgportare.  ^'quomodo.  "celare.  "  gus« 
picor.    ispetere  ab.    "inspicere.    "  potestatem  facere. 


3ld  EXAMI2S-ATI0N    PAPEBS. 


LATIN   GRAMMAK. 

[Do  not  crowd  your  luoi^h] 

1.  How  do  you  pronounce  pars;  in-  in  ingens  ;  op-  in 
optimus  ;  ia-  and  ci-  in  iacio  ;  ti  in  ratio  9 

2.  What  is  the  root  and  what  is  the  stem  of  rex  ? 
of  fama  ?  of  acus  9  Give  any  other  words  that  you  can 
remember,  from  the  same  roots.  Give  the  meanings  of  the 
derivative  suffixes  of  cautio,  lumen,  stabulum.  Form  from 
the  stem  aspero-  a  word  meaning  rougk-ness ;  one  from 
crimin-  meaning  reproach-ful ;  one  from  lauda-  meaning 
praise-ivorthy ;  one  from  favere,  meaning  patron;  one 
from  tristi-  meaning  somewhat  sad. 

[Mark  the  quantities  of  the  penult  and  ultima  of  every 
Latin  word  you  write  in  answering  the  dd  and  6th  ques- 
tions.^ 

3.  Decline  ille  vir ;  locus  celeher.  Compare  te7iax,  asper, 
frugi.  Form  Comparative  and  Superlative  Adjectives 
from  infra.     Form  and  compare  Adverbs  from  honus,  atrox. 

4.  What  is  the  root  and  what  are  the  stems  of  rumpere  f 
of  canere  9  of  regere  9  of  nancisci  9 

5.  State  where  each  of  the  following  forms  is  made,  and 
give  the  principal  parts  of  the  verb  to  which  it  belongs : 
usserit,  vetaieris,  texitis,  sprevissent,  vinxeram,  videris, 
videris.  Form  the  III.  S.  Fut.  Pf.  Ind.  Act.  of  parere ; 
11.  P.  Perf.  Ind.  Act.  of  gignere  ;  IT.  P.  Fut.  Ind.  Pass. 
of  capere  ;  I.  S.  Pres.  Subj.  Pass,  of  vocare  ;  III.  P.  Imp. 
Subj.  Pass,  of  oUivisci ;  III.  P.  Fut.  Imperat.  Pass,  of 
haurire;  the  Fut.  Inf.  Pass,  of  premere ;  the  Fut.  Part. 
Pass,  of  mittere.  Give  a  synopsis  of  patior.  Inflect  the 
active  voice  of  fero  throughout. 


LATIIS" 

6.  Write  in  Latin :  They  made 
king;  he  spares  {pq^rcere)  the  city;  the  city  is  spared;  he 
hides  (celare)  this  from  me ;  the  letter  (epistola)  is  written ; 
he  is  loved ;  for  how  much  did  he  buy  (efnere)  this  ?  for 
a  shilling  {denarius) ;  1  fear  he  will  not  come  to  Athens 
for  many  days  yet. 


CAESAK,    SALLUST,    AISTD   OVID. 

[  You  are  expected  to  translate  two  pieces  of  verse,  and  tiuo 
of  prose,  —  hy  preference  /.,  //.,  1,  2  —  and  to  answer  all 
the  questions,^ 

Bacchus  and  the  Sailors. 

I.      Forte  petens  Delon  Chiae  telluris  ad  oras 
Applicor,  et  dextris  adducor  littora  remis, 
Doque  leves  sultus,  udaeque  immittor  arenae. 
Kox  ubi  consumpta  est  (Aurora  rubescere  primum 
Coeperat ;)  exsurgo,  laticesque  inferre  recentes 
Admoneo,  monstroque  viam,  quae  ducit  ad  undas. 
Ipse,  quid  aura  mihi  tumulo  promittat  ab  alto, 
Prospicio,  comitesque  yoco,  repetoque  carinam. 
"Adsumus  en!"  inquit  sociorum  primus  Opheltes; 
Utque  putat,  praedam  deserto  nactus  in  agro, 
Virginea  puerum  ducit  per  littora  forma. 

Deianira  to  Hercules. 

11.  I  nunc,  tolle  animos,  et  f ortia  facta  recense : 

Quod  tu  non  esses  jure,  vir  ilia  fuit; 
Illi  procedit  rerum  mensura  tuarum : 

Cede  honis  ;  heres  laudis  arnica  tuae. 
Pro  pudor  !  hirsuti  costis  exuta  leonis 


320  EXAMINATION"   PAPERS. 

Aspera  texerunt  yellera  molle  latus. 
Falleris,  et  nescis :  non  sunt  spolia  ista  leonis, 
Sed  tua;  tuque  ferae  victor  es,  ilia  tui. 

Baucis  and  Philemon. 

III.  Accubuere  dei.     Mensam  succincta  tremensque 
Ponit  anus ;  mensae  sed  erat  pes  tertius  impar : 
Testa  parem  fecit.     Quae  postquam  subdita  clivum 
Sustulit,  aequatam  mentae  tersere  virentes. 
Ponitur  hie  bicolor  sincerae  bacca  Minervae, 
Conditaque  in  liquida  corna  autumnalia  faece, 
Intubaque  et  radix  et  lactis  massa  coacti, 
Omnia  fictilibus.     Post  liaec  caelatus  eodem 
Sistitur  argento  crater,  fabricataque  fago 
Pocula,  qua  cava  sunt,  flaventibus  illita  ceris. 
{a)   Divide  into  feet,  marking  the  quantity  of  every  sylla- 
ble, and  ictus  of  every  foot,  the  fourth  line  of  each  piece 
translated.     [The  caesural  pause  need  not  be  indicated.] 

{l)  How  do  the  quantities  of  the  words  in  italics  help  to 
define  the  meaning  ? 

(1)  His  difficultatibus  duae  res  erant  suhsidio,  scientia 
atque  usus  militum,  quod  superioribus  proeliis  exercitati 
quid  fieri  oporteret  non  minus  commode  ipsi  sibi  praescri- 
bere,  quam  ab  aliis  doceri  poteraut;  et  qnod  ab  opere  singu- 
lisque  legionibus  singulos  legates  Caesar  discedere,  nisi  mu- 
nitis  castris,  vetuerat.  Hi  propter  propinquitatem  et  celeri- 
tatem  hostium,  nihil  jam  Caesaris  imperium  exspectabant, 
sed  per  se,  quae  videbantur,  administrabant. 

(2)  Saepenumero,  patres  conscripti,  multa  verba  in  hoc 
ordine  feci,  saepe  de  luxuria  atque  avaritia  nostrorum 
civium  questus  sum,  multosque  mortalis  ea  causa  adversos 
habeo :  qui  mihi  atque  animo  meo  nullius  umquam  delicti 


LATIJf.  321 

gratiam  fecissem,  haud  facile  alterius  lubidini  male  facta 
condonabam.  Sed  ea  tametsi  vos  parvi  pendebatis,  tamen 
res  publica  firma  erat :  opulentia  neglegentiam  tolerabat. 

(3)  Equestris  autem  proelii  ratio  et  cedentibus  et  inse- 
qnentibus  par  atque  idem  periculum  inferebat.  Accedebat 
hue,  ut  nunquam  conferti,  sed  rari  magnisque  intervallis 
proeliarentur,  stationesque  dispositas  haberent,  atque  alios 
alii  deinceps  exciperent,  integrique  et  recentes  defatigatis 
succederent.  Postero  die  procul  a  castris  hostes  in  collibus 
constiterunt,  rarique  se  ostendere  et  lenius,  quam  pridie, 
nostros  equites  proelio  lacessere  coeperunt. 

(a)  Give  the  syntax  of  sudsidio  (l),parvi  (2) ;  and  either 
proeliarenticr  (3),  or  fecissem  (2)  ;  and  the  parts  of  con- 
ferti (3). 


CICERO  AND  VIRGIL. 

[Translate  ttvo  pieces  of  prose  and  ttuo  of  poetry,  and  ex- 
plain the  construction  of  the  words  in  italics  under  the 
extracts  you  choose.^ 

1.  Quid  tam  inusitatum  quam  ut,  cum  duo  consules 
clarissimi  fortissimique  essent,  eques  Romanus  ad  helium 
maximum  formidolosissimumque  pro  consule  mitteretur? 
Missus  est :  quo  quidem  tempore  cum  esset  non  nemo  in 
senatu  qui  diceret,  non  oportere  mitti  hominem  privatum 
pro  consule,  L.  Philippus  dixisse  dicitur,  non  se  ilium  sua 
sententia  pro  consule,  sed  pro  consulibns  mittere. 

Mitteretur,  tempore,  oportere,  mitti, 

2.  Neque  enim  quisquam  est  tam  aveisus  a  Musis  qui 
non  mandari  versibus  aeternum  suorum  laborum  facile 
praeconium  patiatur.  Themistoclem  ilium,  summum  Athe- 
nis  virum,  dixisse  aiunt,  cum  ex  eo  quareretur,  quod  aero- 


322  EXAMINATION^    PAPERS. 

ama  ant  cujus  vocem  libentissime  audiret,  ejus  a  quo  sua 
virtus  optime  praedicaretur.  Itaque  ille  Marius  item  eximie 
L.  Plotium  dilexit,  cujus  ingenio  putabat  ea  quae  gesserat, 
posse  celebrari. 

Praedicaretur,  audiret,  2^atiatur. 

3.  Sed  tamen  cum  in  animis  hominum  tantae  latebrae 
sint  et  tanti  recessus,  augeamus  sane  suspicionem  tuam  : 
simul  enim  augebimus  diligentiam.  Nam  quis  est  omnium 
tam  ignarus  rerum,  tam  rudis  in  re  publica,  tarn  nihil  um- 
quam  nee  de  sua  nee  de  communi  salute  cogitans,  qui  non 
intelligat  tua  salute  contineri  suam  et  ex  unius  tua  vita 
pendere  omnium  ? 

8int,  augeamus,  intelligat. 

4.  Etenim  quaero,  si  quis  pater  familias,  liberis  suis  a 
servo  interfectis,  uxore  occisa,  incensa  domo,  supplicium  de 
servo  non  quam  acerbissimum  sumpserit,  utrum  is  clemens 
ac  misericors  an  inhumanissimus  et  crudelissimus  esse 
videatur  ?  Mihi  vero  importunus  ac  ferreus,  qui  non  dolore 
et  cruciatu  nocentis  suum  dolorem  cruciatumque  lenierit. 

Videatur,  lenierit. 

5.  Non  ulli  pastes  illis  egere  diebus 

Frigida,  Daphni,  boves  ad  flumina ;  nulla  nee  amnem 
Libavit  quadrupes,  nee  graminis  attigit  herbam. 
Daphni,  tuum  Poenos  etiam  ingemuisse  leones 
Interitum  montesque  feri  silvaeque  loquuntur. 
Daphnis  et  Armenias  curru  subiungere  tigris 
Instituit,  Daphnis  thiasos  inducere  Bacchi 
Et  foliis  lentas  intexere  mollibus  hastas. 

6.  Heu  vatum  ignarae  mentes  !  quid  vota  furentem, 
Quid  delubra  iuvant  ?     Est  mollis  flamma  medullas 
Interea,  et  tacitum  vivit  sub  pectore  volnus. 
Uritur  infelix  Dido  totaque  vagatur 

Urbe  fureus,  qualis  coniecta  cerva  sagitta. 


ARITHMETIC.  323 

Qiiam  procnl  incautam  nemora  inter  Cresia  fixit 
Pastor  agens  telis,  liquitque  volatile  ferrum 
Xescius ;  ilia  f uga  silvas  saltusque  peragrat 
Dietaeos;  haeret  lateri  letalis  arundo. 
How  is  the  translation  indicated  by  the  quantity  in  5, 
line  1  ?     What  is  the  quantity  of  u  in  saltus  in  6,  line  8  ? 
Why  ? 

Write  out  metrically  in  6,  lines  6  and  7. 


AEIXmiETIC. 

[  Give  the  ivliole  work.] 

1.  The  sum  of and  — — ^^   is  how  many  times 

0.5  I  X  2.25 

their  difference  ? 

2.  A  owns  -fj  of  a  field,  and  B  owns  the  remainder;  f  of 
the  difference  between  their  shares  is  5  ^.  3  B.  16^  P.  What 
is  B's  share  in  acres  ? 

3.  A  man  earns  $325  in  2|  months,  and  spends  in  6 
months  what  he  earns  in  4^  months.  What  does  he  save  in 
a  year  ? 

11.846  X  .004: 

4.  Find,  by  los^arithms,  |-  of        3'  • 

V  .0777 

5.  One  decagramme  is  0.3527  oz.  Avdp.  How  many 
pounds  Avdp.  are  there  in  a  quintal  ? 

6.  What  per  cent  is  gained  in  buying  oil  at  80  cents  a 
gallon,  and  selling  it  at  12  cents  a  pint  ? 

7.  If  12  pipes,  each  delivering  12  gallons  a  minute,  fill  a 
cistern  in  3  h.  24min.,  how  many  pipes,  each  delivering  16 
gallons  a  minute,  will  fill  a  cistern  6  times  as  large  in  6  h. 
48  min.  ? 

8.  Find  the  cube  root  of  0.001295029. 


324  EXAMIKATIOlif  PAPERS 

ALGEBRA. 

Course  L 

[  Write  legiUy  and  without  crowding  ;  give  the  whole  work  ; 
and  reduce  the  answers  to  their  simplest  forms.] 

1.  Substitute  ?/  +  ^  ^ ^^  ^  i^  ^*  —  ^^  4~  ^^^  —  ^f  ^^^  sim- 
plify and  arrange  the  result. 

2.  Divide  —  by  the  product  of  ,  — ~ — ,  and 

4^  c^  —  x^    a^  -\-  ax 

c  —  X 


a  — 

X 

3 

Solve  the  equation  — 

3 

8  — 

X           X 

—  11 

X            3 

12 

4. 

Add 

^  to 

V2C 

1  a'^m  —  'ZOacrii  +  bc'^m 

>  V20c;2//i- 

— eOacm 

i  +  ^bahn. 

5. 

Solve  the  equations 

1 

X 

y                  ^ 

+ 

z 

1 

y 

+  i=3. 

6.  Eind  the  least  common  multiple  and  greatest  common 
divisor  of  x^  +  4a;  —  21  and  x^  —  x  —  56. 

7.  It  takes  A  10  days  longer  to  do  a  piece  of  work  than  it 
takes  B :  and  both  together  can  do  it  in  12  days.  In  how 
many  days  can  each  do  it  alone  ? 


ADVANCED   ALGEBRA.  325 

ADVANCED  ALGEBRA. 

[Give  the  whole  work.'] 
1.   Solve  one  of  the  following  equations :  — 
x^^4:X        x^  —  1 
X  —  2  x-{-l 


(5)   2a;2  — 2a;+6V2a;2_3a;  +  2  =  a;  +  14; 
(c)  a;-i  +  a;-2=:6. 

2.  Onerootof  the  equation  ic8  — 37a;  =  84  is— 3.  What 
are  the  other  two  roots  ? 

3.  The  sum  of  a  certain  number  of  terms  of  the  series 
21, 19, 17  ...  is  120.  Find  the  number  of  terms,  and  the  last 
term. 

4.  The  sum  of  three  numbers  in  Arithmetical  Progres- 
sion is  15  ;  if  1,  4,  and  19  be  added  to  them  respectively, 
the  results  are  in  Geometrical  Progression.  Find  the  num- 
bers. 

5.  With  the  digits  1, 2,  4,  5,  7,  0  how  many  even  numbers 
between  100  and  1000  can  be  formed  ? 

.  ._  +1 

6.  Find  the  middle  terms 


«,(«-i)- 


7.  A  sets  off  from  London  to  York,  and  B  at  the  same 
time  sets  off  from  York  to  London,  and  each  travels  uni- 
formly :  A  reaches  York  16  hours,  and  B  reaches  London 
36  hours,  after  they  have  met  on  the  road.  Find  in  what 
time  each  has  performed  the  journey. 


326  EXAMIJS^ATIOIf   PAPERS. 


PLAXE  GEOMETRY. 

1.  Define  a  plane,  a  parallelogram,  a  trapezoid,  a  tan- 
gent to  a  circle. 

2.  Prove  that  when  two  triangles  have  two  sides  of  the 
one  respectively  equal  to  two  sides  of  the  other  and  the  in- 
cluded angle  of  the  first  greater  than  the  included  angle  of 
the  second,  the  third  side  of  the  first  is  greater  than  the  third 
side  of  the  second. 

3.  Show  how  to  draw  a  tangent  to  a  circle  from  a  point 
without  the  circle,  and  prove  your  method  correct. 

4.  Draw  from  one  of  the  vertices  of  a  triangle  a  line  cut- 
ting the  opposite  side  into  parts  proportional  to  the  other 
two  sides.     Give  proof. 

5.  Prove  that  the  square  described  on  the  hypothenuse  of 
a  right  triangle  is  equivalent  to  the  sum  of  the  squares  de- 
scribed upon  the  other  two  sides. 

6.  Given  two  similar  polygons,  to  construct  one  similar  to 
them  both  and  equivalent  to  their  sum. 

7.  Given  r  (the  ratio  of  circumference  to  diameter)  and  r 
(radius).  Find  expressions  in  terms  of  tt  and  r  for  the  cir- 
cumference and  area  of  a  circle. 


SOLID   GEO]METRY. 

1.  Prove  that,  if  two  planes  are  perpendicular  to  each 
other,  the  straight  line,  drawn  through  any  point  of  the 
common  intersection  perpendicular  to  one  of  the  planes, 
must  be  in  the  other  plane. 

2.  Prove  that  the  solidity  of  any  parallelepiped  is  the 
product  of  its  base  by  its  altitude. 


ANALYTIC   GEOMETRY.  327 

3.  The  area  of  the  surface  described  by  a  straight  line 
revolving  about  another  straight  line  in  the  same  plane  with 
it  as  an  axis,  is  the  product  of  the  revolving  line  by  the  cir- 
cumference described  by  its  middle  point.  Give  proof  in 
each  of  the  cases  to  which  this  theorem  applies. 

4.  The  cubic  contents  of  two  similar  polyedrons  are 
respectively  3  cubic  inches  and  24  cubic  inches,  and  one  side 
of  the  first  is  5  inches ;  what  is  the  homologous  side  of  the 
second  ? 

5.  Prove  that  the  angles  of  a  spherical  triangle  are  respec- 
tively supplements  of  the  sides  of  the  corresponding  polar 
triangle. 

6.  Prove  that,  of  two  sides  of  a  spherical  triangle,  that 
is  the  greater  which  is  opposite  the  greater  angle,  and  the 
converse. 


ANALYTIC    GEOMETRY. 

1.  What  is  the  locus  of  each  of  the  following  equa- 
tions :  — 

(1)  3:2:2  +  2/2—7=0,  (2)  2/  +  3a:=:0, 

(3)  2/2_^2^i^0,  (4)  2/=0, 

(5)  2x^  —  x  +  2if—Sy  —  2  =  0, 
the  system  of  coordinates  being  rectangular  ? 

How  is  each  of  these  loci  situated  with  respect  to  the 
coordinate  axes  ? 

2.  The  vertices  of  a  triangle  are  A  =  ( —  1,  2),  B  = 
(2,  — 3),  C=:  ( — 3,  — 1) ;  find  the  equations  of  the  sides 
AB  and  BC,  and  some  trigonometric  function  of  the  an- 
gle i?. 

3.  Deduce  the  equation  of  the  parabola  referred  to  its 
principal  vertex. 


328  EXAMINATION    PAPERS. 

4.  Deduce  the  equation  of  the  tangent  to  an  ellipse  at  the 
point  {x',  y')  of  the  curve. 

5.  The  equation  of  a  curve  referred  to  a  certain  rectangu- 
lar system  is  a;^  —  ^/^  i=  1 ;  what  is  the  equation  of  the  same 
curve  referred  to  a  second  rectangular  system,  having  the 
same  origin  as  the  first,  and  in  which  the  axis  of  x  makes 
an  angle  of  45°  with  the  old  axis  of  a;?  Sin  45°  =  cos 
45°=Vi. 


PLANE  TKIGONOMETRY. 

1.  Trace  the  changes  in  the  value  and  sign  of  the  co- 
sine, tangent,  and  cosecant  of  <p  when  <p  increases  from  O*' 
to  360°. 

2.  Deduce  the  fundamental  formula 

cos  (x-\-y)  z=: . 

3.  Deduce  the  formulae 


COS^  ^X  z= 


sin  a:  +  sin  ?/  ==:  2  sin  J  {x  -j-  y)  cos  ^  (x  —  y). 

4.  Given  the  three  sides  of  a  plane  oblique  triangle. 
Show  how  to  find  the  three  angles  giving  the  necessary  for- 
mulae. 

5.  A  ladder  51.42  ft.  long,  placed  with  its  foot  10  ft. 
from  a  house,  just  reaches  the  top  of  the  house.  How  high 
is  the  house  ?  AVhat  angle  does  the  ladder  make  with  the 
vertical  ? 


FREIS^CH.  329 


ENGLISH   COMPOSITION. 

You  are  required  to  write  a  short  English  composition, 
correct  in  spelling,  punctuation,  grammar,  and  expression. 
This  composition  must  be  at  least  fifty  lines  long,  and  be 
properly  divided  into  paragraphs.  One  of  the  following 
subjects  must  be  taken :  — 

Moses  at  the  Fair. 
'  The  Story  of  Ariel. 
The  Character  of  Flora  Maclvor. 


FRENCH. 

1.   Translate  into  English: — 

De  ma  position  presente,  il  ne  faut  pas  conclure  que  j'ai 
eu  la  Fortune  pour  marraine.  Mes  ancetres,  si  le  mot  n'est 
pas  bien  ambitieux,  etaient  des  pecheurs;  mou  pere  etait 
le  dernier  de  onze  enfants,  et  mon  grand-pere  avait  eu  bien 
du  mal  a  elever  sa  famille,  car  dans  ce  metier-la  plus  en- 
core que  dans  les  autres  le  gain  n'est  pas  en  proportion  du 
travail ;  compter  sur  de  la  fatigue,  du  danger,  c'est  le  cer- 
tain, sur  un  peu  d'argent,  le  hasard. 

A  dix-huit  ans,  mon  pere  fut  pris  par  I'inscription  mari- 
time ;  c'est  une  espece  de  conscription,  an  moyen  de  laquelle 
I'Etat  pent  se  f aire  servir  par  tons  les  marins  pendant  trente- 
deux  ans,  —  de  dix-huit  a  cinquante.  II  partit  ne  sachant 
ni  lire  ni  ecrire.  II  revint  premier  maitre,  ce  qui  est  le 
plus  beau  grade  auquel  parvie7inent  ceux  qui  n'ont  point 
passe  par  les  ecoles  du  gouvernement. 

Le  Port-Dieu,  notre  pays,  etant  voisin  des  iles  anglaises, 
FEtat  y  fait  stationner  un  cutter  de  guerre,  qui  a  pour  mis- 


330  EXAMIIS"ATIOK   PAPERS. 

sion  d'emp^cher  les  gens  de  Jersey  de  venir  nons  prendre 
notre  poisson,  en  meme  temps  qu'il  force  nos  marins  a  ob- 
server les  reglements  sur  la  peche :  ce  f ut  sur  ce  cutter  que 
mon  pere  fut  envoye  pour  continuer  sou  service.  —  Malot, 
Bomain  Kallris. 

2.  State  the  tense  of  the  italicized  verbs  in  the  above, 
and  give  it  in  full. 

3.  Give  the  principal  tenses  of  connaitre,  /aire,  recevoir, 
sentir  (thus,  li^F.,  etre  ;  Pres.  Part.,  etant ;  Past  Part., 
ete  ;  Ind.  Pres.,  je  ^wu* ;  Fr^t.,  je  fus). 

4.  Translate  into  French  :  — 

(a)  Where  are  you  going  to-morrow  ?  (b)  I  do  not  know 
yet,  I  think  I  shall  go  to  my  uncle's,  {c}  How  do  you 
wish  me  to  do  this  ? 


GERMAN. 

1.  Translate  into  English:  — 

Hrtofto  baute  fid)  etn  !(etne§  §au§.  (5tn  f^reunb  fragtc  tfin,  xok 
er  fid)  mit  eincm  fo  !ieinen  §aufe  begniigen  tonne,  t)a  er  fo  fcbbne 
"iPalafte  in  fetnem  Crianbo  befd)reibe.  i)er  ^id)ter  antwortete : 
Sorte  finb  billiger  al^  @teine, 

2.  Parse  or  explain  the  grammatical  forms  and  relations 
of  words  in  the  first  sentence  of  the  above. 

3.  Translate  into  German:  — 

Diogenes  saw  a  youth  blushing,  and  said  to  him :  Well 
done,  my  son,  that  is  the  color  of  virtue. 

4.  Write  out  a  short  extract  of  some  story  that  you  have 
read  in  German 


i 


CHEMISTKY   AKD   PHYSICS.  331 

5.  Translate  into  English  :  — 

55erfd)it)imben  ift  hk  finftre  '^adjt 
!5)te  ?erd}e  fdjtagt/  bcr  Za^  mvad)t 
!5)ie  Sonne  !ommt  niit  ^rangen  * 
5lm  §inime(  anfgegangen 
<Bk  fd)cint  in  ll'omcj'^o  ']3run!gemacf)  * 
©te  fdjeinet  bnrdj  be«J  ^ett(cr§  l^ad) 
Unb  n)a§  in  3^a(^t  uerborgen  war 
S)a^  madjt  fie  hmb  *  unb  offenbar. 

»  warbles.  2  splendor.  a  palace.  *  known. 


CHEMISTRY  AND  PHYSICS. 

Chemistky. 

1.  Describe  the  preparation  of  hydrogen,  and  give  its 
two  most  striking  properties. 

2.  Define  the  terms,  acid,  base,  salt. 

3.  What  is  coal  ?    Describe  the  method  of  preparing  gas 
from  it. 

4.  How   can  pure  water  be   obtained?     What  parallel 
process  occurs  in  nature  ? 

Physics. 

5.  Describe  the  Leyden  jar  and  the  Grove  battery. 

6.  In  what  three  ways  can  heat  be  distributed  ? 

7.  What  is  the  action  of  a  prism  on  light  ? 

8.  What  is  the  acoustic  distinction  between   noise  and 
music  ? 


33^  EXA.MINATIOif   PAPERS. 


PHYSICS  AND  ASTRONOMY. 

1.  Describe  the  barometer. 

2.  How  is  sound  propagated  ?    What  is  the  difference 
between  a  noise  and  a  musical  tone  ? 

3.  Describe  the  different  methods  by  which  heat  is  dis- 
tributed ? 

4.  Illustrate  electrical  induction  by  means  of  the  gold- 
leaf  electroscope. 

5.  What  causes  the  change  of  the  seasons  ? 

6.  How  is  the  moon's  distance  determined  ? 

7.  How  is  the  velocity  of  light  ascertained  by  the  eclipses 
of  Jupiter's  satellites  ? 

8.  What  is  known  of  the  sun's  chemical  constitution, 
and  by  what  means  ? 


BOTANY. 

1.  What  is  a  biennial  plant  ? 

2.  Describe  underground  stems  and  branches. 

3.  How  do  "  endogens  "  differ  from  "  exogens  "  ? 

4.  Make  a  sketch  of  a  ternately  decompound  leaf. 

5.  How  are  leaves  arranged  on  the  stem  ? 

6.  Describe  the  different  kinds  of  flower-clusters. 

7.  What  is  meant  by  "  calyx  superior  "  ? 

8.  What  is  the  function  of  green  leaves  ? 

9.  Describe  upon  the  annexed  schedule  the  plant  given 
for  examination. 


BOTA^-T.  333 

SCHEDULE  FOR  PLANT-ANALYSIS. 

1.  State  whether  this  plant  is  exogenous  or  endogeiious, 
and  give  reasons  for  your  answer. 

2.  Describe  the  arrangementf  venation,  shape,  margin, 
apex,  and  lase  of  the  leaves. 

3.  What  kind  of  flower-clusters  does  this  plant  have  ? 

4.  The  Elower.  —  State  whether  it  is  or  is  not  coraplete, 
regular,  and  symmetrical.  Give  your  reasons  for  each 
answer. 

Calyx.  —  State  whether  free  from,  or  coherent  with,  the 
ovary. 

Sepals.  —  Give  their  number. 

Corolla.  —  State  ^\\ei\xQv  polypetalous  or  monopeialous. 

Stamens.  —  (1)  Give  number.  (2)  State  whether  dis- 
tinct or  united  together.     (3)    To  what  are  they  attached  ? 

Pistil.  —  (1)    State    whether     simple     or     compound. 

(2)  If  possible,  give  the   number  of  cells  in  the   ovary. 

(3)  Is  the  ovary  superior  or  inferior  ? 


APPENDIX. 


HARVARD    COLLEGE, 

CAMBRIDGE,  Mass., 
1876-77, 


ACADEMIC  YEAR. 


The  Academic  Year  begins  on  the  Thursday  follomng  the  last 
Wednesday  in  September,  and  ends  on  the  last  Wednesday  in  June. 
There  is  a  recess  of  two  weeks,  beginning  on  the  day  before  Christ- 
mas. 

EEQUISITIONS   FOR  ADMISSION. 

Candidates  for  admission  to  College  in  1877  must  he  examined  in  one  of  the  two  foUmoitig 
Courses  of  Study,  each  embracing  sixteen  subjects. 

COURSE  I. 

1.  Latin  Grammar  (including  Prosody). 

2.  Latin  Composition  and  Latin  at  sight.  This  will  include  the 
translation  at  sight  of  some  passage  in  prose  not  included  in  the  fol- 
lowing requisitions. 

3.  Caesar,  Sallust,  and  Ovid.  Caesar,  Gallic  War,  Books  I  -  lY. ; 
Sallust,  Catiline  ;  Ovid,  four  thousand  lines. 

4.  Cicero  and  Virgil.  Cicero,  eight  orations  and  the  Cato  Major ; 
Virgil,  Eclogues,  and  the  Aeneid,  Books  I.-YL 


5.  Greeh  Grammar  (including  metres). 

6.  Greek  Composition  (with  the  accents). 

7.  GreeJc  Prose.     Goodwin   and  Allen's    Greek  Reader ;  or  Xeno- 
phon's  Anabasis,  Books  I.  -  lY.  and  the  seventh  book  of  Herodotus. 

8.  GreeJc  Poetry.    Homer's  Iliad,  Books  I.  -  III.,  omitting  the  cata- 
logue of  ships. 


336  APPENDIX. 

9.  Arithmetic  (including  the  metric  system  of  weights  and  meas- 
ures, and  the  use  and  rudiments  of  the  theory  of  logarithms).  The 
examples  requiring  the  use  of  logarithms  at  the  examination  will  be 
adapted  to  a  four-place  table. 

10.  Algebra  (through  quadratic  equations). 

11.  Plane  Geometry  (as  much  as  is  contained  in  the  first  thirteen 
chapters  of  Peirce's  Geometry). 

12.  Ancient  History  and  Geography.  Greek  History  to  the  death 
of  Alexander  ;  Eoman  History  to  the  death  of  Commodus.  Smith's 
smaller  histories  of  Greece  and  Rome  will  serve  to  indicate  the  amount 
of  knowledge  demanded  in  history. 

13.  Modern  and  Physical  Geography.  The  following  works  will 
serve  to  indicate  the  amount  of  knowledge  demanded  in  this  subject : 
in  modern  geography,  Guyot's  Common  School  Geography,  or  Miss 
Hall's  Our  World,  No.  2  ;  in  physical  geography,  Guyot's  Physical 
Geography,  Parts  11.  and  III.,  or  Warren's  Physical  Geography,  the 
first  forty-nine  pages. 

14.  English  Composition.  Each  candidate  will  be  required  to  write 
a  short  piece  of  English,  correct  in  spelling,  punctuation,  grammar, 
division  by  paragraphs,  and  expression.  The  subject  for  1877  will  be 
taken  from  one  of  the  following  works  :  Shakspere's  Henry  V.,  Julius 
Caesar,  or  the  Merchant  of  Venice ;  Irving's  Sketch  Book  ;  Scott's 
Talisman  or  Marmion. 

15.  French  or  German.  The  translation  at  sight  of  easy  French 
prose,  or  of  easy  German  prose  if  the  candidate  prefer  to  offer  German. 
Proficiency  in  elementary  grammar,  a  good  pronunciation,  or  facility 
in  speaking,  will  be  accepted  as  an  offset  for  some  deficiency  in  trans- 
lation. There  will  be  no  required  examination  in  pronunciation,  but 
it  is  recommended  that  attention  be  given  to  pronunciation  from  the 
outset.  Candidates  who  offer  German  in  place  of  French  will  be  re- 
quired to  study  French  in  place  of  German  during  the  Freshman  year. 

16.  Physical  Science.  One  of  the  three  following  subjects,  the  se- 
lection of  the  subject  being  left  to  the  candidate  :  — 

1.  Elementary  Botany. 

2.  Rudiments  of  Physics  and  of  Chemistry. 

3.  Rudiments  of  Physics  and  of  Descriptive  Astronomy. 


APPENDIX.  337 

The  following  books  vnll  serve  to  indicate  the  nature  and  extent  of 
this  requisition  :  — 

In  Botany,  Gray's  How  Plants  Grow. 

In  Physics,  Balfour  Stewart's  Primer  of  Physics. 

In  Chemistry,  Eoscoe's  Primer  of  Chemistry. 

In  Astronomy,  Rolfe  and  Gillet's  Handbook  of  the  Stars  (first  124 
pages). 

Candidates  who  offer  Botany  will  be  required  to  give  evidence  that 
they  can  analyze  simple  specimens  ;  and  those  who  offer  Physics  or 
Chemistry,  that  they  can  perform  simple  experiments  like  those  de- 
scribed in  the  Primers  referred  to  above. 

COURSE  II. 

1.  Latin  Grammar  (including  Prosody). 

2.  Latin  Authors.  Caesar,  Gallic  War,  Books  I.  and  II.  ;  Cicero, 
six  orations  and  the  Cato  Major  ;  Virgil,  Aeneid,  Books  I.  -VI. 

3.  Greek  Grammar  (including  metres). 

4.  Greek  Authors.  Goodwin  and  Allen's  Greek  Eeader,  first  111 
pages,  or  Xenophon's  Anabasis,  Books  I.  -  IV.  ;  Homer's  Iliad,  Books 
I.  and  II.,  omitting  the  catalogue  of  ships. 

5.  Arithmetic.     This  requisition  is  the  same  as  No.  9  of  Course  I. 

6.  Elementary  Algebra.  This  requisition  is  the  same  as  No.  10  of 
Course  I. 

7.  Advanced  Algebra.  This  subject,  with  the  preceding,  is  regarded 
as  embracing  as  much  Algebra  as  is  contained  in  the  advanced  text- 
books, such  as  the  larger  Algebras  of  Todhunter,  Loomis,  Greenleaf, 
etc. 

8.  Plane  Geometry.  This  requisition  is  the  same  as  No.  11  of 
Course  I. 

9.  Solid  Geometry  (as  much  as  is  contained  in  Peirce's  Geometry). 

10.  Plane  Trigonometry  (by  the  Analytic  Method  ;  as  much  as  is  con- 
tained in  the  first  six  chapters  of  Peirce's  Trigonometry,  or  in  the  large 
print  of  the  first  eight  chapters  of  Chauvenet's  Trigonometry). 

11.  The  Elements  of  Plane  Analytic  Geometry  (as  much  as  is  contained 
in  Peck's  Analytic  Geometry,  pages  1-151,  omitting  Articles  40-43 
54,  57-61,  72,  74  -  76,  and  the  more  difficult  problems). 

12  -  16.   These  requisitions  are  the  same  as  Nos.  12  -  16  of  Course  I. 


338  APPENDIX. 

No  particular  text-book  ia  Grammar  is  required  ;  but  either  Allen's 
or  Harkness's  Latin  Grammar,  and  either  Goodwin's  or  Hadley's  Ele- 
mentary Greek  Grammar,  will  serve  to  indicate  the  nature  and  amount 
of  the  grammatical  knowledge  demanded. 

In  Latin  the  following  pronunciation  is  recommended  :  a  as  in 
father^  a  the  same  sound  but  shorter  ;  e  like  e  in  fete,  e  as  in  set ;  i  as 
in  machine^  z  as  in  sit ;  6  as  in  hole,  o  as  in  nor ;  «l  as  in  rude,  zt  as  in 
put ;  j  like  y  in  year,  c  and  g  like  Greek  k  and  y. 

Instructors  are  requested  to  teach  their  pupils  in  pronouncing  Greek 
to  use  the  Greek  accents,  and  to  give  (for  example)  a  the  sound  of  a  in 
father,  rj  that  of  a  in.  fate,  i  that  of  i  in  machine,  etc. 

It  is  earnestly  recommended  that  the  requisitions  in  Latin  and  Greek 
Authors  be  accurately  complied  with  ;  real  equivalents,  however, 
will  be  accepted,  as,  for  example,  Caesar's  Gallic  War,  Books  V.  and 
VI.,  in  place  of  Sallust's  Catiline  ;  two  additional  orations  of  Cicero 
in  place  of  the  Cato  Major  ;  the  seventh  book  of  the  Aeneid  in  place 
of  the  Eclogues  ;  the  last  five  books  of  the  Aeneid  in  place  of  Ovid. 

Candidates  who  enter  CoUege  on  Course  II.  substitute  elective  stud- 
ies, amounting  to  four  exercises  a  week,  either  in  Mathematics  or  in 
some  other  subject,  for  the  Mathematics  of  the  Freshman  year. 

No  partial  substitutions  or  interchanges  between  Courses  I.  and  II. 
will  be  allowed,  but  candidates  can  present  themselves  on  hoth  courses, 
or  on  one  course  with  additional  subjects  belonging  to  the  other. 

PRELIMINAEY  EXAMINATION. 

Candidates  for  admission  to  the  Freshman  Class  are  allowed  to 
divide  the  examination  into  two  examinations  separated  by  an  inter- 
val of  not  less  than  an  academic  year.  No  candidate,  however,  will 
be  admitted  to  examination  on  a  part  of  any  subject,  and  no  account 
will  be  made  of,  nor  certificate  be  given  for,  the  preliminary  examina- 
tion, unless  the  candidate  has  passed  satisfactorily  in  at  least  five  sub- 
jects. 

OPTIONAL  EXAMINATIONS. 

The  optional  examinations  will  be  held  at  the  time  of  the  examina- 
tions for  admission  in  September  ;  those  in  Mathematics  will  also  be 
held  at  the  admission  examinations  in  June. 


APPEND.IX.  339 

A  principal  aim  in  providing  these  examinations  is  to  encourage 
teachers  to  carry  the  studies  of  their  brighter  and  more  diligent  pupils 
beyond  the  bare  requisitions  for  admission,  in  whatever  direction  taste 
or  opportunity  may  suggest.  Full  employment  may  thus  be  secured 
for  the  most  capable  student  until  he  is  thought  mature  enough  to 
enter  College,  while  his  greater  progress  in  school  ^vill  make  his  Col- 
lege course  more  profitable  by  enabling  him  to  take  up  his  studies 
at  a  more  advanced  stage,  or  to  give  more  time  to  the  studies  of  his 
choice.  It  ^vill  be  seen  that  a  student  may  anticipate  the  whole  work 
of  the  Freshman  year,  and  still  remain  four  years  in  College. 

THE  CLASSICS. 

Candidates  who  present  themselves  upon  Course  I.  may  offer  them- 
selves for  examination  upon  one  or  both  of  the  following  classical 
courses  :  — 

(1)  Latin. 

Livy,  two  books. 
Horace,  Odes  and  Epodes. 

The  translation  at  sight  of  a  passage  from  the  philosophical  works 
of  Cicero. 

The  retranslation  of  the  English  of  a  similar  passage  into  Latin, 

(2)  Greek. 
Plato,  Apology  and  Crito. 

Homer,  Iliad,  Books  IV. -VIII.,  or  Odyssey,  Books  IV.,  IX. -XII. 

Euripides,  Alcestis  ;  or  Homer,  Odyssey,  Books  V.  -  VII. 

The  translation  at  sight  of  a  passage  from  Xenophon. 

Translation  from  English  into  Greek. 

Candidates  who  pass  with  credit  these  examinations  in  addition  to 
the  classical  examinations  of  Course  I.  above  will  be  placed  in  ad- 
vanced sections  in  Latin  or  Greek,  or  in  elective  sections  in  Latin  or 
Greek,  or  in  other  subjects,  at  their  option,  in  place  of  the  Freshman 
studies  thus  anticipated.  All  those  who  hope  to  attain  distiaction  in 
classical  studies  are  strongly  advised  to  pass  these  examinations  on 
entering,  with  the  view  of  taking  advanced  courses  in  the  Classics. 


340  APPENDIX- 

MATHEMATICS. 

Candidates  who  present  themselves  upon  Course  I.  are  at  liberty  to 
offer  themselves  for  examination  also  upon  subjects  7,  9,  and  10,  of 
Course  II.  ;  and,  upon  passing  such  examination  with  credit,  they 
will  be  admitted  to  an  advanced  section  in  Mathematics. 

Candidates  who  anticipate  all  the  Freshman  Mathematics  will  be 
allowed  to  take  elective  studies  in  their  place. 

Candidates  who  desire  to  attain  special  distinction  in  Mathematics 
or  Physics  are  advised  to  present  themselves  upon  the  advanced 
Mathematical  subjects  of  Course  II.  in  addition  to  the  requisitions 
of  Course  I. 

PHYSICS. 

Candidates  who  pass  a  satisfactory  examination  at  admission  upon 
the  course  in  Physics  of  the  Freshman  year  may  substitute  for  that 
course  an  elective  study. 

GERMAN. 

Candidates  for  admission  who  present  French  may  offer  themselves 
for  examination  also  in  German  Grammar  and  the  translation  of  sim- 
ple German  prose  ;  upon  passing  such  examination  with  credit  they 
will  be  allowed  to  substitute  some  elective  course  or  courses  in  place 
of  the  Freshman  course  in  German. 

PRESCRIBED   STUDIES   OP   THE   SOPHOMORE   AND   JUNIOR  YEARS. 

Candidates  for  admission  to  the  Freshman  Class  who  are  prepared 
to  pass  a  creditable  examination  upon  any  of  the  prescribed  studies 
of  the  Sophomore  and  Junior  years  may  pass  such  examination  at 
the  beginning  of  the  Freshman  Year,  instead  of  at  the  beginning 
of  the  year  in  which  the  study  is  pursued,  and  thereby  relieve  them- 
selves from  attendance  at  the  exercises  in  that  study  in  College. 

ADYAlSrCED   STANDING. 

Candidates  may  be  admitted  to  advanced  standing  as  late  as  the 
beginning  of  the  Senior  year,  provided  they  present  themselves  for 
examination  as  directed  below.  The  candidate  for  admission  to  ad- 
vanced standing  must  appear  on  examination  to  be  well  versed  in  the 
following  studies  :  — 


APPENDIX.  341 

1.  In  the  studies  required  for  admission  to  the  Freshman  Class. 

2,  In  all  the  required  studies  already  pursued  by  the  class  for 
which  he  is  offered  ;  and  in  as  many  elective  studies  as  he  would 
have  pursued  if  he  had  entered  at  the  beginning  of  the  course. 

All  candidates  for  admission  to  advanced  standing  must  be  exam- 
ined either  in  June  or  in  September,  at  the  times  of  the  regular  ex- 
aminations for  admission  to  the  Freshman  Class,  and  in  conformity 
with  the  following  rules  :  — 

1.  All  candidates  for  admission  to  advanced  standing  must  first  be 
examined  for  admission  to  the  Freshman  Class  ;  for  this  examination 
and  also  for  examination  on  the  studies  of  the  Freshman  year,  they 
may  offer  themselves  either  in  June  or  in  September. 

2.  The  examination  on  the  studies  of  the  Sophomore  and  Junior 
years  is  held  only  in  September,  at  the  time  of  the  regular  examination 
for  admission  to  the  Freshman  Class. 

In  the  case  of  graduates  of  other  colleges  who  seek  admission  to 
Harvard  College,  the  examination  -will  be  directed  to  ascertaining 
from  their  acquired  powers  and  attainments  their  fitness  to  join  the 
class  for  which  they  offer  themselves,  a  minute  acquaintance  Avith  all 
the  ground  they  have  previously  gone  over  not  being  essential.  Such 
candidates  should  bring  evidence  of  their  standing  at  the  colleges 
where  they  received  their  degree. 

TIMES   OF   EXAMINATION. 

Two  regular  examinations  for  admission  to  the  Freshman  Class 
are  held  each  year,  one  at  the  beginning  of  the  summer  vacation,  and 
the  other  at  the  beginning  of  the  academic  year  in  the  autumn. 

In  1877  the  first  examination  will  take  place  on  Thursday,  Friday, 
and  Saturday,  June  28,  29,  and  30  ;  and  the  second  examination  on 
Thursday,  Friday,  and  Saturday,  September  27,  28,  and  29.  Each 
examination  will  begin  at  precisely  8  o'clock,  a.  m.,  on  Thursday. 
The  candidates  will  assemble  in  Harvard  HaU.  Attendance  on  the 
three  days  is  required. 

The  first  examination  will  be  held  also  in  Cincinnati ;  and  candi- 
dates who  desire  to  be  examined  there  must  send  their  names  to  the 
Secretary  before  June  15.    Persons  not  intending  to  enter  CoUege 


342  APPENDIX. 

may  pass  the  Cincinnati  examination  on  payment  of  a  fee  of  ten 
dollars.  Candidates  in  Cincinnati  will  assemble  at  8  a.  m.,  on  Thurs- 
day, Jime  28,  in  some  place  to  be  announced  in  the  daily  papers  of 
that  city. 

No  person  will  he  examined  for  admission  to  College  at  any  other  time 
than  those  above  specified. 


ADMISSION  WITHOUT  MATEICULATIOK 

The  elective  courses  of  study  are  open  to  persons  not  less  than  twenty- 
one  years  of  age,  who  satisfy  the  Faculty,  without  passing  the  usual 
examination  for  admission,  that  they  are  fitted  for  the  courses  they 
select.  They  will  receive  no  degree  ;  but  at  the  end  of  each  academic 
year  they  will  receive  a  certificate  of  proficiency  in  those  courses 
which  they  pursue  during  the  year,  and  in  which  they  attain  not  less 
than  seventy-five  per  cent. 

Persons  who  wish  to  avail  themselves  of  this  provision  must  pre- 
sent themselves  at  Harvard  Hall,  September  27,  1877,  at  10  A.  M., 
with  the  necessary  testimonials  as  to  age,  character,  and  fitness  to 
attend  the  courses  they  wish  to  pursue. 


TESTIMONIALS  AND   BOND. 

All  candidates  for  admission  are  required,  at  the  time  of  the  final 
examination  for  admission  to  the  Freshman  Class,  to  produce  certifi- 
cates of  good  moral  character  ;  and  students  from  other  colleges  are 
required  to  bring  certificates  from  those  colleges  of  honorable  dis- 
mission. 

Every  candidate,  if  admitted,  must  furnish  to  the  Bursar  a  bond 
for  four  hundred  dollars,  executed  by  two  bondsmen,  one  of  them  a 
citizen  of  Massachusetts,  as  security  for  the  payment  of  College  dues. 
If  the  student  prefer,  however,  he  may  in  place  of  the  bond  make 
a  deposit  with  the  Bursar  for  the  same  purpose.  A  similar  bond  for 
two  hundred  dollars,  or  a  deposit,  will  be  required  of  unmatriculated 
students. 


APPENDIX.  343 

a:n-ticipation  of  peesceibed  studies. 

As  tlie  prescribed  studies  of  tlie  Sophomore  and  Jimior  years  are 
of  an  elementary  character,  students  who  wish  to  be  relieved  from 
attendance  at  College  exercises  in  one  or  more  of  them  will  be  so 
excused,  if  they  pass  a  satisfactory  examination  in  such  study  or 
studies  at  the  time  of  their  examination  for  admission,  or  at  the 
beginning  of  the  year  in  which  the  study  is  pursued  in  College. 
Preparation  for  such  examination  can  often  be  made  while  the  stu- 
dent is  preparing  for  College,  or  in  the  long  vacation,  and  time  may 
be  thus  gained  for  higher  courses  of  study. 

For  information  concerning  the  College  not  contained  in  this  cir- 
cular the  Catalogue  should  be  consulted. 

The  College  itself  no  longer  issues  an  annual  catalogue.  "The 
Harvard  University  Catalogue  "  (price  in  cloth,  75  cents  ;  in  paper, 
60  cents)  is  published  by  Mr.  Charles  W.  Sever,  bookseller,  Cam- 
bridge, Mass.,  to  whom  orders  for  it  may  be  addressed. 

Circulars  giving  information  about  the  professional  schools  of  the 
University,  the  Scientific  School,  and  the  Bussey  Institution,  may 
be  obtained  on  application  to  J.  "W.  Harris,  Secretary,  Cambridge, 
Mass. 


GREEK  AND  LATIN  TEXTS. 

18mo,  Paper,  50  cts.  a  Vol.  ;  Cloth,  75  cts.  a  Vol. 


This  Series  is  intended  to  supply  cheap  and  accurate  pocket  editions  of  the 
Classics,  ^vhich  shall  be  superior  in"  mechanical  execution  to  the  small  German 
editions  now  current  in  this  country,  and  more  convenient  in  lomi.  The  Texts 
have  taken  their  place  among  scholars  as  valuable  contributions  to  classical 
literature,  and  are  admitted  to  be  good  examples  of  judicious  and  practical 
scholarship ;  and  it  is  believed  that  there  are  no  texts  better  adapted  for  general 
use.  The  volumes  are  handsomely  printed  in  a  good  plain  type,  and  on  paper 
capable  of  receiving  wTiting  ink  for  notes. 


C^SAR.  C.  Julii  Csssaris  Commentarii  de  Belle  Galileo.  Recognovit  Geo. 
Long,  M.  a. 

SALLUST.  C.  Sallusti  Crispi  Catilina  et  Jugurtha.  Recognovit  Geo.  Long, 
M.A. 

VERGILITS.  Publi  Vergili  Maronis  Opera.  Ex  Recensione  J.  Conington, 
A.  M.,  Linguae  et  Litterarum  Latinarum  apud  Oxonienses  Professoris. 

CICERONIS  ORATIONES.  M.  Tullii  Ciceronis  Orationes  Selectae  XIV.  Re- 
cognovit Reinholdus  Klotz.    Editio  altera  emendatior. 

CICERO  DE  SENECTUTE  ET  DE  AMICITIA.  M.  Tullii  Ciceronis  Cato 
Major  sive  de  Senectute,  Laelius  sive  de  Amicitia,  et  Epistolse  Selectae. 
Recensuit  Geo.  Long,  M.A. 

HORATIUS.  Quinti  Horatii  Flacci  Opera  Omnia.  Ex  Recensione.  A.  J. 
Macleane. 

LUCRETIUS.  T.  Lucreti  Cari  de  Rerum  Natura  Libri  Sex.  Recognovit 
Hugo  A.  I.  Munro,  M.  A. 

XENOPHON.    Xenophontis  Anabasis.    Recensuit  J.  F.  Macmichael,  A.  B. 

HERODOTUS.  Recensuit  Josephus  Williajis  Blakeslet,  S.  T.  B.  Coll. 
ss.  Trin.  apud  Cantabr.  quondam  Socius.     2  vols. 

THUCYDIDES.  Recensuit  Joannes  Gtjlielmus  Donaldson,  S.  T.  P.  Coll. 
S8.  Trin.  apud  Cantabr.  quondam  Socius.     2  vols. 

jaSCETTLUS.  Ex  Novissima  Recensione  Feederici  A.  Palet.  Accessit 
Verborum  quae  praecipue  uotanda  sunt  et  Nominum  Index. 

SOPHOCLES.     Ex  Novissima  Recensione  GIJLIELMI  Dindorfii. 

EURIPIDES.  Ex  Recensione  Fredebici  A.  Palet.  Acceseit  Verborum 
et  Nominum  Index.     3  vols. 


Published  ly  HAHPEE  &  BUOTHERS,  New  York. 

SS'Either  of  the  above  volumes  sent  by  mail,  postage  prepaid,  to  any  part  of  the 
United  States  or  Canada,  on  receipt  of  the  price. 


"A  journal  of  acknowledged  power  and  respectability."— 
London  Times. 


The    Nation; 

A  Political  and  Literary    WeeJcly, 


Its  political  management  has  won  for  it  the  confidence  of 
people  of  character  and  culture  —  the  class  which  has  the 
largest  stake  in  the  public  welfare  and  the  clearest  under- 
standing of  how  that  welfare  is  to  be  secured. 


Its  literary  resources  may  be  said  to  embrace  the  most 
distinguished  scholarship  of  the  United  States  and  a  valua- 
ble contingent  of  foreign  learning. 

It  is  neither  partisan  nor  tributary  to  any  interests 
ichatever,  except  those  of  good  government  and  a  pure 
literature. 


Those  interested  are  invited  to  send  for  a  copy  (free),  or 
25  cents  for  5  weeks  (half  price).  Regular  subscription, 
$5.20  per  year. 

Address 

Publisher  of  The  Nation, 
Box  25, 

New  York  City. 


ESSENTIALS  OF  ENGLISH  GRAMMAR, 

FOR  THE   USE   OF  SCHOOLS. 

By  prof.  W.  D.  WHITNEY, 

OF  YALE  COLLEGE. 


This  work  is  founded  on  the  author's  studies  of  language  in  general,  and 
on  his  experience  as  an  examiner  in  English  grammar  for  one  of  the  depart- 
ments of  Yale  College,  and  as  a  teacher  of  French  and  German  in  the  same 
institution. 

It  endeavors  to  teach  the  facts  of  English  grammar  in  such  a  way  as  shall 
lay  the  best  foundation  for  further  and  higher  study  of  language  in  every 
department. 

It  assumes  that  English-speaking  children  know  in  general  the  usages 
of  their  own  tongue,  and,  taking  advantage  of  this  fact,  it  endeavors  to 
point  out  to  them  what  most  requires  their  notice  if  they  are  to  understand 
the  language  they  use.  It  directs  their  attention  to  underlying  principles 
and  rules,  to  all  the  matters  which  grammatical  science  has  found  most 
calling  for  notice,  to  the  distinctions  of  proved  importance,  and  the  terms 
which  every  student  of  language  needs  to  undei'stand  and  use.  It  follows 
thus  the  inductive  method,  proceeding  from  familiar  facts  to  classifications 
and  generalizations  and  definitions. 

Everything  is  sought  to  be  made  so  clear,  by  starting  from  what  is  sim- 
plest, and  by  the  plainest  illustration,  that  it  shall  be  fully  understood  by 
every  ordinary  learner.  Excessive  classification  and  abstract  definition  are 
carefully  avoided. 

The  work  begins  with  the  formation  of  the  simple  sentence  and  the  dis- 
tinction of  the  parts  of  speech ;  it  next  explains  the  inflection  of  English 
words,  and  the  formation  of  derivative  and  of  compound  words ;  the  parts 
of  speech  are  then  taken  up  in  order  and  treated  in  detail ;  and  chapters 
of  syntax  close  the  work.  The  added  exercises  give  due  opportunity  of 
practice  upon  the  matters  taught. 

The  author  holds  that  the  study  of  English  grammar  may  be  made  an 
efficient  introduction  and  aid  to  the  study  of  other  languages,  both  modern 
and  ancient ;  and  also  that  even  those  who  have  pursued  the  grammar  of 
foreign  languages,  as  Latin,  will  find  that  of  English  very  valuable  both  as 
complement  of  the  knowledge  so  gained  and  as  test  of  its  reality. 

Sample  copies  50  cents,  post  paid. 


GINN   &   HEATH,  PubHshers, 

13  Tbemont  Place,  20  Bond  Street,         56  IVLnjdison  Street, 

Boston.  New  York.  Chicago. 


FITZ'S  TERRESTRIAL   GLOBE, 

MOUNTED   AND    OPERATED    BY    AN   ENTIRELY   NEW   METHOD, 

WITH   A  MANUAL 

DESIGNED   TO   ACCOMPANY   THE    GLOBE, 

The  whole  forming  an  easy  and  practical  introduction  to  the  study  of  Astronomy 
and  Physical  Geography. 


The  Globe  presents  many  new  features,  and  is  mounted  in  an  ingenious 
and  original  way,  for  which  patents  have  been  taken  out  in  this  and  in  for- 
eign countries.  The  Globe,  as  mounted,  makes  such  phenomena  as  the 
seasons,  the  changes  in  the  length  of  day  and  night,  etc.,  etc.,  at  once  clear 
to  the  apprehension  of  an  ordinary  child.  For  the  usual  verbal  expla- 
nations which  overtask  the  untrained  imagination,  it  substitutes  material 
surfaces  and  lines  and  real  motions,  and  thus  aids  the  mind  of  the  learner 
in  the  highest  possible  degree  in  forming  correct  and  lasting  impressions 
of  phenomena  which,  however  interesting,  are  in  the  abstract  not  easily 
understood. 

All  the  phenomena  which  can  be  illustrated,  or  problems  which  can  be 
solved  by  large  and  costly  terrestrial  globes,  can  be  illustrated  and  solved 
by  this  globe,  and  many  of  them  much  more  simply  and  clearly.  There  are 
also  other  problems  which  it  is  believed  admit  of  solution  upon  this  globe 
alone.  The  Globe  has  been  examined  by  numerous  teachers  and  astrono- 
mers, all  of  whom  have  expressed  their  approval  of  it  in  the  strongest  terms. 
The  Manual  which  accompanies  this  Globe  contains  every  direction  for 
its  use,  with  an  explanation  of  the  subjects  which  it  is  specially  designed  to 
illustrate,  such  as  the  changes  in  the  length  of  day  and  night,  the  seasons, 
twilight,  etc. 

A  collection  of  more  than  forty  problems  is  also  given,  with  full  directions 
for  working  them,  and  numerous  practical  exercises  to  be  worked  out  by  the 
learner  on  the  Globe.  Questions  for  examination  and  miscellaneous  exer- 
cises are  added  at  the  end. 

It  is  believed  that  no  more  interesting  and  profitable  mode  of  studying 
this  subject  can  be  devised,  whether  for  the  family  or  the  school.  High 
Schools  and  Academies  should  have  several  Globes,  so  that  all  the  learners 
may  be  able  to  use  them  freely. 


Boston,  January,  1877. 

GINN  &  HEATH, 

13  Tremont  Place,       ....       BOSTON", 


Terms :  Cash,  in  TMrty  Days.  "Wholesale  and  Hetail  Prices. 


ENGLISH. 

Wholesale.  Betail. 

A  MANUAIi    OP  ENGLISH   LITERATUBE,  His- 

toi'ical  and  Critical :  With  an  Appendix  on  Englisli  Metres.  By  Thomas 
Akkold,  M.  a.,  of  University  College,  Oxford.  American  Edition.  Kevised. 
12nio.     Cloth.    549  pages $  1.60  $  2.00 

This  manual  presents  in  a  small  compass  an  accurate  and  interesting  view  of  Eng- 
lish literature.  It  is  divided  into  two  sections.  The  first  of  these,  treating  of  the 
history  of  the  subject,  gives  a  complete  list  of  the  various  English  authors  aud  their 
works,  from  the  earliest  times  down  to  the  year  1850. 

CARPENTER'S  INTRODUCTION  TO  ANGLO- 

SAXON.  An  Introduction  to  the  study  of  the  Anglo-Saxon  Language,  Com- 
prising an  Elementary  Grammar,  Selections  for  Reading  with  Notes,  and  a 
Vocabulary.  By  Stephen  H.  Carpenter,  Professor  of  Logic  and  English 
Literature  in  the  University  of  Wisconsin,  and  Author  of  "  English  of  the  XIV. 
Century."     12mo.     Cloth.    212  pages 1.00      1.25 

CRAIK'S  ENGLISH  OP  SHAKESPEARE.     Illustrated 

in  a  Philological  Commentary  on  his  Julius  Caesar,  by  George  L.  Craik, 
Queen's  College,  Belfast.  Edited  by  W.  J.  Kolfe,  Cambridge.  16mo.  Cloth. 
402  pages 1.40      1.75 

ELEMENTS  OP  THE  ENGLISH  LANGUAGE.    An 

Introduction  to  the  study  of  Grammar  and  Composition.  By  Bernard 
BiGSBY.  Univ.  Oxon.,  Superintendent  of  Public  Schools,  Port  Huron;  Au- 
thor of  "  The  History  of  the  English  Language."    18mo.     169  pages       .      .40        .60 

ENGLISH  OP  THE   XIV.   CENTURY.    Illustrated  by 

Notes,  Grammatical  and  Etymological,  on  Chaucer's  Prologue  and  Knight's 
Tale.  Designed  to  serve  as  an  Introduction  to  the  Critical  Study  of  English. 
By  Stephen  H.  Carpenter,  A.  M.,  Professor  of  Rhetoric  and  English  Liter- 
ature in  the  State  University  of  Wisconsin.     12mo.     Cloth.    327  pages  .    1.40      1.75 

ESSENTIALS  OP  ENGLISH  GRAMMAR,  for  the 

use  of  Schools.    By  Prof.  W.  D.  Whitney,  of  Yale  College. 

This  work  is  founded  on  the  author's  studies  of  language  in  general,  and  on  his 
experience  as  an  examiner  in  English  grammar  for  one  of  the  departments  of  Yale 
College,  and  as  a  teacher  of  French  and  German  in  the  same  institution. 

It  endeavorslo  teach  the  facts  of  English  grammar  in  such  a  way  as  shall  lay  the 
best  foundation  for  further  and  higher  study  of  language  in  every  department. 

The  work  begins  with  the  formation  of  the  simple  sentence  and  the  distinction  of 
the  parts  of  speech  ;  it  next  explains  the  inflection  of  English  words,  and  the  for- 
mation of  derivative  and  compound  words  ;  the  parts  of  speech  are  then  taken  up 
in  order  and  treated  iu  detail;  and  chapters  of  syntax  close  the  work.  The  added 
exercises  give  due  opportunity  of  practice  upon  the  matters  taught. 

1 


Wholesale.  Retail. 

FITZ'S  TERRESTBIAL  GLOBE.  Mounted  and  Oper- 
ated by  an  entirely  new  Method,  with  a  Manual  designed  to  accompany  the 
Globe,  the  whole  forming  ao  easy  and  practicalintroduction  to  the  study  of  As- 
tronomy and  Physical  Geography. 

Six-inch  Globe ;       $15.00 

Twelve-inch  Globe 30.00 

The  Globe,  as  mounted,  makes  such  phenomena  as  the  seasons,  the  changes  in  the 
length  of  day  and  night,  etc.,  etc.,  at  once  clear  to  the  apprehension  of  an  ordinary 
child.  For  the  usual  verbal  explanations  which  overtask  the  untrained  imagination, 
it  substitutes  material  surfaces  and  lines  and  real  motions,  and  thus  aids  the  mind 
of  the  learner  in  the  highest  possible  degree  in  forming  correct  and  lasting  impres- 
sions of  phenomena  which,  however  interesting,  are  in  the  abstract  not  easily 
understood.  ■" 

FITZ'S  MANUAL.      12mo.    120pa-eg  .....      .80     1.00 

The  Manual  which  accompanies  the  above  Globe  contains  every  direction  for 
its  use,with  an  explanation  of  the  subjects  which  it  is  specially  designed  to  illustrate, 
such  as  the  changes  in  the  length  of  day  and  night,  the  seasons,  twilight,  etc. 

A  collection  of  more  than  forty  problems  is  also  given,  with  full  directions  for 
working  them,  and  numerous  practical  exercises  to  be  worked  out  by  the  learner  on 
the  Globe.  Questions  for  examination  and  miscellaneous  exercises  are  added  at  the 
end. 

HUDSON'S  FAMILY  SHAKESPEARE:  Plays  selected 

and  prepared,  with  Notes  and  Introductions,  for  Use  in  Families. 
Volume  I.,  containing  As  You  Like  It,  The  Merchant  of  Venice,  Twelfth  Night, 
First  and  Second  of  King  Henry  the  Fourth,  Julius  Caesar,  and  Hamlet. 

Volume  II.,  containing  The  Tempest,  The  Winter's  Tale,  King  Henry  the  Fifth, 
King  Richard  the  Third,  King  Lear,  Macbeth,  and  Antony  and  Cleopatra. 

Volume  III  ,  containing  A  Midsummer  Night's  Dream,  Much  Ado  about  Nothing, 
King  Henry  the  Eighth,  Komeo  and  Juliet,  Cymbeline,  Coriolanus,  and  Othello, 
And  Hudson's  Life,  Art,  and  Characters  of  Shakespeare.    2  vols. 

5to1s.    Cloth 8.00  10.00 

Half  morocco 12.00  15.00 

Full  calf 16.00  20.00 

HUDSON'S  LIFE,  ART,  AND  CHARACTERS  OF 

SHAKESPEARE.  Including  an  Historical  Sketch  of  the  Origin  and  Growth 
of  the  Drama  in  England,  with  Studies  in  the  Poet's  Dramatic  Architecture, 
Delineation  of  Character,  Humor,  Style,  and  Moral  Spirit,  also  with  Critical 
Discourses  on  the  following  plays,  — A  Midsummer  Night's  Dream,  The  Mer- 
chant of  Venice,  The  Merry  Wives  of  Windsor,  Much  Ado  about  Nothing,  As 
You  Like  It,  Twelfth  Night,  All 's  Well  that  Ends  Well,  Measure  for  Measure, 
The  Tempest,  The  Winter's  Tale,  King  John,  King  Richard  the  Second,  King 
Henry  the  Fourth,  King  Henry  the  Fifth,  King  Richard  the  Third,  King  Henry 
the  Eighth,  Romeo  and  Juliet,  Julius  Csesar,  Hamlet,  Macbeth,  King  Lear, 
Antony  and  Cleopatra,  Othello,  Cymbeline,  and  Coriolanus.  In  Two  Volumes. 
12mo.    Cloth.    969  pages 3.20     4.00 

HUDSON'S  SERMONS.    l6mo.    Cloth      ....   1.20    1.50 
HUDSON'S  SCHOOL  SHAKESPEARE.    1st  Series. 

Containing  As  You  Like  It,  The  Two  Parts  of  Henry  IV., 

The  Merchant  op  Venice,  Julius  C^sar, 

Twelfth  Night,  Hamlet. 

Selected  and  prepared  for  Use  in  Schools,  Clubs,  Classes,  and  Families.  With  In- 
troductions and  Notes.  By  the  Rev.  Henry  N.  Hudson.  12mo.  Cloth.  636  pages  1.60     2.00 

HUDSON'S  SCHOOL  SHAKESPEARE.    2d  Series. 

Containing  The  Tempest,  •  King  Richard  the  Third, 

The  Winter's  Tale,  King  Lear, 

King  Henrv  the  Fifth,                   Macbeth,  Antony,  and  Cleopatra. 
12mo.     Cloth.    678  pages ^    .    1.60     2.00 

HUDSON'S  SCHOOL  SHAKESPEARE.    3d  Series. 

Containing  A  Midsu.mmer  Night's  Dream,  Komeo  and  Juuet, 

Much  Ado  about  Nothimg,  Cymbkline, 

King  IlENr.v  VIlI.,  Othello.  Coriolanus, 

12mo.    Cloth.    655  pages  1-6©     2.00 

2 


Wholesale.  Retail. 

HUDSON'S  SEPARATE  PLAYS  OF  SHAKESPEARE. 

THE  MERCHANT  OF  VENICE.    In  Paper  Cover      ....        $0.32  .$0.40 

JULIUS  C^SAR.    In  Paper  Cover  .        .                 32  .40 

HAMLET.    In  Paper  Cover 32  .40 

THE  TEMPEST.    In  Paper  Cover 32  .40 

MACBETH.     In  Paper  Cover 32  .40 

HENRY  THE  EIGHTH.     In  Paper  Cover 32  .40 

AS  YOU  LIKE  IT 32  .40 

HENRY  THE  FOURTH.    Part  1 32  .40 

KING  LEAR 32  .40 

MUCH  ADO  ABOUT  NOTHING 32  .40 

ROMEO  AND  JULIET 32  .40 

OTHELLO 32  .40 

A  MIDSUMMER  NIGHT'S  DREAM 32  .40 

HENRY  THE  FIFTH 32  .40 

HUDSON'S    PAMPHLET    SECTIONS    OF    TEXT- 
BOOKS OF  PROSE  AND  POETRY. 

BURKE.    Section  I.    Preface,  Contents,  and  pages  113-218      .        .        .    .32  .40 

BURKE.    Section  II.    Life,  Contents,  and  pages  219  -  325      .        .        .        .32  .40 

WEBSTER.     Section  I.    Preface,  Contents,  and  pages  335-421         .        .    .32  .40 

WEBSTER.    Section  n.     Life,  Contents,  and  pages  421-552         .        .         .32  .40 

BACON,    Preface,  Life,  Contents,  and  pages  553-636 32  .40 

WORDSWORTH.     Section  II.     Preface  and  pages  129  -  251    ...         .32  .40 

,  COLERIDGE  AND  BURNS.     Preface  and  Contents  504  -  614     .        .        .     .32  .40 

ADDISON  AND   GOLDSMITH.     72  pages .32  .49 

HUDSON'S  TEXT-BOOK  OF  POETRY.   From  Words- 
WORTH,  Coleridge,   Burns,  Beattie,    Goldsmith,   and   Thomson. 
With  Sketches  of  the  Author's  Lives.    For  use  in  Schools  and  Classes.    By  the 
Rev.  H.  N.  Hudson.    12mo.     Cloth.     704  pages  .....     ,160       2.00 
Two    thirds  of   the  volume  is  filled  with   Wordsworth ;   who  has    now   made 
good  his   position  as  one  of  the  five  great  chiefs  of  English  poetry,  and  whose  works 
embody,  in  the  highest  form,  whatever  is  noblest  and  best  in  the  English  poetical 
literature  of  the  last  hundred  years.     The  whole  of  The   Excursion,  the  first  two 
books  of  the  Prelude^  Jilichael,  The  Brothers,  Tintern  Jlbbey,  Lasdamia,  On  the  Power 
of  Sound,  Ode  on  Immortality,  and  a  large  number  of  smaller  pieces  are  included. 
The  selections  from  Coleridge  are  The  jincient  Mariner,  Christabel,  Fears  in  Solitude, 
and  eighteen  other  pieces.     From  Burns,  The  Colter^s  Saturday  JSTig-ht,   The  Tiva 
JDoo-s,  Tarn  O'' Shunter,  The  Vision,  and  twenty-six  other  poems,  and  also  twenty- 
nine  of  the  songs.     From  Beattie,   The  Minstrel;    from  Goldsmith,    The   Deserted 
Village;  and  from  Thomson,  The  Castle  of  Indolence:  these  being  generally  regarded 
as  the  best  poems  of  those  authors.     In  all  cases,  except  a  few  pieces  of  Words- 
worth's, the  poems  are  given  entire,  as  the  authors  wrote  them, 

HUDSON'S   TEXT-BOOK    OF    PROSE.    From  Burke, 

Webster,  and  Bacon.     With  Notes  and  Sketches  of  the  Authors  Lives.   By  the 
Rev.  H.  N.  Hudson.    r2mo.     Cloth.     648  pages 1 60     2.00 

This  work  is  intended  as  a  sort  of  companion  volume  to  the  preceding.  It  is  made 
up  on  the  same  general  principle,  the  contents  being  selected  with  a  view  to  unite, 
as  far  as  may  be,  the  culture  of  high  and  pure  literary  tastes  with  the  attainment 
of  liberal  and  useful  knowledge.  The  selections  from  Burke  are  Letter  to  the  Sher- 
HT'^  "f  Bristol,  Speech  on  Economical  Reform,  Speech  to  the  Electors  of  Bristol,  and  ^ 
Letter  to  a  JVoble  Lord,  all  given  entire  ;  also  twenty-nine  other  pieces  gathered,  as 
Beemed  best,  from  the  author's  various  works.  From  U'ebster,  Speech  in  Reply  to 
Hayne,  Speech  on  the  Presidential  Protest,  and  discourse  on  Tlie  Character  of  Wash- 
ington ;  also  thirty -two  shorter  pieces  from  other  speeches.  From  Bacon  thirty 
of  the  fifty -eight  Essays,  all  given  entire,  and  several  choice  selections  from  Advance- 
ment of  Learning, 

3 


Wholesale.  Ret^L 

HALSEY'S  GENEALOGICAL  AND  CHRONOLOGI- 

CAL  CHART  of  the  Rulers  of  England,  Scotland,  France,  Germany,  and 
Spain.    By  C.  S.  Halsey.    Mounted,  83  X  48  inches.    Folded  and  Bound  in  4to, 

10x12  inches $1.20  $1.50 

Unbound ,50 

HALSEY'S  BIBLE  CHABT  OP  GENEALOGY  AND 

CHRONOLOGY,   from    the    Creation  to  A.  D.  100.     Prepared  by   C.  S. 

Halsey 1.00     1.25 

Unbound .50 

This  Chart  is  designed  to  illustrate  Bible  History  by  showing  on  a  clear  and  simple 
plan  the  genealogy  and  chronology  of  the  principal  persons  mentioned  in  the  Scrip- 
tures. 

HARVARD  EXAMINATION  PAPERS.    Collected    and 

arranged  by  R.  F,  Leighton,  A.  M.,  Master  of  Melrose  High  School.  Third 
Edition,  containing  papers  of  June  and  September,  1875-76.      12mo.    Cloth. 

348  pages 1.25      1.56 

These  are  all  the  questions  (except  on  the  subject  of  Geometry),  in  the  form  of 
papers,  which  hare  been  used  in  the  examinations  for  admission  to  Harvard  College 
since  I860.  They  will  furnish  an  excellent  series  of  Questions  in  Modern,  Physical, 
and  Ancient  Geography  ;  Grecian  and  Roman  History  ;  Arithmetic  and  Algebra  ; 
Plane  and  Solid  Geometry  ;  Logarithms  and  Trigonometry  ;  Latin  and  Greek  Gram- 
mar and  Composition  ;  Physics  and  Mechanics.  They  have  been  published  in  this 
form  for  the  convenience  of  Teachers,  classes  in  High  Schools,  and  especially  for 
pupils  preparing  for  college. 

OUR  WORLD,  No.  I. ;  or,  First  Lessons  in  Geography. 

Revised  edition,  with  new  Maps,  by  Mary  L.  Hall.  Small  quarto.   119  pages  .75       .94 
Designed  to  give  children  clear  and  lasting  impressions  of  the  different  countries  and 
inhabitants  of  the  earth  rather  than  to  tax  the  memory  with  mere  names  and  details. 

OUR  WORLD,  No.  II. ;  or.  Second  Series  of  Lessons 

in  Geography.  By  Mary  L  Hall.  With  fine  illustrations  of  the  various  coun- 
tries, the  inhabitants  and  their  occupations,  and  two  distinct  series  of  Maps, 
5  pages  physical,  and  19  pages  of  finely  engraved  copperplates  political.   Quarto. 

181  pages 1.60     2.00 

This  book  is  intended,  if  used  in  connection  with  the  First  Lessons,  to  cover  the 
usual  course  of  geographical  study.  It  is  based  upon  the  principle  that  it  is  more 
useful  to  give  vivid  conceptions  of  the  physical  features  and  political  associations  of 
different  regions  tban  to  make  pupils  lamiUar  with  long  lists  of  places  and  a  great 
array  of  statistics. 

OUTLINES  OP  THE  ART  OP  EXPRESSION.    By  J. 

H.  GiLMORE,  Professor  of  Logic,  Rhetoric,  and  English  in  the  University  of 
Rochester.     12mo.     Cloth.     117  pages 80     1.00 

This  little  book  was  not  manufactured  to  meet  a  demand,  though  it  is  believed 
that  a  demand  (or  such  a  work  has  long  existed.  It  grew,  in  the  author's  class- 
room, out  of  an  attempt  to  remedy  the  defeciive  training  in  English  of  students  who 
■were,  in  other  respects,  quiilified  to  pursue  to  advantage  a  college  course.  With  a 
cursory  survey  of  English  Grammar  (from  the  logical  and  historical  point  of  view) 
it  combines  brief  practical  suggestions  with  reference  to  l-omposition  and  Rhetoric, 
together  with  examples  for  criticism  and  topics  for  practice  in  the  construction  of 
sentences. 

The  book  was  privately  printed,  for  the  use  of  the  author's  classes,  a  year  ago,  and 
is  given  to  the  public,  at  the  request  of  many  teachers,  in  the  hope  that  it  may  be 
useful  to  college  professors  who  desire  some  brief,  but  comprehensive  manual  of 
English  on  which  to  condition  candidates  for  admission  to  college.  The  lack  of  such 
a  manual  has  compelled  many  a  college  professor  either  to  give  instruction,  during 
the  Freshman  year,  which  should  devolve  on  the  preliminary  training  school,  or 
to  approach  his  proper  work  in  Rhetoric  and  English  at  a  very  great  disadvantage. 

The  attention  of  teachers  of  rhetoric  in  our  colleges  —  and  also  in  our  academies 
and  high  schools  — is  especially  called  to  the  work  as  likely  to  meet  a  felt  necessity. 
They  will  find  it  intensely  direct  and  practical ;  yet  resting,  it  is  hoped,  upon  a  sound 
theoretical  basis  which  will  facilitate  the  work  of  further  and  more  systematic  in- 
struction . 

While  Professor  Gilmore's  Art  op  Expression  has  this  special  adaptation,  the  pub- 
lishers believe  that  it  cs»,nnrit  wisely  be  overlooked  wherever,  for  any  reason,  aa 
inteUigeut  review  of  English  Grammar  is  desired. 

4 


Wholesale.  RetaiL 

PEIECE'S  TABLES  OF  LOGARITHMIC  and  TRIG- 

ONOMETRIC  FimCTIONS  TO  THREE  AND  FOUR  PLACES  OF 
DECIMALS.  By  James  Mills  Peirce,  University  Professor  of  Mathematics  at 
Harvard  University.     Quarto.     Cloth  .        .        .        .        ,        .         §U.60$0.75 

PEIRCE'S  ELEMENTS  OP  LOGARITHMS;  with  an 

Explanation  of  the  Author's  THREE  AND  FOUR  PLACE  TABLES.  By  James 
Mills   Peirce,   University  Professor  of  Mathematics  at  Harvard  University. 

12mo.     Cloth.     92  pages 80     1.00 

This  Work  is  a  Companion  to  THREE  AND  FOUR  PLACE  TABLES  OF  LOGA- 
RITHMIC AND  TRIGONOMETRIC  FUNCTIONS,  by  the  same  Authors. 

STEWART'S    ELEMENTARY    PHYSICS.     American 

Edition.  AVith  QUESTIONS  and  EXERCISES.  By  Peof.  G.  A.  Hill,  of  Har- 
vard University.     18mo.     Cloth.     580  pages 1.40     1.75 

The  Questions  will  be  direct  and  exhaustive  upon  the  text  of  Mr.  Stewart's  work. 
After  the  Questions  will  be  given  a  series  of  easy  Exercises  and  Problems,  designed, 
in  the  hands  of  a  good  teacher,  to  arouse  and  strengthen  in  the  student's  mind  the 
power  of  reasoning  in  accordance  with  sound  scientific  methods. 

SEARLE'S  OUTLINES  OP  ASTRONOMY.  By  Ar- 
thur Searle,  of  Harvard  College  Observatory.  16mo.  Cloth.  433  pages  .  1.60  2.00 
This  work  is  intended  to  give  such  elementary  instruction  in  the  principal  branches 
of  Astronomy  as  is  required  in  High  Schools  or  by  any  students  not  far  advanced  in 
mathematics.  It  is  illustrated  by  carefully  prepared  engravings,  and  contains  some 
information  on  each  of  the  following  subjects  :  — 

1.  The  chief  results  of  astronomical  inquiry  up  to  the  present  time  with  regard  to 
the  general  constitution  of  the  universe,  and^  in  particular,  with  regard  to  the  stars, 
planets,  nebulae,  comets,  and  meteors. 

2.  The  methods  of  astronomical  research,  and  their  application  to  the  arts. 

3.  The  general  px-iuciples  of  theoretical  astronomy. 

4.  The  history  of  astronomy.  / 

5.  Astronomical  statistics. 

ATLANTIC  PRIMARY  ARITHMETIC.    Simple  Num- 
bers.   By  G.  L.  Demarest.    18mo.    256  pages 40       .50 

THE     CHANDLER    DRAWING-BOOK.      By  the  late 

John  S  Woodman,  of  Dartmouth  College.     12mo.     134  pages   .        .        .       .80     1.00 
THE  LIVING  WORD  ;  or,  Bible  Truths  and  Lessons.     12mo. 

Cloth.     153  pages 80     1.00 

THE  ELEMENTS  OP  PLANE  TRIGONOMETRY. 

By  H.  N.  Wheeler,  A.M.,  of  Cambridge.    12mo.     Cloth.    120  pages.     1.00        1.25 

THE    NATIONAL   MUSIC    COURSE.     In  Four  Books. 

For  Public  Schools.  By  Julius  Eichberg,  J.  B.  Sharland,  L.  W.  Mason,  H.  E. 
Holt,  Supervisors  of  Music  in  PubUc  Schools  of  Boston,  Mass. 

PRIMARY  OR  FIRST  IVnJSIC  READER.     16mo.    96  pages        .        .      .24       .30 
A  course  of  exercises  in  the  elements  of  Yocal  Music   and  Sight-Singing,  with 
choice  rote  songs  for  the  use  of  youngest  pupils. 

INTERMEDIATE  MUSIC  READER.     16mo.     192  pages       .        .        .       .56       .70 
Including  the  Second  and  Third  Music  Readers.     A  course  of  instruction  in  the 

elements  of  Vocal  Music  and  Sight-Singing,  with  choice  rote  songs,  in  two  and  three 

parts,  based  on  the  elements  of  harmony. 

THE  FOURTH  MUSIC  READER.    8vo.    336  pages    1.20    1.50 

This  work,  pi-epared  to  follow  the  Third  Music  Reader,  is  also  adapted,  under  a 
competent  instructor,  to  be  used  in  High  Schools  where  no  previous  systematic  in- 
struction has  been  given.  To  this  end  a  brief  but  thorough  elementary  course  is 
given,  with  musical  theory,  original  solfeggios,  a  complete  system  of  triad  practice, 
and  sacred  music  and  song,  with  accompaniment  for  the  piano.  The  music  intro- 
duced is  of  a  high  order,  and  by  the  best  mnsters,  and  is  calculated  to  cultivate  the 
taste,  as  well  as  to  extend  the  knowledge  and  skill  of  the  pupils. 

5 


Wholesale.  EetaiL 

THE  FIFTH,  or  HIGH  SCHOOL  MUSIC  READER 

FOR  MIXED  VOICES.  Coutaining  a  full  Course  of  Advanced  Solfeggios  for 
One  and  Two  Voices,  and  a  carefully  selected  number  of  easy  Fowr-Part  Songs, 
taken  from  the  works  of  the  best  composers.  This  work  has  been  especially 
compiled  to  meet  the  growing  wants  of  our  High  Schools  for  a  higher  grade  of 
music  than  is  contained  in  works  now  used  in  such  schools.  8vo.  299  pages   $  1.00  $  1.25 

N.  B.  — The  Tenor  Part  in  many  of  the  songs  may  be  either  omitted  or  sung  by 
the  altos  (boys). 

THE  ABRIDGED  FOURTH  MUSIC  READER.  8vo. 

288  pages 1.00    1.25 

SECOND  MUSIC  READER.    16mo.    96  pages     .  .82     .40 

THIRD  MUSIC  READER.    IGmo.    96  pages    .      .        .32     .40 
THE     NATIONAL     MUSIC    CHARTS.      By   Luther 

Whiting  Mason.  An  invaluable  aid  to  Teachers  of  Common  Schools  in  imparting 
a  practical  knowledge  of  Music,  and  teaching  Children  to  sing  at  sight.  La  Four 
Series.    Forty  Charts  each,  size  25  X  36  inches. 

FIRST  SERIES 10.00 

SECOND  SERIES 1000 

THIRD  SERIES 10.00 

FOURTH  SERIES,  by  L.  W.  Mason  and  J.  B  Sharland 10.00 

EASEL 1.25 

THE   NATIONAL   MUSIC    TEACHER.      A   Practical 

Guide  for  Teaching  Vocal  Music  to  Young  Children.    By  L.  W.  Mason.    Svg. 

72  pages 60 

THE     TEACHER'S     IMPROVED     CLASS-BOOK. 

ISmo 60 

Two  advantages  result  from  the  arrangement  of  pages  adopted  in  the  Improved 
Cl,A8S-Book  :  1.  The  names  of  pupils  in  any  class  need  to  be  entered  but  once  for 
an  entire  term.  2.  The  standing  for  the  three  months,  instead  of  needing  to  be  com- 
piled from  different  parts  of  the  book,  is  present  to  the  eye  at  one  view. 

6 


GREEK. 


Wholesale.  Eetail. 

GOODWIN'S    GREEK    GRAMMAR.    By  William  W. 

Goodwin,  Ph.  D.,  Eliot  Professor  of  Greek  Literature  in  Harvard  University. 

12mo.     Half  morocco.     262  pages $1.25  $1.56 

The  object  of  this  Grammar  is  to  state  general  principles  clearly  and  distinctly, 
with  special  regard  to  those  who  are  preparing  for  college.  In  the  sections  on  the 
Moods  are  stated,  for  the  first  time  in  an  elementary  form,  the  principles  which  are 
elaborated  in  detail  in  the  author's  "  Syntax  of  the  Greek  Moods  and  Tenses." 

GREEK  MOODS  AND  TENSES.  The  Sixth  Edition. 
By  WaLiAM  W.  Goodwin,  Eliot  Professor  of  Greek  Literature  in  Harvard  Uni- 
versity.   1  vol.    12mo.    Cloth.    264  pages 1.40     1.75 

This  work  was  first  published  in  1860,  and  it  appeared  in  a  new  form  —  much  en- 
larged and  in  great  part  rewritten  —  in  1865.  In  the  present  edition  the  whole  has 
been  again  revised  ;  some  sections  and  notes  have  been  rewritten,  and  a  few  notes 
have  been  added.  The  object  of  the  work  is  to  give  a  plain  statement  of  the  princi- 
ples which  govern  the  construction  of  the  Greek  Moods  and  Tenses,  —  the  most  im- 
portant and  the  most  difiicult  part  of  Greek  Syntax. 

GOODWIN'S  GREEK  READER.    Consisting  of  Extracts 

from  Xenophon,  Plato,  Herodotus,  and  Thucydides  ;  being  a  full  equivalent  for 
the  seven  books  of  the  Anabasis,  now  required  for  admission  at  Harvard.  With 
Maps,  Notes,  References  to  GOODWIN'S  GREEK  GRAMMAR,  and  parallel  Ref- 
erences to  CROSBY'S  and  HADLEY'S  GRAMMARS.  Edited  by  Professor 
W.  W.  Goodwin,  of  Harvard  College,  and  J.  H.  Allen,  Cambridge.    12mo. 

Half  morocco.    340  pages 1.60     2.00 

This  book  contains  the  third  and  fourth  books  of  the  Anabasis  (entire),  the  greater 
part  of  the  second  book  of  the  Hellenica,  and  the  first  chapter  of  the  Memorabilia,  of 
Xenophon  ;  the  last  part  of  the  Apology,  and  the  beginning  and  end  of  the  Phaedo, 
of  Plato;  selections  from  the  sixth,  seventh,  and  eighth  books  of  Herodotus,  and 
from  the  fourth  book  of  Thucydides. 

LEIGHTON'S  GREEK  LESSONS.  Prepared  to  accompany 

Goodwin's  Greek  Grammar.     By  R.  F.  Leighton,  Master  of  Melrose  High  School. 

12mo.     Half  morocco.     264  pages 1.25     1.56 

_  This  work  contains  about  one  hundred  lessons,  with  a  progressive  series  of  exer- 
cises (both  Greek  and  English),  mainly  selected  from  the  first  book  of  Xenophon'a 
Anabasis.  The  exercises  on  the  Moods  are  sufficient,  it  is  believed,  to  develop  the 
general  principles  as  stated  in  the  Grammar.  The  text  of  four  chapters  of  the 
Anabasis  is  given  entire,  with  notes  and  references.  Full  vocabularies  accompany 
the  book. 

LIDDELL  &  SCOTT'S  GREEK-ENGLISH  LEXI- 
CON. Abridged  from  the  new  Oxford  Edition.  New  Edition,  With  Appendix 
of  Proper  and  Geographical  Names,  by  J.  M.  WnrroN.  Square  12mo.  835  pages. 

Morocco  back 2.40     3.00 

Sheep  binding 2.80     3.50 

LIDDELL  &  SCOTT'S  GREEK-ENGLISH  LEXI- 
CON.    The  sixth  Oxford  Edition  unabridged.    4to.    1,881  pages. 

Morocco  back 9.60  12.00 

Sheep  binding 10.40  13.00 

We  have  made  arrangements  with  Messrs.  Macmillan  &  Co.  to  publish  in  this 
country  their  new  edition  of  Liddeil  &  Scott's  Greek  Lexicons,  and  are  ready  to 
supply  the  trade. 

The  English  editions  of  Liddeil  &  Scott  are  not  stereotyped ;  but  each  has  been 
thoroughly  revised,  enlarged,  and  printed  anew.  The  sixth  edition,  published  in  1869, 
is  larger  by  one  eighth  than  the  fifth,  and  contains  1,865  pages.  It  is  an  entirely  dif- 
ferent work  from  the  first  edition,  the  whole  department  of  etymology  having  been 
rewritten  in  the  light  of  modern  investigations,  and  the  forms  of  the  irregular  verbs 
being  given  in  greater  detail  by  the  aid  of  Veitch's  Catalogue.  No  student  of  Greek 
can  afford  to  dispense  with  this  invaluable  Lexicon,  the  price  of  which  is  now  for  the 
first  time  brought  within  the  means  of  the  great  body  of  American  scholars. 

7 


"Wholesale,  RetaiL 

PLATO'S  APOLOGY  OF  SOCRATES  AND  CRITO. 

Edited,  for  the  Use  of  Schools,  by  John  Williams  White,  A.  M. 
The  basis  of  this  work  will  be  the  German  edition  of  Dr.  Christian  Cron.  (Platona 
Vertheidiguugsrede  des  Sokrates  und  Kriton.  Sechste  Auflage.  Leipzig,  Teubner, 
1875.)  To  the  matter  contained  in  Dr.  Crou's  edition  there  will  be  added  notes  by 
the  Editor  and  from  other  sources,  analyses,  and  extended  references  to  Goodwin 
and  Iladley.  The  book  will  be  for  the  class-room,  and  all  matter  not  of  direct  value 
to  the  student  will  be  rigidly  excluded. 

THE  CEDIPUS  TYRANNUS  OP  SOPHOCLES.    Ed- 

ited,  with  an  Introduction,  Notes,  and  full  explanation  of  the  metres,  by  John 
W.  White,  A.  M.,  Professor  of  the  Greek  Language  and  Literature  in  Baldwin 
University.    12mo.    Cloth.    219  pages ^1.20  $1.50 

THE  MEDEA  OP  EURIPIDES.    Edited,  with  Notes  and 

an  Introduction,  by  FREDERIC  D.  Allen,  Ph.  D.,  Professor  in  the  University 

of  Cincinnati.    12mo.    Cloth.     141  pages 100         1.25 

WILKIN'S  MANUAL    OP  GREEK  PROSE   COM- 
POSITION.   Ivol.    12mo.    Cloth 2.00    2.50 

WHITE'S   PIRST  LESSONS   IN    GREEK.    Prepared 

to  accompany  Goodwin's  Greek  Grammar,  and  designed  as  an  Introduction  to 
his  Greek  Reader.  By  John  WaLiAMS  White,  A.  M.,  Tutor  in  Greek  in  Harvard 
College.     12mo.    Half  morocco.     305  pages 1.20     1.50 

A  series  of  eighty  lessons  with  progressive  Greek-English  and  English-Greek  exer- 
cises. Followed  by  selected  passages  from  the  first  two  books  of  Xenophon-s  Ana- 
basis, and  vocabularies. 

WHITON'S  SELECT  ORATIONS  OP  LYSIAS.    Com- 

prising  the  Defence  of  Mantitheus,  the  Oration  against  Eratosthenes,  the 
Reply  to  "  The  Overthrow  of  the  Democracy,"  and  the  Areopagitic  Oration 
concerning  the  Sacred  Olive-Trunk.  Edited  by  James  Morris  Whiton,  Ph.  D. 
12mo.    151  pages 1.20     1.50 

These  orations  illustrate  a  period  of  peculiar  interest  in  Athenian  history,  and 
Its  main  incidents  and  characters  have  received  special  attention  in  the  Introductions 
and  Notes.  Students  who  have  not  at  hand  the  larger  works  of  reference  will  here 
find  in  condensed  form  all  that  is  essential  for  the  illustration  of  the  text.  A  peculiar 
feature  of  the  work  is  its  compendious  treatment  in  topical  notes  of  those  points  of 
the  Athenian  constitution  which  are  touched  upon  in  the  orations.  Each  oration  is 
accompanied  with  a  complete  logical  Analysis.  The  grammatical  notes  deal  almost 
wholly  with  the  syntax,  —  as  befits  a  work  of  this  grade,  —  and  have  been  prepared 
with  a  special  aim  to  elucidate  the  usage  of  the  verb.  References  are  made,  for  the 
most  part,  to  Goodwin's  Greek  Moods  and  Tenses,  and  Goodwin's  and  Hadley's 
Grammars. 

While  this  edition  is  designed  for  use  in  Colleges,  yet  the  style  of  Lysias,  on  ac- 
count both  of  its  purity  and  simplicity,  is  such  that  the  advanced  classes  in  Acad- 
emies will  find  these  orations  within  their  capacity,  while  also  finding  the  subject- 
matter  quite  as  attractive  as  in  the  authors  hitherto  more  familiar.  The  quantity  of 
Greek  text  is  about  fifty  pages,  containing  about  the  same  amount  of  reading-matter 
as  the  first  book  of  Xenophou's  Anabasis. 

8 


LATIN. 

Wholesale.  RetaiL 

ALLEN  &   GREENOUGH'S  LATIN    GRAMMAR: 

a  Latin  Grammar  for  schools  and  colleges,  founded  on  Comparative  Grammar. 
12mo.     Half  morocco.   290  pages  (including  supplementary  Outlines  of  Syntax, 

with  new  and  greatly  enlarged  Index) S1.25  $1.56 

The  features  of  this  grammar  to  which  we  inyite  attention,  are  :  1.  The  scientific 
form  of  statement  in  the  Etymology,  corresponding  to  the  most  advanced  views  of 
comparative  philologists  ;  2.  The  comparison  with  kindred  languages  suggested 
throughout,  especially  in  numerous  brief  philological  notes,  and  in  references  to  the 
syntax  of  Goodwin's  Greek  Grammar  ;  3.  Grouping  and  subordination  of  topics  in 
the  Syntax,  —  which  contains  nearly  200  cross-references,  with  upwards  of  1,000 
citations  from  classic  authors,  —  so  that  unusual  brevity  is  attained  without  sacri- 
fice of  completeness. 

ALLEN  &  GREENOUGH'S  LATIN  METHOD  :  a 

Method  of  Instruction  in  Latin  ;  being  a  companion  and  guide  in  the  study  of 
Latin  Grammar.  With  elementary  instruction  in  Reading  at  Sit^ht,  Exercises 
in  Translation  and  Writing,  Notes,  and  Vocabularies  ;  also  "  Outlines  of  Syn- 
tax," taken  from  the  Latin  Grammar.     12mo.     Cloth,     134  pages    .        .     .80         1.00 

ALLEN  &  GREENOUGH'S  LATIN  COMPOSITION : 

an  Elementary  Guide  to  Writing  in  Latin.     Part  I.  Constructions  of  Syntax  ; 

Part  II.  Exercises  in  Translation.     12mo.     Cloth.     198  pages.         .         .     1.20         1.60 

Part  First  (which  is  published  separately)  consists  of  thirty  progressive  Lessons, 
with  full  instructions,  exercises,  and  vocabulary ;  and  is  designed  "to  furnish  a 
Bulficient  amount  of  study  and  practice  in  Latin  composition  during  the  last  year 
of  preparation  for  college,  or  the  first  of  a  college  course."  Part  Second  consists  of 
about  forty  exercises  in  translation,  chiefly  narrative,  adapted  to  the  use  of  advanced 
or  college  classes;  with  annotated  references  to  the  Lessons  of  Part  I.,  and  to  the 
sections  of  a  special  Introduction  on  the  Choice  of  Words,  the  Form  of  the  Sentence, 
and  Idiomatic  Usages. 

ALLEN    &    GREENOUGH'S   CSISAR :  Cesar's  Gallic 

War.  Four  Books.  With  Historical  Introduction,  Notes,  and  a  Copperplate 
Map  of  Gaul.     [With  a  full  Vocabulary  by  R.  F.  Pennell,  of  Phillips  Exeter 

Academy.]    12mo,    Half  morocco.    282  pages 1.20        1.50 

Without  Vocabulary 1.00        1.25 

The  text  of  this  edition  is  that  of  Nipperdey,  important  variations  being  noticed. 
The  notes  are  unusually  full  in  historical  illustration,  derived  largely  from  Momm- 
sen,  Long,  Merivale,  the  "  History  of  Julius  Caesar"  by  Napoleon  III.,  and  the 
excellent  school  edition  of  Moberly.  In  the  earlier  portions  they  are  especially  de- 
signed to  guide  in  a  systematic  and  careful  study  of  Latin  syntax. 

ALLEN  &  GREENOUGH'S  SALLUST:  The  Conspiracy 

of  Catiline  as  related  bv  Sallust.     With  Introduction  and  Notes  explanatory 

and  historical.    12mo.     Cloth.     84  pages 80      1.00 

ALLEN  &  GREENOUGH'S  CICERO:  Select  Orations  of 

Cicero,  chronologically  arranged,  covering  the  entire  period  of  his  public  life. 
From  the  text  of  Baiter  and  Kayser.  With  Life,  general  and  special  Introduc- 
tions, and  Index  of  topics  discussed.    12mo.    Half  morocco.    394  pages  .    1.40      1.75 

The  text  without  notes 80      1.00 

It  is  the  design  of  this  edition  to  give  a  full  view  of  Cicero's  public  career,  as  ora- 
tor and  statesman,  extending  through  about  forty  of  the  most  eventful  years  of  the 
later  Republic.  With  this  view,  the  selection  includes  the  earliest  and  the  latest 
of  his  public  orations,  while  the  special  Introductions  cover  very  fully  the  inter- 
vening pohtical  history.  Besides  the  orations  more  commonly  read  in  schools,  are 
given  the  Roscius  and  Sestius  (abridged) ,  with  the  first  against  Verres  and  the  last 

9 


i.  •  *  ■i'  v< 

.  t.i  r 

Wholesale.  RetaiL 
Philippic,  —  thirteen  in  all, — with  one  or  two  short  passages  of  special  celebrity ,  for 
practice  in  reading  at  sight.  EsfKcial  care  has  been  taken  in  the  department  of 
Antiquities,  which  has  been  treated  in  numerous  notes  (in  smaller  type),  some  of 
them  —  as  that  on  the  Roman  Aristocracy  —  being  brief  essays  on  the  several  topics. 
The  Introduction  contains  a  classified  list  of  all  the  works  of  Cicero,  with  the 
occasions  and  topics  of  all  of  his  orations. 

ALLEN  &  GREENOUGH'S  CATO  MAJOR:    Cicero 

De  Senectute,  a  Dialogue  on  Old  Age.  With  Introduction  (on  the  adoption  in 
Rome  of  the  Greek  philosophy)  and  Notes.    12mo.    Cloth.    57  pages       $0.60  $0.75 

ALLEN"  &  GREEWOUGH'S  OVID :   Selections  from  the 

Poems  of  Ovid,  chiefly  the  Metamorphoses.    With  special  Introductions,  Notes, 

and  Index  of  Proper  Names.    12mo.    Half  morocco.    283  pages      .        .     1.20      1.50 

The  introductions  to  the  passages  from  the  Metamorphoses  (23  in  number)  give 
the  entire  argument  of  the  poem,  that  of  omitted  portions  bracketed.  The  other 
selections  include  those  of  special  interest  as  illustrating  the  poet's  life  ;  and  a  list 
is  given  of  all  his  writings,  with  their  topics  and  occasions.  The  Notes  contain 
brief  instructions  on  scanning  at  sight. 

ALLEN  &   GREENOUGH'S  VIRGIL :    The  Poems  of 

Virgil  ;  Vol.  I.  containing  the  Pastoral  Poenis  {Bucolics)  and  Six  Books  of  the 
Mneid.  Chiefly  from  the  text  of  Ribbeck,  with  select  various  Readings,  Intro- 
ductions, Notes,  and  Index  of  Plants  (compiled  chiefly  from  Fee's  Flore  de 
F/rg-?7e,  contained  in  Lemaire's  "  Bibliotheca  Classica  Latina").     12mo.     Half 

morocco.    372  pages 1.40      1.75 

The  text  without  notes 80      1.00 

The  Notes  of  this  edition  (which  are  brief  and  very  numerous)  are  particularly 
indebted  to  Conington,  and  are  designed  "to  give  not  only  what  may  serve  the 
learner  in  the  bare  understanding  of  the  text ;  but,  along  with  it,  some  hint  of  that 
wealth  of  traditional  interpretation  which  is  more  important,  perhaps,  in  the  study 
of  Virgil  than  in  that  of  any  other  ancient  poet." 


The  following  are  published  in  single  volumes  :  — 

ALLEN  &  GREENOUGH'S  Course  No.  I.    A  Full  Pre- 

paratory  Course  of  Latin  Prose  ;  consisting  of  Four  Books  of  Caesar's  Gallic 
War,  Sallust's  Conspiracy  of  Catiline,  Eight  Orations  of  Cicero,  and  De  Senec- 
XUTE  ( Cato  Major).    12mo.    Half  morocco.    582  pages     ....    2.00      2.50 

ALLEN  &   GREENOUGH'S  Course  No.  II.     Second 

Preparatory  Course  of  Latin  Prose  ;  containing  Four  Books  of  Caesar's  Gallic  War, 
and  Eight  Orations  of  Cicero.  With  Vocabulary  by  R.  F.  Pennell.  12mo. 
Half  morocco.    518  pages 2.00      2.50 

N.  B.  Course  No.  I.  is  identical  with  the  First  Course  prescribed  for  admissionto 
Harvard  College.  Course  No.  II.  includes  the  usual  amount  required  at  other  col- 
leges. 


ALLEN'S  LATIN  GRAMMAR:  Manual  Latin  Grammar. 

With  Tables  of  Inflection,  and  Supplement  on  the  Method  of  teaching  Latin, 
the  Principles  of  Inflection  and  Classification,  and  on  some  Peculiar  Construc- 
tions.   12mo.     Cloth.     182  pages 1,00      1.25 

Approved  by  Harvard  College  as  indicating  the  amount  required  for  admission. 

ALLEN'S  LATIN  LESSONS.    Prepared  to  accompany  the 

Manual  Grammar,  and  designed  especially  to  furnish  a  direct  and  rapid  intro- 
duction to  the  study  of  Caesar.  Consisting  of  sixty  Lessons,  with  the  narrative 
of  the  Helvetian  War  from  the  First  Book  of  Caesar,  and  exercises  in  Prosody. 
12mo.     Cloth.    146  pages 1.00      1.25 

10 


v^^:^:^^:^ 


Wholesale.  BjettSL- 

ALLEN'S  LATIN  READER:  Consi'auDgof  Selections  from 

Caesar  (the  invasion  of  Britain  and  account  of  the  Gallic  and  German  popula- 
tions), Curtius  (Anecdotes  of  Alexander),  Nepos  (Life  of  Ilaiinibal),  Sallust 
(Jugurtha,  abridged),  Ovid,  Virgil,  Plautus,  and  Terence  (single  scene;3),  Cicero 
and  Pliny  (Letters),  and  Tacitus  (the  Conflagration  of  Rome).  With  Notes  and 
a  General  Vocabulary.  The  Notes  have  been  adapted  to  Allen  &  Greenough's 
Grammar.    12mo.    Half  morocco.    532  pages §2.00  $2.50 

ALLEN'S  LATIN  SELECTIONS.    The  same  as  the  above, 

without  Vocabulary.    12mo.    Half  morocco.    326  pages  ....    1.25      1.66 

ALLEN'S  LATIN  COMPOSITION.    An  Introduction  to 

Latin  Composition.  (By  W.  F.  Allen.  )  New  edition,  adapted  to  Allen  &  Green- 
ough's Grammar.     12mo.     Cloth.     118  pages 1.00      1.25 

This  book  includes  a  careful  review  of  the  principles  of  Syntax  (beginning  with 

Indirect  Discourse),  with  exercises  in  various  styles  of  composition  selected  from 

classical  authors.    Also  short  exercises  for  oral  practice. 

ALLEN'S  SHORTER  COURSE  OP  LATIN  PROSE. 

Consisting  chiefly  of  the  Prose  Selections  of  Allen's  Latin  Reader  (to  p.  134), 
the  Notes  being  wholly  rewritten,  enlarged,  and  adapted  to  Allen  &  Green- 
ough's Grammar ;  accompanied  by  Six  Orations  of  Cicero,  —  the  Manilian,  the 
four  Catilines,  and  Archias.  With  Vocabulary.  12mo.  Half  morocco.  543 
pages 2.00     2.50 

ALLEN'S  LATIN  PRIMER.    A  First  Book  of  Latin  for 

Boys  and  Girls.  (By  J.  H.  Allen.)  12mo.  Cloth.  182  pages  .  .  1.00  1.25 
This  is  designed  for  the  use  of  scholars  of  a  younger  class,  and  consists  of  thirty 
Lessons  arranged  so  as  to  give  a  full  outline  of  the  grammar,  with  brief  Rules  of  Syn- 
tax, Tables  of  Inflection,  and  interlined  exercises  for  practice  in  reading,  compiled 
from  Histories  Sacrce.  The  reading  selections  which  follow  include  Dialogues  from 
Corderius  and  Erasmus  (with  translation),  narratives,  nursery  songs,  mediaeval 
hymns,  etc.,  being  made  up  in  great  part  from  modern  Latin  writers. 

ALLEN'S  LATIN  LEXICON  :    a  General  Vocabulary  of 

Latin,  with  Supplementary  Tables  of  Dates,  Antiquities,  etc.    By  J.  H.  Allen. 

12mo.     Cloth.     214  pages 1.00      1.25 

This  little  dictionary  contains  "  about  15,000  words  of  common  use,  besides  more 
than  1,300  proper  names  or  adjectives,  and  about  200  dates  (exclusive  of  the  Tables), 
covering  the  more  important  points  of  classical  history  and  mythology."  It  is  be- 
lieved to  be  complete  for  the  entire  introductory  course  of  Latin  authors,  including 
Ovid  and  Virgil. 

LEIGHTON'S  LATIN  LESSONS.     Prepared  to  accom- 

pany  Allen  &  Greenough's  Latin  Grammar.  By  R.  F.  Leighton,  former 
Master  of  Melrose  High  School.  Revised  Edition.  12mo.  Half  morocco.  352 
pages 125         1.58 

This  work  presents  a  progressive  series  of  exercises  (both  Latin  and  English)  in 
about  eighty  Lessons,  illustrating  the  grammatical  forms  and  the  simpler  principles 
of  syntax.  Synonymes  and  Rules  of  Quantity  are  introduced  from  the  first.  The 
amount  of  illustrative  matter  in  exercises  for  reading  and  writing  or  oral  practice 
is  very  large,  including  portions  of  Viri  Romje,  and  Woodford's  Epitome  of  the 
First  Book  of  Cjesar.  Full  Vocabularies  (prepared  by  R.  F.  Pexkell)  accompany 
the  book,  with  questions  for  examination  and  review  of  the  grammar. 

The  Lessons  have  been  entirely  rewritten,  considerably  simplified,  and  more 
carefully  graded.  With  each  lesson,  definite  directions  have  been  given  in  regard 
to  the  amount  of  the  grammar  to  be  learned.  By  decreasing  the  exercises  to  be 
translated  into  English,  space  has  been  given  to  increase  correspondingly  the 
amount  to  be  put  into  Latin.  Some  instruction  on  the  formation  of  words  has 
been  given,  and  the  references  to  the  grammar  on  that  subject  largely  increased. 
The  vocabularies  have  also  been  carefully  revised. 

11 


Wholesale.  ReUiL 

MADVIG'S  LATIN  GRAMMAR.     Carefully  revised  by 

Thomas  A.  Thacher,  Yale  College.    12mo.    Half  morocco.    517  pages  S2. 40    33.00 
A  book  of  the  very  highest  authority  in  Latin  Syntax,  and  admirably  adapted  to 
the  wants  of  Teachers  and  College  Classes. 

NEW  LATIN  METHOD  :  a  Manual  of  Instruction  in  Latin 
on  the  Basis  of  a  Latin  Method  prepared  by  J.  H.  Allen  and  J.  B. 
Greenough.     12mo.     Cloth.     244  pages 1.20      1.50 

The  "  New  Method  "  contains  :  1.  About  thirty  Elementary  Lessons  on  the 
forms  of  the  language,  and  the  constructions  suggested  by  the  definitions  of  cases, 
moods,  etc.,  accompanied  by  full  Paradigms,  and  Exercises  in  Latin  and  English, 
with  partial  Tocabularies.  N.  B.  This  portion  of  the  book  can  be  used  independ- 
ently of  the  Grammar,  and  is  suflacient  for  a  course  of  about  a  year's  study. 
2.  Constructions  of  Syntax  symmetrically  grouped,  with  full  references  to 
the  Grammar,  each  topic  being  illustrated  by  numerous  examples,  with  exercises 
to  be  rendered  into  Latin,  so  as  to  make  n  full  elementary  manual  of  Latin  Compo- 
sition.—  3.  On  Reading  Latin:  brief  sections  on  the  Latin  Sentence,  with  ex- 
amples of  anaylsis  and  translation ;  the  Derivation  of  Words  ;  and  Reading  at 
Sight.  — 4.  Reading  Lessons,  with  Vocabularies,  and  Tabular  List  of  Synonymes. 

THE  LATIN  VERB.     Illustrated  by  the  Sanskrit.     By  C.  H. 

Parkhurst.    12mo.     Cloth.     55  pages 40         .5u 

WHITE'S  JUNIOR  STUDENT'S  LATIN-ENGLISH 

LEXICON.     Square  12mo.    662  pages.     Morocco  back    ...         $  2.40  $  3.00 

Sheep  .        .        .        2.80      3.50 

WHITE'S  JUNIOR  STUDENT'S  LATIN-ENGLISH 

AND  ENGLISH-LATIN  LEXICON.     By  the  Rev.  J.  T.  White,  D.  D.,  of 
C.  C.  C.  Oxford,  Rector  of  St.  Martin,  Ludgate,  London.      Revised  Edition. 

Square  12mo.    1058  pages.    Sheep 3.60      4.50 

"The  present  work  aims  at  furnishing  in  both  its  parts  a  sufficiently  extensive 
Tocabulary  for  all  practical  purposes.  The  Latin  words  and  phrases  are  in  all  cases 
followed  by  the  name  of  some  standard  Latin  writer,  as  a  guaranty  of  their  author- 
ity ;  and  as  the  work  is  of  a  strictly  elementary  character,  the  conjugation  of  the 
verbs  and  the  genders  and  genitive  cases  of  the  substantives  are  uniformly  added. 
In  the  preparation  of  this  portion  of  the  book,  Dr.  White  has  had  the  assistance  of 
some  of  the  best  scholars  both  of  Oxford  and  Cambridge."  —  Guardian. 

WHITE'S  JUNIOR  STUDENT'S  ENGLISH-LATIN 

LEXICON.     Square  12mo.     Sheep.     392  pages 2.00      2.50 

We  have  contracted  with  Messrs.  Longmans,  Green,  &  Co.,  of  London,  for  the 
Bole  agency  in  this  country  for  the  above  Latin  Lexicons,  and  shall  endeavor  to  meet 
the  demands  of  the  trade. 

12 


X 


UNIVERSITY  OP  CALIFORNIA  LIBRARY 

THIS  BOOK  IS  DUE  ON  THE  LAST  DATE 
STAMPED  BEIiUV^^ 


IN  STACKS 

6ct!W 

REC'D  UD 

^^0V  1 3  19&^ 


